'^^ 'K^ %^^f^'^* ^<^' 





"? ' -^^ 0* : . 






-;. V 






^. J. 




<o^ 


'%:^::^^^f\ 


^'V 


a: "^ 


'■":%,- *^ >:%.''. 






/.^^- ^- ^ 





p^^' 



.'^ •^^.- 



^^ -n*. 



-.■v" 



,-js- 



Of ^ 



,x* j^^^:^, ^-^^ 









* "<*, 





^^^ 


<>^ 












-oo'^ 


.0' 






%. 


i. ~^-<.< 
^ g , 


A* 


\ 


\^^ 


A^ -^c*, 



'% v^' 



^X 









^V .P 



- ^_ 



-V 



> 






V 1 8 



* -, '-^^ 



A^ c ° '^ '' * "^O 



^^ ',, -^^z*-^- ,v 



,\' 









'^^/^ 






.x^" ^,„^. 



'^. 









^o 


0^ 








>-^ 


■^^ 


? 1 


^"»^' 


;^^ 







X"- 



V>' -^ '-o'\' 






^°... 



,0' 



^ "^^^t^ ^^^" 



^,^> -% 



x^^^ 



^ .A- 



!7 : ^ 



MC^^"",, .p^ ■^^' 



^ 



"•cJ 



.^^ 



.0^^ 



'\ 






O 0^ 






* <» > ^. 



c5> 



X^^^. 



^0' 






,^^^^^ 



4 w 



'^ > 



^'^'J, ^ 



^ x^-^^ 













.V^oTo^/ 

















?'/' t:- 






';f : ,# 






SELECTIONS FROM 

D. APPLETON & CO;S PUBLICATIONS. 



HISTORY. 

ARNOLD, Dr. History of Rome. 2 vols. 

8vo 5 00 

GREENHOWS History of Oregon and 

California. 8vo., map 2 51) 

O'CALLAGHAN, Dr. History of New 

Netherland. 8vo 2 50 

ARNOLD, Dr. Lectures on Modern His- 
tory. Edited by Prof. Reed. 12mo. 1 25 
FROST, Prof. History of the United 

States Navy. Plates. 12mo 1 00 

History of the United States 

Array. Plates. 12mo 1 25 

History of the Indians of North 

America. Plates. 12mo 100 

History of the Colonies of A- 

merica. 12mo. illustrated. .. ....1 00 

GUIZOT'S History of Civilization in 

Europe. Edited by Prof. Henry. 

]2mo 1 00 

KOHLRAUSCH'S Complete History of 

Germany. 8vo .1 50 

MICHELET'S Complete History of 

France (Now publishing in parts 25 
cents each.) 
ROWAN'S History of the French Revo- 
lution. l8mo. 2vols.ini 63 

TAYLOR'S Natural History of Society 

in the Barbarous and Civilized State. 

2 vols. 12mo 2 25 

Manual of Ancient and Mo- 
dern History. Edited by Prof Henry. 

8vo. 2 25 ; sheep 2 50 

, Ancient History — Separate..] 50 

. Modern History. do 150 

Already used as a Text-book in several 

Colleges. 

BIOGRAPHY. 

ARNOLD, Dr. Life and Correspondence 
Bv Stanly. 12mo 1 50 

CARLYLE'S Life of Schiller. New edi- 
tion, 12nio. .75 

HAMILTON, Alexander, Life of, by his 
Son. 2 vols. 8vo 5 00 

NAPOLEON, Life of, from the French 
of Laurent De L'Ardeche. 2 vols. 
8vo. 500 cuts 4 Oa 

Cheap edition, paper cover 2 00 

S50UTHEY, Robert. Life of Oliver Crom- 
well. 18mo 38 

CHURCHMAN'S LIBRARY, 

rhe volumes of this series are of a standard 

character and uniform in style. 

HOOK. The Cross of Christ ; Meditations 

on our ?^aviour. 16mo 63 

IVES. Bishop. Sermons. ICmo 63 

OGILBY'S Lectures on the Church in 

England and America 75 

MARSHALL'S Notes on Episcopacy. 

Edited by Wainwright. 12mo....l 'zb 
SPENCER'S Christian Instructed. l6mo. 

1 25 

NEWMAN'S Sermons on Subject.^ of 

the Day. 12mo 125 

MANNING on the Unity of the Church. 

16mo 1 00 



A'KE MPI3. Of the Imitation of Christ. 

16mo 1 00 

SHERLOCK'S Practical Christian. 

16mo 1 00 

SPINCKE'S Manual of Private Devotion. 

16mo 1 00 

WILSON'S Sacra Privata. Complete. 

16mo 1 00 

CHURTON'S History of tho Early En- 
glish Church 1 00 

LYRA Apostolica. From 5th Oxford 

edition. 18mo 75 

FACET'S Tales of the Village. 3 vols. 

]6mo 1 75 

SUTTON'S Disce Vivere, Learn to Live. 

16mo 1 00 

On the Sacrament. 16mo.l 00 

Disce Mori, Learn to Die. 

16mo 1 00 

CHRISTMAS Bells and other Poems. 

16mo 75 

TAYLOR'S Golden Grove. 16mo. . . .50 
Episcopacy Asserted and 

Maintained. 16mo 1 00 

KIP'S Double Witness of the Church. 

12mo 1 00 

GRESLEY'S Portrait of an English 

Churchman e . .75 

EVANS' Rectory of Valehead 16mo...75 

MISOBLLANEOUS. 
ARNOLD, Dr. Miscellaneous Works. 

1 vol.Svo 2 GO 

Rugby School Sermons. 12mo. 

.75 

COIT, Dr. Puritanism Reviewed. ]2mo. 

1 50 

COOLEY'S Cyclopedia of 6000 Practical 

Recipes. 8vo 2 25 

BOUISSANGAULT'S Rural Economy. 

Translated. 12mo 1 50 

DISRAELI'S Curiosities of Literature. 

Large 8vo 3 50 

FROsT'SBook of Illustrious Mechanics. 

12mo, illustrated 1 00 

Book of Good Examples. 12mo. 

illustrated 1 00 

FOSTER'S Literary Miscellanies. 12mo. 

1 25 

GOLDSMITH'S Vicar of Wakefield. 

12mo. illustrated 75 

MARSHALL'S Farmer's and Emigrant's 

Hand Book. 12rao. illustrated 1 00 

OLLENDORFF'S NeAv German Gram- 
mar, by Adler. 12mo 1 50 

Key to do. uniform 75 

REID'S Dictionary of the English Lan- 
guage, with Derivations. ]2mo...l 00 
STEWART on the Management of 

Horses. Editedby A. B. Allen. 12mo. 

I 00 

SOUTHGATE, Bp. Visit to the Syrian 

Church. I2mo 1 00 

UhE'S Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures. 

atKl Mines, with Supplement. 2 vols. 6 50 
WARREN'S Introduction to Law Studies 

I vol. 8vo 3 50 

WARNER'S Rudimental Lessons in Mu- 
sic. 18mo •50 



D. Appleton &/• Co. have just published 
THE STANDARD 

PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY 

or THE 

FRENCH AND ENGLISH LANGUAGES, 

IN TWO PARTS. 

PART I. FRENCH AND ENGLISH. — PART II. ENGLISH AND FRENCH. 

THE FIRST PART COMPREHENDING 

WORDS IN COMMON USE. TERMS CONNECTED WITH SCIENCE. TERMS BELONGING 
TO THE FINE ARTS. 4000 HISTORICAL NAMES. 4000 GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 
11,000 TEEMS LATELY PUBLISHED. WITH THE 

PRONUNCIATION OF EVERY WORD 

ACCORDING TO THE FRENCH ACADEMY AND THE MOST EMINENT LEXICOGRAPHERS 
AND GRAMMARIANS. TOGETHER WITH 

750 CRITICAL REMARKS, 

IN WHICH THE VARIOUS METHODS OF PRONOUNCING EMPLOYED BY DIFFERENT AU- 
THORS ARE INTESTIGATED AND COMPARED WITH EACH OTHER. 

THE SECOND PART CONTAINING 

A COPIOUS VOCABULARY OF ENGLISH WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS, WITH THE PRONUN- 
CIATION ACCORDING TO WALKER. THE WHOLE PRRCEDED BY 
A PRACTICAL AND COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

BY GABRIEL SURENNE, F. A. S. E., 

French Teacher in Edinburgh ; Corresponding Member of the French Grammatical Society 
of Paris ; Lecturer on Militarj^ History in the Scottish Naval and Military 
Academy ; and author of several Works on Education. 
One volume 12mo. of 900 pages. 
Extract from, the JiutJior^s Preface. 
ThePhraseology, forming the second essential part of this Dictionary, is based on 
that of the Academy, the sole and legitimate authority in France ; and every effort of 
the Author has been so directed, as to render it both copious and practical. With 
this view, an improved method of elucidating new meanings, by employing paren- 
theses, has been introduced, and it is ho ped that the utility and benefits resulting 
from this improvement, will not fail to be duly appreciated. 

Another novelty to which the Author may lay claim, is the placing of Historical 
and Geographical names below each page ; and by this arrangement, the facility of 
being acquainted with their definition and pronunciation at a single glance, will 
be found of no small advantage. 

As to the English or second part of this Dictionary, the reader will find it to 
consist of a copious vocabulary of terms, with their pronunciation according to the 
system of Walker. The various meanings of the words are translated into French ; 
and when the expressions hnppeu to be substantives, the French gender is pointed ont 
by means of proper signs. 

Lastly, that competent judges may be aware of the authorities on which the pro_ 
nunciation and critical remarks peivading this Dictionary are founded, the titles and 
dates of the [works whichj have been consulted, with brief reflectionson their pro, 
fessed object, will be found in the Introduction following this Preface. 



EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 

Published by D. ^ppleton <^ Company. 

THE STANDARD PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY OF THE FRENCH 
AND ENGLISH LANGUAGES. Part I. French and English; Part II. 
English and Freffch. By Gabriel Surenne, F. A. S. E. One volume 12ino. 

This new and compjete Dictionary embraces many valuable improvements. Its plan is on the 
principle of Reid's new Dictionary of the English Language, which has been so favorably receiv- 
ed by American Scholars. 

OLLENDORFF'S NEW METHOD OF LEARNING TO READ, WRITE 
AND SPEAK THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE. With additions and cor- 
rections, by Felix Foresti, Professor of the Italian Language in the Univer- 
sity of New- York. One vol. i2mo. 

OLLENDORFF'S NEW METHOD OF LEARNING TO READ, WRITE 
AND SPEAK THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. To which is added a 
systematic outline of the different Parts of Speech, their inflection and use, 
with full Paradigms, and a complete table of Irregular Verbs. By G. J. 
Adler, A. B. One neat vol. 12mo. Price $1 50. 

M. Ollendorff's system commends itself as the best, nay the only one of the kind, to all who de- 
sire a practical knowledge of the language. It is fast superseding all others, both on the Con- 
tinent, in England, and ihe United States. 

A KEY TO THE EXERCISES OF OLLENDORFF'S GERMAN GRAM- 
MAR. One volume 12mo., uniform with the Grammar. Price 75 cents. 

A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE; containing the 
Pronunciation, Etymology, and Explanation of all Words authorized by em- 
inent writers ; to which are added a Vocabulary of the Roots of English 
Words, and an accented list of Greek, Latin, and Scripture Proper Names. 
P.y Alexander Reid, A. M., Rector of the Circus School, Edinburgh. With 
a Critical Preface by Henry Reed, Professor of English Literature in the 
University of Pennsylvania. One vol. 12mo., of near 600 pages, $1. 

The attention of Professors, Students, Tutors, and Heads of Families is solicited to this volume. 
Notwithstanding its compact size and distinctness of type, it comprises /ort?/ thousand words. In 
addition to the correct orthoepy, this manual of words contains four valuable improvements : 

I. Tiie primitive word is given, and then follow the immediate derivatives in alphabetical or- 
der, with the part of speech appended. 

II. After the primitive word is inserted the original term whence it is formed, with the name 
of the language from which it is derived. 

Til. There is subjoined a Vocabulary of the Roots of English words, by which the accurate 
purport of them is instantly discoverable. 

IV. An accented List, to the number of fifteen thousand, of Greek, Latin, and Scripture Pro- 
per Names, is added. 

LECTURES ON MODERN HISTORY. By Thomas Arnold, D. D. With 
an Introduction and Notes by Prof Henry Reed. One vol. 12mo., $1 25. 

The distinguished topics which these admirable Lectures comprise are rich in thought and wis- 
dom, and furnish an exuberant source of study and mental and moral improvement. The notes 
of Prof Reed are extremely valuable and judicious. 

GENERAL HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION IN EUROPE. From the 
Fall of the Roman Empire to the French Revolution. By M. Guizot, late 
Professor of History, now Prime Minister of France. With occasional Notes 
hy C. S. Henry, D. D., Profqpsor of Philosophy and History in the Uni^rer- 
sity of the city of New- York. One volume l2mo., Price $1. 

" M. Guizot, in his instructive Lectures, has given us an epitome of modern history> distin- 
guished by all the merit which, in another department, renders Blackstone a sul)ject of such 
pecuhar and unbounded praise — a work closely condensed, including nothing useless, omitting 
nothing essential ; written with grace, and. conceived and arranged with consummate ability." 

A MANUAL OF ANCIENT AND MODERN HISTORY ; comprising, I. 

Aiiciant History.^ containing the Political History, Geographical Position, and Social State of the 
.Principal Nations of Antiquity, carefully digested from the Ancient Writers, and illustrated by 
the discoveries of Modern Scholars and Travellers. 

II. Modern History., containing the Rise and Progress of the principal European Nations, their 
Political History, and the Changes in their Social Condition,^ with a History of the Colonies 
founded by Europeans. By W. Cooke Taylor, LL D., of Trinity College, Dublin. Revised, 
with adflitions on American History, by C. S. Henry, D. D., Professor of History in the Univer- 
sity of N Y. One haiu!.-;oiue v(»l. 8vo. of 8 >0 pages. $ } 25. *^* For convenience as a class-book, 
the Aiicieni or Modern portion can be had in separate volumes. 

Thi.5 Manual of History, is already adopted as a text-book in Harvard, Columbia, Yale, New 
York, Pennsylvania, and Brown Universities, and several leading Academies. 



D. Appleton &/• Co.'s Educational Publications. 
T. K. ARNOLD'S^ 

GREEK AND LATIN J^OOKS, 

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 

REVISED AND CAREFULLY CORRECTED BY THE REV. J. A. SPENCER, A. M. 
*** This Series of Classical Works has attained a circulation almost unparalleled, beincr ivtroduced 
into nearly all the great Public Schools and leading Educational Institutions in Englanu. They are 
also very highly recommended by some of the best American Scholars, for introduction into the Clas- 
sical Schuol.s of the United States. 

NOW READY. 
1. A FIRST AND SECOND 

LATIN EOOK AND PRACTICAL GRAMMAE. 

One neat volume, 12mo. 

The chief object of this work (which is f )unded on the principles of imitation and frequent 
repetition)^ is to enable the pupil to do exercises from the first day of his beginning his acci- 
dence. 

The First Book can be had separately for Junior Classes in Schools. 

11. A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO LATIN PROSE 

COMPOSITION. 

ONE VOLUME, 12mO. 

This work is also founded on the principles of imitation and frequent repetition. It is at 
once a Syntax, a Vocabulary, and an Exercise Book -, and considerable attention has been paid 
to the subject of Synonyms. 

IN PREPARATION. 

I. A FIRST AND SECOND GREEK BOOK, with Easy Exer- 
cises and Vocabulary. One volume, 12mo. 

II. A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO GREEK PROSE 
CO.Vl POSITION. One volume, I2mo. 

This work consists of a Greek Syntax, founded on Buttmann's, and Easy Sentences transla- 
ted into Greek, after given Examples, and with given W^ords. 

III. CORNELIUS NEPOS, with Critical Questions and Answers, 
and an Imitative Exercise on each Chapter. 

IV. ECLOG^ OVIDIANJE, with English Notes, &c. 

This work is from the fifth part of the Lateinsches Elementarbuch of Profs. Jacobs and Do- 
ring, which has an immense circulation on the Continent. 

V. HISTORIC ANTIQUE EPITOME, from Cornelius Nepos, 
Justin, &/C., with English Notes, Rules for Constructing, Ques- 
tions, Geographical Lists, ^c. 

This is a most valuable collpction of Classical School Books ; and its publication may be re- 
garded as the presage of better things in respect to the mode of teaching and acquiring Lan- 
guages. Heretofore boys have been condemned to the diudgery of going over Latin and Greek 
Grammar without the remotest conception of the value of what they were learning, and every 
day becoming mure and more disgusted with the dry and unmeaning task ; but now. by Mr. Ar- 
nold's admirable metliod — su')Sianiially the same with that of Olljendorff — the moment they 
take up the study of L:itin or Grpck, tliey begin to learn sentences, to acquire idpas, to see 
how the Romans and Greeks expressed themselves, how tiieir mode of expression differed from 
ours, and by degrees they lay up a stock of knowledge which is utterly astonishing to those who 
have dragged on month after month in the old-fashioned, dry, studious way of learning Lan- 
guages. 

Mr. Arnold, in fact, h;is bad the good sense to adopt the system of Nature. A child learns 
his own language by imitating what he hears, and consiantly repeating it till it is fastened in the 
memory. In the same way Mr. A puts the pupil immediately to work at Exercises in Latin and 
Greek involving the elementary principles of the language — words are su()plied — the mode of 
putting them toge her is told the pupil— he is shown how the Ancients expressed their ideas j 
and then by repeating these things again and again — iteruni iteruvique — the docile pupil has them 
indelibly impressed upon his memory and rooted in his understanding. 

The American edition comes out under the most favorable uuspices. The Editor is a tho- 
rough Classical Scholar and has been a practical teacher f r years in this city : he has devoted 
the utmost care to a complete revision of Mr. Arnold's \^"o ks, has corrected severul errors of 
inadverienfe or otherwise, has rearranged and improved various matters in the enrly volumes 
of the series, and has attended most diligently to the accurate printing and mechanical execution i 
of the whole. We anticipate most confidently the speedy adoption of these works in our Schools 
and Colleges, 



«?f^. 



FIRST LATH BOOK 



BY 

/ 

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A., 

RECTOR OF LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. 



CAREFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED 

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, A.M. 



FROM THE FIFTH LONDON EDITION. 



-rJ 



A 



NEW YORK: 
D. APPLETON & CO., 200 BROADWAY. 

PHILADELPHIA: 
G. S. APPLETON, 148 CHESNUT-STREET. 

CINCINNATI : DERBY, BRADLEY, & COMPANY, 113 MAIN-STREET. 
M DCCC XLVT. 




% 






« 



^ 

•> " 

w ^ 



.*^ 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by 
D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. 



PREFACE 



The valuable introductory work now presented to the 
American public is the first of a series of Classical school 
books, on the basis of Ollendorff's much and justly ad- 
mired system. Imitation and frequent repetition — which 
are the means by which every child learns his own lan- 
guage — are herein constantly acted upon ; and the intelli- 
gent pupil is led by natural, and therefore easy steps, into an 
acquaintance with the structure and many of the peculiari- 
ties of the language of the old Romans. 

The First Part, or First Latin Book, has obtained high 
and almost unprecedented reputation in England ; it has 
gone through five editions in as many years ; it is recom- 
mended by the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education, and 
adopted by the National Society's Training College at 
Chelsea, and is admirably adapted, both in design and exe- 
cution, to the wants of beginners in the Latin language. 
The Second Part, or Second Latin Book and Practical 
Grammar, is intended as a sequel to the former Part, and 
carries the learner on, by a series of Exercises in trans- 
lating both into Latin and into English, through some of 
the principal difficulties of the Latin tongue. 

The American Editor has not found it necessary to make 
any material alteration in the original work. The title of 
the First Part was " Henry's First Latin Book," in imita- 
tion of ''' Mary's Grammar." This title has been changed 



8 

by the omission of the first word. The Editor has confined 
himself principally to a thorough revision of Mr. Arnold's 
labors ; to such necessary changes as the union of the two 
parts into one volume required ; to the addition of a few 
explanatory notes ; an enlargement and improvement of the 
Latin and English vocabularies, and the correction of occa- 
sional errors of inadvertence or of typography. 

Under the strong conviction that school books, above all 
others, should be accurately printed, the Editor has bestow- 
ed special care upon this point ; and he trusts that the 
present volume will be found free from even trifling errors 
of the press. 

New York, January 15, 1846. 



PREFACE 

TO THE FIRST ENGLISH EDITION, 



The object of this little work is to enable the pupil to do 
exercises from the first day of his beginning the study of 
his Accidence. With this view, I have at first confined 
myself to the third person singular of a few tenses, and to 
one case of a noun : a plan suggested by an able writer in 
the Quarterly Journal of Education. 

The principles of imitation ^iivdi frequent repetition are act- 
ed upon, as in a larger work which I have just published ; 
and the principal difficulties of the language (the accusative 
with the infinitive ; the use of the participle in dus, &c.) are, 
it is hoped, fully explained, and illustrated by a sufficient 
number of examples. 

T. K. A. 

Lyndon, May 13, 1839. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PART I. 

LESSON PAGE 

1. On forming the accusative case 15 

2. On forming the 3d pers. sing, of three tenses in 1st conjugation 18 

3. in 2d conjugation 19 

4. " in 3d conjugation 20 

5. in 4th conjugation 21 

6. in the four conjugations 22 

7. Adjectives in us, er 23 

8. Terminations of the Genitive sing 25 

9. Genitive of price 26 

10. Omission of ' mawj' ' thing^ 27 

11. On the formation of the perfect 28 

12. Gen. with neut. adjective 29 

13. Infinitive. Gen. v^ith est 31 

14. Ace. Plural 32 

15. Dative and Ablative singular. Time. Place 33 

16. Adjectives in ts 34 

17. On the perfect of the 3d Conjugation. Verbs whose root ends in 

povh 35 

18. Terminations of the 3d plural 36 

19. Of the nom. and gen. plural 37 

20. On finding the nom. of the 3d Declension 38 

21. Ne with imperatives , 40 

22. On the perf. of Verbs whose root ends iwc, g.oi q „ 41 

23. '■ d or t. Dat. and Abl. plur. 42 

24. Root of the perf. with lengthened (and often changed) vowel 44 



12 

LESSON PAGR 

25. Abl. of price 45 

26. On distinguishing root of perf. from root of present 46 

27. Tiie personal pronouns. Apposition 48 

28. Nominative after est, &c. Some tenses of esse 49 

29. The compounds of esse 51 

30. Tenses of tlie subjunctive 52 

31. English infinitive expressing a purpose 52 

32. That expressing a consequence after such, so, &c. Summus mons, &c. 54 

33. Some tenses of posse. Interrogative Particles 55 

34. Root of supine 57 

35. The Participles 59 

36. Translation of the participle of the perf. active. The ablative ab- 

solute 60 

37. The Gerunds. Occidere declined 62 

38. The participle in dus. Epistola scrihenda 64 

39. Translation of ' is to he cultivated,' &c. Agent after the participle 

in dus 65 

40. Verbs that govern the dative 67 

41. Terminations of the persons 68 

42. The pronoun ' is.'' Conditional Sentences 70 

43. Scribendum est mihi 71 

44. Subj. pres. and imperf. of esse. . , 72 

45. Credendum est Caio 73 

46. Colenda est virtus 74 

47. The Infinitive Mood 76 

48. Passive Foitos 78 

49. Qui, qucB, quod. Mihi creditur, &c 80 

50. Deponent Verbs 81 

51. The Comparative and Superlative 83 

52. Prepositions 84 

53. Translation of ' may,^ ' mighV 86 

54. Translation of ' oughV 87 

55. Ablative denoting the measure of excess or defect. Quo—eo ; quan- 

to — tanto 89 

56. Quo 90 



13 

LESSON PAGE 

57. Poenitet, pudet, &c 91 

58. Et—et ; quum—tum, &c 93 

59. Aut ; vel ; sive (seuj &c 94 

60. At, sed, tamen, &c., (adversatives) 95 

61. Nam, igitur, <fec., (causals) 95 

62. Ut 96 

63. Ne 97 

64. Quin 98 

65. Quominus 99 

66. Vereor ne ; vereor ut 100 

67. Interrogatives 101 

68. in dependent sentences 101 

69. Double questions 102 

70. Conjunctions that edways take subj 103 

71—78. On participles 104—110 

Appendix Ill 

Tables of Nouns and Adjectives 111—114 

the Verb 115—121 

Pronouns. - 121 

Irregular Verbs and Nouns 123 

Genders 124 

English Pronouns 128 

English Verb 128 

Questions 130 

Differences of Idiom 133 

2 



14 



A FEW REMARKS ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN. 



The Latin being a dead (that is, an unspoken) language, it is not known how the 
Romans pronounced it. Hence every modern tongue adapts the pronunciation of 
Latin to its own peculiarities. In English, we follow the analogy or custom of the 
English language in respect to the sound of the vowels and the position of the ac- 
cents ; therefore — 

1. The accent or stress of the voice is always on the penultimate, (the last syl- 
lable but one,) or the antepenultimate^ (the last syllable but two,) as hom'o, tem'po- 
ris, dat'um, agric'ola, &c. 

2. In words of more than two syllables, if the penultimate is long, the stress is 
upon it ; if short, it is on the antepenultimate ; as radi'cis, con'sulis, huma'nus, &c. 

3. Every vowel has either a long or a short sound ; as homines, fama, amicus, 
amicT, populos, verus, tutus, tiitela, Caesar, regere, decoris. 

4. Monosyllables ending in a vowel have the long sound, as da, me, si, do, tu ; 
otherwise, the short sound, as ac, sed, in, 6b, hue. 

5. When a vowel comes before or between two consonants, it has the short 
sound, though in fact long by its position ; as an'nus, pen'na, pig'nus, lon'gus, &c. 

6. jE final is never e mute ; in other words, it always constitutes a syllable with a 
preceding consonant or consonants ; as ma-re, gran-de, es-se, a-bi-re, a-cu-te, vi-ce. 

7. C and G are soft (that is, pronounced like s, j) respectively before e, «, a, and i : 
as cera, coelum, cis, gero, gigno, &c. In other cases they are hard, (i. e. have the 
sound of k and g hard,) as cap'ra, giiberna'tor, cogo, Gallus, &c. 

8. Qm, gu are pronounced respectively like kw, gw ; as antlquus = antikwus : san- 
guis = sangwis. 



OBSERVATIONS. 

Numerals above the line refer to the Questions when they are followed by a 
curve ; to the Table of Differences, when not. 

Two or more words connected together by a hyphen show that they are to be 
rendered into Latin by one word ; as " natural-to- man," humanus ; the-space-of- 
two-years," biennium ; it-is, est, &c. 



15 



LATIN LESSONS AND EXERCISES. 



Words in Italics^ in an exercise, are phrases that are either not to be translated 
word for word; or about which something has been taught that should be 
remembered. *^ 



Lesson 1. 

1. Where we in English put a preposition before a 
noun, the Romans often used no preposition^ but changed 
the end of the word. 

2. Thus, ' mensd being ' a table ;' * mensce' is ' of a 
table ;' ' mensa' ' by a table,'' and so on. 

3. A word so altered is called a case of that word ; 
thus mensce is called the genitive case of mensa ; and 
so on. 

4. The unaltered word is said to be in the nominative 
case, though it is not strictly a case. 

5. All nouns do not form their cases exactly in the 
same way. 

As there are five principal ways of forming the cases 
of a noun, nouns are divided inlojive classes, each class 
being called a declension. 

6. {a) Nouns that end in a and make their genitive in 

ce, are of the j^r^^ declension, 
{b) Nouns that end in us, er, um, and make their 

genitives in i, are of the second declension, 
(c) Nouns in us that make their genitive in us, and 

all nouns in u, are of ihe fourth declension. 



16 



(d) Nouns that end in es and make their genitive 
in ei, are of the Jifth declension, 

(e) Nouns with any ending not set down as be- 
longing to the other declensions, and those with 
an ending belonging to some other declension 
but with a genitive in ' is,^ belong to the third 
declension.^ 

7. On the Accusative case. 

The accusative is the case that follows transitive 
verbs, and vcidiXiy prepositions. 

8. A transitive verb is one that gives no complete 
meaning, till some person or thing is mentioned to whom 
or which the action w^as done. 

He struck — (struck what?) the dog. He killed — 
(killed whom ?) the blacksmith. 

9. The following are the accusative endings of the 
five declensions for the singular number. 

1. 2.4. 3.5. 

am um em 

But 113^ If a noun is neuter ^ its accusative is the un- 
altered wordy 

10. These endings are to be added to the word, after 
the endings of the nominative, as set down in the table, 



Nouns that end in 

a 

us, er, um 

us, u 

es 
Those with any 
other ending, (or 
with these if their 
gen. end in ' is') , 



a TABLE OF THE DECLENSIONS. 
Genitive 



are of the first 

second 

fourth 

. . fifth 



third 



)- Declension. 



*> In English all things are neuter ; but m Latin the names of things are some 
masculine, some feminine, some neuter. Hence in Latin, gender, as belonging to 
things, has nothing to do with sex. 

*In Latin grammars it has always heretofore been asserted that nouns of the 
fourth declension ending in u, are indeclinable in the singular. The latest results, 
however, of the labors of German scholars seem to have settled that cornu has the 
genitive cornus, and that all nouns ending in u have the regular genitive of the 
fourth declension, in us. Hence Mr. Arnold uniformly gives this as the correct 
form. For a full discussion of this point consult the Preface to Freund^s Latin Dic- 
tionary. — Am. Ed. 



17 



(in 6, note a,) are thrown away. But to this table there 
are two exceptions : — 

(1) The case-endings (or 'terminations'^) of nouns 

of the second in er, are added on thus : e is 
dropped, and the termination then added on 
to the r. Thus ager, agr-, Ace. agr-um. 
(Sometimes, however, the e is kept ; ^s puer, 
Ace. puer-um.) 

(2) The terminations of the third are added on to 

some form that is generally not found in the 
nominative. Thus they are added on to 
lapid, the nominative being lapis, 

(3) The root, or form to which the terminations of 

the third declension are to be added, is to be 
got from the genitive by throwing away ' z>.' 

XtT* Let the learner here turn to the Appendix, No. 7, 
where are examples of a noun in every declension given 
out in full ; and let him master these thoroughly before 
proceeding further. 

Exercise 1. 

[Obs. w., /., 71., Stand for masculine, feminine, and neuter. O. stands for genitive.] 

11. Determine of what declension each of the following words is, and write 

down its accusative case. 



Vocabulary 1. 







Key-words.c 


Crown, 


corona 


(coronation.) 


Island, 


insula 


(insular.) 


Friend, 


amicus, G. amici 


(amicable.) 


Umpire, 


arbiter, O. arbitr-i 


(arbitration.) 


Leaf, 


folium, G. folii 


(foliage.) 


Garden, 


hortus, G. horti 


(horticulture.) 


Law, 


lex, G. leg-is 


(legal.) 


Chariot, 


currus, G. currus 


(curricle.) 


Face, 


facies, G. faciei. 




Dust, 


pulvis, G. pulver-is 


(pulverize.) 


Time, 


tempus, G. temp6r-is, neuter 


(temporal.) 


Oak, 


quercus, G. quercus. 




Horn, 


cornu 


(cornucopia.) 



c That is, English words that are derived from the Latin words, and may serve as 
a key or help to their meaning. 

2* 



18 



Lesson 2. 

12. The ijersons of the Latin verb are distinguished 
by their endings^ (as think-e^^ and think-^ are in Enghsh.) 
But in Latin aZ/the persons have different endings ; and 
the pronoun /, tliou^ &c., is generally left out, because 
the ending of the verb tells which person is meant. 

{Verbs whose infinitives end in are.) 

13. By throv^ing off are you get the root. 

14. By adding at to the root you get the third person 
singular of the present tense : by adding ahat, the third 
person singular of the imperfect tense : by adding ahit, 
the third person singular of the future tense. 

(a) Amare, to love : root am. 

am-dt, loves ; is loving ; or does love, 
Sim-dbdt, was loving, 
dLin-dbit, will love, 

15. Vocabulary 2. 







Key-words. 


To praise, 


laud-are 


(laudatory.) 


To swear. 


jur-are 


(ad-jwre.) 


To plough, 


ar-are 


(arable.) 


To dance, 


salt-are. 




To avoid, 


vit-are 


(m-&-vitable.) 


To build, 


sedific-are 


(edification.)'^ 


Husbandman, 


agricola. 




W^all, 


miirus, i 


(a mural crown.) f 


Death, 


mors, O. mort-is 


(mortal.) 


Boy, 


puer, G. pueri (keeps e) — 


(puerile.) 


Way; road. 


via 


(de-vious.) 


To show, or point out. 


monstr-are 


(de-monstrate.) 


Dragon, 


draco, G. dracon-is. 




Voice, 


vox, G. voc-is 


(vocal.) 


Fox, 


vulpes, G. vulp-is. 




Not, 


non, (before the verb.) 





Model sentence. (Obs. in the Latin order of words, 
the accusative is placed before the verb.) 

16. Servius imperium administrat. 

Servius (the) government administers, 
1*7. ECj^ The Latin language has no article,^ 



• * This word means * the building- a man up' in religious knowledge and prac- 
tice : building on the foundation of faith. 
t A crown given to the soldier who first mounted the walls of a besieged city, 
d That is, no word for a or the. 



19 

Exei^cise 2. 

18. [Order: Nom. Ace. Verb.] 

Balbus® is-building a wall. The boy shows the road. 
Caius will build a wall. The boy will show the road. 
The husbandman will plough. Caius was ploughing. 
Caius will praise the boy. The boy will avoid death. 
He was swearing. The boy dances. The boy will 
dance. The girl was dancing. The boy will avoid the 
fox. The fox was avoiding the boy. 

^^ When there is a ' not,'* the present with * does^ must be used : and the 
auxiliary verb {does., will, shall, &c.) must stand before the ' not,'' as, •' lie 
does not praise the laoy." 

Puer mxnum sedifica&a^. Caius puell(2m lauda^. Bal- 
bus juidbit. Agricola aiat. Balbus puerum yitdbat, 
Puer mortem Viidbit. Vxxeium non lauda^. 

laudat, saltabat, laudabat ; jurat, aedificabit, vitat, 
saltabat, vitabit, vitabat ; laudabit, saltat, jurat, 
jurat, monstrabat, arabit ; monstrat, sedificat, vitabit. 



Lesson 3. 
{Verbs whose injinitive ends in ere.) 
19. Vocabulary 3. 







Key-words 


To fear, 


lim-gre 


{timid.) 


To see, 


vid-ere 


(pro- vide.) 


To laugh, 
To laugh-at, ' 


rid-ere 


(de-ride.) 


To hold, 


ten-ere 


(a «en-ant.) 


To frighten, 


terr-ere 


(terri-fy.) 


To teach. 


doc-ere 


(doc-tor.) 



20. The root is got by throwing off ere. 

21. The endings of the third persons singular are, 

(pres.) {imperf,) {fut) 

et, ebat, ebit. 



e Balbus and Caius are the Latin names. Gen. BalM, Caii. 



20 



Exercise 3. 

22. A Christian does not fear death. The boy will 
fear the dragon. The voice will frighten the boy. 
The boy was holding the fox. The boy will hold the 
dragon. Balbus was laughing-at the boy. He was 
Caius w^ill plough. He swears. A 
fear death. Balbus was showing the 



building a wall. 
Christian will not 



way. 

timet, ridebit, 
ridebat, tenebat 



terrebat ; tenet, videt, videbit. 

timet ; timebit, terret, timebat. 
Puer vulpe7;z non timet. Draco ipuexum tenebit. Balbus 
draconem tenebat. Puella Yiam monsirdbat. Puer 
ipuellam ridet, Caius ipueium docebat. 



To neglect, disregard, 


neglig-ere 


To shut, 


claud-ere. 


To write, 


scrib-ere 


To slay, 


occid ere. 


To learn, 


disc-ere. 


To lead, 


duc-ere 


Gate, 


porta 


Letter, 


epistola 


Slave, 


serv'us 


Master, 


dominus 



Lesson 4. 

{Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere.) 

23. Vocabulary 4. 

Key-words. 

{negligent.) 

(de-scribe.) 

(ad-duce.) 

(porter.) 

(epistle.) 

(servile.) 
(domineer.) 

24. The root is got by throwing off ei^e, and the ter- 
minations of the third persons singular are, 

(pres.) {imperf.) (fut.) 

it, ebat, et. 

Exercise 4. 

25. The slave will shut the gate. The girl was 
writing a letter. Balbus disregards the voice. The 
boy will learn. Caius was learning. The girl will 
show the garden. The master will praise (his) slave. 



21 

The slave was showing the way. The slave will not 
fear death. The slave will plough, 
discit, claudit, claudebat ; negliget, scribit, scribet, 
claudet, discebat, scribet ; occldit, discet, ducit. 

Servus dominium occidzz^. Puer discebat. Servus 
portam claudefea^. Epistol^^m scribed. JuTdbit. Pu- 
ella pueium lauda6a^. Puella morte??! Viidbit. Puer 
vulpem non limebit. Christianus mortem non time^. 



aud-ire 






(avdi-hle.) 


sent-Tre 






(pre-senti-ment.) 


aper-Tre . 








vinc-ire. 








dolor, G. 


dolor-is, 


masc. 


(dolor-ous.) 


caput, G. 


, capit-is 


, neut. 


{capit-dA.) 



Lesson 5. 
{Verbs whose infinitive ends in ire.) 

26. Vocabulary 5. 

To hear, 
To feel, 
To perceive, 
To open. 
To uncover. 
To bind, 
Pain, 
Sorrow, 
Head, 

27. The root is got by throwing away zVe, and the 
endings of the third persons singular are, 

{pres) iimpeif) {fut.) 

it, iebat, let. 

Exercise 5. 

28. The boy hears a voice. Balbus will feel pain. 
The slave uncovers his head. The girl will open the 
letter. Balbus will bind (his*) head. Caius will hear 
the voice. Caius was uncovering (his) head. Balbus 
will write the letter. The master neglects (his) slave. 

vinciebat, sentiet, audiet ; sentit, audiebat, aperit, 
audit, aperiebat, sentiet ; vincit, audit, sentiebat. 
Puer caput vmciebat, Balbus xocern audze^. Caius 
dolorem vitabit. Puella dolore;?? sentiebat. Servus 
epistolam scribebat. Caius servum laudabat. Servus 
murum aedificat. Servus currum monstrabil. 

* Not to be translated. 



22 



Lesson 6. 

29. The forms we have now gon.e through are the 
four classes (or conjugations as they are called) of verbs. 
They are distinguished by the endings of the infinitive 
mood.* 

30. (a) Verbs whose infinitive ends in are, are of 

the first conjugation, and their favorite vowel 
is long a. 
{b) Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere, are of the 
second conjugation, and their favorite vowel 
is long e, 

(c) Verbs whose mfinitive ends in ere, are of the 
tJw'd conjugation, and their favorite vov^^els 
are sho7't e and short i. 

(d) Verbs whose infinitive ends in ire, are of the 
fom^th conjugation, and their favorite vowel 
is lo?ig i. 

31. Terminations of the Infinitive. 



1 conjug. 


2 conjug. 3 


conjug. 


4 conjug. 


{favorite voicel a) 


(fav. vowel e) (fax 


'. vowels 


e,i) 


(fav. vowel i.) 


Infin. : — are 


ere 


ere 




Ire 


32. Third persons of three 


tenses. 


1. 


2. 


3. 




4. 


Preserit, at 


et 


it 




it 


Imp erf,, abat 


ebat 


ebat 




iebat 


Future, abit 


ebit 


et 




iet 


33. Vocabulary 6. 








To fight, 


pugn-are 






(ptign-Siclous.) 


To sing, 


cant-are 






{canto.) 


To play, 


ind-ere 






{i\e-hide.) 


To cry out, 


clam-are 






(clam-or.) 


To answer, 


respond-ere 






{respond.) 


To sin. 


pecc-are 






(pecc-ant.) 


To run. 


curr-ere 






{curr icle.) 


To hope for, 


sperare 






(de-6-pfir-ate.) 



* See Appendix, § 21 — 24, where a verb in each conjugation is given in full 



Ihrougli all the n:oods and tenses. 



23 



Exercise 6. 

34. The girl sings. The boy was singing. The 
slave will play. The slave was crying-out. The boy 
will answer. Balbus will laugh. The husbandman 
was not ploughing. Caius is ploughing. Balbus will 
not answer. The boy will sin. The slave will fight. 
The master was praising (his) slave. The boy will run. 
The girl was running. 

Servus mortem sperabat. Pater currebat. Servus 
pugnabat. Balbus sentiet. Mors Balbum terrebit. 
Mors christianum non terret. Puer vocem audiet. Puer 
vulpem non timet. Servus dominum occidebat. Puella 
peccabat. Servus cantabit. Balbus audit. Pater 
sentit. 



Lesson 7. 
(Adjectives in us, er.) 
35. Vocabulary 7. 



To finish, 


fln-ire. 






L;^bor, 


labor, G. labor-is. 






Mother, 


mater, G. matr-is 




(maternal.) 


Father, 


pater, G. patr-is 




{paternal.) 


To bury, 


se pel-Ire 




(sepulture.) 


Dead, 


mortuus mortua, mortuuin. 






Son, 


filius, G. filii 




(filial.) 


Snake, 


annuls, aiignis, m. (j^ronoimced 


angwis.) 


To find, 


reper-lre 




(repertory.) 


Money, ) 
Sum-of-money, i 


pecunia 




(pecuniary.) 


Master, 


'magister, G. m-igistr-i, ) 
a master who teaches ^ 




(magisterial.) 


] dominns, G. i, a master t 
I who owns ) 




(domineer.) 








To rouse-itp, or ) 
awaken, ) 


excit-are 




(excitement.) 


Mine, 


mens, mea, raeum. 






Good, 


bonus, bona, bonum. 






His, her, its, theirs. 


snus, sua, suum ; when the 


person whose the thing 


is, is the nominative 


to the verb. 







36. DC/^ Adjectives in us, er, have a masculine, a 
^feminine, and a neuter form, and they are declined 
exactly like substantives. 



24 

The masculine ends in us or er ; Gen. i, (Decl. ii.) 

— feminine a; G. 65.(Decl. i.) 

— neuter ■ nm ; G. i, (Decl. ii.) 

Hence the ace. of an adjective is got by 9. For instance, if the ad- 
jective be bonus, (whose fern, is bona : ncut. bonum,) if I want the ace. 
masc. or neut., I take the aoc. of bo7ius or bonum respectively ; if I want 
the ncc. fern., I take the ace. of bona^ which is bonam. 

37. Every noun is masculine, feminine, or neuter / 
and every adjective must be of the same case, gender, 
and number as the noun of which it is spoken.^ 

38. Mulier ancillam suam excitat. 
The woman maid her awakens. 

Obs. Except with these little words mens, suus, &c., the adjective generally 
stands before its substantive. ' Bonus puer,' a good boy. 
[Ancillam suam : — suam\% put in the accusative feminine, because ancillam, 
(the noun of which it is spoken) is in the accusative feminine.] 

Exercise 7. 

39. The father buries (his) dead son. The husband- 
man finds a snake. (My) friend does not hear my voice. 
A slave v^as shutting the gate. The master is teach- 
ing the boy. The master will rouse up his slave. Caius 
disregards the law. The boy will finish his labor. 
The girl was finishing her labor. The master will 



f See 9, b. 

Z Table by which the gender of a substantive is to be determined. 

I. Decl. All feminine, except poeta, (poet) and other designations of men. 
i us, er, masculine : except humus, domus, {fern.,) and a few 
II. Decl.< more. 

( um, neuter. 
TV D PT ) ^^' innsc^dine. except manus, (fem.,) and a few more. 
' \ u, neuter. 
V. Decl. es, fem. (Dies masculine, but sometimes /eTn. in singular.) 
~ Fem. term. i Neut. term, 

do, go, io, I c, a, t, e, I, n, 

as, is, au-, \ ar, ur, us, 

x, ! (But us with long u, 

\ ei not increasing-, j in words of more than 

I s after a consonant. one syll. is fem.) 



III. Decl. Masc. term. 

er, or, OS, 

ES in cr east 

o, when not do, go, io. 



Obs. Masc. endings are in capitals ; fem. in common type ; neut. in Italics. — 
There are manv exceptions in the third. See Appendix, on the Genders of 
Substantives, (\ 2.S. , 

* That is. having in the genitive a syllable more than in the nominative. 



25 

show his garden. The father will praise (his) good 
son. 

Pater filium snum docebat Agricola anguem non 

timebit, Caius legem negligeif. Christianus pecuniae 

negligit. Mortuiim agric61a;7j sepeKe^. Pater meus 
\ocem meam non neglige^. 



Lesson 8. 



40. The following are the genitive terminations of 
the five declensions : 



1. 



3. 

is 



4. 

A 

US 



5. 

ei 



9^ (1) In the Genitive of the fourth us is for uis. 

(2) In the Genitive of the fifth, the e is long when it follows a vowel , 
short when it does not. (Faciei, fidei.)* 



41. Vocabulary 8. 



Through, 
To walk, 
To call, 
Poet, 

To overturn, 
To pull-down, 

House, 

Body, 

Great, 

Little, 

Small, 



per, governs accusative. 

ambiilare 

vocare 

poeta. 
C evertere,(the first is its own 
< meaning : the second the 
f word we should use.) 

domus, us, /. 

corpus, corpor-is, n. 

magnus 

parvus. 



(per-ambulate.) 
(vocation.) 



(domestic.) 

(corporal punishment.) 

(magnitude.) 



41.* Ipse Sulla3 domum evertit. 
He-himself Sulla's house pulls-down^ 

(properly, overturns.) 

Obs. ^):^ The governed genitive stands first, unless the governing noun is em- 
phatic. When the governing noun is to stand before its genitive, it will 
have an accent after it, (thus ; festival'.) 



* This positive statement of Mr. Arnold seems to require some modification. 
The genitives and datives singular of the fifth declension, always make e long be- 
fore i, as diei, aciei, except in the only three nouns of the fifth declension which do 
not end in ies, viz., fides, spes, res. In these e is found short in spei, common 
(either long or short) in fidei, or fidei, and in rli or rei. See Ramsay's Latin 
Prosody, p. 22.^Am. Ed. 

8 



26 



Exercise 8. 

42. The slave shuts the gates of the city. He-hirn- 
self will not pull down his friend's house. The father 
will not disregard the voice of his son. The father 
is burying the body of (his) dead son. The boy w^as 
pointing-out the snake's body. My mother was prais- 
ing the poet's daughter. The good boy w^as w'alking 
through the city. My father will call the husband- 
man's daughter. The poet was holding the queen's 
crown. 

Filius patrz5 suz mortem vindicafczY. Pater filiz suz 
\ocem non neglige^. Leo asinz^m dilaniaf. Servus 
dominz suz morte??z \miicdhat. "Regis sceptrum videto. 
Agricola per urbem d^rnhxAahit. 



Lesson 9. 



Say the terminations of the tenses, (32.) 
(9.) Give the genitive endings, (40.) 



Give the accusative endings, 



43. Vocabulary 9. 



At-nothing, 

To value, 

At a great (price,) 

At a liigh (price,) 

At a little (price,) 

At a low (price,) 

To think little of, 

Queen, 

King, 

Sceptre, 

Labor, 

True, real, 

Virtue, 

To tear-to-pieces, 

An ass. 

To avenge, 

Lion, 



i nihili, (the genitive of nihilum, 
< which is only used in some 
( particular phrases.) 



SBstimare 


(estimation.) 


magni.* 




parvi.* 




parvi agstimare. 




regina. 




rex, G. reg-is 


ireg-al.) 


sceptrum. 




labor, G. labor-is. 




verus 


(verily.) 


virtus, G. virtut-is. 




dilaniare. 




asinus, G. asini. . 




vindicare 


(vindictive.) 


leo, G. leonis. 





44. With some words the price or value is put in the 
genitive. 



* These are genitives, (pretii) price being understood. 



27 

Sapiens virtutem magni aestimat. 

The wise man virtue at a great (price) values, 

45. Magna regis corona, the king^s great crown. 
Magna boni regis corona, the good king'^s great 

Qrown. 
Imitate this order ; adj, gen. subst. 

Exercise 9. 

46. He disregards his slave's great labor. He sees 
a great snake. The boy was avoiding the snake's great 
body. He is avoiding the great snake's great body. 
The master was rousing up his slave. He will feel 
great sorrow. The poet will feel real sorrow. The 
father will not neglect the sorrow of his son. Caius 
values true virtue at a great (price.) The master thinks 
little of the labor of his slave. The father will value 
my labor at a great (price.) 

Caius amici sui laborem parvi cestimat. Pater labo- 
rem meum magni cestimat. Leo asini corpus dilaniabat. 
Mater laudabat fiham. Vulpes lednem timet. Boni 
pueri caput aperiebat. Dominus servi sui epistolam 
aperiet. Magnam urbis portam claudebat. Servus 
puerum vocabit. 



Lesson 10. 

47. Vocabulary 10. 

Very great, greatest, maximus. 

At a very great (price,) ) maximi 

At a very high (price,) \ maximi. 

Avarice, avaritia.h 

Unlearned, indoctus. 

Avaricious ; greedy, avarus. 

Wise, sapiens, sapientis (sapient.) 

Wisdom, sapientia. 

To praise, laud are (laudatory.) 

Impious, impius. 



* li Obs. Nouns in ia, tia, tas, and tudo, are abstract nouns; such as the names of 
virtues, vices, dispositions, feelin^-s, Sec. 



28 

48. Avarus maxlini 

The avaricious (man) at a very great (price) 

aestimat pecuniam. 

values money. 

When the noun meant is man, woman, or thing, it is 
often left out in Latin. If man is meant, the adjective 
must, of course, be masculine ; if woman, feminine ; 
if thing, neuter. 

Exercise 10. 

(Ask questions from 1 — 4, from the " Q.uestions" after the Appendix.) 

49. The avaricious (man) values^* virtue at-a-low- 
price. He was pulling down the avaricious (man's) 
house. He will avenge the death of the w^ise (man.) 
The wise (man) values virtue at-a-very-great (price.) 
The impious (man) will fear death. The avaricious 
(man) will build a small house. The poet will build 
a great house. The poet's daughter' was walking 
through the great city. The unlearned (man) laughs- 
at the poet. The true poet will laugh-at the unlearned 
(man.) 

Christianus pecuniam parvz aestima&iY.^ Impiz &om.um 
everted. Indoctus sapientiam parvi (Estimat. Caius 
sapientia??z lauda^zY. AmIc^ lauda^ sapientiam. Chris- 
tianus avaritiam Vildhit. Mater bonam filiam laudabat. 
Magnam regis cor5nam videbit. Leo dilaniabit asinum. 
Puer magnam quercum monstrabit. Servus domini sui 
hortum monstrabat. 



Lesson 11. 

On the formation of the Perfect. 

50. The perfect has the same ending in all the con- 
jugations ; but this one ending is added on to a par- 



* These numerals refer to the Table of Differences of Idiom, following the Ap- 
pendix. 



29 

ticular root,^ that is altered in various ways from that 

of the present. 

51. In the first, second, and fourth conjugations, the 

root of the perfect is generally formed by adding dv, u, 

and IV, respectively, to the root of the present. 
Thus from am-are mon-ere aud-ire 

{Root of present) am- mon- aud- 

{Root of perfect) amav- monii- audiv- 

52. Terminations of the third person singular, in the Perfect, Pluperfect^ 

and Future perfect of the active voice. 

Perfect, it, ^ to be added to 

Pluperfect, erat, > the root of the 

Future perfect, erit, ) perfect. 

53. Find the roots of the perfection cant-are, terr-ere, 
doc-ere, sepel-ire. 

Exercise 11. 

54. The boy had heard a voice. The slave will 
have shown the road. The lion has torn-in-pieces 
the ass. The slave has avoided pain. Caius had 
praised his slave. The fox had frightened the boy. 
The master has taught the boy. The Christian did 
not fear death. He had valued wisdom at-a-very-low 
price. 

Juraverat. Agricola araverit. Vulpes terruerit puerum. 
Servus speravit mortem. Puella peccaverat. Servus 
cantabit. Pater mortuum filium sepeliverat. Magnam 
poetse sapientiam parvi aestimavit. Veram virtutem 
magni sestimaverat. 



Lesson 12. 
55. Vocabulary 11. 

Bad, malus. Evil, malum, {neut. adj.) 

Something, aliquid, (w.) 



i By a root is here meant ihs^.part of a word which is found in all the cases or tenses 
spoken of. 

3* 



30 



How much, 


quantus, quanta, quantum (quantity.) 


Pleasure, 


voluptas, G. voluptatis (voluptuary.) 


Lose, 


arnittere. 


Unwilling, 


invitus, (to be translated, ' unwillingly.') 


Fijrure, 


figtira. 


To have, 


habere. 


Stability, 


stabilitas. 


To condemn. 


damnare. 


Unlearned, 


indoctus. 


Industry, 


Indus tria. 



56. Figura nihil habet 
Thejigw^e nothing has 



Aliquid temporis \ 

Multum boni^ \ 

Quantum voluptatis^ \ 



stabilitatis. 

of stability, (has no 
stabihty.) 
something of time. {Lat.) 
{some time.) {Eng) 
much of good. {Lat) 
{much good.) {Eng) 
how much of pleasure. {Lat) 
(Jiow much pleasure) {Eng) 



57. 



(Eng.) He does it unwillingly, (adv.) 
(Lat.) He unwillingly does it, (adj.) 



Exercise 12. [Questions 1 — 5.] 

Find, by 51, the root of perfect from hab-ere, vit-are, dilani-5re, 
laud-are. 

58. The boy will lose some time. Hoio much pleas- 
ure does the unlearned man lose !'^ The figure had no 
stability. He avoided much evil. The lion had torn- 
to-pieces the ass. The father praised his son. My 
father values industry very highly.^ 

Servus Yiam monstr-av-erat Puer morte?7z tim-u-zY. 
Dominus sevYum SMum excit-av-erat Aliquid temporz^ 
invitus amitte^. Christianus avaritia/Tz damnat Quan- 
tum habe^ voluptatz^ sapientia ! Avaritia nihil Yidhet 
YQice voluptatZ5. Quantum voluptatz^ hab-u-erzY .' 



k ^)fCr Boni, raali, &c., (the genitives of bonus, malus,) are here used as sub- 
stantives. 

1 ^):Cr" .Neuter adjectives are often followed by 2l genitive case. 

These adjectives are generally such as relate to quantity ; indefinite numerals, &c 

^ Obs. After 'how much'' the present with 'does' is used, and the nominativo 
case stands between the auxiliary verb and the verb. 



31 

Lesson 13. [Questions 1-— 6.] 
59. Vocabulary 12. 



Natural-to-man, 


humSnus 


{human-) 


Nobody, 


nemo, Q. nemin-is. 




To offend-against; wrong, ) ^ij^,.__ 
To break (a law, one's word,&c.) \ ^lo^^re 


{violate.) 


Disgraceful, 


tnrpis, m. f. ; turpe, n. 




Fidelity ; faith ; one's word, 


fides, fidgi.* 




To keep ; observe, 


servare 


{^reserve.) 


(One's) country, 


patria, O. se, f. 


{patriotism.) 


To break one's word, 


fidem violare. 




It is, 


est. 




Citizen, 


civis, Q. civis. 




To command, 


imperare 


{imperative.) 


Easy, 


facilis, m. f. ; facile, neut. 


{facility.) 


60. Humanum 


est errare. 




Natural-to-man 


it-is to errJ^ 




Christiani 


est neminem 


violare. 



Th d t t of a Christian it is nohody to wrong, 

61. To lie is"* disgraceful. {Lat.) 
It is disgraceful to lie. (Eng.) 

62. After * it is,^ such a substantive as part, duty, 
business, mark, is not to be translated into Latin. 

In rendering into English, when a genitive follov^s est, 
{erat, fuit, &c.,) such a substantive as mark, duty, 
business, part, must be supplied. 



It is the part 

duty 

business 

a mark 

It is of a wise man 



i" 



a wise man, &c. {Eng.) 
. {Lat.) 



Exercise 13. 

63. It is a great thing not to fear death. It is a httle 
thijig not to fear a fox. The slave had kept his w^ord. 



* See note on p. 25. 

" D^ An infinitive mood (with the words belonging to it) is often the nomina- 
tive to the verb ; and the adjective that agrees with it is then in the neuter 
gender. 

o ^^ When an infinitive mood is the nominative case to the sentence, in 
English we put ' if before the verb ' is.'' 

This ' it,'' which represents, as it were, the coming sentence, must not be trans- 
lated into Latin. 



32 

It is the slave's business to shut the gate of the city» It 
is disgraceful to neglect a son. It is natural to man to 
value money at-a-high-price. It is a mark of an un- 
learned man to value v^isdom aUa-loio -price, 

Turpe est poetae domum evertere. Humanum est 
peccare. Patris est filium suum sepelire. Regis est 
imperare. Servi est viam monstrare. Pater filium 
docuerat. Puella clamaverat. Mater filiam suam 
laudaverat. Caius cantaverit. Agricola juravit. Im- 
pii (62) est virtutem parvi ^stimare. Boni est fidem 
servare. Impii est fidem violare. 



Lesson 14. 

64. For mas. and fern, nouns the accusative plural 
ends in s ; for neuters in a. 

Rule. To get the ace. plur. from ace. sing. 

(1) For mas. and fern, nouns, turn um of the 
2d into OS ; in the other declensions, turn m 
into s. 

(2) For neuters add a to the root."^ 

Hence the terminations of the ace. plur. are, 

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 

as, OS, es, us, es. 

Ohs. The vov^el before s is long. Ace. plur. of all 
neuters ends in a. 

Exeixise 14. 

Q5. It is disgraceful to break (one's) w^ord. It is 
(the duty) of a Christian to keep (his) word. It is (the 
part) of a Christian, not to off*end-against the laws of his 
country. The good citizen will observe the laws of his 



q Sometimes ia must be added ; for which mles wili be given below. 



'■"^^■^^'mm' 



33 



country. The master has taught the boys. It is natural- 
to-man to avoid pain. Balbus will break his word. The 
fox had frightened the boys. He disregards the labors 
of his slave. 

Pater meus fidem servaverat. Indocti est (62) sapien- 
tiam parvi cestimdre? Turpe est fidem suam non 
servare. Caius fidem suam non servavit. Christiani 
est neminem violare. Neminem violavit. 



Lesson 15. 



1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


5. 


se 


5 


I 


Ul 


ei 


a 





e ) 

some- \ 
times i* ) 


u 


e 



66. The remaining cases of the singular 



Dative 
Ablative 



67. The Dative is to be rendered by to or for. 
The Ablative is to be rendered by with, by, from. 
But an Ablative of time must be rendered by at or 

IN : an Ablative oi place, by at or from.! 

68. Vocabulary 13. 



Hand, 


manus, lis, f. 


(manual.) 


To labor, ) 
To be in trouble, \ 


laborare. 




To appease, 


placare 


(placable.) 


Mind, 


anim-us, 1 


(m3.gn-animi-ty.) 


Gift, 


donum 


(donative.) 



Exercise 15. 

[The thing with which is put in the ablative.] 

69. The boy will show the road to the husbandman. 
The girl will open the letter with her-own hand. The 
boy will hear voices. Death will not terrify Christians. 
The slave will shut the gates for the king. Death 



* e is to be used, unless you are told to use u 
t From after a verb of motion. 



34 

frightens the impious. It is natural-to-man to fear 
death. He will appease the boy with a gift. He has 
appeased the boy's mind. He will have appeased the 
boy's mind with a gift. 

Agricolae est laborare. Puer discet. Servus domini 
vocem timebit. Christiani est virtutem laudare. Caii 
animum dono placaverit. Irani meam dono placaverat. 
Puella cantabit. Puer ludebat. 



Lesson 16. 

"70. JXJ^ Adjectives ending in is, have Gen. is, and 
are therefore of the third. They are masculine and 
feminine. Their neuter form is e, Gen. is, &c. ; and 
the ablative singular is z.* 



71.* Vocabulary 14. 

Rome, 

Carthage, 

Phe-space-of-two-years, 

Winter, 

To sleep, 

Cave, 

One, 

To rest, 

To chastise, 

To remain, 

To live, 

Earth, 

Faithful, 



72. 

Cams 
Caius 
Hieme 



Romse. 
at Rome. 

annum 
year 
ursus 



Roma. 

Carthago, Carthag? i-is, f. 

biennium. 

hieras, hiem-is, f. 

dormire 

antrum. 

unus, una, unum^ 

quiescere 

castigare 

mane re. 

vivere 

terra 

fidelis 



(doT^mouse.) 

{unit.) 

(quiescent.) 

\castigation.) 

(re-vive.) 

(terrestrial.) 

{fidelity.) 



Tarenti. 
at Tarentum 
t 



In lointer the bear 



Tibiire.^ 
at Tibur. 

unum" Cort5n8s vixit. 

one at Cortona lived. 

in antro dormit. 

ill a cave sleeps. 



* A table of the terminations of an adj. in ' is- is given in the Appendix, $ 18. 

»• This word, v^ith some others, has this peculiarity: unus, una, and unum, all 
make their Gen. unlus, and their Dat. uni, instead of the regular Genitives and 
Datives of the first and second declensions. 

^ {)^ If the name of a town where any thing is done, be of the first or second de- 
clension, and singular number, it is put in the genitive; if not, in the ahlat. 

t 0^/" Time when is put in the ablative ; time how-long in the accusative. 



35 

73. Obs. The preposition is not to be translated be- 
fore the name of a town, or a noun of time, 

(a) Before a noun of time consider, whether it tells 
you when the thing was (or, is to be) done ; or how long 
it lasted, (or is to last) 

Exercise 16. 

74. In-winter the earth rests. My father was living 
at-Rome. Balbus is-remaining at-Carthage. It is the 
duty' of a good citizen to remain at-Rome. In winter 
the bear will remain in (its) cave. He will remain at- 
Rome for the-space-of-two-years. He has kept his 
word unwillingly. It is the duty' of a father to chastise 
his son. The slave is walking in the garden. He is re- 
maining at-Tibur unwilhngly, (57.) In-the-winter, he 
will play in the garden. 

Pater meus fidelem servum vindicabit. Pater filium 
castigaverat. Puer in antro dormiebat. Lex Christiana 
avaritiam damnaverat. Pater filium castigaverit. Bien- 
nium Romse manebit. Facile est pueri animum done 
placare. Puella in horto ludebat. 



Lesson 17. 
{On the perfect of verbs whose root ends in p or 6.) 

75. In these verbs the root of \he perfect may gener- 
ally be got from the root of Xh.e present by adding s. 

DCj^ But bs must be written p^. 

76. Examples : Root of pres. rep ; root of perf. reps. 

Root of pres. nicb ; root of perf. nups, 

(not nubs) 

77. Vocabulary 15. 

To write, scribgre (scribe.) 

To m^ny, (of a female,) nubere (nuptials)^ 

u This word properly means ' to veil ;' hence * to put on a bridal veil ;' ' to marry.^ 
It governs the dative, as meaning * to veil for a person.' 



36 

To pluck ; to card ; to carp at, carpere. 
Wool, lana. 

Flower, flos, flor-is (florist.) 

Grape, uva. 

^ , 5 totus : with G. totius ; D. toti. 

*^'^°^^' \ See W7i2i5, Appendix, 8, 10. 
Letter, epistola {epistolary.) 

a. Nubere * to marry'' is followed by the dative, not by the accusative. 
i. A case of .««. must be construed { *f; '^^^Zk!^l}s o.n, tUeir o.n ; 

according as the nominative is a ' Ae,' 
a ' she,'' an ' it,' or a ' they.^ 
Hewiote it > ^-„-, „„^ S '"-^'^^^ ^^^ o^'^i hand. 
She \^^:ote it ] i ^^^th her own hand. 

Exercise 17. 

78. The boy was writing a letter. The girl wrote a 
letter. The slave had written a letter. (It) is easy (60, n) 
to write a letter. The girl will marry Caius. The girl 
was carding wool. It is the duty^ of a Christian to ob- 
serve the laws of his country. The girl had plucked a 
flower. The boy will pluck the grape. My father will 
remain at Rome the whole w^inter.* 

Sapientis est virtutem^ magni sestimare. Epistolam 
Romse scripsit. Facile est lanam carpere. Quantum 
habet voluptatis industria ! Puella epistolam sua manu 
scripsit. Caius epistdlam sua manu scribebat. 



Lesson 18. 

Terminations of the third plural. 

79. The third plural of a verb may be got from the 
third singular by changing t into nt. 

(a) But this rule does not hold good of ' it,' which must be changed thus . 

f in the fourth conj. into iunt. 

if must be changed \ ^" ^^^ Pf ^^f ^ ^"^^ • • ^^"'^<- 
° Mn ' erit mto .... int. 

in other cases into . . unt.] 



[ 



* In what case is time how-long put"? (See p. 34, note t.) 

^ From virtus. 

t Thus, sepel-zt, sepel-m7i«. 

stet-27, stet-eruiit. 

fitet-erit, stet-crint. 

reg-it, leg- unt. 



37 



Exercise 18. 
80. Translate the following : 

(1) Amat, a,mant : monet, monent : regit, regunt : audz'i, 2M&iunt : amaviV/, 
amaver%wf. 

(2) Find the third person plural corresponding to each of the following 
forms : 

Amahat ; monebit ; reget ; rexerit ; audzei; 'plor dhit ; xexit, (per/.;) 
clamaverzi, clsunabit ; scripstt, diVi^ivit. 

(3) Turn into Latin : 

They will command. They have walked in the gar- 
den. They have written a letter. They were praising 
the faithful slave. .They had praised the slave's fidelity. 
They will have sung. They will fear the hon. They 
will have chastised the slave. They will pull down the 
avaricious man's house. They will value money at-a- 
low-price. Wisdom has much pleasure. They will 
wrong nobody. They have WTonged nobody. It is the 
duty^ of a Christian to avoid avarice. They will ap- 
pease the girl's anger. They were writing letters. 



Lesson 19. 

81 . Plural terminations of substantives and adjectives : 

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 

Nom, SB, i, es, us, es. 

Gen. arum, orum, um, ) 

' ' . L\ uum, erum. 

or mm,* ) ' 

82. Vocabulary 16. 

To fall down, de-cid-ere (the decidnous cypress.) 

Autumn, auctumnus, G. i. 

The country, rus,w G. ruris {rural pleasures.) 

To fly (out,) e-v61-are (volatile : e out, volare fiy.) 

From ; out of, ex, governing the ablative. 

In, in, governing the abl. 

City, urbs, G. urbis (wrianity.)* 

Determine by the Table, given at page 24, the genders of dolory auc- 
tumnus, rus, urbs. 
^iCr ' In,' when it means ' into' governs the accusative. 



* Um is to be used when you are not told to put ium. 

^ Patriaifi the country of which we are citizens; rus is Uhe country,^ as op- 

" to ' the town.' 
X Meaning 'city politeness,' as opposed to '■7'ustic coarseness.' 

4 



38 

Exercise 19. 

83. The husbandmen are building a wall. The boys 
will show the road. Christians will not fear death. The 
citizens will pull down Sulla's house. Wise (men) value 
true greatness of mind very highly? The unlearned 
value wisdom at-a-low^-price. My friends will not disre- 
gard my sorrow. The leaves fall down in autumn}^ 
The slaves will avenge the death of their master. The 
slaves will show the gardens. They will appease the 
anger of the husbandmen with a gift. 

Impii mortem tim.ebunt. Christidni est^ pecuniam 
parvi (Bstimdre? Fidem suam invitf serv-av-erunt. 
Rus^ ex urbe evolabunt. Invitus^ domi (168) manebat. 
Puerum in urbe sepel-iv-erunt. Patres filios sues 
docuerant. Puellse clamaverunt. Pueri vulpem non 
timebunt. 



Lesson 20. 

On finding the nominative of the third declension from 

any other case. 

84. The most common way of all is given in the fol- 
lowing Rule : 

( 1 ) Find the root,'^ and add s to it. 

a) For c5, gs, you must write x ; and if a £ sounda or r stand before s, throw 
it away. 

h) If the letters before s are wt, sometimes t only is thrown away : some- 
times both consonants. 

c) Besides this a short i in the last syllable should be changed into e. 

(2) Another way is to throw away the last letter of 

the root. 

a) This applies principally to n, (sometimes to r, I.) 

b) An i before 71 should be changed into 0, as consuetudin-^m (consuetudi) 
consuetudo. 



y Into the country, by a rule to be given presently. 
z Sometimes the root is itself the nominative. 
* That is, t or d. 



39 



(3) A third way is to add is, es, or (for neuters) e 

to the root. 

(4) Sometimes ' er,' ' dry as the last letters of a 

root, should be changed into ' us ;' and ' if 
into 'ut.'^ 

85. Vocabulary 17. 





Root. 


NOM. 




A flock, 


greg 


grex, m. 


(^re^-arious.) 


A shrub, 


frutic 


frutex, f. 




A state, 


clvitat 


civitas, f. 




An elephant, 


elephant 


elephas, m. 




Custom, 


consuetudin 


consuetudo, f. 




Honey, 


mell 


mel, n. 


{melli-^uoViS.) 


Side, 


later 


latus, n. 


{lateral.) 


Head, 


capit 


caput, n. 


{capital.) 


Body, 


corpor 


corpus, n. 


{corporal.) 


Cloud, 


nub 


nubes, f. 






Exerc 


ise 20. 





86. The boys will not fear the elephant. The slave 
will show the shrub. Balbus had praised my custom. 
He feels a pain in his side, {say^ of his side.) The boy 
will feel a pain in his head, {say, of his head.) The 
hon will not fear the elephant. The slave had shown 
the shrub in his master's garden. He will retain his 
father's custom. The state will observe its laws. The 
husbandman had shown his flocks. He will laugh-at 
the flock of unlearned men. My father feared the cloud. 

Caius leges civitatis violaverit. Christiani est"^ nemi- 
nem violare. Servus mortui elephantis corpus puero 
monstrabat. Puella epistolam sua manu scripsit. Fa- 
cile est lanam carpere. Biennium Carthagine mane- 
bunt. Domini servos fideles vindicaverant. Domino- 
rum est^ fideles servos laudare. Patris est filium suum 
docere. Figura? nihil^ habent stabilitatis. Hieme ursi 
in antro dormiunt. Biennium Romas manebit. Chris- 



t> Examples. — From ped-es we get ped-s=pes, [by (1) a;] from frutic-is, fru- 
tics=frut?'x=frutex : civitat- em, civitat-s, civltds : animant-em, animant-s, ani- 
mans : elephant-is, elephants, elephas, [(1) b.] By (2) longitudin-em, longitudi, 
longitude : f arris, farr, far : felle, fell, fel. By (3) nub-em, nub-es ; reti, ret-e. By 
(4) later-is, latus ; corpor-is, corpHs ; capU-is, caput. 



40 

tianus neminem violabit. Fideles servi dominum suum 
vindicabunt. 



Lesson 21. 

87. The Lnjjerative may be got from the infinitive 
by throwing away re, {a?nd, mone, rege^ audi) 

88. ' Not' with imperatives is ne, 

A ' novi is hateful then to see. 

Crabrones ne irrlta. 
Hornets do-not irritate, (Do not irritate hornets.) 

89. Vocabulary 18. 

It is, est. 

Wasp, vespa. 

To irritate, irrltare. 

Hornet, crabr-o, onis. 

Never, nunqiiam. 

Useful, profitable, util-is (utility.) 

Exercise 21. 

[The ' do' before ' not' is only the auxiliary verb belonging to the following 
verb : thus, " do not shut" is the same as '• shut not."] 

90. Do not irritate wasps. He has unwillingly irri- 
tated a wasp. The boys w411 irritate the wasps. Do 
not pull-down the house. Do not chastise the slave. 
The boys will lose some time} The figure will have no 
stability.^ Do not break your word. Wise (men) will 
condemn avarice. The boys w^ill hear a voice. Do not 
shut the gates of the city. Do not irritate your master. 
The boy w411 fear the hornet. The hornets will irritate 
the fox. 

[Obs. The '■do' of the imperative must be put before ' not ;' just as if ' ne' 
were to be translated ' do not.'] 

Patriae tuae leges ne viola. Veram animi* magni- 
tudinem laudabunt. Christidni esf fidem suam servare. 



* Observe the place of the governed genitive, between the adjective and sub- 
stantive. 



41 



Turpe est, patriae suse leges violare. Poetas ne irrita. 
Christiani esi^ neminem irritare. Invltus saltaverat. 
Portas urbis invitus claudebat. Invitus peccavit. Hu- 
manum est peccare. Ne pecca. Nunquam est utile 
peccare. 



in a k sound, (in 
the root of the 



Lesson 22. 

On the p 67 feet of verbs whose root ends 

c, g, or qu.) 

91. The common way is, to add s to 
present ; remembering that, 

DCJ^ Any k sound with s — ^ ^, [that is, for cs, gs, or 
qus, write x.] 

Thus from cing-ere, teg-ere, dic-erCj coqu-erej^ we get for the roots of 
the perfect, 

(cing-s) (teg-s) (dic-s) 

cinx, teXf dix, 

92. Vocabulary 19. 

Attack, oppugnare. 

C summus; properly A?^Ae5«, but 

Greatest, < the general word for ^rea^es^, 

when qualities are sooken of. 



(coqu-s) 
cox. 



To surround, 


cing-ere 


(cincture.) 


To cover, 


teg-ere 


(pro-tect.) 


To say, 


dic-ere 


(diction.) 


To cook ; bake ; ripen, 


coqu-ere 


(de-coction.) 


Fault, 


culpa 


(culpable.) 


Lie, 


mendacium 


(mendacious.) 


Cloak, 


pallium 


{ (to palliate an offence : 
\ i. e. to cloak it.) 


Food, 


cibus. 




The sun. 


sol, sol-is, m. 


(the solar rays.) 


To fill. 


complere 
(omnis: cunctus, (the latter 


(complement of men.) 


All, 


\ word means 'all taken to- 
( gethcr.'') 
illustrare 




To illuminate. 


(illustrate.) 


Light, 


lux, luc-is 


(lucid.) 


River, 


5 flumen, flumin-is. What gen- 
\ der ? [See page 24, g.] 






Assumed-appearance ; 
pretence. 


I simulatio, G. simulationis 
C totus, a, urn : but G. totius, D. 


(dissimulation.) 


Whole, 


< toti. In other cases, regular. 
( See Appendix, 10. 




c This mark means ' equals,' or, " is the same as." 


«i Q,u = kw ; pronounce cokwere. 






4* 





42 

93. Sol cuncta sua luce illustrat. 

The sun all (things) with his light illuminates. 

94. {)t^ ' Thing,' * things' are often untranslated : the adjective must then be 
put in the neuter. 

Exercise 22. 

95. He surrounds his head with a garland. He had 
surrounded the city Avith a wall. The slave had ccfv- ered 
his master's body with a cloak. The boy had said noth- 
ing. The girl had cooked the food. Do not cover (your) 
fault with a lie. The slave has said many (things.) The 
sun fills all (things) with its light. The assumed-ap- 
pearance of folly covered great wdsdom. It is the 
business^ of the slave to cook the food for his master. It 
is never useful to lose time. How much^ pleasure has 
he had ? 

Sol cuncta sua luce illustraverat. Christiani"^ non 
est, mendacio culpam tegere. Pueri dixerunt. Flumen 
urbem cingit. Totam hiemem^^^* ursus in antro dor- 
miebat. Amicus amici corpus suo pallio tegebat. Sum- 
mam prudentiam simulatione stultitise texerat. Hanni- 
bal Saguntum oppugnabat. Turpe est peccare. Bien- 
nium RomaB manebunt. Carthagine inviti manebant. 



Lesson 23. 

On finding the root of the perfect for verbs whose root 
end.s in a t sound, {d or t) 

96. Here too the root of the perfect is generally got 
from the root of the present by adding s. 

The t sound must be thrown away before this 5, and 
the preceding vowel, if shorty made long. 

Claud-o, claud-s, claus. 

Divid-o, divid-s, divis. 

* These numerals, when followed by a curve, refer to the Questions after the 
Appendix. 



43 

97. The remaining cases of the plural. 

In the plur. the dative and ablative are alike. 
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 
Dat. ) is, ibiis, ebus. (In the fourth it is some- 
Abl. ) times ubus.) 

98. Vocabulary 20. 



Ta divide, 


divTd-ere. 




Part, 


pars, partis. Gender? (p. 24 


t,g.) 


Three, 


K tres, neut. tria, (decUned regularly : 




I gen. ium.) 




A man, 


vir,* G. viri, (declined like a noun of 
i second.) 


To accuse. 


accusare. 




Theft, 


furtum 


{furtive.) 


Bribery, 


ambitus, G. us. 




To acquit, 


absolvere 


{absolve ; absolution.) 


Treachery, 


proditio, G. onis. 




To death, 


may be translated by capitis, {'■ 


of the head.') 


Into, 


in, with the accusative. 




Because, 


quia. 




Always, 


semper. 




99. P 


uer eximia 


pulchritudine. 


A 


boy of singular 


beauty. 


. Ci 


iium proditionis® 


accusant. 


Ci 


a,ius of treachery 


they accuse. 



100. Obs. Where we describe a person or thing by a substantive and adjective 
governed by ' o/,' the Romans used either the genitive or the ablative. 

101. {Eng.) To condemn a person to death. 

{Lat.) To condemn a person of the head,^ {capitis.) 

Exercise 23. 

102. The slave has shut the gates of the city. Bal- 
bus had divided all (the things) into three parts. He 



* Homo, G. hominis, and vir are both ' man ;' but homo is ' man* as opposed to 
ether animals; that is, ^ a human being:' whereas 'vir' is 'man' as opposed to 

* woman.' 

When ' men' means ' human beings,' * men' generally, (including both sexes,) it 
should be translated by homines. 

When ' man' is used contemptuously, it should also be translated by ' homo,' 
because that word says nothing better of a person than that he is a human being. 

When ' man' is used respectfully, with any praise, &c., it should be translated by 

* vir,' because man is superior to woman. 

® 9^ Verbs of accusing, acquitting, and condemning, take a genitive of the 
charge. 

As transitive verbs they, of course, take an accusative of the person accused. 

f We may suppose that it was originally ' to condemn a person to the loss of the 
head,' or rather ' to a punishment of the head.' 



44 

will divide all (neut.plur.) into three parts with his (own) 
hand. Do not divide the food. Balbus, a man of the 
greatest virtue, has praised the fidelity of the slave. The 
sun was illuminating (all) things with his light. He will 
accuse Balbus of theft. They have written the letters 
with their own hands. The queen was writing a letter 
with her own hand. He had covered his face with a 
cloak. It is always disgraceful to cover a fault with 
a lie. 

Caius, vir summo ingenio, Romae^^^ vivit. Balbum 
ambitus accusaverant. Quantum cibi^ amittunt ! Bal- 
bum proditionis absolvent. Balbum capitis damnabunt. 
Hieme^'^^ ursi in antris dormiunt. Triennium^' ^^ Romae 
manebit. Caium ne accusa. Invitus Caium accusavit. 
Caium, summo ingenio virum, proditionis accusaverat. 
Portas urbis clauserat. Balbi est, omnia in tres partes 
dividere. Facile est saltare. Nunquam utile est pec- 
care, quia semper est turpe. 



Lesson 24. 

Root of the perfect with lengthened {and often changed) 

vowel. 

103. Other verbs form the root of the perfect by 
lengthening the vowel of the present : as ed-eie, ed. 

104. If the vowel of the present is a, the root of the 
perf. will have e. Thus cap-ere, cep. 

105. Several of these verbs drop ^,u n or m before the 
final mute. 

Thus frang-ere, frag, freg. (break,) 

rump-ere, rup, riip. (burst ; break through.) 
vinc-ere, vie, vie. (conquer.) 

106. Vocabulary 21. 

Buy, em-ere, r. em (jpie-emption.) 

Take, ) 

Receive, \ cap-ere, r. cep. 

Arm, brachium. 



45 

Treaty, feeder-, nom. foed-us, (neut.,) by 84, 4. {con-feder-Ecte.) 

Chain, vinculum. 

Prison, career-, {nom. career, 84.) (in-carcer-ate.) 

Gaul, Gallus. 

Enemy, hostis, G. hostis (hostile.) 

From, (after receive, capcre,) ex with abl. 

Exercise 24. 

107. Caius had broken his arm. The Gauls had 
broken the treaty. They had broken-through the treaty. 
It is disgraceful to break a treaty. Caesar conquered 
the Gauls. It is not easy to conquer the Gauls. He 
had appeased Balbus with the greatest prudence. They 
will break-through their chains. They had broken- 
through the chains of their prison. It is easy to break 
(one's) arm. They are losing much^ money. He was 
losing much pleasure. They will condemn Balbus to 
death. He had conquered his enemies. Balbus has 
broken his arm at Rome. 

Nunquam utile est foedus rumpere. Nunquam utile 
est Mem fallere, quia semper est turpe. Facile est 
puerorum animos donis placare. Turpe est foedera 
negligere. Galli negligebant foedera. Utile est omni- 
bus laborare. Nemo semper laborat. Caius brachium 
suum Carthagine fregerat. Culpas suas simulatione 
virtutis texit. Quantum^ mellis emerunt ! Quantum 
voluptatis ceperunt ! Multum voluptatis ex meo dolore 
ceperant. 





Lesson 25. 






108. Vocabulary 22. 






Color, 


color, G. eol6r-is. Gender ? 






An estate, 


fundus. 






Large, 


grandis, grandis, grande. 






Immense ; huge. 


ingens, G. ingent-is. 






Conquered, 


victus, a, um 




{victory, Sccj 


To dwell, 


habitare 




(habitation.) 


To reign, 


regnare. 






Sardis, or Sardes, 


Sardes, {Si plural noun,) G. Sardium, &c. 




Thebes, 


Thebse, G. ThebSrum : phtr. 


noun. 




Victory, 


victSria. 







Nightingale, 

Much, 

To flourish, 

Often, . 

Peace, 

109. Spem 
Hope 



46 



luscinia. 
multus. 

florere, r.ff floru. 
saepe. 
pax, pacis 

pretio 
for a price 



non 
not 



(pacific.) 

emo. 
do I buy. 



110. JXJ^ After a verb of buying, 'for'^ may be con 
sidered a sign of the ablative. 

That is to say, */or' is to be untranslated ; and the noun that expresses 
the price, put in the ablative. 

Exercise 25. 

[In what case is the price for which put ?] 

111. He has bought the estate /or a large sum-of- 
money. The conquered often buy peace for an im- 
mense sum of money. He had dwelt many years at 
AthensP^ Croesus reigned at Sardis. He has bought 
a victory with^ much blood. He will have dwelt many 
years^'^^ at Rome, The nightingale changes (her) color 
in the autumn}"^^ It is impious, not to love (one's) 
parents. Caius had broken his arm. Ceesar has 
conquered the Gauls. 

[When is the place where put in the gen, ? when in the abl. ?] 

Thebis Pindarus floruit. Multos annos Romae habi- 
taverant. Impium est, leges patriae violare. Invitus 
legem violavit. Inviti leges violavissent. Balbum ca- 
pitis damnaverunt. Biennium Romae habitabunt. Patriae 
tuse leges ne viola. Caium proditionis accusabunt. 



Lesson 26. 

112. Since, in the third conjugation, both the present and the perfect have 
their third person in ' it,' it is well to learn how to distinguish a third 
person of the perfect from a third person of the present. 



e Obs. R. means 'root of present /' and r. ' root of perfect.' 
t That is, 'for' much blood. 



47 

113. a) If ' if has 5 or t> before it, the tense is the perfect. 

b) If ' if has uor V before it, and the word is of more than two sylla- 
bles, the tense is very likely to be the perfects 

c) If the first two consonants of the root are the same, the tense is the 
perfect. 

(Thus ' ieiendit,' ' momordi,' is the perfect.) 

d) If the root is of one syllable, and has a long vowel, the tense is very 
often the perfect. 

114. Vocabulary 23. 

Some verbs that form root of perfect by prefixing a syllable, which is 
called reduplication, that is redoubling. 

Bite, mord-ere, r. momord (re-morse.) 

Hang, (neut.,) pend-ere, r. pepend (sus-pense.) 

Shear, shave, tond-ere, r. totond (tonsure.) 



Shoulder, 

Beard, 

Sheep, 

Flay, 

Shepherd, 

Wolf, 

From, 



humerus, G. i. 

barba 

ovis, G. ovis. 

de-gliib-ere, (see 75.) 

past-or, G. oris 

lupus, G, i. 

'ab, governing the ablative. 

Exercise 26. 



(barber.) 
(pastor.) 



115. The wolf had bitten the sheep. The shepherd 
will shear his sheep. A shepherd does not shear his 
sheep in the winter. The wolves have bitten my dog. 
Cains will shave (his) beard. The cloak was hanging 
from (his) shoulder. The dog has bitteji the wolf. They 
wrote the letter at Carthage. Balbus had shaved (his) 
beard. The girls have plucked flovvcrs in Caius's garden. 
The girls will walk in the garden. The queen was 
walking through the city. They have surrounded the 
city with walls. They have unwillingly offended- 
against the laws of their country. 

Boni pastoris^ est tondere oves, non deglubere. Sagittse 
ab humero pependerunt. Mains pastor deglupsit oves, 
non totondit. Pastores agricolas riserunt. Lupus boni 
pastoris ovem momorderit. Boni canis non est/ oves 
mordere. Tonde oves ; ne deglube. Servus portas 
urbis clauserit. Pueri regis sceptrum videbunt. Lus- 
ciniae colorem mutabunt. Auctumno lusciniae colorem 
suum mutaverint. 



k This is certain, in the case of dv-it, tv-it. 
&c., are of the present. 



But arguit, congruit, imbuit, statuit^ 



48 



Lesson 27. 

116. Personal Pronouns.* 

G. D.Abl. 

nostrum or nostri, nobis, 
vestrum or vestri, vobis. 

(Plural the same as the singular.) 

{):^ Myself ; thyself ; himself herself, itself; themselves, are also expressed 
(respectively) by these pronouns. 

117. *He gave him a book,' means 'he gave a book 

to him.'' 
- ' he is hke to him,'' 





N. G. 


D. Ac.Ab. 


N.A 


/, 


ego, mei, 


mihi, me, 


nos, 


Thou, 


tu tui, 


tibi, te, 


vos, 


Him, her, it, 
Them,^ 


(none) sul, 


sibi, se. 


(Ph 



' He is Hke him'^ 



118. lO^ After verbs oi giving, payings costing, &c., 
put in ' to' before one of the accusatives, and translate 
it by the dative. 

119. DC/^ Adjectives of liheness take the dative"" after 
them. 

This means, that what seems in English the accusative after * like* 
must be translated into Latin by the dative. 

120. Vocabulary 24. 





R. r. (r means root of perfect.) 




To give, 


j d-are, ded. This verb has a in the 




\ last syll. but one.) 




To sell. 


vend-ere, vendid. 




To stand ; cost 


, st-are, stet 


{station.) 


Prison, 


carc-er, G. eris 


(incarcerate.) 


Gold, 


aurum. 




Silver, 


argentum. 




Blood, 


sanguis, sanguin-ls, mas. 


{sanguinary.) 


Roman, 


Romanus. 




Beast, 


< bellua, (of large beasts ; elephants^ 
\ whales, &c.) 




Chain, 


vinculum. 




121. Isocrates orator'' unam 


orati5nem 


Isocrates the orator one 


oration 


viginti 


talentis vendidit. 




for twentij 


talents sold. 




(The 


orator Isocrates sold one oration for ticenty talents.) 



* See Appendix, § 25. 

I Him, her, it, them, are not translated by sxii, &c., unless they stand for the 
same person or thing that the nominative (or other principal noun) of the sentence 
stands for. 

m But often the genitive. 'Similis mei,'' means, he is like me in character; 
• similis mihi,'' that he is like me in face. 

n When two nouns are spoken of the same thing, the second is put in the same 
case as the first. 

The second is then said to be ' in apposition'' to the first. — Hence ' apposition'' is 
when the second noun is a name, or title, or description of the preceding one. 



49 



Exercise 27. 



122. The Hippotamus,^ a great beast, dwells in* the 
Nile.P Caius, a wicked man, (98 note,) will sell his 
country for gold. He has sold his country for gold. 
How muc¥ silver had he given his slave ? Victory cost 
the Romans (117) much blood.^ Do not sell your 
honor for gold. It is the pari} of a Christian to think 
little op gold and silver. Balbus had burst the chains 
of his prison. It is the part of a Christian to praise the 
good. 

Improborum est,' patriam auro vendere. Animus 
carceris sui vincula rumpebat. Fidem suam auro ven- 
diderunt. Turpe est, fidem suam auro vendere. Quan- 
tum tibi argenti^ dederat?* Pastor ovem tondebat. 
Agricola labdrem finiverat. 



Lesson 28. 

Tenses of the verb ' esse,' to he. 

Sing. Plur. 

123. Present, est, sunt. 
Imperfect, erat. 

Future, erit, erunt. 

Root of perfect fu; and therefore the tenses with 
root of perfect formed regularly, iiiit, iwerat, fnerit, 
hiisset. 

124. The verb ' to he'' takes a nominative (of either a 
substantive or an adjective) after it. 

[O^ An adjective after the verb agrees with the 
nominative before the verb. 



case 



Hippopotamus. P Nilus. 

q Remember that the blood was the price paid. 

* Remember that in a question, the auxiliary verb stands before the nominatiye 



50 



{felicity.) 

(the beatitudes.) 

{dignity.) 
{indignity.) 



{liberty.) 



125. Vocabulary 25. 

S fe]ix,r G. felic-is 

Happy, \ beatus 
Contented, contentus,s governs the abl. 

Worthy, dignus,^ governs ahl. 

Unworthy, indignus,s governs abl. 

Endued, prseditus.s 

Relying on, fretus.s 

Strength, vires, G. virium, &c. Plural of ri5. 

A little, parvum, neut. adj. used as a substantive. 

Free, liber,s libera, liberum 

Never, nunquam. 

126. Terra est rotunda. 
The earth is round, 

{Rotunda nom. fern, to agree with terra) 
Plurimae stellae soles sunt. 
Very many stars suns are (are suns.) 

Exercise 28. 

127. No-one is always happy. The avaricious (man) 
will never be contented. Caius, a man (98) endued 
with the greatest virtue, praised my fidehty. Caius is 
not free from blame. Balbus, a man unworthy of life, 
does no good^ (thing.) Balbus, relying on his strength, 
will burst the chains of his prison. It is unworthy of a 
Christian to praise the bad. The slaves are not free from 
blame. Christians are contented with a little. The boys 
have covered their faults with hes. 

127.* (What does luce come from 7 — See 84, (1) a.) 

Virtus parvo contenta est. Quam multi indigni 
luce sunt ! Caius, homo vita indignus, patriam auro 
vendidit. Patris mei servus laude dignus est. Impro- 
borum est^ males laudare. Tarquinius Romae regnavit. 
Arbor florebat. Caium boni omnes laudabant. Balbus 
multa laude florebat. 



r Beatus relates more to true, inward happiness than felix, which means suc- 
cessful in one's undertakings, &c. 

^ S^ Dignus, indignus, prseditus, contentus, fretus, liber, &cc., govern the ab- 
lative. 

That is, the abl. follows them without a preposition : so that the English ' tciiA,' 
^from' &LC., must not be translated after them. 



51 

Lesson 29. 

128. DCr" The compounds of esse (except posse) 
govern the dative. 

129. Vocabulary 26. 

(Compounds of esse ; governing the dative.) 



To do good ; to be serviceable, 


r. 

prod-esse,t profu. 


To be prejudicial, 




ob-esse,t obfu. 


To be engaged in, 




inter-esse,t interfu. 


Very many, 




plurimi, sb, a, (plural.) 


As many as possible. 




quam^ plurimi, as, a. 


The greatest possible, 
he can, or 


could, \ 


quamu maximus, a, um. 


To raise (forces,) 




com par are, 


Forces, 




copiae, arum, plur. 


State, 




civitas, G, tatis. 


Battle, 




3roelium. 


Anger, 




ra. 


Human, 




hum an us. 


Race, 




genus, G.gener-is. Wh^i gender 1 {generic.) 


Becomes, 




fit, followed by the nominative. 




Exercise 29. 



130. Balbus was engaged in the battle. It is the part 
of a Christian} to do-good to as many as possible. Caesar 
raises the greatest forces he can. Anger has cost the 
human race much blood. Anger has often been preju- 
dicial to states. Very-many men are unv^orthy of life. 
The Christian will do-good to as many as possible. Very- 
many cities were raising forces. Many states, relying 
on their strength, are raising forces. They condemned 
Caius, a man unworthy of life. The conquered will 
dwell at Sardes. Peace cost me a great sum-of-money. 
The son will avenge his father's blood. 

Caesar qiiam maximas copias comparaverat. Caius, vir 
summo ingenio praeditus, Romae habitat. Servus mens 
proelio interfuit. Fides plurimis profuit. Nemo fit casu 
bonus. Christianorum est^ avaritiam damnare. Caius 
multis proeliis interfuerat. 

t These forms follow the conjugation of esse exactly: but prodesse drops its d 
before these tenses of esse that begin with a consonant. Thus pro-sunt : not prod- 
sunt. 

u How guam gives the meaning of ' as possible^ to a superlative, is explained in 
the ' Differences of Idiom,'' number 9. 



insertion of an n be- 
fore the t. 



52 

Lesson 30. 
Subjunctive Verb, 

131. 1. 2. 3. 4. •] 
Present (R.^) et, eat, at, iat. | J^f^li^^^Mrfr^^^ 
Imperfect (R.) aret, eret, eret, iret. )-aii these forms by the 
Perfect (r/) erit. 
Pluperfect (r.) isset. 

132. The subjwictive present lYL di "^imov^dX ^enieiicey 
is an imperative^ or expresses a wish. 

Hence, after ut {that) the subjunctive present is to be rendered, ' Ac, &c., 
may — ;' without ut, it must be ' let him — , &c.,' or ' may he — , &c.' 

133. The subjunctive present used as an imperative, 
takes ne for 'not,' (ne putet, do not let him think.) 

Exe7xise 30. 

134. Write down in Latin : That^ he may shut. He 
would have shut. He would, sleep. That he might 
irritate. That he may hear. That he may break. He 
may have broken. He would have burst. He would 
have divided. 

Translate : Floreat. Ut floreret. Floruisset. Pro- 
fuisset. Irritet. ' Ut irritet. Irritavisset. Divisisset. 
Ut cingeret. Cingat. S crib at. Ut scribat. Scrip- 
si sset. Ut scriberet. Placet pueri animum. Ut filium 
suum sepeliret. Sepehat filium. Iram meam placa- 
vissent. Servus ne claudat portas. Docet pueros, ut 
sapere discant. 



Lesson 31. 

135. DCr' The infinitive in English often expresses a 
purpose : but the infinitive in Latin never does. 

V R. means with root of present. 

r. ,).QQ^ of perfect. 

* Obs. The 3d sing, of the imperfect subjunctive may be formed from the ir^ni- 
live by adding t. 
w ' Ut' is ' that.' 



53 



{Eng.) I am come to see you. 

\Lat.) I am come that I may see you. 

{Eng.) I came to see you. 

{Lat.) I came that I might see you. 



136. )X? The English infin. expressing a purpose 
may be translated by ' uf with the subjunctive. 

137. The imperfect subjunctive must be used, when 
the verb is of a past tense ;^ the present follows the other 
tenses. 

138. ^):5^ The * perfect with have"" (or * perfect definite,' which denotes that some- 
thing has been done in a still present period of time) is considered a present 
tense, and followed by the present snbjunctive.y 
Obs. Neuter verbs of motion form their perfect definite act. with * am ;' so 
that ' He is come' = ' He has come,^ and is followed by pres. sub- 
junctive.^ 

139. Vocabulary 27. 



To eat, 
To come. 
To learn. 
To read, 


R. 

ed-ere, 
venire, 
disc-ere, 
leg-ere, leg, (103.) 


r. 

ed (103) 
ven (103) 
didic* (113, c.) 


{edible.) 
(did-ventJ) 


L40. (1) Venit ut portas claudat. 

He is coining that the gates he may shut. 
{He is coming to shut the gates.) 




(2) Venit ut portas 
He came that the gates 
{He came to shut the gates.) 


clauderet. 
he might shut. 




(3) Venit 
He is come 
{He is come 


ut portas 
that the gates 
to shut the gates.) 


claudat. 
he may shut. 






Exercise 31. 





[What tense is ' he was come ?' 138, z.J 

141. He will come to surround the boy's head with 
a garland. He was come to surround the girl's head 
with a garland. He came to irritate the wasps. They 



X That is, of the imperfect, perfect, or pluperfect, 
y It is just so in English : 

I write, or am writing, ) 

I shall write, > that I may, &c. 

I have written, ) 

I was writing, ) 

I wrote, > that I might, &c. 

I had written, j 

* So too ' loas come' is the pluperf. 

* The syllable prefixed is called a reduplication. 

5* 



54 

were come to pull-down Sulla's house. He was come 
to give me an estate. They had come to condemn me 
to death? Do not shut the gate. He was come to 
raise the greatest forces he could? Let the girls sing. 
Let the boys learn^ to read. The boy has learned to 
play. 

[Render ut and the suhjunctive by the infinitive.] 

Veniat servus, ut portas urbis claudat. Venit,^ ut 
quam maonmas^ copias comparet. Legit, ut discat. Edit, 
ut vivat. Edit, ut viveret. Non edunt, ut vivant ; sed 
vivunt, ut edant. Romce plurimi vivunt, ut edant. Veniat 
Caius, ut epistolam sua manu scribat. Cantet puella. 
Ludant pueri. Venerat Caius, ut Balbi animum donis 
placaret. Quiescant servi. Nemo quiescat. Venit, ut 
me audiat. Venerunt, ut me audiant. Venerunt, ut te 
audirent. Edunt, ut vitam conservent. 



Lesson 32. 



142. After ^ such^^ 'so,'' ^ of such a kind,' &c., ' tha£ 
must be translated by ' ut,'' and the verb after ' thaf must 
be in the subjunctive in Latin, though in English it is in 
the indicative. 

143. Vocabulary 28. 



So great, 


tantus. 




Mountain, 


mons, mont-is, mas. 




Highest, 


summus 


(summit.) 


Top of. 

Middle, or midst of, 


\ mediur' 1 "' ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^ their subst. 


Snow, 


nix, niv-is. Gender 7 




Alps, 


Alpes, Alpium, &c. 




Cold, 


frig-iis, oris. Gender ? 


(frigid.) 


Not-yet, 


nondum. 




Fish, 


piscis, G. pisc-is, mas. 


(piscatory.) 


Pavement, 


pavimentum. 




Wine, 


vinum 


{vinous fermentation.) 


Preserve, 


conservare 


(conservative.) 


To swim. 


natare. 




To melt. 


liquesc-ere, lieu 


(liquid.) 



a Disco is followed by the infinitive, (not by ut with the subjunctive.) 

b Obs. When the present subjunctive follows a perfect, the perfect must be 

translated by 'has,' or, if it is a verb of motion, by 'is ;' because the use of the 

present proves it to be the perfect definite. See 137. 



55 

144. In summis Alpibus tantum est frigus, 
On the top of the Alps so great is the cold, 

ut nix ibi nunquam liquescat. 

that the snow there never melts, 

145. (Eng-.) On the top of the mountain. 

(Lat.) On the mountain highest. (In summo monte.) 
(Eng-.) In the middle (or midst) of the waters. 
(Lat.) In the middle waters. (In mediis aquis.) 

Exercise 32. 
146. On the top of the mountain^^ the snow never 
melts. On the top of the Alps the snows never melt. 
The cold is so-great, that the snow is not-yet melted.^ 
The fish is swimming in the middle of the water. Boys 
swim on the top of the waters. The pavement is swim- 
ming with wine. Let the slave come."^ He was eating, 
to preserve his life. He will swim, to preserve his life. 
May the snows melt ! The boy is singing on the top of the 
oak. The boys will dance on the top of the mountain. 

Obs. The subjunctive after ut must be rendered by the indicative, when 
a tantus stands in the former clause. 

In summis montibus tantum erat frigus, ut nix ibi 
nunquam liquesceret. Venit, ut patriam auro vendat. 
Improbi homines patriam auro vendiderunt. In summo 
monte tantum est frigus, ut nix ibi nondum licuerit.® 
Tanta est pueri industria, ut multa discat. Nix est 
Candida. Venit, ut patriae suae leges violaret. Avis in 
summa arbore cantabat. 



Lesson 33. 



147. Subjunctive of esse. 

Present, sit. — Imperfect, esset. (Fuerit, fuis- 
set, regular from fu.) 

c ' Is melted,"* like * is come,"* is the perf. active. 

d The third person of the present subjunctive is used as an imperative, 

e What was said of the present and imperfect subjunctive, may be extended to 
the perfect and pluperfect. 

9:3= The imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive are the regular attendants of 
the past tenses. 



56 



148. The verb ^ can,'' 'am able,^ is made up of an old adjective ^potis,* 
meaning ' able,^ and the verb ' to be ;' but the two words were run to- 
gether into one with some change. 

149. To get the third persons of ' to be able' from ' to be.' 

{):^ Place pot before the third persons of to be ; throwing away the / from 
those that begin with that letter ; and change t into s before another s, 
shortening potess into poss. We thus get, (from the forms in 123,) potest, 
possunt : poterat : poterit, poterunt : und potu {for potfu) for the root of the 
perfect. 

The subjunctive will be possit, posset, &c. Infin. posse. 

150. Some verbs whose root ends in a k sound, throw 
away the k sound before s : 





sparg- 


■ere, spars. 






merg- 


ere, mers. 




151. Vocabulary 29. 




Nest, 






nidus. 




Bird, 






avis, G. avis 


{aviary.) 


Seed, 






semen, seminis. Gender 7 


(dissemmate.) 


Dangerous, 






pericul-osus.* 




Danger, 






perlculum 


i^eril.) 


Victim, 






victima. 




Altar, 






ara. 




Sprinkle, 






adspergo, r. adspers. 




Priest, 






sacerdo-s, otis 

R. r. 
immerg-ere, immers 


(sacerdotal.) 


To plunge into. 


{trans. 


.,) 


{immerse.) 


Scatter, 






sparg-ere, spars. 




To build, (of finest,) 




con-stru-ere, con-struxf 


{construct.) 



152. The particles ne and 7iU7n are interrogative par- 
ticles ; and when a question has no interrogative pro- 
noun, or adverb of place, ti??ie, or manner, one of these 
particles should be put in. 

Ne should edwdiy s folloiv and he joined to a w^ord. If 
there is a ' nof in the sentence, it should be joined to the 
' no?2,' (nonne.) 



153. 'Nonjie scribit ? 
Scnhitne Caius ? 
Num scribit Caius ? 
Arare potest. 
Potest?2e arare ? 



Is not he loriting 1 
Is Cains loriting ? 
Is Caius writing? (No.) 
He can plough. 
Can he plough ? 



Obs. ^ J^Tmn' is used when the answer 'wo' is expected; so that ^num 
scribit Caius V means, ' Caius is not writing, is he V 



* Adjectives in usus mean full of what the substantive they are derived from 
denotes, 
f This seems a very irregular perfect ; probably the verb was struv-ere originally. 



57 • 

Exercise 33. 

When the answer ' no^ is expected, it will be added thus : [No.] 
^jf^ The ' to' of the infin. is omitted after can, may, might, &c., and see, 
hear, feel, bid, dare, laake.^ 

154. Does he live to eat? [No.] Does not he eat 
to Kve ? The husbandman has scattered seeds. Have 
not the husbandmen scattered seeds ? He has plunged 
the body into the middle of the vjaters. Let fish sv^im 
in the midst of the waters. They are come^^ to con- 
demn^^ you to death? Can he swim in the ?niddle of 
the waters ?^^ [No.] The boy's industry is so-great, 
that he can learn all things. Has not a wolf bitten the 
sheep ? Are you shearing the sheep ? 

[In rendering, omit the ne or num, but make the sentence a question.] 
[In a question, the auxiliary verb must stand before the nominative 
case : and the form ' do — docs,' ' did,' must be used for the present and 
perfect respectively. (The perfect definite must still be translated by 
have, has.)] 

Caius se in flumen immersit. Galli manus in aquam 
immerserant. Periculosum est, hieme^^^ se in flumen 
immergere. Puer se in flumen immergat.^^^ Agricold- 
rum esf semina auctumno^'*'^ spargere. Nonne in sum- 
mis Alptbus tantvim est frigus, ut nix ibi nunquam 
liquescat ? Avis in summd quercu nidum construxerat. 
Scripsitne Caius ? Sacerdos victimarum sanguine aram 
adspersit. Num rex portas urbis sua manu claudet ? 
Nonne boni est pastoris^ tondere oves, non deglubere ? 



Lesson 34. 
Root o/' supine. 

155. There are two su-pines in Latin : one in um^ 
and another in u, 

156. DC/^ The supine in um follows verbs of motion 
to express the purpose : it must be Englished by the 
present infinitive active, (amatum, to love.) 



e Hence the verb that follows can, could, &c., is in the infinitive mood ; because 
I can see," is the same as " I am able to see." 



58 

157. The supine in u follows some adjectives^ and is 
Englished by the 'present infinitive passive. 

But it may be Englished by the injin. act. when that gives better 
English.^ Both supines are really active: factum is ('/or) doing:' 
factu, ' in doing.' 

These forms very seldom occur : but they are given in grammars and 
dictionaries, because two of the participles are formed from the root of 
the supine.^ 

158. The root of the supine (which will be marked 
by §.) ends in t ; sometimes in s, 

159. In the first, second, dinA. fourth conjugations, the 
root of supine is regularly obtained by addmg 

1. 2. 4. 

at, it, It, to the roots of the present, 

(amat) (monlt) (audit.) 

In the third, t is added to the root : but sometimes s, 
(especially to the t sounds.) 

160. Obs. Mny p sound before t is pt, (or pt =pt, or bt.) 

Any k sound ct, (or ct = ct, gt, or gut.) 

Hence scr/&-tum, reff-xum, must be written scriptum, rectum.. Remem- 
ber that d, and sometimes g^ will be thrown away before s. (See 96, 150.) 

161. Vocabulary 30. 

To forage, (supine,) pabulatum. 

To fetch water, (supine,) aquatum. 

To lie down, cubitum, (sup. from cubdrc.) 

To go to bed ; to go to roost, cubitum Ire. 

To send, mitt-ere, r. mis, (for mit-s ; p. miss) (re-mit.) 

To go, ire.ii 

To go a hunting, venatum ire, (venatiim, sup. to hunt.) 

To go away, ab-Ire,^ r. abi. 

To return, red-ire,^ r. redi. 

Hen, gallina. 

Evening, vesp-er, G. eris {vespers.) 

Legion, legi-o, G. onis. Gender ? 

Fourth, quartus. 

Pleasant, jiicundus. 

162. Mittit legates pacem petitum. 
He sends ambassadors peace to sue-for. 



h See 163. 

i It would be far better to giv( 

^ Ire is of t^ie fourth, but witl 

Indicative. 
Pres. it, eunt. 
Imperf. Ibat. 

Fut. ibit. 


3 the root of the supine^ than a fictitious form. 
I some irregularities : r. Iv : p. it. 

Subjunctive. 

eat. The participle, which will be 
iret. wanted presently, is iens, G. 
eunt\%, &c. 
Gerunds, eundi, &c. 



The compounds ab-ire, red-Ire, are conjugated exactly in the same way, (prefix- 
ing ah, red, to these forms,) but they generally drop v from the root of the perf., 
(redi-erit, redi-isset, &c. ; not rediverit, redivisset.) 



59 

163. (Eng-.) It is hard to say.^ 

(Lat.) It is hard (m) saying, (difficile est dictu.) 

Exercise 34. 

164. The hens go to roost in the evening. The boy- 
had gone a hunting. Caesar has sent the fourth legion 
to forage. Has not Cassar sent the fourth legion to 
fetch water? Are not the boys gone^^ a hunting? 
Caesar has not-yet returned to Rome."" C&sar had re- 
turned from Geneva to Rome. Balbus will go-away in 
the evening. 

[Form the supine in u from aud-ire : fac-ere, (159.)] 

Nonne cubitum eunt gallinae vesperi ? Timida avis 
in summa quercu nidum construebat. Plato Tarentum 
venit. Servum Athenas miserat. Caium Athenas mit- 
tat.^^^ Jucundum est auditu. Difficile est factu, (163.) 
Nonne sacerdotes aram sanguine adsperserunt ? Sacer- 
dotis est, aras omnes victimarum sanguine adspergere. 
Venit sacerdos, ut aram sanguine adspergat. 



Lesson 35. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Active. 

1. 2. 3. 4. 
165. Present (R.) ans, ens, ens, iens. 
Perfect (none.) 
Future (j.) urus. 

Passive. 
Perfect (f.) us. 
Future (or 'participle oi necessity ;^ R.) 

1 Hence after hard^ pleasant, &c-, the active infinitive is to be translated by the 
supine in ii. 

"' 9^ After a verb of motion^ ' to' is never a sign of the dative, but is to be 
translated by ad. 

But ' ad' is omitted before the names of towns and small islands. 

When the place is a town or small island, the place to which is put in the accur 
sative ; the place from which, in the ablative. 



165. 



60 



1. 2. 3. 4. 

andus, endus, endus, iendus. 

' The participle in ns answers to the English participle in ing. 

The participle in us answers to the English participle in ed, en, t, &c. 

The participle in dus must be translated by the present infinitive passive^ 
as used with a substantive. (A termination to be desired : a crime to be 
abhorred.) 

The participle in rus must be translated by ' about to (write ;)' or, Agoing 
to (write.)' 



166. Vocabulary 31 



R. 


r. 


fract 




frang, 


freg, 


(for fragt.) 


sparg, 


spars, 


spars 


(for spargs.) 


adsperg, 


adspers, 


adspers 


(for adspergs.) 


Claud, 


claus. 


claus 


(for Clauds.) 


immerg. 


immers, 


immers 


(for immergs.) 


rump, 


rup, 


rupt. 

Exercise'' 35. 





167. Loving. Surrounding. Being surrounded. 
Being broken. (A stick) to be broken. About to 
break. Dwelling. Living. To be dvs^elt in. About 
to dwell. Going to break. About to scatter. About 
to burst the chains of his prison. An altar to be sur- 
rounded with flowers. A boy to be loved. Going to 
disregard. Going to praise. 

Immersurus. Porta claudenda. Semina spargenda. 
Agricola sparsurus semina* Violaturus legem. Clau- 
dens portas. Porta clausa. Semina sparsa. Sacerdos 
aram adspersurus. 



Lesson 36. 
168. Vocabulary 32. 

(Words that are construed like proper names of towns.) 
On the ground, hiimi. 

At home, domi, fern. 

At my house, domi mes, (At his own house, domi 



n First find root of supine (1) by adding t to cing, (159, 160,) and to frag, (see 105, 
159, and 160 ;) (2) by adding s to merg, sparg, claud, (see 159 ;) and (3) from the 
roots of viol-dLte, habit-hie, (by 159.) 



61 

On service ; in the field, militiae. 

Home, domum, (after verbs of motion.) 

From home, domo. 

In the country, ruri, ahl. (or, rure.) 

Into the country, rus, {neut. ace.) 

From the country, rure. 



Both,o (adv.) et ; properly and. 

Neither, neque, or nee, ) negue is rather to be preferred 

Nor, neque, or nee, s before a vowel. 

To sing, can-ere, (r. cecin ; p. cant.) 

169. (Eng-.) Caesar having conquered his enemies, &c. 
(Lat.) Caesar, when he had conquered his enemies, &c. 

(or) Ca3sar, his enemies being conquered, &c. 

(a) Caesar, quum vicisset hostes, &c. 
{b) iot) Caesar victis hostibus, &c. 

170. A substantive and participle are said to be put absolutely, when they 

are not governed bythe verb, or any other word in the sentence. 

IP^ I^ Latin, words put absolutely are in the abla- 
tive. 

(This construction is called the ablative absolute.) 

171. Obs. JO^ The want of a participle for the per- 
fect active is supplied by the ablative absolute^ or by 
quum {when) with the perfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 
The perfect subjunctive must be used, if the other verb 
is in the present tense. 

Exercise 36. 

172. Balbus having crowned^ the boy's head with a 
garland, went away. The slave having shut"^ the gate 
of the city, is going to bed}^ C^sar having conquered 
his enemies, (169, 6,) wdll return to Rome. The leaves 
are falling down on the ground. Csesar is remaining at 
his-own-house. Balbus was with me'^ both at home 
and on-service. Balbus had lived many years in the 
country. 

(What is mecum made up of 7) 

Balbus, quum manus in aquam immersisset^ abiit. 



o Thus, instead of ' both Caius and Balbus,' the Romans said, ' and Caius and 
Balbus,' (ct Caius et Balbus.) 

P Translate by ' when he had crowned.'' 

q Translate by ' the gate of the city being shut.' 

r Obs. Cvm, ' loith,'' is written after, and joined to, the ablatives of the personal 
pronouns, {mecum, tecum, iiobiscum, &c. : not cum me, nor me cum, separately.) 

6 



62 

Folia nondum deciderant. Puer Romam mittendas est. 
Balbus iiec^ domi nee militise meeum fuit. Caius rus 
ex urbe evolaverit. Caius nondum rure rediit. Et 
Caesar et Balbus Romam redierunt. Venit sacerdos, ut 
aram floribus cingeret. Sacerdos, quum aras sanguine 
adspersisset, abiit. 

[Observe : in rendering an ablative absolute, the substantive must be 
placed first, without a preposition, and the participle (if the Latin parti- 
ciple is that of the perf. pass.) is to be that compounded with ' being' 

But having so translated it, you may turn Xhe participle into that of the 
perf. act. (with ' having') governing the substantive, w^henever this 
change improves your sentence without altering its meaning. Example : 
'■' fracto pueri brachio'"' the arm of the boy being broken : this is the same 
in meaning with, " the boy having broken his arm." Either form of ex- 
pression may be used.] 

Fracto pueri hracliio, abit. Alexander, victo Dario, 
rediit. Avis, constructo in summd quercu nido, canit. 
Violdtis patri^ legibiis, vita^'^^ indignus est. Fundo in 
Ires partes diviso, redit Tarentum. Sacerdos, adspersa 
sanguine ara, abiit. Caius, ruptis vinculis, evolavit. 
Scripta epistola, abiit. ^ 



Lesson 37. 
Gerunds, 

173. The Gerunds in^di are formed from the root of 
the present, and end in 

1. 2. 3. 4. 

audi, endi, endi, iendi. 

(Hence they are always like the gen. of the participle in dus.) 

174. The gerund is translated by the 'participial 
substantive'' in ' ing! 

f)::^ When what is in form the participle in ing, governs or is governed, 
but has nothing to agree with, it is the participial substantive. 



s In translating two wee's or neqiie's, it is often better to borrow a ' nof from them 
for the verb, and then to render them by either — or, instead of 71 either — nor. 

Thus, ' he was with me neither yesterday nor the day before,' would become, ' ho 
iDGs not with me either yesterday or the day before.' 



63 



175. The gerund is a verbal substantive of the neuter 
gender, but must borrow the infinitive mood for its 
nominative ; it has no plural. 

N. (occidere, killing.) 

G. occidendi, of killing. 

D. occidendo, to ox for killing. 

C (occidere) 

Ace. < occidendum, when governed by 

( a preposition, 

Abl. occidendo, by killing. 

176. Vocabulary 33. 



> killing. 



The Gerund governs a noun ; in 
the same case, of course, as the 
verb it comes from. 



Frugality, parsimonia 


(parsimony.) 


Science, scientia. 




superfluous ; unnecessary, | ^^^^^iJ^Z^^' 




Expense, sumptus, G. us 


(sumptuary laws.) 


Nature, natura. 




Desirous, cupidus 


(cupidity.) 


New, novus 


(novelty.) 


Art, ars, G. artis. 




Skilful (in,) peritus, (governs gen.) 




Horse, gquus, i 


(equerry.) 


Character, mores, G. mornm, pi. 


(morals.) 


To see, vid-ere, vid, vis 

r. p. 
To discover ; show, de-teg-ere, tex, tect 


(visible.) 


(de-tect.) 


To play, lud-ere, lus, lus 


(dc-ludc.) 


To teach, doc-ere, docu, doct 


(doctor.) 


To tame ; master, dom-are, domu, domit 


(in-dow-itable.) 


L77. (Eng.) While they are playing. 




(Lat.) During playing, (inter ludendum.) 




Exercise 37. 





178. Economy is the science of avoiding unneces- 
sary expenses. Man is by nature desirous^ of seeing 
and hearing new (things.) Balbus is skilful in master- 
ing a horse. He is come to master'^^^ the horse. The 
character of boys discovers itself while they are playing. 
He learns by teaching. How much pleasure'^ (there) is 
in learning ! 

Nonne potest docendo discere ? Cupidi sunt docendi 
Sapientis esf supervacuos sumptus vitare. Discat^^^ 
puer supervacuos sumptus vitare. Abeat Romam. Dis- 
cat, ut docere possit. Quomtum temporis^ ludendo 
amiserunt ! Nemo mortem poterit vitare. Inviti vene- 



t Adjectives signifying desire, knowledge, recollection, &c., (or their opposites,) 
govern the genitive. 



64 

rant, ut SuUae domum everterent. Eversa Sullae domo, 
abiit. Num pueri ludendo discunt ? Puer cupidus est 
discendi. Breve tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene 
beateque vivendum. Discrepat a timendo confidere. 



Lesson 38. 

Participle in dus. 

179. Instead of a gerund governing its case, we may 
use a participle in dus agreeing with it. 

180. Thus, (Eng.) The intention of writing a letter. 

(Lat.) Consilium scrihendi epistolam. 
(or) Consilium scrihendai^ epistoiee. 

181. Thus then, ' epistola scrihenda' may be dechned 
throughout. 

Sing. 

N. Epistola scribenda, a letter to he written. 

G. epistolsB scribendse, of writing a letter. 

D. epistolse scribendse, to ox for writing a letter. 

Ace. (ad) epistSlam scribendam, to write a letter, (or, for writing a letter.) 

Abl. epistola scribenda, hy writing a letter. 
Plur. 

N. epistoloe scribenda, letters to be written. 

G. epistolarura scribendarum, of writing letters. 

D. epistolis scribendis, to or for writing letters. 

Ace. (ad) epistolas scribendas, to write letters, (or, for writing letters.) 

Abl. epistolis scribendis, by writing letters. 

182. Vocabulary 34. 

[The forms following a verb are r. and p.] 

Book, liber, libri (library.) 

Very fond, studiosus. 

Plato, Plato, G. Platonis. 

Tn rPtnin ) re-tin-ere, retinu, re tent (retentive.) 

1 o retam, j ^^^^ ^^^j, , tenure, hold.) 

Barbarous, barbarus. 

Custom, consuetud-o, G. inis. Gender ? 

To sacrifice,"*' im-molare (immolate.) 

Fonder, cupidi-or, G. oris. 

To buy, em-ere, em, empt. 

To snatch ; seize w \ ^e,^^re^, (ad, to ; 



u The real meaning of ' consilium epistolse scribendse' is, ' the design of (= about) 
a letter to be written.' 

V Properly, ' to strew the sacred flour or cake (mola salsa) on the victim's head :* 
from in, on, and mola. 

w This verb, though of the third, follows the fourth in the imperfect, &c., as will 
be explained below. See note x. 



65 



Opportunity, 
To practise, 
Desire, 
To rule, 
War, 




occasi-o, G. onis. Gender ? 

exercere. 

cupidit-as, atis 

regere, rex, rect 

beilum. 


(cupidity.) 
(Ai-rcct.) 


To carry on ; 
Time, 


wage, 


ger-ere, gess, gest. 
temp-us, oris. Gender ? 

Exercise 38. 


{temporal.) 



183. The boy is very-fond af writifig letters. De- 
mosthenes was very-fond of hearing Plato, In the 
times of Cicero the Gauls retained the barbarous custom 
of samfcing men. Seize every opportunity of prac- 
tising virtue. Do not lose the opportunities of practising 
virtue. Nature has given us a desire of seeing the truth. 
The Romans were fond of waging war. Timotheus 
was skilfuP^^ in governing a state. 

[Obs. Any case of the partic. in dus, except the nominative, must be 
rendered by the same case of the participial substantive ; and the sub- 
'stantive it agrees with, must stand as tlie accusative after it. Thus; 
" Balbus seized every opportunity of practising virtue."] 

Nonne fundum ingenti pecunioF^ emerat? Balbus 
omnem occasionem exercendae virtutis arripiebat. Multi 
cupidiores sunt emendbrum lihrorum, quam legendorum. 
Caesar belli gerendi peritus fuit. Nonne mores pue- 
rorum se inter ludendum (177) detegunt? 



Lesson 39. 

184. Obs. After 'z^,' ' are,^ and the other parts of 
the verb ' to he^ the form of the infinitive passive is 
used as a participle of the future passive, to signify 
duty, necessity., &c. 

185. Hence, what is in form the passive infinitive, is 
to be translated by the participle in dus, when it follows 
* z^,' 'are,'' &c. 

186. Virtus colenda est. 

Virtue to-be-cultivated is. 
[Virtue is to he cultivated.] 

DCF' The agent, or person by ivhom, is put in the 

6* 



casu ; ahl. of casus 


(casual.) 


nonnulli. se, a, (non, not ; nullus, none.) 




acuere, acu, acut 


(acute.) 


inutilis, (in, not ; ntilis, useful.) 




lusiis, G. us. 




propensus 


(propensity.) 


intellig ere, intellex, intellect 


(intelligence.) 


agere, eg, act. 




natus. 




\ sus-cipere,x suscep, suscept, (sub, un- 




i der ; capere, take.) 




impellere, impiil, impuls 


(impulse.) 


Not only —but also. 




Non solum — verum etiam. 




„ X ^ impendere, impend, impens, (followed 
^ '^ ( by dat. of participle in dus.) 







66 

dative with the pa7^t. in dus; with other words it is 
generally governed in the ablative by a or ab, 

187. Vocabulary 35. 

By accident, 

Some, 

To sharpen. 

Unprofitable, 

A game. 

Inclined , 

To understand, 

To do ; act. 

Born, 

To undertake. 

To impel, 

To spend, (time, 

188. JSTe Balbus guidem. 

Not Balbus even, (not even Balbus.) 

JVe patrem guidem amat. 
Not his father even does he love ! 

Obs. ' JVot' with 'even,' (quidem,) in the sentence, must be translated 
by ne ; and guidem must follow the word to which the even belongs ; the 
ne being put before that word. 

Exercise 39. 
189. Every opportunity of practising virtue^"* is to be 
seized^ Even Caius did not seize every opportunity of 
practising virtue. The gate is to be shut in the even- 
ing}^^ Balbus having floion^^ to the country^''^ from the 
town, bought an estate for an immense sum-of-money. 
The boys are fonder of playing than of learning. How 
much time"^ do they spend i?i reading books ?^^ Let him 
buy the estate for a large sum-of-money. 

[Obs. After ad^ the gerund or part, in dus may be rendered by the in- 
finitive.] 

Nemo est casu bonus : discenda est virtus. Sunt 
nonnulli acuendis puerdrum ingeniis non inutiles lusus. 
Non solum ad discendum propensi sunt, verum etiam ad 
docendum. Homo ad intelligendum et agendum natus 



X Some verbs of the third have the terminations of the fourth, (in the parts hith- 
erto given,) except in the imperfect subjunctive, the infinitive, and the imperative. 
Thus arripere has arriptebat, arripzet, arrip«at, arripj'ens, arrip/endus. 



67 



est. Multa nos ad suscipiendum discendi laborem im- 
pellunt, Multa impellunt Caium, ut discendi laborem 
suscipiat.^ Mores puerorum se inter ludendum detexe- 
rant. Omnem dicendi* elegantiam augebit legendis 
oratoribus et poetis. 



Lesson 40, 
Verbs followed hy the dative, 

190. Some verbs are followed by the dative, where we use no preposition ; 
and should therefore be led by the English to put an accusative. 

191. A dative put — remember pray — 
After envy, spare, obey, 

Persuade, believe, command ; to these 
Add pardon, succor, and displease, 
With vacdre ' to have leisure,' 
And placere ' to give pleasure :' 
With nubere, (of the female said,) 
The English of it is ' to wed ;' 
Servire add, and add studere, 
Heal, favor, hurt, resist, and indulgere.j 

192. Vocabulary 36. 

Good for ; useful, utilis (utility.) 

Fit for, idoneus ; governs dative. 

T'/^ ^yy^r^T J Invidgre, invid, in vis, (in, into ; videre, 

•^°®°^y' I to see.) 

To spare, parcere, peperc. 

To obey, parere. 

To believe, credere, credid, credit {credible.) 

To pardon, | '^^to'^no^ T'""^' ^'''' '^''^ ' '^''^'''^^^' 

rsuccurrere,y succurr, succurs, (sub, 

To succor I under ; currere, to run.) 

' I subvenTre,y subven, subvent, (sub, 

[ under ; venire, to come.) 

X See note p. 66. 

* In speaking. 

t This mode of arranging the rules by rhymes, for the purpose of aiding the 
memory, though very common in England, is quite novel in this country. Such 
teachers as do not approve of this method, (among whom the editor confesses him- 
self to be,) can easily put them in the usual form as contained in the Grammar. 
At the suggestion of those whose judgment is entitled to great weight, they have 
been left just as Mr. Arnold has given them in the English edition. — Am. Ed. 

y Of these, succurrere, ' to run to support,' is stronger than suhvenlre, ' to come to 
support.' 



68 

To please, placere. 

To displease, displicere. 

To have leisure for, vacare. 

To marry, (properly, ' to veil,'') nubere, nups, nupt {nuptials.) 

To command, imperare. 

™ , J persuadere, persuSs, (per, thoroughly ; 

lopersuaae. j suadere, a<Z?;i5e.) 

Exercise 40. 

193. How do yoii translate not only — but also ? (187.) 

194. It is the duty of a Christian to envy nobody. 
Do not envy the good. It is pleasant to succor the 
miserable. Atticus pleased me. Nobody will believe 
the wicked. Death spares nobody. They had spared 
the gate of the city. Portia will marry Caius. Dru- 
silla married Caius in the aiitii?nn. He spares himsell 
in the winter. He does not spare even himself. He 
spares not only himself, hut also his slave. You will 
never have persuaded me. Let the Christian learn to 
command himself. 

195. Obs. Est, svnt, may be rendered ' must,'' ' ought,'' or ' should,'' when 
they have a participle in dus with them ; the part, in dus being ti'ans- 
lated by the infin. passive. 

Caesar legendo libro vacabit. Christiani est patriae 
su^ legibus parere. Ignosce mihi. Nemo tibi credet. 
Improbus patriae legibus non parebit. Num legibus 
parebunt improbi, violata fide ? Discant Christiani 
animis suis imperare. Sapientia ars vivendi putanda 
est. Sapientia ars est bene beateque vivendi. 



Lesson 41. 

196. The most common terminations of the persons 
in the active voice are : — 





Sing. 




Plur. 




1. 


2. 


3. 


1. 2. 


3. 


m, 


s, 


t. 


mus, tis, 


nt. 



197. By changing t into these terminations, we may 



69 

get all the persons of the iiiiperfect and pluperfect of 
the indicative^ and of all the subjunctive,'^ 

198. But observe the vowel before mus^ tis, is long in 
these tenses, except in the perf, subjunctive, in which it 
is common.^ 

199. Vocabulary 37. 

[Verbs governing the dative continued.] 

To be the slave of, servTre, servi, (or servTv,) servit. 

To devote one's self to ; aim at, studere. 

To hurt, injure, nocere. 

To resist, resistere, restit. 

To favor, favere, fav, faut. 

To indulge ; humor, indulgere, induls. 

Exercise 41. [See question 28, of " Questions."] 

200. I would have favored Caius. You would have 
resisted anger. You {ph) would have hurt nobody. 
We would have indulged the desire. I was hurting 
myself. You were hurting me. You were flaying the 
sheep, not shearing (them.) Come to shut the gates of 
the city. Was he come, to shut the gates of the city ? 
You had hurt Caius. You had been-the-slave-of pas- 
sion. Do not be-the-slave-of passion. You were come 
to surround the girl's head with a crown. He had dis- 
pleased Caius. You were sparing the enemies. 

[What is the imperative of venire! What tense is used as an 
imperative! (The subj. present.)] 

Violabas legem. Barbaram consuetudmem immo- 
landdrum hominum retinuissetis. Ira^ multos annos 
servieras. Ne violetis fidem. Portas urbis ne clau- 
datis. Veni, ut mihi succurras. Regendis animi 
cupiditatibus studeamus. Homo magna habet adju- 
menta ad obtinendam sapientiam. Tondendae sunt 
oves, non deglubendee. Nonne claudendse sunt urbis 
portas ? Exercenda est virtus. 



z Refer to the tahle in the Appendix, $ 23. 

a That is, long or short. The old gi'ammarians made it short in the perf., long 
in the fut. perfect. 



70 



Lesson 42. 

201. ^ J^,' properly 'that,'' is used for he, she, it, plur. 
they,^ when they do not mean the same person or thing 
that the nominative case means. 

202. * Is' has neuter id. 

The other cases are formed as if from 'cms, ea, ewn,' making the 
gen. eius^ written ejus, and dat. ei. 

But in the plural, the nom. masc. and the dative are generally n, and 
Us J instead of eisfi 

203. Vocabulary 38. 



Long, 


diu. Longer, diutius. 




To sin, 


peccare. 




To recall, 


revocare. 




King, 


rex, regis. 




Literature, 


liters, (plur.) 




So, 


tarn. 




So great, 


tantus. 




Multitude, 


multitud-o, G. Tnis. 




To count, 


numerare. 




Star, 


Stella, 


(con-stella-iion.) 



204. Si diutius vixisset, neminem habuisset parem. 
If longer he had hved, nobody he would have 

had equal. 
{If he had lived longer, he would have had no 
equal.) 

205. Obs. XCT" After 'if^ the pluperf, indicative 
must be translated by the pluperfect subjunctive. 

Exercise 42. 

206. If they had lived longer, they would have done 
that. If Caius had lived longer, he would have given 
vie^'^^ an estate. If they had obeyed you, they would be 

b Is, ' that person' = he. 
Ea, ' that female' = she. 
Id, ' that thing' = it, &c. 

c Hence the cases are, 

Is, ea, id : G. ejus : /). ei : .^cc. eum, eam, id : Ahl. eo, ea, eo. 

Plur. ii. eae, ea : G. eorum, earum, eorum : D. and Ahl. lis, {or eis :) Ace. eos, 
eas, ea. See Appendix, '^ 25. 

Obs. When his, her, its ; theirs, are to be translated by 'is,' they are translated 
by the genitive. 

When his, her, its ; theirs, are translated by suus, suus must agree with its sub 
stantive. 

Ejus libri, his books ; eorum librl, their books ; sui libri, his or their books. 



71 

alive .^ So-great is the multitude of the stars, that^^^ 
you cannot count them. I would have pardoned you, 
if you had done that. They were aiming at recalling 
the kings }^^ 

^^ [When the pluperf. subjunctive has si, it must be translated by 
' had,'' not by ' would have.^] 

Peccavissent, si id fecissent. Pareat animus, non 
imperet.® Nonne Caius scribendae epistolae vacavit? 
Patriam auro, si potuisses, vendidisses. Nonne mores 
puerdrum se inter ludendum detegunt ? Malus pastor 
deglupsisset oves, non totondisset. Si oratores et poetas 
legisset, auxisset elegantiam dicendi. 



Lesson 43. 

207. Sing. Mihif scribendum est, / must or should write. 

Tibi scribendum est, you must or should write. 

Illi scribendum est, he must or should write. 

Plur. Nobis scribendum est, we must or should write. 

Vobis scribendum est, you must or should write. 

lUis scribendum est, they must or should write. 

208. {Eng.) I must (or should) write. 
(Lat.) It is to-be-written by me. 

209. nC/^ After the part, in dus, the person by whom 
is put in the dative, 

(a) If we or you means ' evenjbody,^ or 'people in general,' the pronoun is 
left out. 

(b) Hence ' edendum est' Is \ ;^f ,t°shouW eat.' 

(c) The dative is also left out, whenever the persons meant are not likely 
to be mistaken. 

Exercise 43. 

210. Caius^ must not sleep. (We) must remain at 
Rome the whole winter.^^^ We must live well. We 



d Translate as if it were * they would live.' 

e The auxiliary verb is omitted with the second of two verbs. Not, ' let him come, 
and let him take it ;* but, ' let him come and take it.' 

f Explanation. The real meaning of ' scribendum est miW is, ' it is to-be-written 
by me.' 

g In doing the exercise, remember, 

(1.) That the English nominative is to be put in the dative, if a particular person 
(or persons) is meant ; but left untranslated, if what is said holds good of people in 
general. 

(2.) The participle in dus is to be formed from the verb, and written down in the 
neuter gender with est. 



72 

must dwell in the country. We must remain at home. 
We must fly from the city (into) the country .^^ The 
wicked think little of^ virtue. Does not the avaricious 
man value money vei^y highly ?^ Will a Christian fear 
death ? [No.] 

Evolandum est ex urbe. Manendum est Romas. 
Totam hiemem manendum est Carthagine. Quiescen- 
dum est, ut vitam conservemus. Ambulandum est per 
urbem. Laborandum est, ut discas. Discrepat a lu- 
dendo laborare. Nonne laborandum est, ut discamus ? 
Num. semper ludendum est ? Epistola sua manu scri- 
benda est. Crabrones non sunt irritandi. Crabronem 
ne irrites. Irritasne crabronem? 



Lesson 44. 

211. The third persons of \he pres, and imperf, subj. 
of esse {to he) are sit, esset, from which the other per- 
sons may be formed by 196. 

212. Pres. sim. sis, sit, i simus, sitis. sint. 
Imperf. essem, esses, esset, | essemus, essetis, assent. 

213. From these forms those of posse may be got, as before explained : 149. 

Present subj. possit. [(that) he may be able.] 
Imperf. subj. posset, [(that) he jnig-ht be able.] 



214. Vocabulary 39. 




Self, 1 






I myself, i 


ipse.h ipsa, ipsum. 




Vou yom-self, 


G. ipsius, D. ipsi, &c. 




Itself, &c. 






To fight, 


pugn are 


(j)ugnacious .) 


Rightly; well, 


recte ; adv. from rectus, right. 




To hold one's tongue. 


tacere 


{tacit consent.) 


Even, 


^ etiam : placed before the word 




i it belongs to. 




Bad, 


malus. 




Crop, 


seges, seget-is, f. 




To sow, 


serere, sev, sat. 





h ' Ipse' is declined throughout as if it were ipsus, making Gen. lus. Ipse, ipsa, 
ipsum. G. ipsius. D.ipsi. Ace. ipsuin, ipsajn, ipsum, &lc. It must be construed as 
' I myself when the verb is of the first person; 'you yourself,' when the verb is 
of the second person. 

But {)^ it is better sometimes to place the ^myself,' ' yourself,' after the verb and 
its accusative, &.c. ' I was breaking the law myself.' 



73 

Exercise 44. 

215. The unlearned must labor, that they may learn. 
Is it the business^ of a shepherd to scatter seeds ? [No.] 
The boy must rest, that he may-be-able to play. We 
must fight, that we may preserve our lives. Boys 
must hold-their-tongues. The girls must vi^alk through 
the city. True greatness of mind must be valued at-a- 
very-high-price. 

Improbis' metuendum est. Discendum est,^ ut possis 
docere. Edendum est, ut possimus vivere. Tacendum 
est. Etiam post malam segetem serendum est. Nonne 
eam legem ipse violabas ? Nonne fundum ingenti pe- 
cunia emeras ? Nonne Christianorum est miseris suc- 
currere ? Scripta epistdla, legit. 



Lesson 45. 

216. If the verb governs the dative, (191,) *t^e' or 
* you^ should be untranslated ') 

Credendum est Caio. 
We should believe Caius. (Not, ' Caius should believe.') 

217. Vocabulary 40. 

Sea-water ; salt water, aqua marina. 

To invent, in-venire,™ ven, vent (invention.) 

Lust, lubTd-o, G. inis. Gender 7 

Old man, senex, G. senis, G. plur. senum {senility,) 

Ignorant, ignarus. (See 178, t.) 

To abstain (from,) abstinere {abstinence.)'*' 



i {a) To read off such sentences at sight, take the dative as the nominative to 
* should'' or ' must ;' and add the verb unaltered : 

Omnibus, all men must, moriendum est, die. 
(b) If no dative is expressed, put ' we' or ' ijou' for the nominative before ' musW 

k If the next verb is of the second person, put j/oii for the nom. of must. 

1 If it be necessary to express the ag-ent, (the person who is to do the action,) it 
must be either expressed by the preposition a, (or aZ>,) or the form of the expres- 
sion must be altered. The two datives would leave it doubtful which expressed the 
agent. 

m From in, upon ; venire, to come. 

* Governs the abl. of the thing from which. 

7 



74 

Exercise 45. 

218. We should spare the conquered. We should 
injure nobody. We should resist anger. Should we 
not resist anger ? We should envy nobody. We should 
obey the laws of our country. We should succor 
the miserable. We must not spare even Balbus. 
We must pardon both Caius and Balbus. We must 
not believe even Caesar himself.* We must injure 
neither the good nor the bad. Having written his 
letter, (169,6,) he will go a-hunting. He has flown 
into the country^^^ to go^^^ a-hunting. We must go to 
Rome. We must fly out of the country into the city. 

Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. Nonne resisten- 
dum est" irae ? Non omnes ad discendum propensi 
sunt. Artem scribendi Phcenlces® invenerunt. Sem- 
per pugnandum est contra cupiditates et lubidinem. 
Etiam senibus discendum est. Inutiles sunt libri ignaro 
legendi. Num pueri regendae civitatis periti esse pos- 
sunt ? Abstinendum est inhonestis voluptatibus. Nonne 
resistendum est animo ? Num credendum est improbis ? 



Lessonj 46. 

219. If the Latin verb is a ti^ansitive verb governing 
the accusative, (8,) we must not govern this accusative 



* Ne Csesari quidem ipsi, which must begin the sentence. 

n When there is only one dative to a verb which governs the dative, supply ' we' 
as the nominative to ' must,'' ' should,'' and put the dative (of course, without a prepo 
sition) after the verb. 

o The Phoenicians. 

t The present and fut. perfect have their first pers. sing, in a. 

The fut. has \t^ first sing, in o in XYie first two conjugations : 



Present, o, 


as, 


at, 


CO, 


es, 


et, 


0, 


IS, 


it, 


io, 


IS, 


it. 


Future, abo. 


abis, 


abit, 


ebo, 


ebis, 


ebit. 


am. 


es, 


et, 


iam. 


ies. 


iet. 


Future Perf. (r.) ero, 


eris, 


erit. 



amus, 


atis. 




ant. 


emus. 


etis, 




ent. 


imus. 


itis. 




unt. 


Tmus, 


itis. 




iunt. 


abimus, 


abitis. 




abunt. 


ebimus. 


ebitis, 




ebunt. 


emus, 


etis. 




ent. 


iemus, 


ietis. 




ient. 


erimus, or \ 


eritis. 


"1 


•si-^-^t. 


eriraus, \ 


eritis, 


ennt 



75 



by the neuter participle ; but the ace, must be made the 

nominative, and the participle in dus put in agreement 

with it : 

TTr . 7^ • ^ '4. \ Colenda est virtus. 

We must cultivate virtue Wt ^ 77 ^ • ^-^ 

( IN ot, coiendum est virtutem. 

220. To determine whether you should put the ^ar«. in dus in the neut. gov- 
erning the noun, or in agreement with the nominative of that noun, ask 
yourself two questions : 

(1.) Can I turn the sentence into the form ' Virtue is to-he-loved ?'P 
(2.) If you can, ask yourself whether the verb is one of those which govern 
the dative, (191.) 

(If the verb governs the dat., the dative must be retained, and the participle 
in dus put in the neuter. The dative, that is, must not become the nomina- 
tive to the verb.)<i 

221. UZr ' Of,' after ' rob,' ' defraud,' ' deprive,' 

Is but a sign of ablativeJ 



222. Vocabulary 41. 

To rob, spoliare 

To defraud, fraud are. 

To deprive, privare. 

To deceive, decipere,s decep, decept 

To remove, (for the ) 
purpose of settling > migrare 



elsewhere,) 
Because, 
Eye, 

Apollo, 

Hunger, 

Temple, 

Grain, 

One, 

Poor, 

Judge, 

Before, preposition. 

Before, conjunction,* antequam, priusquam. 

Before, adverb, antea. 



quia. 

ociilus, i 
c ApoU-o, inis, (son of Jupiter and Latona ; 
< the heathen god of archery, prophecy, 
( and music.) 

fam-es, G^. is 

tern plum. 

granum. 

unus, G. unius, &c. 

pauper, G. pauperis 

judex, jadicis 

ante, (governing ace.) 



(spoliation.) 

(deception.) 
(emigrant.) 

(oculist.) 
(famished.) 



(unit.) 

(pauper.) 

(judicial.) 



p If you answer ' JVo' to this question, you need not ask yourself the second, 
except for the purpose of determining lohat case is to be used after the verb. 

Q Thus : ' PVe must spare our enemies.^ 

(1.) Can we say, ^ our enemies are to-be-spared?^ .Bns. Yes. 

(2.) Does ' to spare' govern the dative in Latin 1' Ans. Yes. 

We must therefore not say ' inimici parcendi sunt,' but (leaving to parcere the 
dative it requires) say, ' parcendwm est inimicis.' 

r That is, ' of is not to be translated, but to serve as a sign or hint that the fol- 
lowing noun is to be in the ablative. 

s From de, from ; capere, take : this verb is one of those w^hich prefix an i to the 
termination, (that is, take the terminations of the fourth,) except in the present in- 
finitive, and the two tenses which we have shown how to get from the present in- 
finitive ; that is, the imperf. subjunctive, Sind the imperative. See 187, x. In the 
pres. indie, they follow the fourth, but have i short, {io, is, it, imus, Itis, iunt.) See 
Appendix, ^ 24. 

* Or conjunctional adverb ; standing first in its sentence, and connecting it with 
another sentence. 



76 



Obs. In antequaniy py^iusquam^ the words are often 
separated ; ante — quam, prius — quam. 

Exercise 46. 

[The pres. subj. is used as an imperative.} 

223. We should favor the good. We should believe 
Caius, because he has never deceived us. We must 
surround the boy's head with a crown. We must shut 
the gate of the city in the evening. Do not defraud 
{plur) me of my praise. Do not deprive me of my 
eyes. Having written his letter, (169, a,) he loent to 
bed. Do not the wricked deprive virtue herself of her 
praise ? You are depriving {pi.) me of my praise. 
Will you break the laws of 3^our country ? Virtue 
must be cultivated, that you may live well and happily. 
{Translate as if it were, may-be-able to live.) 

[When ' ante' or 'prius' is in one sentence, and the next beg:ins with 
' quam,'' take no notice of the word till you get to quam, and translate 
ante-quam, prius-quam, by ' before.''] 

Non est a7ite edendum, quam fames imperat. Apol- 
linis templum omni argento spoliavit. Ne grano quidem 
uno pauperes fraudetis. Ne me luce privetis. Oculisne 
me, judices, privabitis ? Ne grano quidem uno fraudandi 
sunt pauperes. Athenis habitandum est, ut discamus 
recte vivere. Romam migrandum est, ut discatis civita- 
tem regere. Etiam post malam segetem seremus. Le- 
ges patriae violatis. Violatis patriee legibus, (169,) mea 
me laude spoliatis. Num mea me laude spoliabitis ? 
Dicendi elegantia legendis oratoribus et poetis augenda 
est. 



224. 

Present, 

Imperf. 

Perfect, 



I (R.) ! 



Lesson 47. 
Infinitive Mood. 
1. 2. 3. 



are 


ere 


ere 


Ire 


ari 


eri 


1 


iri 


isse 


, , 


, . 


, , 



{Active) 

{Passive) 

{Active) 



Pluperf. ) ^ '^ ip3,st psiitic.with esse,' to be,\Passive. 



77 

{a) The future infinitive active is made up, as in 
English, of ' to he^ with the future parti- 
ciple active. 
In the passive, the future infinitive is made 
up of the supine with iri. 
(b) Thus from amdre the infinitives are am-dre, 
am-av-isse ; amaturum esse, amdtum esse, 
and amdtum iin, 

225. DC/^ The infinitives made up of two words are 
called compound infinitives. 

JJj^ The participles of the compound infini- 
tives* must agree with their substantives ; 
but of course the supine remains unaltered, 

(a) Videt te esse beatum 
He sees that you are happy, 

(b) Sperat se victurum esse. 
He hopes that he shall live. 

226. Two English sentences, joined by the conjunc- 
tion ' that,'' are often made one Latin sentence, by leav- 
ing out the conjunction, and turning the nominative into 
the accusative, and the verb into the infinitive. 

227. To turn such a sentence into Latin, 
(1.) take no notice of ' that ;' 

(2.) translate the English nominative by the Latin accusative ; 
(3.) translate the English verb by the infinitive of the same tense. 

Exercise 47. 

228. He sees, that you are happy. If he had come, 
he would have seen that you are happy. He says, that 
you have surrounded the girl's head with a garland. It 
is certain, that a Christian does not fear death. It is 
certain, that the boy has heard a voice. It is certain, 
that Balbus will value my labors very highly? It is 
certain, that the avaricious value money very highly. 
It is certain, that the father will avenge the death of his 
son. It is certain, that Caius has removed to Athens^ 



* They are set down in the ace. masc. 



78 



that he may learn to hve well. It is certain, that Bal- 
bus will be condemned to death. 

Certum est, in summis Alpibus tantum esse frigus, 
ut nix ibi nunquam liquescat. Certum est, stellarum 
tantam esse multitudinem, ut numerari non possint. 
Certum est, Balbum patriam auro vendidisse. Certum 
est, avem in summa quercu nidum constructuram esse. 
Certum est, Caesarem belli gerendi peritum fuisse. Hie 
miles est adeo robustus, ut adhuc nemo eum in certa- 
mine superaverit. 



Lesson 48. 



Forms of the passive. (Tenses from the root of the 

present.) 

229. The third persons of the passive are formed 
from the third persons of the active by adding ur 

(a) But the vowel before the t is 
from it, (of the third,) dbit, and ebit 

230. [O^ The Imperative pass, is like the infinitive 
active. 



long, except 



Thus, 


Indicative, 








Passive. 






1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


1. 


2. 3. 


4. 


Present, 

Imperfect, 

Future, 

Subjunct. 

Present, 

Imperfect, 


at, 

abat, 

abit, 


et, 

ebat, 

ebit, 


it, 

ebat, 

et, 


it, 

iebat, 

iet. 


atur, 

abatur, 

dbltur, 


etur, itur, 
ebatur, ebatur, 
ebitur, etur, 


Ttur. 

iebatur. 

ietur. 


et, eat, 
aret, eret. 

Imperative, 


at, 
eret, 
Infi 
(like Jnfi 


iat, 

Tret, 

nitive, 

n. act.) 


etur, 
aretur, 
ari, 
are. 


eatiir, atur, 
eretur, eretur, 
eri, i, 
ere, ere, 


iatur. 
iretur. 
Tri. 
Tre. 



The third persons plural are formed from the corresponding third persons plural 
of the active, by adding 'wr,' without any further change. 

0:5" The third sing, of the imperfect subjunct. may also be got by adding tur to 
the infin. act. with its final e lengthened. 

1. 2. 3. 4. 

are, ere, 

are-tur, ere-tur, 



Inf. pres.. 
Imp. Subj. 



ere, 
ere-tur, 



ire. 
Tre-tur. 



79 

231. Vocabulary 42. 

To nflke°for,u \ Petere," petiv, petit (petition.) 

To pray ; pray for, orare. 

Ambassador, ^ , -^ 

Lieutenant,* S ^ ""^ ^^^^ ^^P®'^ ^^^^*^-) 

Ship, nav-is, is (navy.) 

To coiisiilt, consulere, consulii, consult. 

232. Abit visurus. 
He gQes away to see. 

(Eng.) He goes to see. 

(Lat. sometimes) He goes dbout-to-see,^ (part, in rus.) 

Exercise 48. 

The English infinitive expressing the purpose^ may often be translated by 
the future participle. 



233. Ambassadors are sent to beg for peace.-^^'^^ Am- 
bassadors will be sent, to pray for peace. ^^'^^ He goes 
away to consult^^'*^^ Apollo. The law will be broken., 
Will not the laws be broken by wicked (men ?) It is 
certain, that the laws are broken by the wicked both 
at Rome and at Athens. Let your word be kept. We 
must remove to Rome, that our faith may be kept. 
Money must not be valued at a great price. Let the 
state be ruled by the wise. The Persians'^ make-for 
their ships. 

[Obs. The participle in rus may often be translated by the English 
infinitive.^ 

Cassar Romam rediit, copias quam maximas^ com- 
paraturus. Patrem suum consulturus, abit. Mittan- 
tur legati, pacem petitum. Virtus ab omnibus cola- 
tur.^^^ Omnis occasio exercendae virtutis arripiatur. 
Certum est, omnem occasionem exercendae virtutis a 
Christiano arripi. Pauperes ne grano quidem uno 
fraudentur. Omnis dicendi elegantia augetur legendis 
oratoribus et poetis. Abiit dormiturus. 



u Peter e expresses the moving towards or aiming at some object ; whether the 
motion is actual motion towards a place, or a movement of the mind towards that for 
which it sues. 

* By ' lieutenanV is meant the second in command : a lieutenant-general. 

V Or, ' intending to see,' which is often the meaning of this participle. 

w Persffi, Q. Persarum. 





Plural. 






N. 


G. 


D. Abl. 


Ace. 


qui, 


quorum. 


quibus, 


quos 


quse. 


quarum. 




quas 


quse, 


quorum. 




qusB. 



80 

Lesson 49. 

234. Relative Pronoun. (Qui, who, which, that,) 

Singular. * 

N. G. D. Ace. Abl. 

Mas. Q.ui, cujus, cut, quem, quo, 

Fern. Q,U£B, quam, qua, 

Neut. Quod, quod, quo, 

235. DC/^ The substantive (or pronoun) that the re- 
lative stands for, is to be looked for in^the sentence 
before, 

{a) The relative must be put in the same gender, 
number, and person, as its antecedent.^ 

236- 11? The case of the relative has nothing to do 
with the other sentence. 

□Cr' The relative must be governed, as to case, by 
the verb (or some other governiiig v^ord) of its own 
sentence,^ 

DC7^ Is, ea, id, is the regular antecedent pronoun to 
qui, 

237. JIj^ The verbs v^hich govern the dative in the 
active, can only be used impersonally"^ in the passive. 



INIihi creditur,a 
Tibi creditur, 
Illi creditur, ^ 
Nobis creditur, 
Vobis creditur, 
lUis creditur. 


/ am believed. 
Thou art believed. 
He is believed. 
We are believed. 
You are believed. 
They are believed. 


238. Vocabulary 43. 


• 


No, nullus, G. nullius 
Animal, animal,b G. animalis 
Heart, cor, G. cordis, n. 


{nvll and void.) 
. Gender 7 

(cordial.) 



X The ante-cedent (that is, going-before noun) is the substantive or pronoun for 
which the relative stands. 

y The use of the relative is, to prevent the same substantive from being expressed 
in each clause. 

The apple which you gave me. (The apple, which apple you gave me.) The 
mountain on whose top, &c. (The mountain, on the top of which mountain.) The 
man who did this, &c. (The man, which man did this.) 

2 To be used impersonally, is to be used only in the third person singular, and 
without a nominative case. 

a Hence, 

(Eng.) /am pardoned, favored, persuaded, &c. 
(Lat.) It is pardoned, favored, persuaded to me. 

b Neuters, in e, al, ar, make their ablatives in i ; nom. plur. ia ; gen. ium. 



81 

Tree, arbor, G. arboris, f. (arbor.) 

Fruit, fractus, G. us (fructify.) 

To behold, adspicere, adspex, adspect (aspect.) 

Exercise"^ 49. 

239. The good are envied. Have you not spared 
the conquered ? He gave me the crov^n, with v^hich 
he had surrounded the girl's head. Let anger be re- 
sisted, which has been prejudicial to many states. 
Caius, who sold his country for gold, should be con- 
demned to death. Let the wicked, who sold their coun- 
try for gold, be accused of treachery. Caius, whose 
mother lives^ in the country, has himself removed to 
Rome. Spare (pi.) the conquered. 

[When a pass, verb is one that governs the dative, take this dat. as 
if it were the worn, to the verb.] 

Nullum animal, quod sanguinem habet, sine corde 
esse potest. Arbores serit agricola, quarum fructus ipse 
adspiciet nunquam. Pauperibus, qui ne grano quidem 
uno fraudandi sunt, subveniamus. Parcatur victis. 
Pepercisti victis. Caio ignoscite. Violavistis fidem. 
Irae resistitur. Nihil facile persuadetur invitis. 



Lesson 50. 

240. ' He who,' * those who,' are generally translated by ' qui' only, instead of 
by ' is qui,' ' ii qui.' 

24 L A deponent verb is a verb that has sl passive 
form, but an active meaning. 

242. Deponent verbs have all the four participles. 



* The second person plural of the imperative may be got by adamg te to the 
second singular ; but in the third, e must be changed into i before this addition is 
made. 

1. 2. 3. 4. 

ate, ete, ite, Tte. 

The terminations of the perfect are for all the conjugations : 

i, isti, it. I imus, istis, Srunt. 
c Dwells, habitat. 



82 

DO^ The past participle of a deponent verb is the 
participles of the perfect active, which other verbs have 
not got. 

[(1.) Loquens, speaking: (2.) IocvlXvlS, having spoken : (3.) locuturus, 
about to speak : (4.) loquendus, to be spoken.] 

243. Vocabulary 44. 



To recollect, 




reminisci. 




To remember, 




record ari. 




To enjoy, 




frui. 




To use. 




uti, usus. 




To discharge, 




fungi, functus. 




To get possession, 


potiri, potitus, (but potitur.) 




To pity. 




misereri. 




To forget, 




oblTvisci, oblitus. 




A benefit, 




beneficium. 




An injury, 




injiiria. 




Duty, 




officium. 




Arms, 




arma, G. onim. 




Some time or 


other, 


aliquando. 




Eternal, 




sempiternus. 




Crime, 




flagitium 


(flagitious.) 



244. After to ^ pity,^ '■remember,'' ''forget^ 
A genitive case is properly set.<^ 

245. With '«5e,' 'discharge^' ' possession get,'' and also with ^ enjoy * 
An ablative correctly stands : remember this, my boy. 

Exercise 50. 

246. He who sins univillingly, is free from blame. 
Let the Christian discharge all the duties of life. Let 
us use our arms and horses. The good after death will 
enjoy eternal life. Will not the good after death enjoy 
eternal life ? Is the life, that we now enjoy, eternal ? 
Let boys learn to discharge all the duties of life. 

Christianorum est misereri pauperum. Homo im- 
probus aliquando cum dol5re flagitiorum suorum recor- 
dabitur. Multi beneficiis male utuntur. Vincamus 
odium, paceque potiamur. Christiani est injuriarum 
oblivisci. Beatus est, qui omnibus vitae officiis fun- 
gitur. Elegantiam loquendi legendis oratoribus et 
poetis auxerant. 



d But ' remember^ and ^forgef often govern the accusative. 



83 



Lesson 51. 

247. The usual way of forming the comparative is 
by adding ior to the root for the mas, and fem,, ius for 
the neuter, 

[Doctus, doct-ior : sapiens, G. sapient-is, sapient-eor ; tener, tener- 
ior;e pulcher, (pulchr,) pulchr-ior.e] 

248. The superlative is formed by adding issimus 
(a, um) to the root. 

{a) But the superlative of adjectives ending in er, 
is formed by adding rimus (a, um) to the 
nominative. 

(Pulcher, pulcherrimus.) 

249. Similis, {like,) facilis, {easy,) and a few more 
in lis, make the superlative in limus, 

(Simillimus, facillimus.) 

250. The following are quite irregular : — 



Bonus, {good,) melior, optimus. 
Malus, [bad,) pejor, pessimus. 



magnus, (great,) major, maximus 
parvus, {little,) minor, minimus. 



251. Vocabulary 45. 



Air, 


aer, O. aeris, m. 




Light, 


levis 


{levity.) 


Heavy, 


gravis 


{gravity.) 


It is well knovi^n, ) 
It is allowed, \ 


constats 




It is better, 


praestat, (prse, before : stat, it stands.) 




Sound, 


sonus, Q. i. 




Swift, 


vel-ox, G. ocis 


{velocity.) 


Slow, 


tardus 


{tardy.) 


Summer, 


SBst-as, G, atis. 




Dog, 


canis. 




Wolf, 


lupus, G. i. 




The moon, 


luna. 




Nearer, 


propior, (v^dth dat.) 




Excellent, 


praestan-s, G. tis. 




Strength, 


robur, G. robor-is. Gender 7 




Ignorance, 


ignoratio. 




Knowledge, 


scientia. 


{e-locution 


To speak. 


loqui, locutus 


Simple, 


simplex, G. simplic-is. 




Wealth, 


opes, G. opum ; plur. 





e Remember that for adjectives in er the whole nominative is the root ; the pre- 
ceding e being often dropped. 

f Con, together, stat, it stands : ' it stands together' as a consistent truth. 



84 

252. Eur5pa minor est quam Asia. 
Europe less is than Asia. 

Nihil est dementia divinius. 

Nothing is than clemency more godlike, 
{Nothing is more godlike than clemency.) 

253. )Jj^ 'Than,"* after a comparative, is either trans- 
lated by quam, or omitted, the following noun being put 
in the ablative. 

{a) If 'quam^ is expressed, the following noun will, 
of course, be in the same case as that to which 
' quam^ ]om^ it: — thus, in the example above, 
Asia is the same case as Europa. 

Exercise 51. 

254. {Quam expressed.) Air is lighter than water. 
It is well known that light is swifter than sound. 

{Quam omitted.) In the spring and summer the days 
are longer than the nights. Silver is lighter than gold. 
Is not silver lighter than gold ? Is it not well known, 
that sound is slower than light ? Is not a dog very-like 
a wolf ? 

Aurum gravius est argento. Luna terrae propior est, 
quam sol. Constat sonum luce tardiorem esse. Virtus 
praestantior est robore. Ignoratio futurorum malorum 
utilior est, quam scientia. Majus est prodesse omnibus, 
quam opes magnas habere. Certum est solem majorem 
esse quam terram. Saepe facere praestat quam loqui. 
Simplex cibus pueris utilissimus est. 



Lesson 52. 
255. Vocabulary 46. 

[Prepositions governing the accusative.] 

Ad, to. 

Adversus, against, towards. {See erga.) 

Ante, before. 

Apud \ ^^ • ^®fore a plural name of persons, amongst. Apud me, 

' I *■ with me ;'' that is, ' ai Tny AoMse.' 

Circa, about, (of time and place.) 

Circum, about, (of place only.) 



85 



Cis, cltra, 


on this side of. 


Contra, 


against : over-against. 


Erga, 


j towards, (not of motion ; but after words expressing a 
\ kind feeling, a d^Uy, &c.) 


Extra, 


without, (in the sense of not within,) out of; beyond. 


Inter, 


amongst, (inter se, ' to each other,'g) between. 


Intra, 


within. 


To observe, (duties,) 


conservare (conservative.) 


To move, {transitive,) 


movere, mov, mot. 


To move, (intransitive,) 


moveri, motus : properly, ' to he moved' 


Saturn, 


j Satumus, father of Jupiter, by whom he was dethroned. 
\ He devoured his own children. 


Jupiter, 


S Jupiter,h Gen. Jovis, (and then formed regularly from 


i Jov,) the king of the heathen gods. 


The moon, 


luna. 


Dutiful-affection, 


pietas, Q. atis. 


The Rhine, 


Rhenus, i. 



256. Maris superficies major est, quam 
The sea's surface greater is than (that^) 

terras. 
of the earth. 

257. "When the same noun would be expressed in 
both clauses, it is left out in that which follows quam, 
(than.) 

(a) In English it is represented in the second clause 
by * that,'' ' those,'' Hence, 

(V) S^ ' That,'' ' those,^ after ' than,'' are to be untranslated. 

Exercise 52. 

258. (Our) duties towards (our) parents are to be 
observed. Do many come to old age ? We must fight 
against the evils of old age. It is an allowed fact, that 
the earth moves round the sun. Your benefits are 
greater than those of your brother. Is not simple food 
very good for boys ? Let u's be gentle towards the con- 
quered. The star of Jupiter is nearer the earth than 
that of Saturn. 

Pauci veniunt ad senectutem. Nulla habemus arma 
contra mortem. Patrium habet adversus bonos viros 



S After contrarius, contrary, &c. 

h Jupiter and Saturn are two of the planets. 

J Here ' thaV stands for ' the surface.'' 

8 



86 



animum. Luna circum terram movetur. Nulla est 
firma amicitia inter males. Pietas erga patriam con- 
servanda est. Jovis Stella infra Saturnum est. Galli 
cis Rhenum habitant. Pisces extra aquam cito exspi- 
rant. Intra muros habitabat. Inter se contraria* sunt 
beneficium et injuria. 



Lesson 53. 
259. ' May'' and ' mighf (when they stand in a prin- 
cipal sentence) are translated by licet ^ ' it is allowed.' 



260. 


May, licet 


( = it is allowed.) 




Might, 


licuit, 


( z= it was allowed.) 


261. 


Mihi ire licet, 




I may go. 




Tibi ire licet, 




You may go. 




im ire licet. 




He may go. 




Nobis ire licet, 




We may go. 




Vobis ire licet, 




You may go. 




lilis ire licet, 




They may go. 


262. 


JMihi ire licuit, 




I might have gone. 




Tibi ire licuit. 




You might have gone, 




&c. &c. 







263. DC? The pj^esent infinitive follows ' licuit^ in 
spite of ' have,^ 



264. 



(Eng.) I may go. 

(Eng.) I might have gone. 



(Lat.) it is allowed me to go. 

(Eat.) it was allowed me (then) to go. 



265. Vocabulary 47. 



Juxta, 
Ob, 

Penes, 

Per, 

Pone, 

Post, 

Praeter, 

Propter, 

Secundum, 

Supra, 

Trans, 

Ultra, 

Usque, 

Fear, 
Shore, 



[Prepositions governing the accusative, continued.] 
close to ; by. 

on account of, (ob oculos, before one's eyes.) 
in the power of. 
through ; by means of. 
behind, 
after. 

besides, beyond, 
near ; on account of. 
along ; according to. 
above. 

across, beyond ; on the other side of. 
beyond. 
as far as, (properly an adverb, used with prep, ad.) 



metus, G. metus. 
litiis, 6r-is. Gender 7 



* When an adjective agrees with two nouns it is in the plural ; here, as they are 
the names of things, it is in the 7ieuter gender. 



87 



A camp, 


castr-a, oriim, plur. 




To place, 


ponere, posu, posit 


(position.) 


Journey ; way, 


iter, O. itiner-is, neut. 


(itinerant.) 



266. He ' threatens me with death,'' should be 
In Latin, ' threatens death to me.' 

(Mihi mortem minatur.) 

Exercise 53. 

[05" VVTien the answer ^yes^ cannot possibly be expected, 'aw' should 
be used rather than ' num,^ (153,) for the interrogative adverb.] 

267. A man may not be-the-slave of glory. A 
Christian may not be-the-slave of pleasure. May Chris- 
tians be-the-slaves of pleasure ? We must not be-the- 
slave s of anger. Might he not have dwelt at Rome ? 
No one may break the laws of his country. The Ger- 
mans dwell across the Rhine. We must remove across 
the Rhine, that we may learn to devote ourselves to 
literature. 

Servi parent propter metum ; boni propter oiEcium. 
Navigatio juxta litus saepe est pericul5sa. Caesar juxta 
murum castra posuit. Supra nos coslum conspicimus ; 
infra nos terram. Longum iter est per praecepta ; breve*^ 
et efficax per exempla. Secundum leges vivendum est. 
Condita Massiha est prope ostia Rhodani amnis. Mors 
propter incertos casus quotidie imminet. Nonne licuit 
Athenis habitare ? Janus^ bis post Numae"^ regnum 
clausus fait. Nonne mortem tibi minabatur ? Imperium 
populorum est penes magistratus. 



Lesson 54. 

{On the translation of ought.) 

268. ^ OugM is translated by the impersonal verb 
' oportet,'' ' it behooves.'' 



k Of two connected sentences one must borrow its nominative case and verb from 
the other. Thus the second will become, breve et efficax est iter, &c. 

1 Janus was a heathen god, represented with two faces, one looking each way ; 
his temple at Rome was shut in time of peace. 

m Numa Pompilius, the second king of Rome. 



88 

269. Me ire oportet, / ought to go. 

Te ire oportet, You ought to go. 

&c. 

Me ire oportuit, I ought to have gone. 

Te ire oportuit, You ought to have gone. 



& 



c. 



270. Obs. When the injin. perfect follows ' ought' ought is to be translated by 
oportuit, and the perfect infinitive translated by the present infinitive. 

271. So too after ' could' the perfect infinitive (which will be without ' to') will 
be translated by ihe present infinitive. 

[Facere potuit, he could have done (it.)] 

272. Carere, want or am without, 

And egeo, require 
Or need, do both, without a doubt, 
An ablative desire, 
(a) But egeo sometimes, and indigeo often, takes the genitive. 

273. Vocabulary 48. 

[Prepositions governing the ablative.] 

A, ab, abSjii from ; by, (before the doer of the action.) 

Absque, without. 

Clam, without the knowledge of. 

Coram, before ; in the presence of. 

De, concerning ; about, {of, when it means about.) 

E, ex,P out of; from. 

PrsB, before ; in comparison with. 

Pro, for. 

Sine, without. 

rpg ^ as far as, (which follows its noun, and in the plural may 

' } govern the genitive.) 



( mori, mortuus, (with terminations of the fourth, except in 
To die, < present, [where it has them in first sing, and third plur.] 

( infinitive, imperative, and imperf. subjunctive.) 



Exercise 54. 

274. Ought we not to succor the miserable ? Ought 
not Christians to do good to as many as possible ? 
Ought not Balbus to have kept his word ? Ought not 
Caius to have been condemned to death ? I have re- 
ceived many letters from you. The bird has flown away 



n ^ before consonants : ab before vowels, and it m.ay stand before any of the 
consonants in hvijws Zaris. Abs only before the consonants in quot. 
o Absque is uncommon. 
P E before consonants ; ex before vowels or consonants. 



89 

from my hands. He is gone-away without his father's 
knowledge. 

275. [Obs. After oportuit the present infinitive is to be rendered by 'to have,* 
&c. *' He ought to have preserved fidelity," ^</em servari oportuit.] 

Dulce est pro patria mori. Coram populo loquetur. 
Argentum prae auro contemmtur. Csecus de coloribus 
judicare non potest. Etiam sine magistro vitia discuntur. 
UsitataB res facile e memoria elabuntur. Vapores a sole 
ex aquis excitantur. Alexander omnia Oceano tonus 
vicit. Caius febri caret. Omnes^ pauperum auxilio 
egemus. Fidem servari oportuit. Prudentia vestra 
patriam e manibus hostium eripuistis. In illo proelio 
equites nostri audacia et virtute excelluerunt. Quando 
quiesces a laboribus tuis ? 



Lesson 55. 
276. Vocabulary 49. 

[Prepositions, governing ace. or abl.] 

In, with ace. into, to, towards, against, for. 

In, with abl. in, upon, among, in the case of. 

[Tlie prepositions in and sub govern the ace. in answer to whither ; 

(that is, after verbs of motion ;) and the ablative in answer to where, (that 

is, after verbs of rest.)] 
a„„«. „,UT. „.. S above, over, beyond, (generally after verbs of motion,) 
buper, with ace. j besides. 

Super, with abl. upon ;r on or of (a subject inquired or written about.) 



Sub idem tempus, about the same time. 

To heal, mederi, governing dative (by 191) (medicine.) 

To seem, videri, visus. 

To desire, cupere, cupTv, ciipit, (with the added i. 187, x.) 

More, plus, G. pluris.s 

English. Latin. 



277. How much greater. 
So much greater. 
Much greater. 
Considerably greater. 



By how much greater ; quanto major. 

By so much greater ; tanto major. 

By much greater ; multo major. 

By some-deal greater ; aliquanto major. 



q When the verb is of the first or second person, and ar^ adjective is expressed, 
put 7oe or you before the adjective. Thus, omnes, we all, &c. 
r This belongs to poetry. 
8 It has no other forms in the sing. In plural plures, plura. G. plurium, &c. 



90 

278. {Eng.) The more he teaches, the more he learns. 

(Lat.) By-how-much more he teaches, by so much more he learns. 
(or) By-what more he teaches, by that more he learns. 

279. [CJ^ ' TAe' — ' the' before two comparatives 
must be translated by ' quantd* — ' tanto^ or by ' qud 
—' eo: 

280. Obs. The tanto or eo goes with that assertion which follows from the 

other. 

If you have any doubt, turn it into a sentence with ' z/,' and let the 
't/' sentence have the quanto or quo. 
(a) Thus in the example, (278,) his learning more will follow^ or be the 
consequence, of his teaching more. 

' /f' he teaches much, he will learn more than he otherwise would. 



Exercise 55, 

281. How much greater is the sun than the earth? 
The earth is much greater than the moon. My estate 
is considerably bigger than yours. The days are con- 
siderably longer. In the summer the days are consid- 
erably longer than in the winter. Is not your garden 
considerably bigger than mine ? Is not my garden much 
bigger than yours ? Is my garden much bigger than 
yours ? [No.] 

Quo amarior potio, eo saepe salubrior est. Quanto 
tempus est felicius, tanto brevius esse videtur. Quo 
plura habent homines, eo plura cupiunt. Nunquam licet 
peccare. Juveni parandum est ; seni utendum. Ne 
jures. Jurasne ? 



Lesson 56. 
282. Vocabulary 50. 

[The comparative of an adverb is the neuter of the comparative adjective.] 

Facile, easily, (from facllis, easy :) facilius, more easily. 

C'i^o, quickly, (from citus, quick :) citins, more quickly. 

Bark, cortex, corticis, to. 

To cover, surround, ob-ducere, dux, duct. 

Safe, tutus. 

Virtuous, upright, honestus. Virtuously, honeste. 

Courageously, fortiter, (comparative, fortius.) 



91 

283. (Eng.) I ploughed it three times, that it might produce the better crop. 

(Lat.) I ploughed it three times, by whicli^ it might produce a better crop. 

284. (a) When 'thaf is in a sentence that has a com- 

parative in it, it may be translated hjquo with 
the subjmictive. 
(6) 'That' with comparatives and 'the^'' 
By 'quo' may best translated be. 

285. (Eng-.) Some persons think. 

(Lat.) There are who think, (sunt qui putent.) 

(Eng.) Some persons thought. 

(Lat.) There were who thought, (erant qui putarent.) 

Exercise 56. 

286. Some persons think that faith should not be 
kept against"" enemies. It is difficult to heal the mind. 
Hold-your-tongues, that you may be the more easily 
able to learn. He spoke much, that he might seem 
wise. He spoke much, that he might seem the wiser. 
He lived virtuously, that he might die the more courage- 
ously. It is certain that Caius lived many years at Car- 
thage. Do not spare me. 

[When there is a comparative in the sentence, render giLo by ' that^^ 
and put ' the' before the comparative.] 

Trunci arborum cortice obducuntur, quo sint a frigore 
et calore tutiores. An licet Christianis gloriae servire ? 
Omnibus ignoscendum est. Ne multa loquere. Mise- 
rere nostri. Natura omnes propensi sumus ad discen- 
dum. An retinenda est barbara consuetudo immolan- 
dorum hominum ? Nonne mors quotidie ob ociilos 
ponenda est ? 



Lesson 57. 



English. 
287. / repent of my folly, 
I am vexed at my folly, 
I am ashamed of my folly, 
I pity the poor, 
J am weary of life, 



Latin. 
It-repents me of my folly 
It-vexes me of my folly. 
It-shames me of my folly. 
It-pities me of the poor. 
It-irks me of life. 



t Aravi, &c., quo posset meliOres fruges edere. 
" Ad versus. 



92 

(a) Me mesB stultitisB pcBnltet.^ 
lb) Me meae stultitise piget. 

(c) Me mea3 stultitice pudet. 

(d) Miseret me paiiperum. 

(e) Taedet me vitae. 

288. When ' uf the word for ' that' would be, 

' That-noV may both be done by ne ; 
Unless a • so' or ' such'' preceded, 
For then a ' non' will still be needed. 

289. (a) Palpebrae molles sunt ne 

The eye-lids soft are^ that 

premant oculum. 

they may not 'press the eye, 
{b) Tanta est multitude, ut non possint 
So great is the multitude, that they cannot 

numerari. 
be numbered. 

290. Vocabulary 51. 

Slothful, ignavus, (in, not ; gnavus, active.) 

Sloth, ignavia. 

Some-time-or-other, aliquando. 

Physician, medicus. 

Some, aliqiiis, (something, aliquid.) 

Attentive, studiosus. 

To order, jubere, juss, juss, (followed by ace. with injin.) 

To learn by heart, e-discere. 

Af>.or.irj„ ^ Atheniensis. (Ensis is a common termination of names 

Atnenian, ^ derived (from towns.) 

( Socrat-es, G. is, (one of the greatest of heathen men. He 

Socrates, < taught the immortality of the soul, and was put to death 

( by his countrymen the Athenians.) 

To value more highly, pluris facere. 

To cause to be made, faciendum curare, (the partic. to agree with its noun.) 

Exercise 57. 

291. It is more pleasant to make a friend, than to 
have (one.) The slothful man will some-time-or-other 
repent of his sloth. Christians pity the poor. He will 
give the physician something, that he may be the more 
attentive. I order my son never to remember this 
injury. We give verses to boys to-be-learnt-by-heart. 
The Athenians condemned Socrates to death. Have 
you not understood, that I do not need money ? Anger 

V These verbs are regularly conjugated : poenitet, poenitebat, poenituit, poenituerat. 
poenitebit, &c. 



93 

has cost the state much blood. I value you more-highly 
every day. 

292. Galhnae avesque rehquse pennis fovent pullos, ne 
frigdre Isedantur. Eorum misereri oportet, qui propter 
fortunam, non propter maUtiam in miseriis sunt. Tui 
me miseret : mei piget. Raro primi consihi Caium 
poenitet. Sapientia semper eo contenta est, quod adest. 
Scipio dicebat, malle"^ se unum civem servare, quam 
mille hostes occidere. Sic adhuc vixi, ut nemo unquam 
me ullius injuriae accusaverit. Pontem in Istro flumine 
faciendum curavi. Inter amhulandum muh,a mecum 
locutus est. 



Lesson 58. 

293. Et followed by another et ; turn or quum fol- 
lowed by turn, are both — and, 

294. Non solum — sed etiam, not only — hut also. 

Sso — as : as — as, 
as well — as. 
both — and, 

296. Etiam, even, also, (etiam atque etiam, again and 
again ;) quoque, also, too, {follows the word it belongs 
to.) 

Exercise 58. 

297. Amphibia et in aqua et in terra vivunt. Et dis- 
cet puer, et docebit. Etiam tu hinc abis ? Rogo te, et 
etiam oro. Et Romas vixi et Carthagine. Ut mihi suc- 
curras, etiam atque etiam te rogo, (296.) Lupus quum 
ovem tum canem momorderat. Ovem non solum toton- 
dit, sed etiam deglupsit. Horti parantur tum ad utihta- 
tem, tum ad jucunditatem. Multse herbae quum jucun- 

w That he had rather: infinitive of malo, (which see, Appendix, ^ 26.) 



94 



dissimum turn saluberrimum cibum suppeditant. Tarn 
canes quam lupi csecos pariunt catulos. Nemo tarn 
pauper vivit, quam natus est. 



Lesson 59. 



298. Aut, or. 

aut — aut ; vel — vel, either — or. 

299. sive — sive > either — or. 
seu — seu J whether — or. 

vel is sometimes ' even ;' with superlatives, 
* very,'' ' extremely,^ 'possible.'' 

300. Sive^ is used, when the speaker or writer leaves 
it undecided, which of two assertions or names is the 
right one ; and when a second name is a mere alias of 
the first. 

Exercise 59. 

301. Quicquid dicam aut erit, aut non. Hie vincen- 
dum aut moriendum, milites ! Quaedam terrae partes 
incultSB sunt, quod aut frigore rigent, aut uruntur calore. 
Viri nobiles, ve] corrumpere mores civitatis, vel corrigere 
possunt. Quam. sis morosus, vel (299) ex hoc intelligi 
potest. Romanis sese* vel persuasuros (esse) existima- 
bant, vel vi coacturos. Tla, sive casu, sive consilio deo- 
rum immortalium, poenas persolverunt. Nonnulh, sive 
fehcitate quadam, sive bonitate natures, sive parentum 
disciplina, rectam vitae secuti sunt viam. Sine solis 
caldre nee animalia vivere, nee plantae crescere possunt. 
Nee timidus esto, nee audax. Nimius somnus neque 
animo, neque corpori prodest. Vel (299) iniquissimam 
pacem justissimo bello antefero. Caii eo tempore vel 
maxima erat auctoritas. 



X Sive is si-ve, ' or if: Thus, ' Caius sive Balbiis,' is * Caius, or if you like, 
Balbus,' (for that is another name of his.) 
* See AppendLx, § 25. 



95 

Lession 60. 

(Adversative conjunctions, or such as mark an oppo- 
sition,) 

302. At, sed, autem, varum, vero, but. 
Tamen, attamen, ) ^ i ^ -l ^ . 
Veruntimen, ' \ yet ; hut ; hut yet. . 

Atqui, hut or now^ (as used in rea- 

soning.) 

'Exercise 60. 

303. Non placet Marco Antonio consulatus mens ; at 
placuit Public Servilio. Fecit idem Themistocles ; at 
Pericles idem non fecit. Si certum est^ facere, facias ; 
verum ne post conferas culpam in me. Non deterreor 
ab incepto, sed pudore impedior. Aut hoc aut illud est : 
non autem hoc (est ;) ergo (304) illud (est.) Absolutus 
est Caius ; mulctatus tamen pecunia. Videtis nihil esse 
morti tam simile, quam somnum : atqui dormientium 
animi maxime declarant divinitatem suam. 



Lesson 61 



304. Nam, namque, enim, for. 
Igitur, ideo, therefore. 
Ergo, therefore^ then. 
Itaque, accordingly ; and so ; 

therefore. 
Quare, wherefore. 

Exercise 61. 

305. In ea re prudentia adjutus est : nam, quum devi- 
cisset hostes, summa eequitate res constituit. Hac pugna 
nihil nobilius : nulla enim unquam tam exigua manus 
tantum exercitum devicit. 

y Si certum est, ((f it is fixed,) if you are resolved. 



96 

Magno^ Atilio ea cunctatio stetit, namque filium intra 
paucos dies amisit. Illi igitur duodecim cum canibus 
venaticis exiemnt. Aristides aequalis fere fuit Themis- 
tocli : itaqae cum eo de principatu contendit. Nemo 
ergo non miser (est ?) Nihil labdras : ideo nihil habes. 
Intelligebant haec Lacedsemonii : quare eos infirmissimos 
esse volebant. 



Lesson 62. 



306. DCr' The iinperfect and pluperfect of the sub- 
junctive are the regular attendants of the past tenses of 
the indicative, 

(a) But the 'perfect,'' when it answers to oiu perfect with ^have,^ is not 
considered a past tense. 



(1) 'm order that;'' ^that ;'' so that.'' 

(2) the 77i^7?77/rf, (expressing the pwrpose.) 
307. '?7i' with the suhjunct. <J (3) ' as,"" with ivfinitive. 

I (4) ' granting that ;^ 'although.'' 
y (o) ' thaV and carry ' wof,' (after to fear.) 
[a) {Ut with the indicative is ' as,'' "when,'' 'since,'' ' after, ^ 'how.'') 

(b) When ut introduces a purpose, the subjunctive 
verb will be rendered by ' may^ ' ?night.^ When it 
signifies a consequence, (which it regularly does after 
' so,^ ' such,'') the subjunctive verb is rendered by the 
indicative : but the imperfect by the English perfect. 

Exercise 62. 

Obs. possim {is, it, &lc.) = ' can' or ' may.' 

possem (es, et, &c.) = ' could' or ' might.'' 

308. (1) Multi alios laudant, ut ab ahis laudentur. 
Stellarum tanta multitude est, ut numerari non possint. 
In summis Alpibus^ tantum. est frigus, ut nix ibi nun- 



z Stare magno, to cost a man dear. Magno ap;rees with pretio (price) understood. 

a On the top of the Mps. Sumrmis, imus., medius, primus, extremus, reliquus, &C.» 
agreeing with nouns, are generally rendered by substantives, followed hy a. geni- 
tive case. Imus mons, the bottom or foot of the mountain. Reliqua ^gyptus, the 
rest of Egypt. Sapientia prima, the beginning of wisdom. In extremo tertio librOf at 
the end of the third book. 



97 

quam liquescat. Hominis corpus celsum et erectum est, 
ut ccelum intueri possit. 

Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno premuntur, ut ne 
vulneribus quidem excitentur. In India serpentes ad 
tantam magnitudinem adolescunt, ut integros hauriant 
cervos, taurosque. 

(2) Venit {he is come) ut claudat, {to shut,) &c. 

Enltar ut vincam, Magnopere te hortor, ut hos de 
philo Sophia libros studio se leg as. Capram monet, ut 
in pratum descendat. Ante senectutem curavi, ut bene 
viverem. Formica sitiens ad fontem descendit, ut 
biberet. 

(3) No one is so good, ut nunquam peccet, (as never to sin.) 

Quis tam demens est, ut sua voluntate moereat ? 
Nulla anus tam delira est, ut haec credat. 

(4) Ut desint vires, tamen est laudanda voluntas. 
Ut circumspiciamus omnia, quae populo grata atque 

jucunda sunt, nihil tam populare quam concordiam 
reperiemus. 

^f^ For ut after to fear, see Lesson 66. 



Lesson 63. 

yiest: 

^ ' I * thaW and carry ' noW 
_„_ --. .^, ,. ^. , (2) * not,'' with. X\\e infinitive. 
309. m with subjunctive, { ^gj . ^^^^ , ^^-^^^ imperat. or aubjunct. used imp^a^ 

tively. 
L (4) ' thaV after to fear. 



Exercise 63, 



(1) I did it, ne that, videret he might not see^ &e. 

310. (1) Palpebrae molles sunt, ne premant oculum. 
Galllnse avesque reliquse pennis fovent pullos, ne frigore 
Icedantur. Nix segetes operit, ne frigore ahsumantur. 
Cave ne incognita pro cognitis habeas. Cave ne quid 
temere dicas aiit facias contra potentes. Oculi palpS- 

9 



98 

bris sunt muniti, lie quid incidat. Alexander edixit, ne 
quis^ ipsum, praeter Apellem, pingeret. 

(2) J advised him ne not, iret to go. 

Monuit capram, ne in pratum descenderet. Trebonio 
mandaverat, ne per vim Massiliam'' ex^ugndin pater etur. 
Monui puerum, ne fabis vesceretur. 

(3) Not with imperatives is ne, 
A 'non^ is hateful then to see. 

Crabrones ne irrita. Ne reprehende errores aliorum, 
sad emendes potius tuos. Diu ne morare in conclavibus 
modo dealbatis.*^ Ne tentes, quod effici non possit. 

^1^ For ne with to fearj see Lesson 66. 



311. ' Quin,' with subj. 



Lesson 64. 

(1) ' buty' (as used after negatives ) 

(2) the relative with not. 

(3) ' as not,^ with infinitive. 

(4) ' that,^ after doubt, deny, in negative sentences. 

(5) '■from'' or ' without,'' with the 'participial substantive, 

after escape, prevent, &c. 



Exercise 64. 

(1) a. '5m£' very nearly coincides with quin ; though we now more commonly 

use some of the other forms here given. 

(2) There is nobody, quin putet \ t,t'does «»t think. 

(3) b. No one is 50 mad, quin {as not) putet, {to think,) &c. 

(^) 1 I don't ^doubt \ ^^^^"'' ^^'^*' '^°^' ^^^ ^^^'^^'^ *^^P^ ^^^' ^"^ ^'* disgraceful. 
(5) 5'Ae never saw? Aiwi, quin, without, rideret, laughing. 

She could not be restrained, quin, from, rideret, laughing. 

312. Nullum animalium genus adeo ferox est, quin^ 
vehementer amet prolem suam. Nulla fere pars est 
pecorum, quin^ ad commoda nostra facta sit. Vere 
sapiens nunquam dubitabit, quin^ immortalis sit animus, 



t> When ne is construed that, quis, quid, {any body, any thing,) must be construed 
ncbody, nothing. 

c Marseilles. <I That have been lately whitewashed. 

6 jIs not to love, &.c. f That is not made. g That the mind is. 



99 

Ex odoratu et adspectu pomorum dubitare non possiimus, 
quin hominibus ea donata sint. Nemo est tarn bonus ac 
providus, quin interdum peccet, Caius prohiberi non 
potuit, quin (5) erumperet, Non dubito, quin ascen- 
deris murum. Nemo erit tarn stultus, quin (3) haec 
Jateatur. Non possum pro dignitate vivere, quin (5) 
altemtram partem offenderem. Negari non potest, quin 
turpius sit fallere quam falli. Nihil in rerum natura in- 
venltur, quin sapientissime institutum sit. Qui temere 
omnibus credit, effugere non potest,^ quin saepius fallatur. 
Infesta concio vix inhiberi potuit, quin protinus saxa in 
Polemonem jaceret, Timoleontem mater, post fratris 
necem, nunquam adspexit, quin eum fratricidam impi- 
umque compellaret. 



Lesson 65. 

313. After verbs of hindering, 'quominus' with the 
subjunct. is more common than ne. It may generally 
be translated by 'fi^omj' the verb being turned into the 
participial substantive : but after ^ refuse,^ by the infini- 
tive. 

Exercise 6b. 

(1) J^othing deterred him, quominus faceret, {from doing,) &c. 

(2) / will not refuse, quominus faciam, {to do,) &c. 

314. Nihil impedit, quominus id facere possimus. 
Non deterret sapientem mors, quominus^ in omne tempus 
reipublicae, ''suisque consulat. Rebus terrenis multa 
externa, quominus perfi^ciantur, possunt obsis^ere. Quid 
obstat, quominus Caius sit beatus ? Epaminondas non 



h Cannot avoid being often deceived. 

i Does not deter, &c., from forwarding the interests of the commonwealth, and of 
his own (friends.) Consulere alicui = to consult a man's welfare ; to forward his 
interests. 

k Sui ~ a man's dependents, a man's friends. 



100 

recusavii, quominus legis poBnam suhiret, Non me 
terrebis quominus illud faciam. Prohibere Romanos, 
quominus frumentum sumerent, non poterant. Non me 
impedies, quominus ei pecuniam illam numerem, 

(Note. Literally ' quo minus' = hy which the less, or, so that the less. 
Caio nihil obstat, quo minus sit beatus, is literally, " Nothing stands in 
the way of Caius, by which he should be the less happy.") 



Lesson QQ. 

315. After words of 'fearing^ ' ne' and ' uf appear to 
change meanings : ne = that, (or lest ;) ut = that — not. 
(Also the suhjunct. present must generally be rendered 
by the future.) 

Vereor ne, I fear he will ; or lest he should, <^c. 

^r ' > I fear he will not ; or lest he should not. 

Vereor ne-non, ) ' 

Exercise QQ. 

316. Vereor, ne lab ores tuos augeam. Pavor ceperat 
milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus Scipionis. Homo 
scelestus semper veretur, ne peccata sua patefiant. 
Improbi semper sunt m metu, ne poena afficiantur ali- 
quando. Vereor, ne brevi tempore fames in urbe sit. 
Verebamini, ne non id facerem. Vereor, ne consolatio 
nulla vera possit reperiri. Timeo, ne non impetrem. 
Metuebant, ne dolorem ferre non possent. 

Timeo, ut labores tantos sustineas. Avarus semper 
veretur, ?i^*satis habeat. Vereor, ut pax firma sit. Ig- 
navus semper metuit, ut sustineat labores. 

a. In English we often leave out the conjunction ' that' after a verb of 
fearing, as, " I fear he will," for "I fear that he will." 

Metuo, ne artificium tuum tibi parum prosit. 



101 

Lesson 67. 

ON INTERROGATIVES. 

317. All interrogative s take the indicative, when the 
question is put directly : they then stand at the head of 
a principal sentence, and are foUov^ed, of course, by a 
note of interrogation. 

a. J^Tum, an, and ne, (which is always appended to another word,) are 
not rendered in direct sentences. 

b. JVum (in direct questions) expects the answer * ?io.' ^n expects the 
answer ' no,' and expresses impatience^ indignation, &c.l JVonne ex- 
pects the answer ' yes.^ 

c. The force of ' an' may generally be given by adding ' why' or ' then' 
to the question. 

An credis i ^ ^^V^ ^^ ^^^ believe ? 

An credis . ^ ^^ ^^^ believe, then .... 7 

Exercise 67. 

318. Quis non paupertatem ecctimescit ? Unde lucem 
suam habet luna ? Quid interest"" inter hominem et 
bestiam ? Quid feret crastmus dies ? Quare vitia sua 
nemo confitetur ? Cur te excrucias ? Quid rides ? 

Ubi aut qualis est tua mens ? Potesne dicere ? — 
Num sola maris aqua est salsa ? Visne miser esse ? 
Estne animus immortalis ? Nonne poetae post mortem 
nobilitari volunt ? Num scimus, quo se conferant aves 
peregrinantes ? An tu esse me tristem putas ? An 
quisquam potest sine perturbatione mentis irasci ? 

Obs. Ne is often appended to the other particles ; 
numne, anne, &c. 



Lesson 68. 

319. All interrogative s take the subjunctive when 
they ask indirectly or doubtfully ; especially when an- 
other verb goes before the question. 



I A question with ne may be such as to make us confidently expect ^yes' or ' no* 
for the answer. But the answer is then suggested by the nature of the question, 
not by the form of it. 

m fVhat difference is there 7 intersura, interesse. 



102 

(a) Such verbs are ask, doubt, try, know, not know ; it is uncertain, &c. 
(Jy) JVum, an, ne, in a dependent sentence, are 'whether ;' and 'num* 
does not imply that the answer ' no' is expected, 
(c) Jin is never used by Cicero in a single indirect question. 

Exercise 68. 

320. Quis enumeret'' artium multitudinem ? Nescio, 
unde sol ignem liaheat. Die mihi, quern sol nobis ad- 
feral usum. Nescimus, quid serus vesper advecturus 
sit."" Quid futurum sit, nescimus. Quid vere nobis 
prosit,"^ non semper intelligimus. Olim quaestio erat, 
num terra rotunda esset. Nwn segrotum interrogabis, 
an sanari velit 1 Cogita tecum, an gratiam retuleris, 
quibus gratiam debes. Quasritur^ unquam?2e fuerint 
monocerotes. Utrum^ velis, elige. Non me terrebis, 
quominus, utrurn velim, eligam. Quid dicam nescio. 



Lesson 69. 

321. In douhle questions either, 

C (1) the first is introduced by num, utrum, or the appended we, and the 
] second by an, {or:) or, 

] (2) the first question has no interrogative adverb ; the second, an or 
( the appended ne. 

Exercise 69. 

322. (1) [Direct.] Utrum^ major est sol, an minor, 
quam terra? Casune mundus est eifectus, an vi divina? 
Num sol mobilis est, an immobilis? SumusTze mortales, 
an immortales ? [Indirect or dependent.] Quaeritur, 
umisne sit mundus an plures ? Nihil refert,^ utrum sit 
aureum poculum, an vitreum. 

(2) [Direct.] Uter est infelicior, cascus an surdus ? 
Utrum est pretiosius, aurum an argentum ? [Indirect.] 



n Who can reckon up? o wm bring ? 

P Q,uid vere prosit (prosum) nobis ; what is really beneficial to us. 

q It is sought = it is a question, or a disputed point : monocerotes, unicorns. 

* Neut. of uter. 

I Is the sun . . ? ^ It makes no difference. 



103 

Stellarum numerus par^ an impar sit, incertum est. 
Hominibus prodesse" natura jubet : servi liberine sint^ 
quid refert V Die mihi, aestate"^ grandinet^ an hieme. 
Multum interest,'' valentes imbecilline simus. 

a, Necne in the second question is ' or not,^ 



Lesson 70. 



323. {Some conjunctions that always take the sub- 

junctive.) 

Utinam, would that. 

O si, ( O / if,) O ! that, would that, 

licet, although. 

quasi, tanquam, asif. 

dum, modo, dummodo, provided ; if only, 

quamvis, hoiv ever-much, however. 

Exercise 70. 

Note. — With most of these conjunctions, the present 
(subjunctive) must be rendered by a past tense. 

324. Utinam pacis amor omnibus inspirari possit ! 
Utinam ense nuUus magistratus egeat ! O si quisque 
virtutem colat ! O si omnes cogitent, mediocritatem in 
omnibus rebus esse optimam! Animahbus brutis nulla 
futuri temporis cognitio est, licet sit aliqua prsesentis et 
praeteriti. Improbus ita vivit, quasi nesciat, rationem 
vit« sibi esse reddendam. Nemo, quamvis sit locuples, 
aliorum ope carere potest. Nulla est regie, quae non 
cultores sues, dummodo laborare velint, alat. Ita fac 
omnia, tanquam spectet aliquis. Si quis nimis obscure 
dicit, perinde fere est, ac si taceat. Utinam hoc verum 
sit. Sic agis, quasi me ames. 



t Even : impar, odd. " Prosum. 

V What matters it, or, what does it signify whether, &c. % 

w In the summer. x it makes a great difference^ 



104 

a. When 'provided only is to be followed by not^ ne 
is used. 

Sit summa in jure dicendo severitas, dummodo ea ne 
varietur gratia. 



ON PARTICIPLES. 

Lesson 71. 

325. Participles assume an assertion, which may be 
formally stated in a sentence whenever it is necessary 
or convenient to do so. 

Thus, ' I went to Henry, being ill' might be expressed (according to 
the meaning) by ' I went to Henry, who was ill ;' ' I went to Henry, 
because he was ill ;' 'I went to Henry, though he was ill,'' &c. 

326. Translate the participles in the following exam- 
ples by relative sentences. 

r who laughs; or is laugh- 
Example, ( 1 ) The hoy ridens, < ing. 

\ who was laughing. 

(2) 77^eZ-oyrisurus, \ "^1"%'' foingto laugh, 
^ ^ ^ ' / (or) who will laugh. 

(3) The hoy amatus, loho is (or ivas) loved, 

. (4) The hoy amandus, who ought to he loved. 

327. If no substantive is expressed, supply a maUy 
men; or he, she, those, &c. 

(5) ridentis, of him who laughs ; or, of a man 

who laughs. 

(6) ridentium, of those who laugh ; or, of men 

who laugh. 

328. With a neuter plural participle, ^ things'' is to be 
supplied ; but for ' things ivhich or that,^ it is generally 
better to use 'lohaf only. 

,^N . ( things that will pass away. 

( / ) prsGteritura, { -i , '-n 

^ ^ ^ ^ I what will pass away. 



105 



Exercise 71. 



329. Pii homines ad felicitatem perpetuo duraturam 
pervenient. Nemo, cunctam intuens terram, de divina 
providentia dubitabit. Hae sunt divitiae certae, semper 
permansurce. Sapiens bona semper placitura laudat. 
Omnes aliud^ agentes, aliud simulantes^ improbi sunt. 
PisisTRATUs HoMERi Hbros, confusos antea, disposuisse 
dicitur. Male agentis (5) animus nunquam est sine 
metu. Garrulus tacere nequit^ sibi commissa, (7.) 
Adulator aut laudat vituperanda, aut vituperat laudanda. 



Lesson 72. 

330. Render the participles in the following Exer- 
cise by verbs with ' when,'' ' as.'' 

,^v .J ( when he is (or was) laus^hins;, 

(1) ridens, \ 7 • / ^ \ ? ? • 

^ ^ ^ ( as he IS {oi was) laughing. 

331. In a sentence with when, we often omit the 
auxiliary verb : hence 

(2) ridens may be construed * when laughing.'* 

332. If the participle stands alone, ' he,^ ' they,'' ' a 
man,'' ' one^ ' men^ &c., must be supplied as the nom. 
to the verb. 

i^W ridpnti ^ ^'^^^ ^^^^ laughing. 
^6) riaenii, ^ ^^^^ ^^^ -^ ^^^g^ing. 

(4) ridentibus, when men (or they) are laughing. 

Exercise 72. 

333. Leo esuriens rugit. Xerxes a Graecis victus in 
Persiam refugit. Esurienti (3) gratior est cibus. Su- 



y The first aZiud must be construed * one thing ;' the second, ' another.'' 
z Put in a * huV before simulantes. 
a Nequeo. 



106 



danti (3) frigida potio perniciosissima est. Dionysius 
tyrannus, Syracusis expulsus, Corinthi pueros docebat. 
Aranti Quinctio Cincinnato nuntiatum est, eum Dic- 
tatorem esse factum. Haec poma sedens decerpsi. 
Le5nes satiati innoxii sunt. Ne mente quidem recte 
uti possumus, multo cibo et potione impleti. Alit lectio 
ingenium, et studio fatigatum reficit. Elephantes ne- 
mini nocent, nisi lacessiti. 



334. Render 
with ' if.' 

(1) ridens, 

(2) amatus, 



Lesson 73. 
the following participles by verbs 

if he* laughs. 

if a man (or one) laughs. 

if I am loved ; if I were loved, 
if I had been loved. 



Exercise 73. 

335. Quis est qui, totum diem jaculans, non ali- 
quando collineet ?^ Equum empturus, cave ne decipi- 
aris. Hostes, banc adepti victoriam, in perpetuum se 
fore victores confident. Victi hostes in Persiam refu- 
gient. Admonitus (2) venissem. Liberatus, rus ex 
urbe evolabo. Roma expulsus Carthagine pueros do- 
cebo. 



Lesson 14:. 
336. Render the following participles by verbs with 



* The nom. to be used will be, /, we, you, they, &c., according to the person of 
the verb, 
b Pres. subj. render by pres. indie. 



107 

because^ for, since ; or by the participial substantive 
with, from or through. 

r (1) because I doubt. 
1 (2) for I doubt. 
dubitansX (3) since I doubt. 
(4) from doubting. 
^ (5) through doubting. 

Exercise 74. 

337. Nihil affirmo, dubitans plerumque, et mihi ipse® 
diffldens. Hostes hanc adepti (4) victoriam, in per- 
petuum se fore victores confidebant. Sine aqua anates 
degere non possunt, magnam victus partem in aqua 
qucerentes. Respondent se perfidiam veritos revertisse. 
Stellas nobis parvse videntur, immenso intervallo a nobis 
disjunctcB. Cantus olorinus recte fabulosus habetur, 
nunquam auditus. 



Lesson 75. [See note p. 106.] 

338. Render the following participles by verbs with 
though, although. 

(1) ridens, though he laughs. 

i{2) though he is loved. 
amatus, < (3) though he was loved. 

( (4) even though he should be loved. 

339. We often omit the auxihary verb after though. 
Hence we may sometimes construe 

(5) ridens, though laughing. 

(6) amatus, though loved. 



c Render mihi myself, and take no further notice of ipse. 



108 

Exercise 75. 

340. Homines non statim poBiiis afficiuntur, quotidie 
delinquentes. Multa transimus ante oculos posita. 
Ociilus, se non videns, alia videt. Risus interdum ita 
repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes tenere nequeamus. 
Scripta tiia jam diu exspectans,^ flagitare non audeo. 
Quis hoc non intelligit, Verrem ahsolutum (4) tamen ex 
manibus populi Romani eripi nullo modo posse ? Om- 
nia magna voce dicens, simulabat tantum se furere. Ad 
coenam vocatus, nondum venit. 



Lesson 76. [Note p. 106.] 

341. Render the following past participles by o/ier, 
with a verb or participial substantive. 

r (1) o/ier he has suffered. 
(Act.) passus, < (2) after he had suffered, 
( (3) after suffering. 

C (4) after he teas (or has been) loved. 
{Pass.) amatus, < (5) after he had been loved. 
( (6) after having been loved. 

Exercise 76. 

342. JosEPHUS iniEgypto, multa mdl^ perpessus, (3,) 
ad summos honores evectus est. IsraelTtse, ^Eg3^pto 
egressi, quadraginta annos in Arabia sunt commorati. 
Pleraeque scribuntur orationes habita^ jam, non ut habe- 
antur. Dionysius, a Syracusis expulsus,^ Corinthi pue- 
ros docebat. Alexander Abdolonimum diu contempla- 
tus interrogavit, qua patientia inopiam tuhsset. Lauti^ 
cibum capiunt Germani. 



d Use the perf. definite ' have been expecting.'* 
e Habere orationem, to deliver a speech, 
f Render first by (4 ;) then by (6.) 
g Partic. from lav are, to loash. 



109 

Lesson 77. 

343. Render the following participles by verbs, and 
place ' andJ before the verb that stands already in the 
Latin sentence. 

The participle is generally to be rendered by the 
same tense as the other verb. 

(1) Ridens lie laughs, exclamat and exclaims, 

(2) Ridens he laughed, exclamavit and exclaimed. 
But sometimes by a different tense. 

(3) Correptuin leporem, he has seized the hare, 

lacerat, and is mangling it. 

Exercise 77. 

344. Jussis divinis pbediens virtuti studet, Crcesus, 
a Cyro victus, regno spoliatus est. Troja, equi lignei 
ope capta, incendio deleta est. Persae mortuos cera 
circumlttos^ condunt. Grues, quum loca calidiora pe- 
tentes maria transmittunt, trianguli efficiunt formam. 
Illud ipsum^ non accidisset, si quiescens legibus paruis- 
sem. Cum legionibus profectus^ celeriter adero. Titus 
Manlius Galium, in conspectu duorum exercituum 
ccBsum, torque spoliavit. Comprehensum hominem Ro- 
mam ducebant, (3.) Mulier Alcibiadem sua veste con- 
tectum cremavit. 



Lesson 78. 

345. Non before a participle may be rendered with- 
out ; the participle being turned into the participial sub- 
stantive. 

non without, ridens laughing. 



• 7 . \ amatus being loved, 
' \ amatus loving him. 



h From circumlinere. « Render /pse by even. ^ Proficisci. 

10 



110 

Exercise 78. 



346. Non petens regnum accepit. Romani Graecis 
non rogati ultro ofFerunt auxilium. Liberalitate utitur, 
se ipsum non spolians. Neminem in familiaritatem 
recipe non cognitum} Multi homines vituperant libros 
non intellectos} Beneficus est, qui non privatis com- 
modis perrnbtus, alios adjuvat. 

347. Obs. Participles in the ablative absolute maybe 
rendered in the same way : the substantive w^ill be the 
nom. to the verb ; or the ace. after it."" 



Thus, Tarquinio regnante, 
te sedente, 
capta Tyro, 
migraturis apibus, 
fele comprehensa, 
ademto porno, 
radice succisa, 
fasce sublato, redit, 
te 71071 sahitato, 



when Tarquinius was king. 

as you were sitting. 

after T}Te was taken. 

when the bees are going to swarm. 

if the cat is caught. 

because his apple was taken away. 

though the root was cut. 

he takes up the bundle and returns. 

without saluting you. 



348. Participles may often be rendered by substan- 
tives of a kindred meaning. Thus : 



For 
Ciconias redeuntes. 
The returning storks, 

Januario addito, 
By January added, 

Leges violates, 
The violated laws, 

Vere appropinquante, 
Spring approaching, 



We may say. 
The return of the storks. 

By the addition of January. 
The violation of the laws. 
> On the approach of spring. 



1 Use act. partic. 

m It may sometimes be the accusative after the verb ; because ' the bundle being 
taken hy him' = ' the bundle was taken up hy him ;' which may be turned into ' Jic 
took up the bundle.' 



APPENDIX. 



* The articles that have an asterisk before them, are not to be learned till the 
other articles are known perfectly. 



TERMINATIONS OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



N.V. 

a 

lis, er 
(uin neut.) 

various "j 
(generally not ! 
containing the | 
unaltered root) J 

us 
(neut. u) 
es 



G. 


D. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


N.V. 


G. 


D. Abl. 


Ace. 


SB 


aj 


am 


a 


ae 


arum 


IS 


as 


1 


o 


um 


o 


I 


orum 


Is 


OS 


IS 


1 


em I 

(im)i 


(t)l 


es 


um ) 
ium i 


ibus 


es 


us 


ill 


um 


u 


us 


uum 


ibiis ) 
ubusj 
ebus 


us 


ei 


el 


em 


e 


es 


erum 


es 



^jfCr" Obs. In neuters, Ace. is like Nom., and both in the plur. end in a. 

* 2. The Vocative is always like the nominative, except in nouns in us of the 

second, which make V. e. Proper names in ius, with Jilius, genius, contract 
ie into i. 
3. Neuters in e, al, ar, have Abl. i, N. plur. ia, G. plur. ium. 

* 4. (1) Nouns in es, is, er, not increasing in the gen., make Gen. pi. ium. 

But vates, proles, juvenis, senex, canis, 
Take um ; with pater, frater, mater, panis. 

(2) Monosyllables take Gen. pi. ium. But the following, with a few more, 
take um : 

Dux, grex, 
Vox, lex. 
Pes, prex, 
Fur, rex, 
Mos, fraus, 
Flos, laus. 

(3) Nouns in s, x, after a consonant, take Gen. pi. ium. 

* 5. The fourth declension is a contracted form of the third declension : G. wt5, us. 

Abl. ue, 5, &c. 
(1) The following words of the fourth have Abl. ubus : 

Arcus, acus, portus, quercus, ficus add, and artus ; 
Tribus, lacus, specus too, with veru, pecu, partus. 



112 



(2) Neuters in u have gen. us, dat. u, pi. iia, uum, &.C.* 

* 6. In the fifth declension e of G. and D. is long, if it follows a vowel ; shortj if it 
follows a consonant. { faciei, fidei.)^ 



7. EXAMPLES. 



Sing. 

Nom. the 

Gen. of the 

Dat. to 01 for the 

Ace. the 

Voc. O 

Abl. hy, with the, <S-c. 



Nom. 

Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Abl. 

Ace. 



Phir. 

the 

O the 

of the 

to, for the 

by, with the, Src 

the 

Sincr. 



Nom. the 

Gen. of the 

Dat. to or for the 

Ace. the 

Voc. O 

Abl. by, with the, S,-c. 



I. 

(table.) 
mensa 

menacB 

menses 

niensam 

mensa 

mensa 



11. 

(boy.) 
puer 
piiert 
puero 
piierum 
puer 
puero 



mens^E j pueri 
mensarM7M I puerorww 
menszs j puerz^ 



mensas 

I. 

(hour.) 
hora 
hor<s 
hoi-cB 
horam 
hora 
hora 



Plur. 

Nom. ) the 

Voc. S O the 

Gen. of the 

Dat. I to, for the 

Abl. ^ by, with the, (§-c., 

Ace. the i hora5. 



hor^E 
i 
I horarwOT 

! horis 



pueros 

II. 

(food. 
cibus 
cibi 
cibo 
cihum 
cibe 
cibo 



cibi 

cihorum 
cibis 
cibo5. 



ni. 

(father.) 
pater 
patr/5 
patr^■ 
patrcTTi 
pater 
patre 



patre5 
patrwrn 

pa.tr ibus 
patre* 

III. 

(cloud.) 
nnbes 
nub 25 
nubi 
nnbem 
nubes 
nube 



nnbes 
huhium 
nuhibus 
nube?. 



IV. 

(chariot.) 

currzis 

currM5 

currui 

currum 

currus 

currw 



currus 
currwMOT 

curribus 
curriis. 

IV. 

, (fruit.) 
j fructiZs 
' frnctfis 
I frnctui 
j fructum 
I fructus 
fructw 



fhlCtM5 

fmctuum 
fractihus 
fructM5. 



V. 

(day.) 
dies 
diej 
diet 
diem 
dies 
die 



die5 
dierum 

diebu3 
dies 

V. 

(thing.] 
res 
rei 
rei 
rem 
res 
re 



re* 

rerum 
rebus 
res. 



NEUTER NOUXi 



Sing. 



Nom. 


) the 


Ace. 


}the 


Voc. 


) Othe 


Gen. 


of the 


Dat. 


to, for the 


Abl. 


by, with the, S,'C. 




Plur. 


Nora. 


)the 


Ace. 


\the 


Voc. 


So the 


Gen. 


of the \ 


Dat. 


to, for the 1 


Abl. 


by, with the, ire. ' 



II. 

{egg.) 

ovum 

ovi 
ovo 
ovo 



ova 

oyorum 
ovis. 



III. 

(song.) 

carmen 

carmin?s 

carmini 

carmine 



carminwm 
carmini&w5. 



IV. 

(horn.) 

cornu 

comus 

cornu 

cornu 



coTHua 

comuum 
cornfJu*. 



* See note on page 16. 



t See note on page 25. 



113 



ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMINATIONS. 



2. 


1. 


2. (ncut.) 


Bonus 


bona. 


bonum, 


Boni, 


bonse, 


boni, 


&c. 


&c. 


&c. 


Or, 






Unus, 


una, 


unum, 


Unlus,* 






UnT, 






Unum, 


nnam, 


unum, 


&c. 


&c. 


&c. 



n.^ 



2. 

tener, 
teneri. 


1. 

tenera, 

tenerse, 

&c. 


2. (neut.) 
tenerum, 
teneri, 
&c. 


Or, 






aeger. 


ffigra, 
8Bgr», 


aegrum, 
eegri, 



9. These adjectives are of the second declension in the mas. and neut. ; of the 
first in the fern. 

10. The following are declined like unus. 

With ius, i, do nullus, uUus, 

Totus, solus, uter. 
Alter but with shortened i, 

Alius, unus, neuter. 

11. Alius, G. alius, ( = ali-ius.) Neut. aliud. 
Alter, G. al terms. Uter, G. utrTus. 

12. ^):Cr' I of Gen. may be used short in poetry. 

13. JLiber, prosper, tener, miser, asper, with a few more, and adjectives in fer, ger^ 

(from fero, gero,) retain the e : the rest drop it. 



ADJECTIVES OF OJ^E AND TWO TERMINATIONS 

(which are all of the third declension.) 

14. Adjectives in is, — Adjectives in is have neut. e ; 
Abl. z. Neut. plur. ia ; G. ium. 

15. Comparatives in or. — Comparatives in or have 
neut. us ; Abl. e or i. Neut. plur. a ; G. um. 

16. The other terminations have no peculiar form for the neut. sing., and are 
generally called adjectives of one termination, though they have two in the JsTom. 
and Ace, (except in Nom. sing.) 

17. They have Abl. e or i, Neut. plur. ia, G. ium. 



For participles abl. e ) . ., 



more common. 



For adjectives abl, 

18. Hence the Terminations for adjectives of two and 
three terminations, are, — 



Two Termin. 



Comparatives. 



One Termin. 





S. 






M.F. 


N. 


N.V. 


is 


e 


G. 


IS 




D. 


i 




Ace. 


em 


e 


Abl. 


t 






Solius appears to have i, though commonly considered as lotiff. 

10* 



114 



19. An adjective must agree with its substantive in 
case, gender, and number. 



20. Examples, 



{A good hoy.) 
N. bonus puer 
G. boni pueri 
D. bono puero 
A. bonum puerum 
V. bone puer 
Ab. bono puero. 



{Good hoys.) 
N. boni pueri 
G. bonorum pueronim 
D. bonis pueris 
A. bonos pueros 
V. boni pueri 
Ab. bonis pueris. 



{A green field.) 
N. campus viridis 
G. campi viridis 
D. campo viridi 
A. campum viridem 
Ab. campo viridi. 



Singvlar. 

F. 

{A good mother.) 
bona mater 
bonsB matris 
bonsB matri 
bonam matrem 
bona mater 
bona matre. 

Plural. 

{Good mothers.) 
bonae matres 
bonarum niatrum 
bonis matribus 
bonas matres 
bon£B matres 
bonis matribus. 

Singular. 

(A green herh.) 
herba viridis 
herbae viridis 
herbae viridi 
herbam viridem 
herba viridi. 



{A good work.) 
bonum opus 
boni operis 
bono operi 
bonum opus 
bonum opus 
bono opere. 



(Good works.) 
bona opera 
bonorum operum 
bonis operibus 
bona opera 
bona opera 
bonis operibus. 



(Green grass.) 
gramen viride 
graminis viridis 
gramini viridi 
gramen viride 
gramine viridi. 



N. campi virides 
G. camporum viridium 
D. campis viridibus 
A. campos virides 
Ab. campis viridibus. 



Plural. 

herbee virides 
herbarum viridium 
herbis viridibus 
herbas virides 
herbis viridibus. 



gramina viridia 
graminum viridium 
graminibus viridibus 
gramina viridia 
graminibus viridibus. 



(A bold man.) 
N. audax vir 
G. audacis viri 
D. audaci viro 
A. audacem virum 
Ab. audaci viro. 



Singular. 

(A bold woman.) 
audax femina 
audacis feminse 
audaci feminae 
audacem ferainam 
audaci femina. 



(A bold animal.) 
audax animal 
audacis animalis 
audaci animali 
audax animal 
audaci animali. 



N. audaces viri 
G. audacium virorum 
D. audacibus viris 
A. audaces viros 
Ab. audacibus viris. 



Plural. 

audaces feminae 
audacium feminarum 
audacibus feminis 
audaces feminas 
audacibus feminis. 



audacia animalia 
audacium animalium 
audacibus animalibus 
audacia animalia 
I audacibus animalibus. 



N. duo (two) duEB duo 

G. duorum duarum duorum 

D. duobus duabus duobus 

Ace. duos (duo) duas duo. 



N. tres (three) tria 

G, trium 

D. tribus 

Ace. tres tria. 



21. 



115 

THE VERB. 
Terminations of the third persons of the Active Verb, &c.* 



(1)^ 



(2) 







1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


Verb, to defend. 


Present, 




at, 


et, 


it, 


it, 


( defends ; is defend- 
l ing ; does defend. 
C was defending. 


Imperfect, 


(R) 


abat. 


ebat. 


ebat. 


iebat. 


< (often defended ; did 
( defend.) 


. Future, 


(R) 


abit, 


ebit. 


et, 


iet, 


shall or will defend. 


i ' 












defended ; did defend ; 
has defended. 


Perfect, 


(r) 


it. 








Pluperfect, 


(r) 


erat, 








had defended. 


1 

1 Future perf. 


(r) 


erit, 








S shall or will have de- 
\ fended. 


Imperat. (pers. < 


2. R) 


a, 


e, 


g, 


h 


i defend ; do you de- 

l fend. [fend. 

may (or should) de- 


{ Pres. subj. 
^ Imperf. subj. 


(R) 


et, 


eat. 


at. 


iat, 


(R) 


aret. 


eret, 


eret. 


iret. 


^ might, should, would 
I defend. 


C Perf. subj. 


(r) 


erit. 








\ may (or should) have 
( defended. 


( Pluperf. subj. 


(r) 


isset, 








J might, should, would 
I have defended. 


Infin. Pres. Imp 


(R) 


are. 


ere, 


ere, 


ire. 


to defend. 


Infin. Perf. Plu. 


(r) 


isse, 








to have defended. 


Infin. Future, 


part, in rus with 


esse, 




J to be going (or about) 
I to defend. 


Gerunds, 


(R) 


andi, 


endi. 


endi. 


iendi, 


of defending. 


Supine, 


(9) 


um. 








to defend. 


* Part. Pres. 


(R) 


ans. 


ens, 


ens, 


iens, 


defending. [defend. 


Part. Fut. 


(P) 


urus. 








going (or about) to 


(Passive Participles.) 






(Passive Participles.) 


Past partic. 


(P) 


us. 








^ defended ; being de- 
i fended. 


Part. In dus. 


(R) 


andus. 


endus, 


endus, 


iendus. 


to be defended. 



{):5° Obs. 1. Shall, in the first person, simply foretells ; in the other persons, it commands. 
Will, in the first person, declares the speaker's intention in a positive manner ; 
in the other persons, it simply /oreteZ/s. 

* Obs. 2. The Im-perfect is rendered by the perf. when it expresses halits or re- 

peated actions. 

* Obs. 3. The pres. ' does defend,' and the perf. ' did defend,' are used after neg- 

ative words, and in questions and strong affirmations. 

* Obs. 4. Remember that ^ am come'' is perf. act: 'zs 6%27dm^' pres. pass. : ^is 

huilV perfect pass. 

* Obs. 5. The jores. suhj. is often to be rendered by should, would; and, in ques- 

tions, by can, shall, &c. 

* Obs. 6. The imperf. subj. is sometimes to be rendered by shoved have, would 

have ; and, in questions, by could, &c. 

* Obs. 7. In sentences with if, when, until, &c., ^future is often to be rendered 

by a present, and a future perfect by a perfect. This is when the verb of the 
principal sentence is future. 



22. 



(Sing.) 

1. 2. 

Active, 0, i, m, s. 


3. 

t, 


Passive, r, | J^^' 


tu 



Terminations of the Persons. 



1. 

mus, 



mur. 



(Plur.) 
2. 
tis, 

mini, 



3. 

nt. 

ntur. 



(1) This does not apply to the Imperative. 

(2) Perf. Indic. Act. has 2 sing, and plur. isti, istis, respectively, and 3 plur. 
erunt or ere. 



* R, r, p, stand respectively for Woot of present,^ ^ root ofperfect,^ '■root of supine.'* 
In repeating the table, the pupil should always say which root the termination is to 
be added to. Thus : * Pluperfect ; root of perfect ; it."* 



116 

(Active Voice.) 



INDICATIVE 



Present, [defend; do defend ; am defending.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



6,k 
eo, 
o, 

io, 



as, 

es, 
is, 

IS, 



at, 
et, 

it, 
it, 



amus, 
emus, 
imus, 
imiis, 



atis, 
etis, 
itis, 
itis, 



Imperfect, (R) [was defending ; often, defended, or did defend.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



abam, 
ebain, 
ebam, 
iebara, 



abas, 
ebas, 
ebas, 
iebas, 



abat, 
ebat, 
ebat, 
iebat, 



Future, (R) [shall or will defend. 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



abo, 
ebo, 
am, 
iam, 



abis, 
ebis, 
es, 
ies, 



abit, 
ebit, 
et, 
iet. 



abamtis, 
ebamus, 
ebamus, 
iebamiis, 



abimiis, 
ebimiis, 
emus, 
iemus, 



abatis, 
ebatis, 
ebatis, 
iebatis, 



abitis, 
ebitis, 
etis, 
ietis, 



Perfect, [defended; did defend — have defended,* (perf. def.)] 

isti, it, imus, istis, 



amav- 

monu- 

rex- ( = regs) 

audiv- 



I" 



Pluperfect, (r) [had defended.] 



amav- 
monu- 
rex- 
audiv- 



eram, eras, 



Srat, 



eramus, 



J 



Future Perfect, (r) [shall or will have defended. 



amav- 
monu- 
rex- 
audiv- 



ero. 



\ 2 \ '"' \ 



erimus,! 

or 
grimus. 



gratis, 



eritis, 

or 
eritis. 



ant. 
ent. 
lint, 
iunt. 



abant. 
ebant. 
ebant. 
iebant. 



abunt. 
ebunt. 
ent. 
lent. 



enint, i 
or Sre. ( 



grant. 



Srint. 



Imperative, (R) [defend; — do yoa defend. 
2. 3. 



2 pi. 



IMPERATIVE 



3 pi. 



am- 


a, ato. 


ato. 


ate. 


atote. 


ante 


man- 


e, eto. 


eto. 


ete, 


etote, 


ento. 


reg- 


e, ito. 


ito. 


ite, 


itote. 


unto. 


aud- 


I, ito, 


Ito, 


ite, 


Itote, 


iunto. 



fc. O of verbs is sometimes short. In the golden age, it first (after tlie comic wri- 
ters) appears short in Ovid, e. g. in nescio, rependo, puto, esto. 
I See note, p. 118. 
* The perfect definite (perf. with have) is used of an action done in a present time^ 



MOOD. 



117 



(Passive Voice.) 



(Obs. 0^ Passive adds r to the tenses that end in o; changes m into r in those 
that end in m. Obs. The (e) after 2d person sing, means that the termination 
is re or ris. 



Present, \am defended — is building. 1 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



8r, 
eor, 
or, 
ior, 



aris(e), 
eris(e), 
eris(e), 
iris(e), 



atiir, 
etiir, 
itur, 
itur. 



amur, 
emur, 
imur, 
imur. 



amini, 
emini, 
imini, 
imini, 



Imperfect, [whs defended* (not strictly imperf.) — was building.'] 



am- abar, 

mon- gbar, 

reg- ebar, 

aud- iebar, 



abaris(e), 
ebaris(e), 
ebaris(e), 
ifcbaris(e), 



abatiir, 
ebatur, 
ebatiir, 
iebatiir, 



Future, {shall or will be defended.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



abor, 
ebor, 
ar, 
iar, 



aberis(e), 
eberis(e), 
eris(e), 
ieris(e). 



abitur, 
ebitur, 
etiir, 
ietur, 



abamur, 
ebamur, 
ebamur, 
iebamur, 



abimur, 
ebimur, 
emur, 
iemur, 



abaminl, 
ebamini, 
ebamini, 
iebamini. 



abiminl, 
ebimini, 
emini, 
ieminl, 



Perfect, \was defended ; have been defended — is built.] 

Made up oi iYie past partic. with sum — (sometimes /m.) 

Pluperfect, [had been defended.] 

Made up of the past partic. and eram — (sometimes fueram.) 

Future Perfect, [shall or will have been defended.] 

Made up of past partic. with ero— (sometimes fuero.) 



antur. 
entiir. 
untiir. 
iuntur. 



abantiir. 
ebantur. 
ebantur. 
iebantiir. 



abuntur. 
gbuntiir. 
entiir. 
lentur. 



MOOD. 



(R.) [be defended : 2 sing, like Infin. act.} 
3. 2 pi. 



are, ator, 

ere, etor, 

ere, itor, 

Irg, itor, 



ator, 
etor, 
itor, 
itor, 



amini, 
eniinl, 
imini, 
iminl, 



aminor, 
eminor, 
iminor, 
iminor. 



3 pi. 

antor. 
enter, 
untor. 
iuntor. 



(no matter of what length,) or still continuing in its completed state, 
the perf. def. of a neut. verb of motion. 
* ' W'as being defended' is sometimes used, but is not a correct form. 



Am come is 



118 



(Active Voice.) 
Present, (R) [may, should defend.'] 



am- em, 

mon- earn, 

reg- am. 



aud- 



lam. 



es. 



las, 



et, 
eat, 
at, 
iat. 



emus, 
eamiis, 
amiis, 
iamiis. 



Imperfect, (R) {mighty would, should defend.] 



am- arem, 

mon- erem, 
reg- erem, 

irem, 



aud- 



ares, 
eres, 
eres. 

Ires, 



aret, 
eret, 
eret, 
iret, 



aremus, 
eremiis, 
eremus, 
iremus. 



'Perfect, (r) [may, should have defended.] 




Pluperfect, (r) [mighty should, would have defended.] 

] 

audiv 



amav- 
monu- I . 
rex- > issem, 



isses. 



isset. 



etis, 
eatis, 
atis, 
iatis. 



aretis, 
eretis, 
eretis, 
iretis, 



SUBJUNCTIVE 



ent. 
eant. 
ant. 
iant. 



arent. 
erent. 
erent. 
irent. 



C eris, ) C erimus,! eritis, ) 

\ or > erit, ^ or or \ 

I eris, ) ( erimiis, eritis, > 



issemus, issetis. 



erint. 



issent. 



Present, 
Imperf. 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 



(R) [ to defend : to be defending.] 

1. 2. 3. 

are, ere, ere, 

(r) [to have defended.] 

isse. 



4. 
ire. 



Future, [to be going or about to defend.] 
Part, of fut. (in rus) with esse. 



INFINmVE 



Supine, (root of its own,) 



PARTICIPLES, &c. 

Gerunds, (R) [of, ^c. defending.] 

andi, endi, endi, iendi. 

[to defend — after verbs of motion.] um. 
[to defend* — after some adjectives.] u. 

Partic. Present, (R) [defending.] 

ans, ens, ens, iens. 

Partic. Perfect, [having defended.] 

None. [Supplied by quum with perf. or pi uperf. subj. or by abl. absolute.] 

Partic. Future, (p) [going or about to defend.] urus. 



* Often rendered, to be defended. 

1 The old ^ammarians are at variance respecting the quantity off in rimus, ritisy 
of fut. perf. and perf. subj. Poets use these syllables both as long and short, but 



MOOD. 



119 



(Passive Voice.) 



Present, [may, should be defended.] 



am- 
mou- 
reg- 
aud- 



5r, 
ear, 
ar, 
iar, 



eris(e), 
eans(e), 
aris(e), 
iaris(e), 



etur, 
eatur, 
atur, 
iatur, 



ernur, 
eamur, 
amur, 
iamur, 



Imperfect, [might, would, should be defended.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



arer, 
erer, 
erer, 
Irer, 



areris(e), 
erer]s(e), 
ereris(e), 
ireris(e). 



aretur, 
eretur, 
eretiir, 
iretiir, 



aremiir, 
eremur, 
ereniur, 
iremur. 



emini, entilr. 

eamini, eantiir. 

amini, antur. 

iamini, iantur. 



aremini, arentiir. 

eremini, erentur. 

eremini, erentur. 

iremini, irentur. 



Perfect, [may, should have been defended.] 



Past partic. with sim— (sometimes fuerim.) 
Pluperfect, [might, should, would have been defended.] 
Past partic. with essem — (sometimes fuissem.) 



MOOD. 



Present, 
Imperf. 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect. 



[to be defended.] 
1. 2. 

ari, eri, 



4. 
Iri. 



J [to have been defended.] 
, i P 



ast partic. with esse— (sometimes fuisse.) 



Future, [to be going or about to be defended.] 
Supine (^in um) with iri. 



PARTICIPLES, &c. 



Past Partic. (p) 



defended, 
being defended, 
having been defended 



.\ 



Partic. Future. (R.) (implying duty, necessity, &c.) 

[to be defended.] 



1. 

andus, 



2. 

endus. 



3. 

endus, 



4. 
iendus. 



the preponderance of usage appears to be in favor of i, in both tenses. (Zumpt.) 
Grotefend marks erimus, &c. 



120 



24. Some verbs of the third end in io. They drop the i m the imperative, infini- 
tive, and imperfect subjunctive of both voices. 



(a) Active, 
Passive, 



siiscipio, 
suscipior, 



Imperat. 

suscipe, 

suscipere, 



Infin. 

suscipere, 
suscipi. 



Impf. Subj. 

susciperem. 
susciperer. 



(J) In the present of both voices they retain the i in the third person plural, and 
drop it in the other persons : 



Active, 
Passive, 



suscipio, 
suscipior, 



suscipis, 
susciperis, 



it, &c. 

itur, &c. 



3 plur. suscipiunt. 
3 plur. suscipiuntur. 



Esse, to be. 

Present {I am,) 
Imperf. (I was,) 
Fut. (/ shall or will be,) 
Imperat. {be thou,) 

Subj. Pros. {I may he,) 
Subj. Imp. {I might, ^-c. be,) 



Indicative. 

sum, es, est, 

eram^ eras, erat, 

ero, eris, erit, 

es, (esto,) esto, 

slm, sis, sit, 
essem,* esses, esset, 



estis, sunt, 
eratis, erant. 
eritis, erunt. 



sumus, 
eranius 
erimus, 

este, (estote,) sunto. 

simus, sitis, sint. 
essemus, essetis, essent. 



Infin. esse : perf. fuisse : fut, fore or fntiirum esse. 
Perf. fui, {was, have been.) Tenses from r., regular. 



25. Pronouns. • 



{Personal Pronouns.) 



Sing-. 



(a) 



N. G. 


D. 


A. Abl. 


ego, mei, 


mihi, 


me. 


tu, tui, 


tibi. 


te, 


'Wur^^^^' 


sibi, 


se 




(sese.) 



Plur. 

N. Ace. Gen. D. Abl. 

nos, nostrum or nostri, n5bis. 

vos, vestrum or vestri, vobis. 



{Possessive Pronouns. All regular, except that for mee^ 
(voc. masc.,) mi is used.) 



(b) (mine) 
(thine) 



meus, 
tuus, 



mea, 
lua, 



meiun. 
tuum. 



sua, suum, 



noster, nostra, nostrum, (ours.) 
vester, vestra, vestrum, (yours.) 

his, hers, its ; or his own, &c. 
theirs ; or their own, &c. 



(c) {Demonstrative.) 



[Hie, (this,^ the latter ;) ille, (that, the former ;) is, (that, antecedent to qui;) ipse, 
(-self, myself, thyself, himself, &c. ;) iste, (that, that of yours ;) idem, (the same.)] 





N. 


G. 


D. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 


m. hie. 


hujus, 


huic, 


hunc, 


hoc, 




/. haec, 






hanc, 


hac, 




n. hoc, 






hoc, 


hoc. 


Plur. 


771. hi. 


horum. 


his, 


hos. 


his. 




/. hffi, 


harum, 




has. 






71. haec, 


horum, 




haec, 





* Forem, fores, &c., is also used as imperf. subj. 

t The pronouns that mean ' thaf become he, she, it, &c., when they agree with 
man, woman, or thing understood. 



121 







N. 


6. 


D. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sinff, 


f* 


is, 


ejus, 


ei, 


eum, 


eo, 




/. 


ea, 






earn, 


eft, 




n. 


id, 






id. 


60. 


Plur. 


m. 


ii,* 


eorum, 


Us,t 


eos, 


iis.t 




f- 


eae, 


earum, 




eas. 






n. 


ea, 


eorum, 




ea. 




Sing. 


m. 


ille, 


illius, 


im, 


ilium, 


illo, 




/. 


ilia. 






iUam, 


ilia, 




n. 


lllud, 






illud. 


illo. 


Plur. 


m. 


illi, 


illorum, 


iUis, 


illos, 


illis. 




/. 


illae, 


illarum. 




illas, 






n. 


ilia, 


illorum, 




ilia, 




Sing. 


m. 


iste, 


istlus, 


isti, 


istum, 


isto, 




f' 


ista, 






is tarn, 


istft. 




n. 


istud, 






istud, 


isto. 


Plur. 


m. 


isti, 


istorum. 


istis, 


istos, 


istis. 




/. 


istae, 


istarum, 




istas, 






n. 


ista, 


istorum. 




ista, 




Sing. 


m. 


ipse, 


ipsius, 


ipsi, 


ipsum. 


ipso, 




/. 


ipsa, 






ipsam, 


ipsa, 




n. 


ipsum. 






ipsum, 


ispo. 


Plur. 


m. 


ipsi, 


ipsorum, 


ipsis, 


ipsos. 


ipsis. 




/. 


ipsa, 


ipsarum, 




ipsas, 






n. 


ipsa, 


ipsorum, 




ipsa. 




Sing. 


m. 


idem, 


ejusdem. 


eidem. 


eundem, 


eodem, 




/. 


eadem, 






eandem. 


eadem, 




n. 


idem. 






idem, 


eodem. 


Plur. 


m. 


iidem, 


eorundem, 


iisdera. 


eosdem, 


iisdem. 




/. 


eeedem, 


earundem, 




easdem, 






n. 


eSdera, 


eorundem, 




eSdcm, 




i) {Relative,) 










Sing. 


m. 


qui, 


cujus, 


cui, 


quem, 


quo. 




/. 


quae. 






quam, 


qua, 




n. 


quod, 






quod, 


quo. 


Plur. 


m. 


qui. 


quorum, 


quibus, 


quos, 


quibus. 




/• 


quae. 


quarum, 




quas, 






n. 


quae. 


quorum, 




qu^, 





(e) The interrogative pronoun is, 

r (1) quis, quae, quid, (generally used as a substan- 

< tive.) 

t (2) qui, quag, quod, ( — -sm adjective,) 

The second is gone through exactly like the relative ; 
and so is the first, with the exception, of course, of the 
neut. sing, quid, 

(/) Q^is is also ^ any,' (indefinite ;) the fern. sing, and 
neut. pL are then sometimes qua. 



♦ Otei. 



t Or m. 



11 



122 



{g) The compounds of qui, qiiis, follow the declension 
of those pronouns. In the following hst 'the ap- 
pended syllables in italics are added unaltered to the 
case of quis or qui. 



Qui-Jcm, 
Q,m-vis, 
Qxa-libet, , 
Quis-quaTTi, 

Aliquis, 

Q,ms-piam, 
Q,ms-gue, 
Q.uisquis, 
Qm-cunque, 

Ecquis 1 

Uter, 

Alius, (a, ud.) 

Alter, 

Talis, 

Tantus, 

Tot, 



a certain one. 

any you please. 

any ; any single one, (when it is denied that there are any.) 

any; sojne, (though not much or many, ali-quis, -qua, -quid or 

-quod. Neut. pi. -qua.) 
same, somebody. 

each. (Unusquisque, each one.) 

whoever, (used without a substantive : neut. quicquid.) 
whoever ; whatever, (used with a subst.) 
{does) any! (lem. sing, generally, neut. plur. always ecqua. It 

expects the answer none.) 
7chich, (of tico:) uterque, each, (utraque, utrumque ; G. -itisque.) 
another; other. {The first of two aliCs is some.) 
the other, {of two ;) another; one more, 
such; antecedent to qualis, {as.) 
so great ; antecedent to quantus, {as.) 
so many ; antecedent to quot, {as.) 



JJj^ The compounds of quis have generally 

Neuter quid when used without ) r . .- 

JN outer quod when used with ) 

Uj^ The quid is generally written quic before q. 
Thus, quicquam, (quidquam,) 'any thing;'' quicquid, 

(quidquid,) 'whatever.'' 

26. IRREGULAR VERBS. 



(1.) Possum, Infin. posse, I am able ; I can. 

Tres. Ind. possum, potes, potest, 

Pres. Subj. possim, possis, possit, 
Imp. Suhj. possem, posses, posset, 
Root of Per/, potu. (See page 56, 149.) 
Imp. Ind. poteram. I\t. potero. 



possumus, 
possimus, 
possemus, 



(2.) 



am willing ; wish. ^ 

am unwilling, {for non volo.) 
had rather, {for magis or mage volo.) 



potestis, possunt. 
possitis, possint. 
possetis, possent. 



Pres. 


volo, 


%is, 


vult, 


volumus, 


Aiiltis, 


volunt. 




nolo, 


non vis, 


non vult, 


nolumus, 


non vultis. 


nolunt. 




malo, 


ma\i.s, 


ma vult. 


maliimus, 


ma\-ultis, 


malunt 



Subj. Pres. 
Subj. Imp erf. 
Infinitive, 



velim, nolim, malim. (is, 

vellem, nollem, mallem. (es, 

velle, nolle, malle. 



The other tenses are all formed regularly. 
supines, or participles, (except volens, nolens 
noli, nolito, — nolite. 



it: imus, itis, int.) 
et : emus, etis, ent.) 

They have no gerunds, 
,) nor imperative, except 



Noli putare (be unwilling to think =) do not think. 



123 

(3.) Fero,* tfili, latum, to bear. Jnfin. ferre. Itnper, fer ; ferte. 

Pres. Indie fero, fers, fert ; feriraus, fertis, ferunt. 
Imp. Subj. ferrem, ferres, &c. [Pass, ferrer.j 

0:5" Fertur/or feritur; ferris /or fereris. 

(4.) Fio, become ; am made or done : partly used as pass, of facie 

It is conjugated regularly, except that it has f iSrem for firem, and an 
irregular infin. Jieri. It has no perf. ; foetus sum, eram, &c., being in 
use. 

Imperf. Subj. fierem, fieres, fieret ; fieremus, fieretis, fierent* 
Injin. Pres. fieri. 

( 5.) Eo, (Ivi, itum, Ire,) go. 

Pres. Indie, eo, is, it ; Tmus, itis, eunt. 

Pres. Sulyj. earn, eas, eat ; eamus, eatis, eant. 

Partic. iens, euntis, eunti, &c. ^ 

Gerunds, eundi, eundo, eundum. "^ 

Imp. ibam. Fut. ibo. Imper. i. Imperf. Subj. irem. Perfect, ivi : in the com- 
pounds generally ii. 



( Q,ueo, am able, can. 
(6.)^ 

( Nequeo, am unable, cannot. 



27. Substantives. 



These verbs are conjugated like eo, as far as 
they are in use : 3 plur. gueunt, negueunt. 
Subj. pres. gueam, negueam, &c. 



T-j-,_ 5 God. Voc. Deus. JVom. and Dat. plur. generally take i 

^®^^' \ for e. Dii or Di ; Diis or Dis. 

Jupiter, Jupiter. G. Jovis, &c. 

Bos, bull, cow, ox. G. bovis ; G. pi. bourn ; D. bobus or bubus. 

ResmiblTca \ republic, commonwealth. G. reipublica, &c. ; the substan- 

P ica, J ^i^g ^^^^ ^^^ ^jjg g^^j py^ijii^g^ in agreement with it. 

T«e,-,ivo«,i»T« \ oath. G. jurisjurandi, &lc.,jus neut, with the partic. jwran- 

jusjuranaum, j ^^^ ^^ agreement. 

Vis, strength : , vim, vi : vires, virium, viribus. 

Vir, man : viri, &c., as 2d : viri, virorum, &c. 

^S;^ Aer, mthery have generally the ace aera, cethera. 



28. GENDERS. 

I. Decl. Feminine, except names of men and designations of men. 
II. Decl. Masculine, except urn neuter. 

But alvus, humus, vannus, colus, 
Though belonging to the second, 

Are feminine: and virus, Quice,) 
And pelagus are neuter reckoned : 

Vulgus mostly goes with these, 

But may be masculine, if you please.f 



* This verb has fers, fert, fertur, for feris, ferit, feritur ; and drops c whenever it 
would stand before two r's. Hence ferrem, ferre, fcc, for fergrem, fer&re. 
t See note on page 67. 



124 



in. DecL' (A.) Masculine terminations : 

C er, or, os, 

< es increasing; 

i o, when not do, go, io. 

er) Neuters many end in er, 
As verber, iter, uber, ver ; 
With plants in er, as acer and papaver, 
With many others : add to these cadaver. 

or) Of neuters, there are four in or, 
Marmor, cequor, ador, cor : 
A feminine is arbor, (tree.) 
A second you will hardly see. 

os) Neuters are chaos, melos, os : 
But feminine are cos and dos. 

es) Of es increasing, neuter cbs 

Is found : and feminine are these ; 
Quies, merces, merges, seges, 
With compes, inquies, and teges. 

o) Caro is flesh : remember this 
% As feminini generis. 

(B.) Feminine terminations : 
rdo, go, io, 
J as, is, aus, x, 
j es not increasing, 
ts impure. 

do, go, io) Cardo, ordo, and papilio, 

With Ugo, margo, vespcrtilio. 

Are masculine : add to these quatemiOy 

Pugio, stellio, scipio, ternio.^ 

as) Three are the masculines in as, 
As, addmas, and elephas : 
Three are the neuters too in as, 
Vas, (vasis,) with nefas and fas. 

is) Many words that end in is 
Are masculini generis : 
Panis, piscis, crinis, finis. 
Ignis, lapis, pulvis , cinis, 
Orbis, amnis, and canalis. 
Sanguis, unguis, glis, annalis, 
Fascis, axis, funis, ensis. 
Fastis, vectis, vomis, mensis, 
Vermis, torris, cucHmis, 
Postis,follis, mugilis. 
Cassis, cossis, callis, collis, 
Add sentis ; — caulis too, 2iiidipollis. 

x) Calix, and codex, (codicis,) 
Are masculini generis ; 
So vertex, cortex, and the same the case is 
With pollex, grex, and with thorax, (thoracis.) 

s impure) Dodrans, quadrans, mons, &ndpons. 

Are mascidine, with rudens, dens, and fons : 
Add adeps, (fat,) with confluens, 
Oriens, hydrops, occidcns. 



* With a few more : such as unio, (pearl,) optio, (a military substitutej &c. 
those which are abstract nouns are all feminine. 



(C) Neuter termination ; 
c, a, t, e, 1, n, 



125 



ar, ur, us. 

1) Sol, the sun that brightly shines^ 
Mugil and sal are masculines. 

n) The masculines that end in n 
Are pecten, lien, ren, and splen- 

ur) These are the masculines in wr, 
Vultur, t2irtur, furfur, fur. 

us) Two names of beasts that end in us 
Are masculine, lq)us (hare) and mus* 

These too are feniinines in us, 
Juventus, virtus, servitus,* 
Tellus, senectus, incus, salus, 
With pecus, (pecudis,) a,nd palus. 



TV. Decl. Us masculine : u neuter. 

us) But these are feminines in us, 
Tribus, acus, porticus, 
Domus, nurus, socrus, anus, 
Idus, (iduum,) and manus. 

V. DncL. Feminine. But, ' 

Meridies is masculine ; and so 
Is dies in plurali numero.f 

Obs. 0:^ Some nouns have a particular gender, from their meaning. 

The names of males, of rivers, months, a,nd winds, 

Remember well ; for masculine are these. 
The names of females, countries, islands, towns. 

Are feminine ; so are the names of trees. 

But to these rules there are many exceptions : for instance, the names of 
trees, plants, &c., in er of the third are neuter, (see rule under A :) and the 
plural names of towns in i are masc. ; those in urn, and in er, ur, of the 
third, are neut. 



* With the exception of these four words, nouns in tus, sus, without personal 
meaning, are mostly nouns of the fourth decl. from the supine root. 

t In the singular it is commonly masc. ; seldom feminine, except when a fixed 
day is spoken of, or when it is equivalent to a length of time. 

11* 



126 



29. TABLE OF GENDERS. 



Obs. — Mas. exceptions are in capitals ; fern, in the common type ; n&at. in italics. 



Mas. terminations. 

ER, OR, OS, 

ES increasing; 

o, when not do, go, io. 



Principal Exceptions. 



er) cadaver 
iter 

papaver 
tvher. 

or) arbor 
cequor 
marmor 



es) 



ct) 



cor. 

compes 

merces 

merges 

quies 

cos 

dos 

OS (ossis) 

OS (oris) 

^chaos 

^epos 

^melos 
o) caro 

aecho 



uber 

ver 

verber 



requies 

seges 

teges 



First Declension. 
Fern, except names of men. 



Second Declension. 

(us, ER.'*) 

Mas. — except 
alvTis 
domus 
humus 
vannus 
pelagus 
virus 
vulgus (also m.) 



Third Declension. 

Fern, terminations. 

do, go, io,i 
as, is, aus, x, 
es not increasing, 
s impure. 

Principal Exceptions. 

do i ORDO 
go > CARDO 

io ) ligo 

MARGO (f)3 

is) AMNIS LAPIS 
ANGUIS (f ) MENSIS 

AXIS ORBIS 

CASSIS (is) PANIS 

COLLIS PISCIS 

CINIS POSTIS 

CRINIS PULVIS 

ENSIS SANGUIS 

FASCIS TORRIS 
FINIS (f) UNGUIS 

FOLLIS VECTIS 

FUNIS VERMIS 
IGNIS 



X) 



CALIX 
CODEX 
CORTEX 
GREX 
POLLEX 
^THORAX 
VERTEX 



es, pari- 
syll. 

5 i MONS 

im- >P0Ns 
pure } FONs 

DENS 

QUADRANS 
RUDENS 
^HYDROPS 



ACINACES 



AS 
KLEPHAS 

vas (vasis) 

fas 

nefas. 



JSTeut. terminations. 

c, a, t, e, 1, 7t, 
ar, ur, us. 



Principal Exceptions. 

/) SAL 
SOL 
n) LIEN 
REN 
SPLEN 
PECTEN 
Ur) FUR 

FURFUR 
TURTUR 
VULTUR 



us) pecus (iidis) 
incuss 
juventus 
palus 
salus 

LEPUS 
MUS 

gnis (m) 
sus (m). 



senecttis 
servitus 
telliis 
virtus 



Fourth Declension. 

(us.) 
Mas. except 
acus 
idus (pi.) 
manus 
porticus 
tribus. 



Fifth Declension. 
Fem. except 

dies (also/, in sing.) 

MERIDIES. 



1 Words in io, that are not abstract nouns, are mus. e. g. papilio, pugio, scipio, 
SEPTENTRio, STELLio, UNio, (pearl,) With the numeral nouns ternio, quater- 
Nio, &c. 

2 Properly Greek words. 

s Those with (f ), (m), are sometimes fem. and mas. respectively. 
* Greek nouns in 6dus, (exodus, methbdus, &c.,) with dialectus, diphthongus, fee, 
are fem. 
» Hence us with long u is a fem. termination. 



127 



These rules depend on the terminations ; but some words have a particu- 
lar gender from their meaning. 

A' The names of male persons, and winds, are masculine. 

B. The names of female persons, countries, and islands, towns, plants, and 

trees, are fem. 

(a) But of towns, these are mas. 

(1) Some in o, (croto, hippo, narbo, sulmo, frusino :) and 

(2) all plurals in i : veii, Delphi. 
These are neuter : 

(1) All in urn, or plur. a : 

(2) those in e or ur of the third : Praneste, Tibur. 

(b) Of trees and plants, 

(1) Those in er (and many in us) of the second are mas. : 

(2) those in er, ur of the third are neut. : acer, siler, robur, SfC. 

C. Several are common : comes, conjux, custos, dux, hospes, juvenis, parens^ 

princeps, sacerdos, ^c. 



30. DECLENSIONS OF THE ENGLISH PRONOUNS. 



Pers. 1. 



Pers. 2. 



S Sing, 
i Plur. 

S Sing. 
jPlur. 



r C mas. 

Pers. 3. Sing, j fern. 

LPlur. 



Relative and 
Interroga- 
tive. 



Demonstrative. 



Nom. 



/ 

we 

thou 

\ ^' I 
i youS 



she 

it 

they 

who 
which 



Genitive. 



my or mine 
our or ours 

thy or thine 
your or yours 



her or hers 

its 

their or theirs 



whose 
of whi 
or whose $ 



< of which \ 



this, plural these, 
that, plural those. 



Accusative. 



m& 
us. 

thee 
you. 

him 
her 
it 
them. 

whom 
which. 



Present. 

Imperfect. 
Perfect' 
Definite. 

Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 
Future. 
Future- 
Perfect. 



31. TABLE OF THE ENGLISH VERB. 

Indicative Mood. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

C I defend ) 

<lam defending > lam defended. 

( I do defend ) 

/ was defending (none.) 

I have defended I have been defended. 

\ i^fff^^^^ A I was defended. 

( I did defend ) 

I had defended I had been defended. 

I shall or will defend / shall or will be defended. 

I shall or wUl have defended / shall or will have been defended. 



128 

Imperative Mood. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

s. p. 

Defend (thou.) Defend (ye.) 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

5. P. 

Be thou defended. Be ye defended. 



Forms that often answer to the Tenses of the Latin 

Subjunctive. 



Present. 
Imperfect. 

Perfect. 
PluDerfect. 



1 may or can defend 

I might, could, should, or would 
defend. 

I may or can have defended. 

I might, could, should, or would 
have defended. 



I may or can be defended. 

I might, could, should, or would be 

defended. 

I may or can have been defended. 

I might, could, should, or would 
have been defended. 



Present. 
Perfect. 
Future. 



Infinitive Mood. 

To defend To be defended. 

To have defended To have been defended. 

To be going or about to defend To be going or about to be defended. 



Present. 

Perfect. 
Future. 



Participles. 

DefendinfT ) Defended, (past part.,) 

nejenaing j ^^.^^ defended. 



Having defended 

Going or about to defend 



Having been defended. 
. Going or about to be defended. 



32. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



bonus, 


good, 


melior, 


optimus. 


malus, 


bad, 


Pejor, 


pessimus. 


parvus, 


little, 


minor, 


minimus. 


magnus, 


great, 


major, 


maximus. 


multus, 


much, 


plus, (neut.,) 


plurimus. 



JVbm. Ace. Plus. Gen. pluris, (no other case in sing.) Plural, JV. A. plures, plura. 
Gen. plurium. D. pluribus. 



3a PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ABLATIVE. 

Absque, a, ab, abs, aiid de. 
Coram, clam, cum, ex, and e, 
Tenus, sine, pro, and prip. 



QUESTIONS 



[Those on the Syntax have an asterisk before them.] 

N. B. The pupil should learn the Terminations of Substantives, (p. Ill,) and of the 
3d persons of the Verb, (p. 115,) as soon as possible. 



1. Give the accusative endings. (9.) 

2. Repeat the terminations of the third persons. (32.) 

3. Give the genitive endings. (40.) 

*4. In what case is the price or value put sometimes 1 [ The Gen, 47.] 
5. What are the endings of nouns expressing virtues, vices, dispositions &c ** 
(47, h.) ' • 

*6. By what case are some neuter adjectives followed ? What adjectives are so 
used ? {jlns. Indefinite numerals.) 
What substantive is so usedl (jins. The indeclinable substantive 'nihil* 
'nothing.' 56.) 
*7. What often stands as the nominative case to the verb 1 (60, n.) 

When an infinitive mood (or smtence) is the nominative case to the verb, 
where is it placed in English ? (jlns. After the verb, being represented by 
the pronoun * it,' which is not to be translated. 60, n.) 
In what gender is the adjective then put % (Ans. In the neuter.) 

8. How is the ace. plur. got from the ace. sing. ? What must ' um' be turned 

into, to give the ace. plur. of tne second 1 What is always the termina- 
tion of the ace. neut. plural 1 ''64.) 

9. By what prepositions is the dat. rendered 1 [67. N. B. These prepositions 

are called signs of the dative.] 

a) What are the signs of the ablative ? (67.) 

b) By what preposition is an ablative of time rendered 1 (jlns. By in or at.) 

e) How is an ace. of time rendered 1 {Ans. By '/or,' or without any prepos. 72.) 
10. To what declension do adjectives in * w' belong 1 [ The third.] Of what 
gender are they 1 [m. andf.] What is their neuter form 1 [c] Is their ab- 
lative e or t ? [i.]a 
♦11. In what case do you put the name of a town where a thing was done 1 When 

is the town where put in the abl. ? When in the gen. 7 (72, s.) 
*12. In what case do you put a noun of time, when it answers to when ? [In 
the abl.] 

» The manner of declining the other adjectives of the third is explained at 
p. 113, 14. «^ 



130 

• In what case do you put a noun of time, when it answers to how long t [In 

the ace] ^ - . « r /. 

Is 'for' a sign of the dative^ when it stands before a noun of timeT [>^ns. 
No, of the ace] 

13. How may the third plural be got from the third singular ? Into what must it 

of the perfect be changed 1 ' if of the fourth 'i ' if in ' eHt V all other it's ? 

14. <5ive the terminations of the nam. and gen. plural. 

*15. What case does in govern when it means ' into ?' [Aoc] 
'in 7' {Ahl.] 



ex govern 1 [Ml 



*16. How must ' noV with the imperative be translated V^ [By ne.] 

What word must stand before the not in English 1 [The * do* of the im- 
perative.] 
*17. How is the thing with which any thing is done translated? or, what case 

answers to ' with what?' [JibL] 
18. When ' thing' or ' things' is left out, in what gender must the adjective be 

puti [J^eut.] . -, PA 

*19. What cases follow verbs of accusing, acquitting, condemning 7 [Ace. of 

person : Gen. of the charge.] 
*20. By w^hat cases may ' of great valor' be translated into Latin ? [Gen. or AbL] 
*21. In what case does a noun of price stand, when it answers to 'for how much ?' 

[In the ML] ^ ^ 

*22. (a) When must the personal pronoun of the third person (him, her, them, 6re.) 

be translated by sui, &c. 1 [ When the pron. represents the same person as 

the nom. to the verb.] {b) What preposition is omitted after give, cost, the 

2idj. like, &LC.1 [To.] 
*23. When is one noun said to be in apposition to another ? In what case is a 

substantive in apposition to another placed'? [In the same case as the subst. 

to which it stands in apposition.] 
*24. What case do dignus, indignus,'^ &c., govern 1 [ML] 
*25. What case does the verb to be take after it 1 [ The same case as before it] 
*26. What case do the compounds of esse govern 7 [ The dat.] What exception is 

there 1 [Possum.] 
♦27. What does the English infinitive often express, but the Latin infinitive never 7 

[A purpose.] 
*28. How may the English infinitive expressing a purpose be translated 1 [By ut 

with the subjunctive : of which the imperfect follows the past tenses ; the 

present, the other tenses.] 

29. What tense is ' he is come 7' [Perf] What tense is 'he was come?' [Plup.] 

With what auxiliary do neuter verbs of motion form their perfect definite 7 

30. How is the subjunctive present, standing in a principal sentence, to be trans- 

lated 7 [As an imperative, or to express a wish. Veniat = let him come ; or, 
may he come.] 
(a) How must the perfect be rendered, when it is followed by the subjunctive 
present? [By the perf. definite.] 

*31. When is the English indicative after ' that' to be translated by the Latin sub- 
junctive governed by ut 7 [When that follows 50 or such.— It then introduces 
a consequence.] 

*32. What tenses of the subjunctive are the regular attendants of the past tenses 
of the indicative 7 [The imperf. and pluperf] 

*33. When is ' to' never a sign of the dative 1 [After verbs of motion : come, send, 
fetch, &c.] *How is the place to which translated 1 (By jicc.) *How is the 
place from which translated 7 (By the ML) When must ad, ' to,' be ex- 
pressed 1 {Ans. When the place is not the name of a town or small island; 
and when the motion is to a person.) 

*34. How is the supine in um used 1 {Ans. After verbs of motion.) How is the 
sup. in um Englished 1 (Ans. By the infin. act.) How is the sup. in u used 1 
(Ans. After some adjectives, such as hard, disgraceful, pleasant, best, &c.) 
How is the sup. in u Englished 1 (Ans. Regularly by the infin. passive : but 
often by the infin. active.) 

^ How may the imperative be got from the infinitive 7 [jBy throwing away re.] 
c The ablative after dignus, indignus, must be Englished by 'of:' after all of 

them consider what preposition we use in English, and use that, without thinking 

about the usual signs of the ablative. 



131 

♦35. How is the want of the perfect participlef active supplied 1 {Ans. By quum 
with the perf. or pluperf. of the subjunctive ; or by the dbl. absolute.) 

*36. What is the ablative absolute 7 *Is the substantive of the dbl. absol. to be 
rendered by a preposition 7 [No.] *By what participle governing its noun 
may the ablative absolute often be rendered, when the participle is of the 
perf. pass. 7 [By the partic. with * having.^} 

*37. What substantives follow the rules for the proper names of towns 1 [Ans. 

Domus and rus : also the genitives humi and militi<B. See 33.] 
38. Where is ' cuTrC placed with the ablatives of personal pronouns 7 [After them 
and joined to them : mecum, &c.] 

*39. What case do adjectives signifying desire, &c., govern 1 [Gen.'\ 

*41. In what case is the agent or person by whom put 1 {Ans. In the ablative with 

a or ab : but after the part, in dus, in the dative.) 
42. Mention some words, &c., after which the gerund or part, in dus follows in the 
dat. [Utilis, profitable or good for ; inu tills, unprofitable ; idoneus, fit for ; 
tempus impendere, to spend time in or on ; vacare, to have leisure ; studere, 
aim at ; devote one^s self to.] 

*43. How is what is in form the pass, infin. to be translated after 'as,* 'are?* 
[Ans. By the part, in dus.] 

*44. What verbs govern the dative t (191.) *How is the pluperf. indie, to be trans- 
lated after ' if ?' [By plup. subj.] 
45. In the infinitives made up of two words, is the participle to agree with its sub- 
stantive or not ? {Ans. To agree.) Is the word in um in the fut. infin. pass. 
a participle 1 What is it 1 [Supine.] 
Can it then agree with the substantive 1 [JSTo.] 

*46. Must you look for the antecedent to the relative in the relative sentence or not 1 
[Generally not] *Is the case of the relative determined by a word in its own, 
or in the preceding sentence 1 

47. Can the verbs that govern the dative be used in the first or second persons in 

the passive 1 In what person only can they be used in the passive 1 [In 
the third sing.] 

48. How is the present infin. rendered after Ztcwit ? oportuit7 [Generally by the perf .] 
*49. What verbs govern the gen. 1 (244.) 

*50. — abl. 1 (221, 245.) 

*51. What cases do panitet, pudet, &c., take after them 1 {Ans. An accusative of 
the person, feeling ; a gen. of the thing or person about which the emotion 
is felt.) 

♦52. How is ' musV translated ? [By the part in dus with the verb esse.] When is 
the part, in dus to agree with the subst. It [ When the verb governs the ac- 
cusative.] When the verb does not govern the ace, in what case, &c., must 
the participle stand 1 [In the nom. neut., and then esse will always stand in 
the third singular.] 



Go through prodesse, (129, p. 51.) 

=— occldere, killing, (175, p. 63.) 

' — epistola scribenda, (181 , p. 64.) 

— scribendum est mihi, (207, p. 71.) 

mihi creditur, (237, p. 80.) 

— mihi ire licet, (261, p. 86.) 

— me ire oportet, (269, p. 88.) 

Mention the participles of loquor, (242, p. 82.)$ 



t What English participle answers to the partic. in ns 7 [Part, in ngJ\ in iw? 
[Part, in d, t, or n.] rus 7 [Going to— ; or, about to—.] in ndus 7 [Form of inf. pass.} 

X The subst., that is, which is governed by the verb that follows must. The 
nom. before must becomes the dat. after esse, but is often omitted. 

$ The fut. inf. of a deponent verb is the fut. in rus with esse. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM. 



English. 

1. To think nothing of. 

2. To value highly.* 

To think little of.b 
To hold cheap. 

4. JVo stability. 
Some time. 
Much good. 

How much pleasure. 

9:5" Hence ' no,' ' some,' (when they 
denote quantity, not number,) 
^much,* ^how much,' are to be 
translated by ' nihil,' ' aliguid,' 
* mvltum' * quantum' followed by 
the ^671. 

5. He did it unwillingly. 

6. It is disgraceful to lie. 

7. It is the part 



Latin. 

To reckon at nothing, {nihili ducere o» 

facere. ) 
To value at a high price, (magni asti- 

mare.) 
To value at a little price, (parvi (Bsti- 

mare.) 
JVothing of stability, (nihil stabilitatis.) 
Something of time, (aliquid temporis.) 
Much of good, (multum boni.) 
How much of pleasure, {quantum volup- 

tatis.) 



He, unwilling, did it. 
To lie is disgraceful. 



• — — — business 

— mark 

character ^ 

8. To condemn a man to death. 

9. As many as possible. 

he can or could. 

The greditest possible. 
— he can or could. 



10. On the top of the mountain. 
In the middle of the water. 

11. Is going to bed. 

12. It is hard to say. 

13. While they were (are, &c.) play- 

ing. 



^of a wise man. It is of a wise man. 



To condemn a man of the head. 
As the most, (quam plurimi.) 

As the greatest, {quam maximus.) 

[That is, ' as many as the most :' * as 

great as greatest,' &c.] 
On the mountain highest. 
In the water middle, (in summo monte; 

in medid aqua.) 
Is going to lie down, (cubitum, sup.) 
It is hard in saying, (difficile est dictu ; 

supine.) 
During playing, (inter ludendum.) 



a To value very highly, (maximi aestimSre.) 

^ The substantive will follow in the accusative notwithstanding the * o// for 
ihat has nothing to do with the Latin verb. 

12 



134 



English. 

14. The intention of writing a letter. 

15. We must cultivate virtue. 

16. Caius must write. 

17. We must believe Caius. 

18. The ways of expressing the pur 

pose are, 

He comes to see the games. 



19. (a) I may go. 

(6) I might have gone. 

20. (a) I ought to go. 

lb) I ought to have gone. 



Latin. 

The intention of a letter to-be-^erittettf 

(scribendae epistblse.) 
Virtue is to-be-cultivated, (colenda est 

virtus.) 
It is to-be-written by Caius, (Caio scriben- 

dum est.) 
It is to-be-believed to Caius, (credendum 

est Caio.) 



C (a) Venit ut ludos spectet. 
1 (b) Venit ludos spectStum, (sup.) 
j (c) Venit ludos spectaturus. 
t (d) Venit ad ludos spectandos. 
To which add, 
(c) Venit causa (for the purpose) lud5- 

rum spectandorum ; and 
(/) Instead of ut, the relative may be 

used : 
He sent ambassadors, gui pacem pete- 
rent, (to sue for peace.) 
Mihi ire licet, (it is permitted to me to go.) 
Mihi ire licuit, (it was permitted to me to 

Me ire oportet. 
Me ire oportuit. 



PART II. 

A SECOND LATIN BOOK 

AND 

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR. 



A 



SECOID LATH BOOK 

AND 

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR. 

BT 

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A., 

RECTOR OF LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. 

CAREFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED 

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, A.M. 

FROM THE THIRD LONDON EDITION. 



NEW YORK: 
D. APPLETON & CO., 200 BROADWAY, 

PHILADELPHIA: 
G. S. APPLETON, 148 CHESNUT-STREET. 

CINCINNATI : DERBY, BRADLEY, & COMPANY, 113 MAIN-STREET. 
M DCCC XL VI. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by 

D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. 



PREFACE 

TO THE FIRST ENGLISH EDITION. 



The following work is founded on Augustus Grote- 
fend's Lateinisches Elementarbuch, from which the 
Latin portions are taken without alteration. 

The work is a Practical Latin Grammar, with Read- 
ing Lessons and Exercises. It assumes that the pupil 
can decline and conjugate with accuracy ; at which 
stage of his progress it is of great importance that he 
should be made acquainted with the principles on which 
derivative words are formed. For this purpose I have 
given a list of the principal terminations employed, and 
added to the earlier Exercises Vocabularies, in which 
the principles of Word-building are practically applied. 

T. K. A. 

[Consult Preface to Part I., or First Latin Book.] 

J. A. S. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



PART 11. 



Page 

I. Sketch of Latin Accidence 143 

§ 1. Terminations of Substantives ib, 

2. First Declension 144 

3. Second do 145 

4. Third do 147 

5. Fourth do 148 

C. Fifth do ib, 

7. Adjectives of Three Terminations 149 

8. do. One and Two ib, 

9. Declension of the First three Numerals 151 

10. The Verb 152 

Terminations of the Third Person Singular ib. 

do. do. Persons 153 

Table of the Verb 154 

Verbs of the Third in lo 158 

11. First Conjugation of Verbs 159 

12. Second do. do ib, 

13. Third do. do , 161 

14. Fourth do. do 164 

Neuter Passive Verbs ib, 

15. The Verb Esse ib, 

16. Irregular Verbs 165 

17. Deponent do 166 

18. Impersonal do 167 

19. Irregular Substantives 168 

20. Pronouns «fr. 



142 

Page 

21. Comparison of Adjectives 170 

22. Various Vocabularies 171 

Acljectives in cr, zs, e ib. 

Adverbs of Place ; ib. 

" Time 172 

Order ib. 

The Numerals t&. 

Prepositions governing Ablative 173 

Genders 174 

Principles of Word-Building ib, 

II. Exercises 179 

III. Reading Lessons 229 

IV. Vocabularies on the Exercises 239 

V. Questions on the Latin Accidence 258 

VI. Questions on Latin Syntax, (including Answers, and the princi- 
pal Rules in Latin from the Eton Granunar.) 265 

Vn. Cautions 288 

VIII. Distinction of Synonymes 289 

Appendix I.— Verbs vt^ith Dative, &c 290 

" II.— Greek Nouns, &c 291 

" III.— Conjunctions 292 

Latin Index 295 

English-Latin Index 318 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 

S. refers to the Rules of Syntax 265 

C. " Cautions 288 

Syn. " Synonymes distinguished 289 



I. SKETCH OF LATIN ACCIDENCE. 



§ 1. TERMINATIONS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 



Sinff. 


I. 


I. N. 


S 


G. 


ae 


D. 


se 


Ace. 


am 


Abl. 


a 


Plur. 




N. 


SB 


G. 


arum 


D. Abl. 


IS 


Ace. 


5s 



n. 

us, 5r 

I 

5 

um 

o 



I 
orum 



netit. 
um 



um 



III. 


rv. 


neut. 


V. 


variousA 


us 


u2 


es 


is 


us 




ei 


T 


ui 




ei 


em (im) 


um 


u 


em 


6(1) 


u 




6 


Ss 


us 


ua 


Ss 


um or ium 


uum 




eram 


Tbus 


^ibus 
( ubus 




ebus 


5s 


us 


ua 


6s. 



Is 



J):5* Obs. In neuters the Ace. is like the Nom., and both in the plur. end in a. 

2. The Vocative is always like the nominative, ex- 
cept in nouns in us of the second, which make V. e. 
Proper names in ius, with Jilius, genius, contract ie 
into i, 

3. In the third, vis, with sitis, tussis, amussis, and a 
few more, have Ace. im, Abl. i only. 

Febris, puppis, securis, iurris, &c., prefer im, i. 

Neuters in e, al, ar, have Abl. i, N. plur. ia, G. plur. ium. - 

4. Besides the neuters in e, al, ar, the following 
classes of words generally make G. plur. ium: 



1 In repeating the Table, let the pupil say, " Nom. various, generally not contain- 
ing the unaltered root." 

2 It may be considered certain, that the gen. of neuters in u was us. (See note, 
First Latin Book, p. 16.) 



144 

(a) Nouns in es, is, er, not increasing in the Gen. 

(b) Nouns in s, x, after a consonant, except words of more than one 8ylla« 

ble in ps. 

(c) Monosyllables. 

(d) National names in as, is, that make their genitives in dtis^ itw, re- 

spectively. 

Exceptions. 

(e) But vates, proles, juvgnis, senex, canis, 
Take um ; with pater, frater, mater, panis. 

if) Of TuonosyllaUes, the following, with a few more,i take um : 

Dux, grex, 
Vox, lex, 
Pes, prex. 
Fur, rex, 
Mos, fraus, 
Flos, laus. 

5. The fourth declension is a contracted form of the 
third declension : G. ids, us. Abl. ue, u, &c. The 
dat. is often u, (for ui) 

6. The following words of the fourth have Abl. ubus : 

Arcus, acus, portus, quercus, ficus, lacus, artus, 
Et tribus, et partus ; specUs adde, verague, ^ecnque. 

7. In the fifth declension, e of G. and D. is long, if 
it follows a vowel ; short, if it follows a consonant, 
{faciei, fidei.) 



§ 2. FIRST DECLENSION. 
GENDER. 



8. Nouns of this declension are feminine, with the 
exception of a few names of men and designations of 
men, which are masculine ; as, po'eta,^ a poet ; agricola, 
a husbandman. 



The following lines give a more complete list : 

ren, fur, and lar, with as, dux, fraus, and dos, 
£^rus, laus, and pes, with sus, crux, fax, and mos ; 
Add grex with bos and fios ; add fax and frux, 
lex, prex, and rex, with crus, and vox and nux. 

2 The two dots over the e are a separation-niark, (diserSsis,) meaning that the two 
vowels are to be pronounced separately. The c is long. 



145 



9. terra earth, land. 

&qua water. 

aquila an eagle. 

arena sand. 

barba the beard. 

catena a chain. 

Cera wax. 

copia plenty. 

corona crown. 

culpa a fault. 

cura care. 

femina a woman. 

farina meal. 

flamma flame. 

forma form, beauty. 

galea helmet. 

gratia (1) agreeableness, 

elegance, (2) favor, 

(3) thanks. 

hasta spear. 

hora hour. 

insula island. 

ira anger. 

lacryma a tear. 



lana loool. 

libra a balance. 

lingua tongue. 

litera, a letter; literae, plur. a 
letter, (i. e. an epistle,) litera- 
ture. 

luna the moon. 

mora delay. 

Musa Muse ; goddess of 

learning. 

patria country. 

pecunia money. 

poena a punishment. 

porta a gate. 

praeda booty, plunder. 

rlpa bank. 

rota a wheel. 

sagitta arrow. 

Stella a star. 

turba tumult-, a crowd. 

vacca a cow. 

via way. 

umbra shade. 

unda wave. 



10. The following words are plurals with a singular 
meaning : — 

Divitim, riches ; tenebrce, darkness ; Uteres, a letter, (in the sense of an epistle ;) 
nundince, a market or fair ; nuptia, a wedding. 

Also, some names of towns : — 

Athencs, Athens ; SyracHstB, Syracuse ; Thebm, Thebes. 



§ 3. SECOND DECLENSION. 

11. In nouns in er of this declension, the whole 
nominative is the root ; but most of them throw away 
the e : as, Magister, magistri, &c., not magisteri. 

Puer, boy ; gener, son-in-law ; socer, father-in-law ; Liber, Bacchus ; liberty 
children : with adulter, and those in fer, ger, &c., retain the e. 

12. Nouns in us, er of this declension are masculine: 
except — 



(!) Feminine: 

alvus belly. 

domus house, home. 



humus ground. 

vannus winnowing fan. 



(2) Neuter: 

virus, juice, poison, pdagus, sea. vulgus, [also mas.] comraon people 

13 



146 



Obs. This list does not contain the names of females and female designations ; 
nor those of trees, of which many are feminine. 



. .. • heap. 

....field. 
. .. . lamb. 

a friend. 



13. acervus 

ager 

agnus 

amicus 

angulus corner. 

animus mind. 

annus year. 

arbiter an umpire. 

asinus an ass. 

astrum constellation. 

avus grandfather. 

bellum war. 

cancer a crab. 

caper a, goat. 

capillus the hair of the 

human head ; a hair. 
coelum heaven. 

[plur. cceli.] 

cumulus heap. 

Deusl God. 

digitus finger, toe. 

dominus a master, a lord. 

domusS a house, home. 

(partly of decl. 4.) 

donura gift. 

equus a horse. 

ferrum iron. 

f liius • a son. 

(voc. fili.^) 

focus hearth. 

f olium leaf. 

funius smoke. 

gladius a sword. 

hamus hook. 

horlus a garden. 

jiigum yoke. 

letmn death. 

liber the inner bark of a 

tree : a book. Because the 



ancients used to write on this 

inner rind. 

iTnum flax. 

locus place. 

[pi. loci and loca.] 

ludus play ; a school. 

maritus a husband. 

mendicus a beggar. 

modus a measure. 

morbus disease. 

mundus world. 

miirus wall. 

nasus nose. 

nidus a nest. 

nodus knot. 

niimerus number. 

nummus coin, money. 

mintius a messenger, 

message, news. 

oculus eye. 

plumbum lead. 

populus people. 

pretium value, price. 

radius the spoke of a wheel, 

a ray. 

ramus branch. 

scopiilus rock. 

servus a slave. 

socius an associate, partner ; 

an ally. 

somnus sleep. 

taurus bull. 

telum weapon. 

terminus end. 

ventus icind. 

verbum a word. 

vestigium footstep. 

vir4 a man. 



14. {Plural words with sing, meaning,) 



castra a camp. 

And the towns Gabii, Veii, &c. 



fasti the calendar. 



1 Voc. sing. Deus : plur. nora. Dii, Di : dat. abl. Diis, Dis. 

2 Gen. domi, (at home ;) domus, {of a house ;) dat. domo and domui ; ace. domum ; 
voc. domus ; abl. domo. — Pliir. domus ; gen. domorum and domuum ; dat. and abl. 
domibus ; ace. domos and domus. 

3 So proper names in ius : Virgili, Pompei, from Virgilius, Pompejus. J\'£eus has 
voc. mas. mi. 



4 This word must be distinguished from vis, strength : 
vis, vim, vi, | vires, virium, 



vir, vin, viro, virum, 



viro, 



viri, 



vironim, 



viribus, 
viris, 



vires, 
vires. 



147 



§4. THIRD DECLENSION. 



GENDER OF THE THIRD. 



15. The following are the masculine terminations 

ER, OR, OS, Es, when the gen. increases; and any termination in o, e 
do, go, io. 

16. The following are the feminine terminations : 



do, go, io, as, is, aus, x, es not increasing in the genitive, s impure. 

17. The other terminations are neuter : that is, 

c, a, t, e, /,1 war, Mr, us. 

(For the exceptions, see Table of Genders, Appendix 
to First Latin Book, p. 126.) 



18. aer, aeris2 the lower air. 

aether, eris2 the upper and 

purer air. 

arbor, oris, f. tree. 

apis, [g. pi. turn and mw,]- -a bee. 

avis bird. 

calor, oris heat. 

calx, calcis lime ; the heel. 

caput, capitis head. 

carbo, onis3 coal.'^ 

career, eris a prison. 

cSro, carnis, f. fiesh. 

cinis, cineris, m ashes. 

civis, c a citizen. 

civitas, atis a state. 

classis a class, a fleet. 

cor, cordis, n. heart. 

corpus, corporis body. 

crimen, inis. • . .a crime, a charge. 

crux, criicis a cross. 

custos, odis a keeper. 

dens, dentis, m a tooth. 

fsBX, faecis dregs. 

dolor, oris pain, sorrow. 

febris a fever. 

finis, m. f. end. 

flos, floris a flower. 

fons, fontis, m fountain. 

foedus, eris a treaty. 

frigus, frigoris cold. 

funus, eris a funeral, death. 

frons, frontis forehead. 

grex, gregis, m flock. 

judex, icis a judge. 

haeres, heredis an heir. 



hospgs, hospitis, c a host, 

a guest. 

ignis, m fire. 

iter, itingris, n. a journey^ 

a road. 

juvenis a young man. 

hostis, c an enemy. 

index, indicis an informer ^ 

a sign. 

laus, laudis praise. 

lapis, idis, m a stone. 

latus, eris side. 

legio, onis. .a body of Roman sol- 
diers ; 6000 men, and 300 horse. 

lex, legis law. 

lis, litis strife. 

lumen, inis light. 

lux, lucis light. 

mare sea. 

mater, matris mother. 

frater, fratris brother. 

pater, patris father. 

mens, mentis mind. 

merx, mercis merchandise, 

miles, militis a soldier. 

mons, mentis, m mountain- 

mors, mortis death' 

munus, muneris a gift. 

navis a ship. 

nomen, inis •.• • -name. 

nox, noctis night. 

onus, oneris a burden. 

opus, operis work. 

OS, oris, n mouth. 

OS, ossis, n bone. 



1 These letters are contained in the word cattle. 

2 These words have mostly the Greek ace. in SL : aerd, (BtherU, 
8 Properly, a dead, extinguished coal. 



148 



pastor, oris a shepherd. sanguis, sanguinis, m blood. 

pax, pSLcis peace. semen, inis seed. 

pes, pedis afoot. tempus, oris • time. 

pondus, eris weight. testis, c a witness. 

pons, pontis, m bridge. timor, oris fear. 

pulvis, ens, m. dust. urbs, urbis city. 

quies, etis, f. rest, quiet. uxor, 5ris a wife. 

radix, radicis root. venter, ventris the belly. 

requies, (gen. etis and ci; ace. vesper, eris the evening. 

requiem) f. rest. voluntas, atis will, 

rus, ruris country. inclination. 

salus, salutis, f. safety, health. voluptas, atis pleasure. 



§ 5. FOURTH DECLENSION. 
GENDER. 

19. Nouns in us of the Fourth are mascuUne, except 
these feminines : 

acus needle. manus hand. 

Idus, (pi.) the Ides. porticus portico. 

20. This declension is really a contracted form of 
the third : 

gen. graduis, gradus ; ace. graduem, gradum ; abl. gradue, gradu, &c. 

21. cornu horn. lacus lake. 

gelu ice. ficus Jig. 

genu the knee. gradus a step ; degree. 

manus, f. hand. quercus oak. 

portus a port. victus • 'food 

passus apace. 



§ 6. FIFTH DECLENSION. 

22. Rem. The e of the gen. is long, when it follows a vowel ; short, when it 
follows a consonant ; rei, fidei, faciei.* 

GENDER. 

23. All nouns of this declension are feminine, except 
dies ; which is masculine or feminine in the singular ; 
masculine only in the plural. Its compound meridies 
(noon) is masculine. 

24. dies day. species appearance, form, 

fides faith. spes hope, 

res a thing. 



See note, First Latin Book, p. 25. 



149 



§ 7. ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMINATIONS, 



US, a, um, 
cr, a, um. 

25. In the mas. and new^. these adjectives are decHned 
Hke substantives of the second declension ; in the fern. 
hke substantives of the first declension. 

26. A few make the gen. in ius and the dat. in i for 
all genders. 

27. Terminations : 







Sing. 






Plur. 




A few are declined 




2 


2 


2 


1 


2 


thus: 


Nom. 


us 


a 


um 


i 


SB 


a 


us a um 


Gen. 


i 


8B 


i 


orum 


arum 


orum 


lUS 


Dat. 


o 


ffi 


o 


is 






1 


Ace. 


um 


am 


um 


OS 


as 


a 


um am um 


Voc. 


e 


a 


um 


i 


CB 


a 


e a um 


Abl. 





SI 


o 


is 






a 0. 



28. ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMINATIONS. 



2. 


1. 


2. {neut.) 




r 2. 


1. 


2. (neut.) 


Bonus 


bona, 


bonum, 




tener, 


ten era. 


tenerum, 


Boni, 


bonae, 


boni, 




teneri, 


tenerse, 


tengri, 


&c. 


&c. 


&c. 




&c. 


&c. 


&c. 


Or, 






II. < 






Unus, 


una, 


unum, 




Or, 






Unius,l 








aeger, 


aegra, 


aegrum, 


Unl, 








ffigri. 


aegrae, 


aegri, 


Unum, 


unam, 


unum, 


^ &c. 






&c. 


&c. 


&c. 











29. See Appendix to First Latin Book, p. 113. 



§ 8. ADJECTIVES OF ONE AND TWO TERMINATIONS, 
(which are all of the third declension.) 

30. Adjectives in is, — Adjectives in is have neut. e ; 
Abl. i. Neut. plur. ia ; G. ium, 

31. Comparatives in or, — Comparatives in or have 
neut. us ; Abl. e or i, Neut. plur. a ; G. um. 



I Solius appears to have I, though commonly considered as long' 

13* 



150 



32. The other terminations have no pecuhar form for 
the neut, sing., and are generally called adjectives of 
one termination, though they have two in the Nom, and 
Ace, (except in Nom. sing.) 

33. They have Abl. e or i. Neut. plur. ia; G. ium. 



IZ Sjeeifvel fbl. 1 \ ^ *« -- — 



34. But 



Pauper, superstes, caslebs, ales, hospes, 
Have e, with compos, puber, index, sospes, 



and a fev^ more : these have also G. plur. um, Vetus 
(G. veteris) has n. pi. Vetera. 

35. Hence the Terminations for adjectives of tw^o 
and three terminations, are, — 



Two Termin. 



Comparatives. 





S. 




P 




S. 


P. 




M.r. 


N. 


M.F. 


N. 


M.F. N. 


M.F. N. 


N.V. 


is 


e 


es 


ia 


or us 


ores ora 


G. 


IS 




turn 




oris 


orum 


D. 


t 




ibus 




on 


oribus 


Ace. 


em 


e 


es 


la 


orem us 


ores ora 


Abl. 


I 




ibus 




ore (ori) 


oribus 



M.F. 



One Termin. 
S. P. 

(n.) M.F. N. 

es ia 
ium 
ibus 
es ia 
ibus. 



IS 

i 

em as nom. 

e or i 



36. An adjective must agree v^ith its substantive in 
case, gender, and number. 

37. See Appendix to First Latin Book, p. 114. 



38. acerbus sour. 

acutusl sharp. 

aemulus rivalling: 

amarus bitter. 

ffiquus even, equal, just. 

amoenus pleasant, delightful, 

(to the sight.) 

altus high; deep. 

asper (era, erum) rough. 

bonus good. 

brevis short. 

candidus bright, white. 

cavus hollow. 

clarus clear, illustrious. 

Clemens mild, clement. 

commodus suitable, con- 
venient ; (of persons) 
agreeable, complaisant. 
crassus thick, coarse. 



crudus raw, unripe. 

curvus bent. 

densus thick. 

difficilis difficult. 

dignus worthy, deserving. 

dubius doubtful. 

durus hard. 

ebrius drunk, drunken. 

felix (fellcis) prosperous, 

happy. 

facilis easy. 

festus festive, joyful. 

fortis brave, strong. 

frigidus cold. 

gravis heavy, important, 

serious. 

integer whole, (hence 

upright, honest.) 
latus broad. 



Acuo, to sharpen. 



151 



longus ^07?^. 

laxus loose. 

magnus great. 

maiurus ripe. 

miser (era, <^c.) miserable. 

mollis soft. 

probus honest, good. 

plusl more. 

plenus full. 

alters the other, {of two ;) 

one more. 
neuter^ neither of the two. 



par equal, like. 

sterilis barren. 

senex (g. senis) old. 

(of persons.) 

senior older. 

soliicitus disturbed, unquiet, 

anxious. 

verus true. 

vetus, veteris old. 

totus2 whole. 

solusS alone. 

unus2 one. 



39. There are some adjectives, such as, summus, 
{highest,) medius, (middle,) imus, (lowest,) rehquus, 
(remaining,) ultimus, extremus, (last,) &c., which are 
generally translated into English by substantives : as, 



( The top of the 

mountain.) 

N. summus mons 

G. summi montis 

D. summo monti. 



{The foot of the 

oak.) 
ima quercus 
imae quercus 
imae quercui. 

and so on. 



{The rest of the 

work.) 
reliquum opus 
reliqui operis 
reliquo operi. 



§ 9. DECLENSION OF THE FIRST THREE NUMERALS. 

40. 

um 

um 

duo3 



1 Sing. Nom. Ace. Neut. plus; gen. pluris 
neut. plura; gen. plurium ; dat. abl. pluribus. 

2 These make gen. ius ; dat. i. So ullus, {any ;) nullus, {none;) uter, {which of 
two,) with its compounds ; uterque, {each ;) utervis, {which of the two you please ;) 
gen. utriusque, utriusvis, &c. — In unusquisque, both words are declined ; gen. 
uniuscujv^que. Alius, neut. aliud ; gen. alius ; dat. alii, &c. Alter, gen. alterius. 

3 So ambo, both. 



N. 


unus a 


G. 


unius 


D. 


uni 


Ace. 


unum am 




&c. &c. 


N. 


duo duae 


G. 


duorum dua 



D. 


duobus duabus duobus 


Ace. 


duos I 
(duo) \ 


duas 


duo 


N. 
G. 
D. 


tres 

trium 

tribus 




tria 


Ace. 


tres 




tria. 


ris ; 


no other 


cases. 


Plur. 



152 



^ 10. THE VERB, 

41. Terminations of the third persons sing, of the Active Verb, &c.i 
{Indicative Mood.) 



0) 



(2)<| 







1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


Present, 




at, 


et, 


it, 


it, 


Imperfect, 


(R) 


abat, 


6bat, 


6bat, 


iebat 


Future, 


(R) 


abit. 


ebit, 


et, 


iet, 


Perfect, 


(r) 


it, 








Pluperfect, 


(r) 


erat, 








Future perf. 


(r) 


erit, 









Imperat. pers. 2. (R) 5, 6, 



5, 



{Subjunctive Mood.) 
< Present, 
^ Imperf. 
C Perf. 

( Pluperf. (r) isset, 

Infin. Pres. Imp. (R) are, 6re, 5,re, 
Infin. Perf. Plu. (r) isse, 



(R) et, 


eat. 


at, 


iat, 


(R) aret, 


5ret, 


eret, 


Tret, 


(r) erit. 









Infin. Future, 

Gerunds, 
Supine, 
Part. Pres. 
Part. Fut. 



Past partic. 
Part, in dus. 



Ire, 



iendi, 



part, in rus with esse, 

(R) audi, endi, endi, 

(P) um, 

(R) ans, ens, ens, iens, 

(P) urus, 

{Passive Participles.) 

(p) us, 

(R) andus, endus, endus, iendus, 



Verb, to defend. 
^ defends ; is defend- 
( ing ; does defend. 
I was defending : 
< {often defended ; did 
( defend.) 

shall or will defend. 
^ defended ; did defend ; 
\ has defended. 

had defended. 

shall or will have de- 
fended. 

defend ; do you de- 
fend. 

[fend 

may {or should) de- 

\ might, should, would 

\ defend. 

may {or should) have 

defended, 
might, should, would 

have defended, 
to defend, 
to have defended, 
to be going {or to be 

about) to defend, 
of defending, 
to defend. 

defending. [defend, 
going {or about) to 

{Passive Participles.) 
j defended ; being de- 
} fended, 
to be defended. 



42. OCT Obs. (I) Shall, in the first person, simply /orefe^Zs; in the other persons, it 
commands. 

Will, in the first person, declares the speaker's intention in 
a positive manner; in the other persons, it simxily foretells. 

(2) After a past tense, shall, will, become should, would. 
He says that he will, &c. 
He said that he would, &c. 



1 R, r, p, stand respectively for ^root of preseiit,'' ^root ofpcrfect,' 'root of supine.' 
In repeating the table, the piipil should always say which root the termination is to 
be added to. Thus : * Pluperfect ; root of perfect, it: 



153 






Terminations of the Persons, 






3. 

t, 


1. 

mus, 


(Plur.) 
2. 
tis, 


3. 

nt. 


tur, 


mur, 


mini, 


ntn 



43. 

(Sififf.) 

1. 2. 

Active, o, i, m, s, 

Passive, r, | J^^' 

(1) This docs not apply to the Imperative. 

(2) Perf. Indie. Act. has 2 sing, and plur. istij istis, respectively and 3 plur. 
erunt or ere. 



154 



44. 



(Active Voice 



INDICATIVE 



Present, [defend; do defend; am defending.] 



am- 5,1 as, 
mon- eo, es, 
reg- o, is, 
aud- io, is. 


at, 
et, 
it, 
it, 


amiis, 
emus, 
imus, 
imiis, 


atis, 
etis, 
itis, 
itis, 


ant. 
ent. 
unt. 
iunt. 


Imperfect, (R) [was defending- , 


: often, 


defended, or did defend.] 




am- abam, abas, 
mon- ebam, ebas, 
reg- ebam, ebas, 
aud- iebam, iebas. 


5bat, 
ebat, 
ebat, 
iebat, 


abamus, 
ebamiis, 
ebamiis, 
iebamus, 


abatis, 
ebatis, 
ebatis, 
iebatis, 


abant. 
ebant. 
ebant. 
iebant. 


Future, (R) [shall oi will defend.] 








am- abo, abis, 
mon- ebo, ebis, 
reg- am, es, 
aud- iam, ies, 


abit, 
ebit, 
et, 
iet. 


abirnus, 
ebimiis, 
emiis, 
iemiis, 


abitis, 
ebitis, 
etis, 
ietis, 


abunt. 
ebunt. 
ent. 
ient. 


Perfect, [defended; did defend- 


-have defended* (perf. def.)] 




amav- 










monu- 1 - . .- 

rex-( = regs) f*' '^^^' 
audiv- J 


It, 


imus, 


istis, 


5 grunt, 
I or grg. 


Pluperfect, (r) [had defended.] 










amav- ^ 










J^°°»- }.6ram,gr&s, 
audiv- J 


erat. 


eramus. 


gratis, 


grant. 


Future Perfect, (r) [shall or will have defended.] 






rex- f«'«'1 -^.'• 
audiv- J ^ ^''^> ^ 


1 

. erit, 

) 


C erimiis,« 
< or 
I erimiis, 


eritis, : 

or 
gritis, ! 


> grint. 



.1 



Imperative, (R) [defend ; — do you defend.] 
2 sing. 3 sing. 



2 pi. 



IMPERATIVE 



3 pi. 



am- 


a, ato. 


ato. 


ate. 


alote, 


ante 


mon- 


e, eto, 


eto. 


ete, 


etote, 


ento. 


reg- 


e, ito. 


ito, 


ite, 


itote. 


unto. 


aud 


i, ito, 


ito. 


ite, 


itote, 


iunto. 



1 O of verbs is sometimes short. In the golden age, it first (after the comic wri- 
ters) appears short in Ovid, e. g. in nesciS, rependo, put5, est6. 

* See note, p. 156. 

♦ The perfect definite (perf, with have) is used of an action done in a present time, 



MOOD. 



155 



(Passive Voice.) 



(Obs. ^^ Passive adds r to the tenses that end in o; changes m into r in those 
that end in m. Obs. The (e) after 2d person sing, means that the termination 
is sometimes re instead of ris. 

Present, [am defended— is building.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



or, 
eor, 
or, 
ior. 



aris(e), 
eris(e), 
eris(e), 

iris(e). 



atiir, 
etiir, 
itur, 
itur. 



amur, 
emur, 
imiir, 
imur, 



amini, 
emini, 
imini, 
iminT, 



Imperfect, [was defended^ (not strictly imperf.) — was building.] 



am- abar, 

mon- ebar, 
reg- ebar, 

iebar. 



aud- 



abarTs(e), abatur, 

ebaris(e), ebatiir, 

ebaris(e), ebatur, 

iebaris(e), iebatur, 



Future, [shall or loill be defended.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



abor, 
ebor, 
ar, 
iar. 



aberis(e), 
eberis(e), 
eris(e), 
ieris(e), 



abitur, 
ebitur, 
etur, 
ietur, 



abamur, 
ebamur, 
ebamur, 
iebamiir, 



abimur, 
ebimur, 
emur, 
iemur. 



abamini, 
ebamini, 
ebamini, 
iebamini, 



abimini, 
ebimini, 
emini, 
ieminl. 



Perfect, [was defended ; have been defended — is built.] 

Made up of the past partic. with sum — (sometimes fui.) 

Pluperfect, [had been defended.] 

Made up of the past partic. and eram — (sometimes /ueram.) 

Future Perfect, [shall or will have been defended.] 

Made up of past partic. with ero— (sometimes fuero.) 



antur. 
entur. 
untur. 
iuntur. 



abantiir. 
ebantur. 
ebantur. 
iebantur. 



abuntur. 
ebuntur. 
entiir. 
ientur. 



MOOD. 



2 sing. 

arg, ator, 

gre, etor, 

ere, itor, 

irg, lt6r, 



(U.) [be defended : 2 sing, like Infin. act.] 
3 sing. 2 pi. 



ator, 
5t6r, 
itor, 
Itor, 



amini, 
emini, 
imini, 
Imini, 



aminor, 
eminor, 
iminor, 
iminor. 



3 pi. 

antor. 
entor. 
untor. 
iuntSr. 



(no matter of what length,) or still continuing in its completed state, 
the perf. def. of a neut. verb of motion. 
1 * Was being defended' is sometimes used, but is not a correct form. 



Am come is 



166 





( Active Voice.) 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


Present, 


(R) [mai/j should defend.] 








am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aiid- 


em, es, et, 
earn, eas, eat, 
am, as, at, 
iam, ias, iat, 


emus, 
eamus, 
amus, 
iamus, 


6tis, 
eatis, 
atis, 
iatis, 


ent. 
eant. 
ant. 
iant. 


Imperfect, (R) [might, would, should defend.] 






am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 


arem, ares, aret, 
erem, eres, eret, 
erem, eres, eret, 
irem, ires, Iret, 


aremiis, 
eremus, 
eremus, 
iremus. 


argtis, 
eretis, 
grgtis, 
Iretis, 


^ent. 
grent. 
Srent 
Irent. 


Perfect, 


(r) [may, should have defended.] 








amav- 
monu- 
rex- 
audiv- 


C eris, ) C 
> erim, \ or }■ 6rit, < 
J ( gris, ) I 


erimus,! 

or 
grimus, 


5rit]fs, ) 

or \ 

gratis, ) 


grint. 


Pluperfe 


:cT, (r) [might, should, would have 


defended.] 






amav- 


- 








monu- 
rex- 


> issem, isses, isset, 


issgmus, 


issStis, 


Issent. 


audiv- 


J 









iNFiNrrrvE 



Present, 
Imperf. 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 



(R) [to defend : to he defending.] 

1. 2. 3. 

are, ere, Srg, 

(r) [to have defended.] 
isse. 



4. 
IrS. 



Future, [to be going or to be about to defend.] 
Part, of fut. (in rus) with esse. 



PARTICIPLES, &c. 



Gerunds, (R) [of, Src. defending.] 
andi, endi. 



Supine, (root of its own. 



endi. 



iendl. 



{ [to defend — after verbs of motion.] um. 

\h ' - - 



to defend* — aftei some adjectives.] u. 

Partic. Present, (R) [defending.] 

ans, ens, ens, iens. 

Partic. Perfect, [having defended.] 

None. [Supplied by quum with jper/. ox pluperf. subj. or by abl. absolute.] 

Partic. Future, (p) [going or about to defend.] urns. 



* Often rendered, to be defended. 

1 The old pammarians are at variance respecting the quantity of i in rimus, ritis^ 
of fut. perf. and perf. subj. Poets use these syllables both as long and short, but 



MOOD. 



157 



(Passive Voice.) 



Present, [may, shovZd be defended.] 



am- 
moii- 
reg- 
aud- 



gr, 
ear, 
ar, 
iar, 



erTs(e), 
earis(e), 
aris(e), 
iaris(e), 



etur, 
eatur, 
atur, 
iatur, 



5mur, 
eamur, 
amur, 
iamur. 



Imperfect, [might, would, should he defended.] 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



arer, 
erer, 
erer, 
trer, 



areris(e), 
erer]s(e), 
ereris(e), 
ireris(e), 



aretur, 
eretur, 
eretur, 
iretur, 



aremur, 
eremur, 
gremiir, 
irSmiir, 



gmlnl, 
eaminl, 
5minT, 
iSLminI, 



aremini, 
eremini, 
Sremini, 
Iremini, 



Perfect, [may, should have been defended.] 



Past partic. with 5tm~(sometimes /mIWwi.) 
Pluperfect, [mighty should, would have been defended.] 
Past partic. with cssctti— (sometimes fuissem.) 



MOOD. 



Present, 
Imperf. 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 



[to be defended.] 
1. 2. 

ari, eri. 



4. 
in. 



[to have been defended.] 

Past partic. with esse— (sometimes fuisse.) 



Future, [to be going or to be about to be defended.] 
Supine (in urn) with iri. 



PARTICIPLES, &c. 



entSr 
eantur 
antur. 
iantur. 



arentur. 
grentur. 
grentiir. 
irentur. 



Past Partic. (p) 



defended, 
being defended, 
having been defended. 



> us. 



Partic. Future, (R.) (implying duty, necessity, &c.) 

[to be defended.] 



1. 

andus, 



2. 

endus, 



3. 

endus, 



4. 
iendus. 



the preponderance of usage appears to be in favor of i, in both tenses. (Znmpt.) 
Grotefend marks irimus, &c. 

14 



158 

45. Some verbs of the third end in io. They drop 
the i in the imperative, infinitive, and imperfect sub- 
junctive of both voices : 

Imperat. Infin. Impf. Subj. 

(a) Active, suscipio, siiscipe, suscipere, susciperem. 
Passive, suscipior, suscipere, suscipi, susciperer. 

{h) In the present of both voices they retain the i in the third person 
plural, and drop it in the other persons : 

Active, suscipio, suscipis, it, &c. 3 plur. suscipiunt. 
Passive, suscipior, susciperis, itur, &c. 3 plur. suscipiuntur. 



(Formation of the roots of Perfect and Supine from root of Present.) 

46. The root of perfect is got from the root of the 
present^ by adding 

(1) s, u, or V to the root ; or, 

(2) by lengthening the vowel of the root ; or, 

(3) by prefixing a reduplication to the root.— A reduplication is a syllable made 

up of the first consonant of the word with either e or the vowel of the 
root. 

47. The root of the supine is got by adding either t 
or s to the root of the present.^ 

48. Obs. (1) Any k sound (c or g) with s is written x. 

(2) Any^ sound (p or b) with s is written;? 5. 

(3) Any t sound (t or d) before 5 or t either falls away or is changed 

into s. 

(4) m, r before s are sometimes changed into s, (prem-o, press-i ; ger-o, 

gess-i.) 

Obs. When m is retained, a ;> is inserted between it and the * ; 
sum-o, sumpsi. 

(5) When a root ends in two consonants, the second is thrown away 

before s : as, mulc-eo, mul-si ; sparg-o, sparsi. 

(6) Obs. h, V, qu, ct, are treated like k sounds, and the root of their 

perfect ends in x. 

(veh-o, vexi ; viv-o, vix-i ; c6qu-o, cox-i ; flect-o, flexi.) 



J In the first conjugation the fiill root of the present is, ama ; amo being con- 
tracted from ama-o. 



159 



§11 FIRST CONJUGATION. 



49. I. am-0, amav-i, amat-um. 



So aro, to plough ; cremo, burn-down ; rogo, ask ; ligo, hind ; paro, procure ; juro, 
swear; no, swim; oro, pray; pecco, sin; postiilo, demand; guberno, govern; 
vito, avoid. 



50. I. With reduplication. 



Do, dedi, datum, dare, give. [Obs. the short a.] 

Sto, steti, statum, stare, stand. Verbs compounded with sto and a dissyllable take 
steti; the rest stiti. Their future participles take a : constaturus, exstaturus. 



II. -ui, -turn, (itum.)^ 



Crepo, crepui, crepitum, crepare, make a noise. Just so, concrepo, but increpo, dls- 
crepo, have also increpavi, discrepavi ; increpo both increpatum and increpitum. 

Ciibo, cubui, {seldom cubavi,) cubitum, cubare, lie down. 

Domo, domui, domitum, domare, tame. 

Plico, plicui, plicitum, and plicavi, plicatum, fold. (Duplicare, supplicare, and other 
verbs derived from adjectives in -plex, are regular.) 

Sono, sonui, sonitum, son are, sound. 

Tono, tonui, tonitum, {seldom, tonatum,) tonare, thunder. 

Veto, vetui, vetitum, vetare, forbid. 

Frico, fricui, fricatum and frictum, fricare, rub. 

Juvo, juvi, jutum, juvare, help. 

Lavo, lavavi, lavatum, and lavi, lautum or lotum, lav are, wash. 

Seco, secui, sectum, secare, cut. Part. Fut. Pass, secaturus. 

Mico, micui, micare, move quickly or tremulously ; glitter. The compounds take the 
regular supine in atum. 

Poto, potavi, potatum, generally potum, potare, drink. Its partic. perf. pass, is gen- 
erally potus. 



§ 12. SECOND CONJUGATION. 

51. The only verbs that take the regular evi, etum, 
are leo (obsolete) with its compound deleo, {blot out ; 
destroy utterly;) fleo, weep; neo, spin; pleo, (obsolete,) 
Jill — with its compounds ; and (from the obsolete oleo, 
grow) aboleo, abolish; adoleo, generally adolesco, grow 
up; obsoleo, generally obsolesco, grow out of date, 
Oleo, smell, has olui without supine, 

I. -ui, -itum. 

Caleo, am warm : careo, am without, want ; debeo, owe ; doleo, am pained, grieve ; 
habeo, have ; jaceo, lie low ; mereo, deserve ; moneo, warn ; noceo, hurt ; pareo, 
obey ; placeo, please; prsBbeo, afford, supply ; taceo, hold my tongue; terreo, ter- 
rify ; valeo, am well. 

1 Observe that all these, except pdtOy have the first syll. short. 



160 



II. -ui, -turn. 



Doceo, docui, doctiim, teach. 

Misceo, miscui, mistum or mixtum, wiir. 

Teneo, tenui, tentum, hold. 

Torreo, torrui, tostum, parch, roast. 

III. -ui, -sum. 

Censeo, censui, censum, value, am of opinion. Recenseo has also recensltum. 

IV. -ui, without supine. 

Arceo, ward off, keep off ; areo, am dry ; egeo, need; ^breo, Jlower, flourish ; horreo, 
shudder ; langueo, am languid ; lateo, lie hid ; madeo, am wet ; mcereo, mourn ; 
niteo, shine; oleo, smell; palleo, am pale; pateo, stand open; rigeo, am stiff; 
rubeo, am red; sileo, am silent ; sorbeo, suck in or up, (sorbui and sorpsi ;) splen- 
deo, glitter ; studeo, pursue as a study ; stupeo, am astounded ; timeo, fear ; torpeo, 
am torpid; tumeo, swell, (neut. ;) vigeo, am vigorous, flourish ; vireo, am green. 

V. -si, -turn, {and -xi, -ctum.) 

Indulgeo, indiilsi, indultura, indulge. 
Torqueo, torsi, tortum, twist. 
Augeo, auxi, auctum, increase. 
Lugeo, luxi, luctum, mourn. 

Without supine are 

Algeo, alsi, feel cold, am cold. 
Fulgeo, fulsi, shine, glitter. 
Frigeo, frixi, am cold. 
Luceo, luxi, am bright, shine, 

VI. -si, -sum. 

Ardeo, arsi, arsum, hum, am on fire. 

Haereo, haesi, haesum, cling to, stick, hesitate. 

Jubeo, jussi, jussiim, hid, order. 

Maneo, mansi, man sum, remain. 

Mulceo, soothe, and mulgeo, milk, mulsi, mulsum. 

Rideo, TiA, risnm, laugh. 

Suadeo, suasi, suasum, advise, persuade. 



VII. -i, -sum. 



Mordeo, momordl, morsum, bite. 

Pendeo, pependi, pensum, hang, (intrans.) 

Spondeo, spopondi, sponsum, promise solemnly. 

Tondeo, totondi, tonsum, shear, shave. 

SSdeo, sedi, sessum, sit. Of the compounds, dlssideo and prsesideo have no supine. 

Video, vidi, visum, see, (Videor, generally seen.) 

VIII. -i, -tum. 

C5veo, cavi, cautum, beware of, beware. 
Faveo, favl, fautum, favor. 
Foveo, fovi, fotum, cherish. 
Moveo, movi, motum, move. 
V6veo, vovi, votum, vow. 

IX. -i, without supine. 

Ferveo, fervi and ferbui, glow ; am het 



161 



X. without perfect or supine. 



Albeo, am white ; aveo, long ; hgbeo, avi blunt ; hfimeo, am moist ; Uveo, oto livid ; 
renldeo, glitter ; scSteo, gush out ; abound. 



§ 13. THIRD CONJUGATION, 

52. I. Roots with a p sound : b oi p. 



Carpo, carpsi, carptum, pluck. Camp, discerpo, Src. 

Nubo, nupsi, nuptum, veil ; marry, (of the female.) 

Repo, repsi, reptum, creep. 

Scalpo, scalpsi, scalptum, grave, cut 

Sciibo, scripsi, scriptum, write. 

Sculpo, sculpsi, sculptum, carve. 

Serpo, serpsi, serptum, crawl. 

Capio, cepi, captum, capere, take. Compounds, -cipio, -cepi, -ceptum. 

Rumpo, rupi, ruptum, burst. 

Bibo, bibi, bibitum, drink. 

Lambo, Iambi, lambitum, lick. 

Rapio, rapui, raptum, rapere, snatch. 

Sapio, sapui, {sup. doubtful,) sapere ; taste, (intrans. ;) am wise. Compounds^ 

resipui, <^c. 
Strepo, strepui, strepitum, make a noise; roar. 
Cupio, cupivi, cupitum, cupere, desire. 

53. II. Roots with a t sound : d ot t. 

Claudo, claiisi, clausnm, shut. Camp, -cludo, -clusi, -clusum. 

Divide, divisi, divisum, divide. 

La3do, leesi, Icesum, injure, hurt. Comp. -lido, -iTsi, -lisum. 

Ludo, lusi, lusiim, play. 

Trudo, trusi, trusum, thrust, push. 

Vado, vasi, vasum, go. Perf. and sup. only found in its compounds. 

Cedo, cessi, cessum, yield. 

Mitto, misi, missum, send. 

duatio, (quassi,) quassum, quatere, shake. The perfect is only found in the com- 
pounds : e. g. concussi. 

Flecto, flexi, flexum, bend, ) from simpler roots with a k 

Necto, nexi and nexui, nexum, knit, join together, ) sound, (flee, nee.) 

Accendo, accendi, accensum, light. So incendo. 

Edo, edi, esum, eat. 

Defendo, defendi, defensum, ward off, defend. So offendo. 

Fundo, fudi, fusum, pour. 

Prehendo, prehendi, prehensum, take hold of. 

Scando, scandi, scansum, climb. 

Verto, verti, versum, titrn. 

Cado, cecidi, casum, fall. The compounds take i, as incTdo, incldi, incSsum : so 
occido and recTdo. The rest have no supine. 

Cajdo, cecidi, csesum, cut, fell, hew. The compounds take i, as accido, accidi, 
accTsum. 

Pendo, pependi, pensum, hang, (trans.) 

Tendo, tetendi, ten sum and tentum, stretch. 

Fodio, fodi, fossum, fodere, dig. 

Pando, pandi, pansum, and passum, spread open. 

Scindo, scidi, scissnm, cut. 

Sido, sidi, sessura, settle down. 

Peto, petivi, petltum, aim at, seek. 

14* 



162 
54. III. Roots with a k sound : c, g, qu, h, 

Cingo, cinxi, citictum, gird^ surround. 

Coquo, coxi, coctum, cook. 

Dico, dixi, dictum, say, call. 

Duco, duxi, diictum, lead, think. 

Fligo, flixi, flictum, strike. Generally only the compounds, affllgo, &c. 

Lacio, {obsolete,) entice, allure. Hence allicio, allexi, (allicui,) allectum ; elicio, 

elicui, elicitum ; illicio, illexi, illectum ; pellicio, pellicui and pellexi, pellectum. 
Rego, rexi, rectum, direct, govern. Comp. -rigo. 
Specio, (obsolete,) behold, see. Hence adspicio, conspicio, inspicio, perspicio, -spexi 

-spectum, -spicere. 
Tego, texi, tectum, cover. 
Tingo, tinxi, tinctum, dip, dye. 
Traho, traxi, tractum, draw, drag. 
Ungo, unxi, unctum, anoint. 

Veho, vexi, vectum, carry, (in a ship, carriage, &c.) 
Fingo, finxi, fictum, fashion, feign. 
Jungo, junxi, junctum, jom. 

Pango, panxi and pep'igi, pactum, drive in, fasten — bargain. 
Pingo, pinxi, pictum, paint. 

Stringo, strinxi, strictum, bind, compress, grasp tight. 
Ango, anxi, throttle, torment. 

Mergo, mersi, mersum, dip or plunge into, (trans.) 
Spargo, sparsi, sparsum, scatter. Comp. dispergo, &c. 
Figo, fixi, fixum, fix. 

Ago, egi, actum, drive, do. Comp. -igo, -egi, -actum : cogo has coegi, coactum. 
Facio, feci, factum, facere, do. Fio is used for its passive. The compounds with 

prepositions take ficio, feci, fectum : pass, ficior. The rest retain facio : pass, fio 
Jacio, jeci, jactum, throw. Comp. adjicio, jeci, jectum, &c. 
Lego, legi, lectum, gather, choose, read. Some of the compounds retain e, (allege, 

perlego, relego ;) some take i, (coUigo, deligo, eligo.) Diligo, intelligo, negligo, 

take perf. -lexi. 
Frango, fregi, fractum, break. Comp. -fringo. 
Pungo, pupugi, punctum, prick. The compounds have punxi. 
Tango, tetigi, tactum, touch. The compounds attingo, attigi, &c. 
Vinco, vTci, victum, conquer. 
Fugio, fugi, fugitum, fugere, fly from. 
Parco, peperci and parsi, parcitura and parsum, spare. 



55. IV. Roots with I, m, n. 



Colo, colui, cultum, cultivate. 

Consulo, consului, consultum, consult. 

Alo, alui, alitum and altum, nourish. 

Fallo, fefelli, falsum, deceive. 

Pello, pepuli, pulsum, drive away. 

(Cello, move, drive on.) Percello, perculi, perculsum, strike down. Antecello and 

excello have no supine : excelsus is an adj., and means high. 
Velio, velli and vulsi, vulsum, pluck. 
Como, compsi, comptum, deck. 
Demo, dempsi, demptum, take away. 
Promo, prompsi, promptum, draw forth. 
Sumo, sumpsi, sumptum, take. 
Premo, pressi, pressum, press. Comp. opprimo. 
Emo, emi, emptum, take, buy. Comp. adimo, redimo. 
Fremo, fremui, fremitum, murmur. 
Gemo, gemui, gemitum, groan, sigh. 
Tremo, tremui, tremble. 

Cano, cecini, cantum, sing. Comp. occino, accino, &c. 
Temno, generally contemno, contempsi, contemptum, despise. 
Gigno, genul, genitum, beget, bring forth. 
Pono, posui, positum, place, put down- 
Cerno, crevi, cretum, see, perceive. The perfect and supine have not this meaning ; 

the real meaning is to separate. 



163 

Sino, sivi, SI turn, suffer. DesTno, leave off. 

Sperno, sprevi, spretum, despise. 

Sterno, stravi, stratum, throw down, strew. 

Gero, gessi, gestum, carry, bear. 

Uro, ussi, iistum, hum. 

Pario, peperi, partum, bring forth. Part. Fut. pariturus. 

Curro, cucurri, cursum, run. 

Sero, serui, sertum, connect, join. 

Sero, sevi, satum, sow. 

dusero, quaesivi, quaesitum, seek. Comp. Acquire, &c. 

Tero, trivi, tritum, rub. 

56. V. Roots with s, x, {= cs.) 

Texo, texui, textum, weave. 

Arcesso, arcessivi, arcessTtum, send for. 

Capesso, capessTvi, capessitum, seize hold of, undertake. 

Lacesso, lacessivi, lacessitum, provoke, harass. 

Viso, visi, visit. 

57. VI. Roots in u and v, 

Aciio, acui, acutum, sharpen. 

Arguo, argui, argutum, prove, convict. 

Exuo, exui, exutum, put off. 

Imbuo, imbui, irabutum, dip, imbue. 

Induo, indui, indutum, put on. 

Minuo, minui, minutum, lessen. 

Ruo, rui, riitum, rush ; and (trans.) hurl down. Fut. Part, ruiturns. 

Statuo, statui, statutum, establish, determine. 

Suo, sui, sutum, sew. 

Tribuo, tribui, tributum, allot to. 

Solvo, solvi, solutum, loosen, pay. 

Volvo, volvi, volutum, roll. 

Struo, struxi, structum, pile up, build. 

Vivo, vixi, victum, live. 

Fluo, fluxi, fluxum, flow. 

( Without supine.) 
Metuo, metui, fear. 
Pluo, plui, rain. 

58. VII. Roots with sc in the present. The perf. 
shows that these verbs are derived from pure roots. 
The only exceptions are disco, didici, learn ; posco, 
poposci, demand. 

Cresco, crevi, cretum, increase, (intrans.) 

Nosco, novi, notum, make myself acquainted with, (novi = T know-) In the com- 
pounds the fut. part, is iturus, except igaosco, pardon; ignoturus. 
Pasco, pavi, pastiim, feed, (trans.) 
Cluiesco, quievi, quietum, rest. 
Suesco, suevi, suetura, accustomed, to grow accustomed. 

To this class belong the Inchoatives which express the beginning of an action or 
state. They either borrow the perfect and supine from their roots, or are 
without supine. Of the former kind are — 

Coalesce, coalui, coalitum, (alo,) grow together. 
Conciipisco, concupivi, concupTtum, (cupio,) desire. 
Condolesco, condolui, condolitum, (Aoleo,) feel pain. 
Convalesce, cenvalui, convalitum,^ (valeo,) get well. 



164 



Exardesco, exarsi, exarsum, (ardeo,) take fire, 
(Olesco,) hence adolesco, adolevi, adultum, grow up. 
Revivisco, revixi, revictum, come to life again. 

Of the other kind are — 
Calesco, calui, grow warm, 
Conlicesco, conticui, hold my tongue. 
Contremisco, conlremui, tremble. 
Extimesco, extimui, dread. 
Horresco, horrui, shudder. 
Tepesco, tepui, grow warm. 
Ditesco, grow rich, pinguesco, grow fat, and a few more, have neither perf. nor supine. 



59. ^ 14. FOURTH CONJUGATION. NEUT. PASSIVES. • 

Sepelio, sepelivi, sepultum, bury. 

Farcio, farsi, fartum, stuff. 

Fulcio, fulsi, fultum, prop. 

Sarcio, sarsi, sartum, patch, repair. 

Sepio, sepsi, septum, hedge in. 

Sancio, sanxi and sancivi, sancitum, confirm, make binding. 

Vincio, vinxi, vinctum, bind. 

Amicio, amictiim, clothe. 

Sentio, sensi, sensum, fed, perceive by the senses. 

Comperio, comperi, compertum, ascertain. 

Haurio, hausi, haustuni, draw, {of liquids.) 

Reperio, reperi, repertum, find. 

Venio, veni, ventnin, come. 

Aperio, aperui, apertum, open. 

Salio, salui and salii, saltum, spring, leap. The compounds have -silio, silui. 

Csecutio am blind, ferio strike, prurio itch^ have no perf, and supine. 

60. Neuter-passives : or, neuters with a perfect that 
is passive in form. 

[Their past participle is the part, of perfect active. Ausus, having dared.'] 

andeo ausus sum to dare. 

gaudeo gavTsus sum. • . .rejoice. 
soleo solitus sum am wont. 



61. 

verbs. 



^ 15. The verb esse with irregular and other 



Esse, to be. 

Present, (/ am,) 
Imperf., {I was,) 
Fut., {I shall or 

will be,) 

Imperat., {be thou,) 

Subj. Pres., {T may be,) 
Subj. Imp., {I might, 8lc. 
be,) 



sum, 
eram, 

ero, 



Indicative. 

es, 
eras, 

eris, 



es, (esto,) 
sim, sTs, 

essem,! esses, 



est, 
erat, 

erit, 

esto, 

sit, 

esset, 



sumus, 
eramus, 



estis, 
eratis, 



sunt, 
erant. 



erimus, eritis, erunt. 

este, (estote,) sunto. 
simus, sitis, sint. 
esseraus, essetis, essent. 



Infin. esse : perf fuisse : fut. fore, or futurum esse. 
Perf. fui, {was ; have been) Tenses from perf, regular. 



J Forem, fores, &c., is also used as imperf. subj. 



165 



62. The compounds of sum are conjugated exactly 
m the same way. 



absum, am absent. 

adsum, am present. 

intersura, am amongst; am engaged in. 

obsum, am in the way of; hinder. 



desum, am wanting. 

praesum, am before ; or at the head of. 

prosum, profit ; do good to. 



(1.) Prosum inserts a 'a!' before those tenses of sum that begin with a vowel : — 
Not pro-es, pro-eram : but prodes, proderam. 

(2.) Ahsum, prcBsum have present participle absens, prcesens : but the latter only 
in the sense of 'present.^ 



63. § 16. IHREGULAR AND OTHER VERBS. 



(1.) Possum. 



(Volo, 

(2.) <Nolo, 

( Malo, 

Pres. I 



■\ 



I am able ; I can. (Possum, potes, potest ; possHmus, potestis, pos- 
sunt. Imp. poteram. Fut. potero. Subj. pres. passim. Imp. poa- 
sem. Root of perf. potu. See First Lat. Book, p. 56.) 

am willing ; wish. 

am unwilling, (for non volo.) 

had rather, (for magis or mage volo.) 



volo, 
nolo, 
malo, 



Subj. Pres. 
Subj. Imp erf 
Infinitive, 



VIS, 

non vis, 
mavis, 

velim, 

vellem, 

velle, 



vult, 
non vult, 
ma vult, 

nolim, 
noil em, 
nolle, 



volumus, 
noiumus, 
maiumus, 

malim. 

mallem. 

maile. 



vultis, 
non vultis, 
mavultis, 



volunt. 
nohmt. 
malunt. 



(is, it: imus, Itis, int.) 



The other tenses are all formed regularly. They have no gerunds, 
supines, or participles, (except volens, nolens,) nor imperative, except 
noli, nolito, — nollte. 

Noli putare, (be unwilling to think, =) do not think. 
(3.) Fero, (tuli, latum,) bear. (Imperative, /e? — ferte.) 

This verb has fers, fert, fertur, for feris, ferit, feritur; and drops e 
whenever it would stand between two r's. Hence ferrem, ferre, &c., for 
fererem, ferere. 

(4.) Flo, become ; am made or done : partly used as pass, of facio. 

It is conjugated regularly, except that it has f Terem for flrem, and 
an irregular infin. fieri. It has no perf; f actus sum, eram, &c., 
being in use. 

(5.) Edo, (g,) eat. 

This verb is conjugated regularly after the third ; but has also some 
forms which are common to it and sii.m. 



estote. 



N. B. These forms must be distinguished from those of sum by their 
transitive meaning, es, thou eatest ; is, thou art. 



Present, 


edo, &c., 


and also. 


es. 


est, — estis 


Imperative, 


ede, &c., 


and also, 


es. 


esto, — este, 


Subj. Imperf, 


ederern, 


and also, 


essem, 


esses, &c. 


Infinitive, 


edere, 


and 


esse. 





166 



(6.) Eo, (ivi,i itum,) go. (Pres. eo, is, it ; imus, Itis, eunt. Imp. ibam. Fut 
ibo. Imperat. i. Subj. pres. earn. Imp. Irem. Part. ienSy euntiSj &c. 
Ger. eundi, &c.) 



(7.) 



(8.) 



(9.) 



{Q,ueo, 
Nequeo, 

{Memini, 
Ccepi, 
Odi, 

Inquam, I say 



am able, can. 

am unable ; cannot. 



These verbs are conjugated like eo, 
as far as they are in use : 3 plur. 
gueunt, nequeunt. Subj. pres. queamf 
negueam, &c. 

J I remember ; with only the tenses derived from the perf., which 
( has the meaning of a present. Imperat. memento. 
I have begun, (cceptus est before pass, infin.) 
I hate, (with meaning of present. See memini.) 



inguit, says he : inguiunt, say they, &c. 



§ 17. DEPONENT VERBS. 

64. The first conjugation has a vast number of de- 
ponent verbs, of which all are regular. — The foUov^ing 
are the most common : 



abominor regard as a bad omen ; 

abhor y abominate. 

adversor oppose myself. 

adulor (dat. or ace.) flatter. 

PRmulor emulate, rival. 

alucinor play the fool ; talk idly. 

arbitror • • think. 

aspernor despise. 

astipulor (dat.) •••• to join in an en- 
gagement ; to consent, approve. 

aversor turn away from, dislike. 

auxilior (dat.) help. 

bacchor revel (as a Bacchanalian.) 

calumnior calumniate. 

cavillor banter, cavil. 

causor allege as an excuse. 

comissor revel, feast. 

comitor accompany. 

commentor . .to meditate upon, contrive. 

concionor harangue. 

Conor endeavor. 

contemplor contemplate. 

criminor accuse. 

cunctor delay. 

dignor (abl.) deem worthy. 

?„t|ri ''"''-"• 

dominor (dat., m^) rule. 

glorior (abl. de) boast. 



gratulor3 to congratulate. 

hortor (ace. at) exhort. 

imitor imitate. 

insidior (dat.) plot against. 

interpretor interpret. 

jocor jest. 

leetor (abl. de, in) rtjoice. 

metor4 measure. 

minor (^d&t.pers. ) threaten 

minitor I ace. thing \ tnreaten. 

miror, (ace. and infin., guod) .. .wonder. 

moderor (dat. ace) moderate, rule. 

mororS delay, (intrans. 2ind trans.) 

opinor think. 

popiilor 
depopulor 

precor pray. 

proelior to fight ; battle. 

recordor (gen., ace, or de) .. .remember. 

consolorl '^'''^'''^'' 

suspicor suspect 

testor .... bear witness ; call to witness. 

testificor bear witness. 

veneror venerate. 

venor hunt. 

versor ....to be turned in or among ; to 
dwell ; to be employed about. 



lay waste. 



1 In the compounds of eo, the perf. is generally ii. 

2 The mention of a preposition or conjunction after a verb shows that it is fol- 
lowed by that preposition or conjunction. 

3 Dat. of person ; the thing in ace or with de. — guod. 

4 Castra metari ; to measure out the ground for a camp ; to pitch a camp. 

5 (lUud) nihil moror, (do not detain it, as a thing to be regarded or valued, =) do 
not care for. 



167 



65, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



fateor fassus confess. 

liceor licitus bid for any thing. 

medeor (no perf., dat.) heal 

mereor merilus (ace, de aliquo) • deserve. 



misereor miser itus misertus (gen.) . pity. 

reor ratus think. 

tueor tuitus look at ; protect. 

vereor veritus ..be shy of; to fear. 



66. THIRD CONJUGATION. 



adipiscor adeptus obtain. 

amplector amplexus, I prnhracp 

complector complexus, S emorace. 

divertor di versus put up at an inn ; 

lodge. 

expergiscor experrectus awake. 

fruor fruitus fractiis (abl.) enjoy. 

fungor functus (abl.) discharge. 

gradior gressus step^ walk. 

invehor invectus inveigh against. 

irascor iratus (dat.) be angry. 

labor lapsus to slip down ; glide. 

morior mortuus die. 

nanciscor nactus get. 



nascor natus am born. 

nltor nisus or nlxus. . (abl. in with ace.) 

rely on ; strive. 

obliviscor oblitus (gen., ^cc) . .to forget. 

paciscor pactus bargain, (intrans.) 

pascor pastus feed, (intrans.) 

patior passus suffer. 

proficiscor profectus- .set out ; to march. 

queror questus complain. 

re vertor reversus return. 

sequor secutus follow. 

vescor (without perf.) (abl.) . . . .feed on. 

ulciscor ultus revenge ; punish. 

utor, usus (abl.) use. 



67. FOURTH CONJUGATION.^ 



adsentior adsensus (dat.) assent to. 

blandior (dat.) fawn on ; flatter. 

experior expertus try. 

largior give money. 

mentior • • • • lie. 

metior mensus measure. 

molior plan. 



opperior oppertus (opperitus). .wait for. 

ordior orsus begin. 

orior ortus oriri2 arise. 

partior divide. 

p6tior,3 (gen. or abl.) to get posses- 
sion of. 
sortior to cast lots ; obtain {by lot.) 



§ 18. IMPERSONALS. 

68. Impersonals that are never used personally} 



oportet oportuit. • it behooves ; one ought. 

libet libuit it pleases. 

licet licuit it is permitted ; one 

may. 
*piget it grieves (one.) 



^poenitet poenituit it repents. 

*pudet puduit (one) is ashamed. 

*miseret one pities. 

*t8Bdet it irketh ; one is tired of. 

refert (gen.)5 it concerns. 



69. Impersonals that are also used personally in the 
third person sing, or plur. 



1 When the partic. is not set down, it is itus. 

2 So orirer, &c., but in the present it is of the third ; oreris, oritur. 

3 Potiri, potitus : but poteris, potitur, &c., in pres. like the third ; and so poterer, 
&c. 

4 Those that have an asterisk prefixed take ace. of person, gen. of the thing, (or 
o&;ect of the feeling.) It rep enteth me of my foUy. 

'5 Abl. sing. fem. of a possessive pronoun. 



168 



tonat it thunders. 

pluit it rains. 

niiigit it snows. 

graiidinat it hails. 



fulminat it lightens. 

rorat the dew falls. 

vesperascit it g-rows dusk. 

lucescit it grows light. 



70. Personal Verbs that have also an impersonal use, 
in a particular meaning. 



Stat it is resolved. 

constat it is agreed upon ; 

it is well known. 

praestat it is better. 

restat it remains. 

delectat it is delightful. 

juvat it is pleasant. 

vacat [/, you, &c.,] have leisure. 

placet [/, you, &c..] resolve. 

attinet it relates to ; concerns. 

apparet it appears. 

decet it is becoming. 

dedecet it is unbecoming. 

liquet it is clear. 

patet it is plain. 

latet it is concealed ; unknown. 



solet, assolet it usually happens. 

accidit it happens. 

acceditl it is added. 

exciditS it has escaped me. 

conducit J n is serviceable, or conducive. 
contert j 

contingit it happens ; falls to the 

lot of. 

sufficit it suffices. 

interests (gen.)* • it concerns ; is of im- 
portance to. ' 

crebescit [a report] spreads. 

evenit it turns out. 

expedit it is expedient. 

fit it happens. 

convenit^ it is suitable. 



71. ^ 19. Substantives with some peculiarity. 



Deus, 

Jupiter, 
Bos, 

Respublica, 

Jusjurandum, 

Vis, 
Vir, 



God. Voc. Deus. JVow. Dat. and Ml.plur., generally take 
i for e. Dii or Di ; Diis or Dis. 

Jupiter. G. Jovis, &c. 

bull, cow, ox. G. bovis ; pi. bourn ; D. bobus or bubus. 
^ republic, commonwealth. G. reipublicce, &c. : the substan- 
\ tive res, and the adj. publica, in agreement with it. 

oath. G. Jurisjurandi, &c. : jus neut., with the partic. j - 
randum in agreement. 

strength : , vim, vi : vires, virium, vTribus. 

man : viri, &c., as 2d : viri, virorum, &c. 



^jfCf Aer, (Bther, have generally the Greek ace. aera, cethera. 

72. § 20. Pronouns. 

(Final syllables in italics are appended to all the cases.) 
(1.) Personal Pronouns. 



N. G. D. 

/, 5go, mei, mihi. 

Thou, tn, tui, tibi, 

Him, her, it, \ ^,,.„. >, 



Ac. Ab. N.A. G. D.Abl, 

me, nos, nostrum or nostrl, nobis. 

te, vos, vestrum or vestri, vobTs. 

\ se, {Plural the same as the sin- 

( (sese.) gular.) 

^^Cf J^yself ; thyself; himself, herself, itself; themselves, are also ex- 
pressed (respectively) by these pronouns. 



suT, 



sTbi, 



1 Accedit quod or ut may generally be rendered by, moreover ; besides this. 

2 Properly, de memorid excidit, it has slipped my memory ; I have forgotten. 

3 Abl. sing. fem. of possessive pronouns. 

4 Ut convenerat, as had been agreed upon. In this sense a nom. is generally ex- 
pressed. 

^ Him, her, it, them, are not translated by sui, &c., unless they stand for the same 
person or thing that the nom.inative (or oihex principal noun} of the sentence stands for. 



169 



(2.) Possessive Pronouns. 

Mens, mine, (voc. mas. mi :) tims, thine : noster, (tra, trum,) ours . 
suus, his, hers, its, theirs, (or, his own, her own, &.c.) 



vester, ^owrs 



(3.) Demonstrative (or, pointing-out) Pronouns. 
Is, 



(antecedent to gui) that, pi. those: when without a noun, he, 
she, it; pi. theyA It has neuter id. The other cases are 
formed as if from eus, ea, eum, making the gen. eius, written 
ejus, and dat. ei. 

that of yours ; that by you, (the demonstrative of the second per- 
son.) Iste, ista, istud, G. istius, &c., (reg. as if us, a, ud, G. ius.) 

that; the former. Ille, ilia, illud. G. illTus, &c. 

-self, {myself thyself himself, &c., according to the person or 

thing meant.) Ipse, ipsa, ipsum, G. ipsius, &c. 

f Hie, hapc, hoc : hujus : huic: hunc, 

#fc,v /r.i *;,-„^ .^ *j,^ 7„<y-« J hanc, hoc: hoc, hac, hoc | hi, hre, 
this, (pi. these ;) the latter, { ^^^ . ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ . ^^.^ . 

1^ hos, has, hffic. 

the same. Idem ac or qui, 'the same as,' (idem, eadeni, Idem, G. 
ejusdem,2 &c.) 

( qui, quae, quod : cnjus : cui : quern, quam, quod : 
who, which, < quo, qua, quo | qui, quce, quse : quorum, qua- 

( rum, quorum : quibus : quos, quas, quse. 
^Cf Qui is sometimes the indefinite ' any.* 
who 7^ {interrogative.) 

any, {indefinite : after si, nisi, ne, num, quo, quanta.) 
a certain one. 

any you please. 

any ; any single one, (when it is denied that there are any.) 

any ; some, (though not much or many : ali-quis, -qua, -quid or 
-quod. Neut. pi. -qua.) 

some, somebody. 

each. (Unusquisque, stronger, each one.) 

whoever, (used without a substantive: neut. quicquid.) 

whoever; whatever, (used zcii/t a subst.) 

{does) any ? (fern. sing, generally, neut. plur. always ecqua. It 
expects the answer none.) 

which, (of two ;) uterque, each, (utraque, utrumque ; G. -iusque.) 

Alius, (a, ud,) another ; other. {The fii-st of two alii's is some.) 

Alter, the other, {of two :) another; one more. 

Talis, such; antecedent to qualis, {as. ) 

Tantus, so great ; antecedent to guaTiiz/s, (as.) 

Tot, so many ; antecedent to quot, {as.) 



Iste, 

Ille, 
Ipse, 

Hie, 

Idem, 
aui, 



auisl 
Quis, 
Quidam, 
Qiiivis, i 
Qmlibet, \ 

Qmsqiiam,^ 

AlTquis, 

Qmsipiam, 
Qmsque, 
Q.uisquis, 
Qiiicunque, 

Ecquis 1 

Uter, 



1 Nom. plural may be ei ; Dat. pi. eis. 

2 Idem = is-dem : ' is' must be declined, and dem appended : m before d is gener- 
ally written n : eundem, eorundem, &c. 

3 Q,nis is declined like qui ; but has also neut. quid : and quis, any, has nom. fern, 
sing, and neut. plur. qua or ques. 

The compounds of quis have also neut. quid and quod : of which quid is used 
without a substantive, quod with one. 

Qvicunque has only quodcunque in the neuter. 

4 Neut. quicquam ; very rarely quodquam. Zurapt. Quisquam is used as a subst, 
yllus as an adj. 



15 



170 



^ 21. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

73. The usual way of forming the comparative is by 
adding ior to the root for the mas. and /em., ius for the 
neuter. 

[Doctus, doct-2or; sapiens, G. sapient-is, saplent-^■or; tener, tener-ior;l 
piilcher, (pulchr,) pulchr-for.i] 

74. The superlative is formed by adding issimus {a, 
um) to the root. 

(a) But the superlative of adjectives ending in er, 
is formed by adding rimus (a, um) to the 
nominative. 

(Pulcher, pulcherrimns.) 

75. Facilis easy, difficilis difficult, simihs like, dis- 
similis unlike, gracilis slender, humilis low, make the 
superlative in limus. 

(Simillimus, facillimus.) 

76. The follov^ing are quite irregular : — 



(1) Bonus, {good.) melior, optimus. 
Malus, {bad,) pejor, pessimus. 
Multus, {much, pi. man^/, )—plurimus, 

Multum, {much.) plus, plurimum. 

Plerique (-aeque, -aque) is used for ' mosV without a substantive. 

(2) Defectives. 



magnus, {great) major, maxTmus. 
parvus, {little.) minor, minimus. 
Plus, {neut..) G. pluris, are the only 

forms in sing. 
Piures, neut., plura : G. plurium, &c. 





Comparative. 


Superlative. 


(citra, on this side,) 


citerior, nearer, 


citimus, nearest.^ 


(intus, within) 


interior, inner, 


intimus, inmost. 


(prnpe, near) 


propior, nearer. 


proximus, nearest. 


(ultra, beyond) 


ulterior, further, 


uUimus, furthest off, last. 


w>fi;V, swift, 


ocior, swifter. 


ocissimus, swiftest. 




prior, former, 


primus, first. 


[deter, (obsolete,)] 


deterior, worse,^ 


deterrimus, worst. 


(3) Mtindant. 






exterus, exterior. 


extremus, 


seldom extimus, {outermost, last) 


inferus, inferior, 


inflmus, 


hiius. {lowest) 


superus, superior, 


supremus. 


su7nmus, {highest) 


posterus, posterior, 


postremus, 


postumus, (but only in the sense of 
a posthumous child.) 



1 Remember that for adjectives in er the whole nominative is the root, the pre- 
ceding e being often dropped. 

2 Kearer and nearest to the speaker, with reference to some point or line on this 
side of which it is situated. Ulterior, uitimus, mark remoteness on the other side. 

* In the sense of less good. 



171 



Also maturrimus and maturissimus. 
imhecillimus — imhecillissimus. 

( Cicero uses the longer forms. The shorter 
dives, (rich,) divitior, ) divitissimus.) come from dis, G. ditis : of which the N. 
ditiovj \ ditissimus. j pi. ditia is now the only proper form for 
[ that case. 

Jiivgnis, sSnex, have comp. junior, senior. (Senex, old man ; G. senis. G. pi. urn.) 



§ 22. VARIOUS VOCABULARIES. 
77. Adjectives in is with er in nom. sing, masculine. 



5cer,l 

alacer, 

celeber, 

celer, 

saluber, 



acris, 

alacris, 

Celebris, 

celgris, 

salubris. 



acre, 

alScre, 

celebre, 

celere, 

salubre, 



vigorous, 
brisk, 
celebrated, 
quick, 
wholesome^ healthy. 



78. 



1. ADVERBS OF PLACES are fivefold, viz. 
{or Rest.) 



.Adverbs signifying Motion 



(1) In a place. 
Ubi ? Where 7 
Hie, Here. 

11 lie, There. 

Istic, There, where you are. 

Ibi, There. 

Intus, Within. 

Foris, Without. 

Ubique, Everywhere. 

Nusquam, J^owhere. 

Alicubi, Somewhere. 

Alibi, Elsewhere. 

Ubivis, Anywhere, {you please.) 

Ibidem, In the same place. 

(2) To a place — (o, uc.) 
Quo ? Whither 7 

Hue, Hither. 

TUuc, Thither. 

Istue, Thither, to where you are. 

Intro, To within. 

Foras, To without. 

Eo, To that place. 

Alio, To another place. 

Aliquo, To some place. 

Eodem, To the same place. 

(3) Towards a place. 
Quorsum 1 Whitherward 7 



Versus, 

Sursum, 

Deorsum, 

Retrorsum, 

Dextrorsum, 



Towards. 

Upwards. 

Downwards. 

Backwards. 

To the right hand. 



Sinistrorsum, To the left hand. 



(4) From a place — {nc, nde.) 



Unde? 

Hinc, 

Illic, 

Istinc, 

Inde, 

Aliunde, 

Alicunde, 

Sicunde, 

Utrinque, 

Superne, 

Inferne, 

Coelitus, 

Funditus, 

(5) 

aua? 

Hac, 

Iliac, 

Istac, 

Alia, 



Whence 7 

Hence. 

Thence. 

Thence, from where you are. 

Thence. 

From elsewhere. 

From some place. 

If from any place. 

On both sides. 

From above. 

From below. 

From heaven. 

From the ground. 

Through or by a place. ^ 

Which way 7 
This loay. 
That way. 
That way, by you. 
Another way. 



1 So volucer, equester, pedester, paluster, terrester, campester, Silvester. 

2 From Ruddiman. 



172 



iJ. ADVERBS OF TIME are threefold, viz. such as signify, 



Nunc, 
Hodie, 



(1) Being- in time, either 

1. Present. 

J\''ow. 
To-day. 



Tunc, 
Turn, 
Heri, 

Dudum, 

Pridem, 

Pridie, 

Nudiustertius, 

Nuper, 



, Past. 

Then. 

Yesterday. 

Heretofore. 

The day before. 
Three days ago. 
Lately. 



Jamjam, 

Mox, 

Statim, 

Protinus, 

Illico, 



Cras, 
Postridie, 
Perendie, 
Nondum, 



3. Future. 
( Very near.) 
Presently. 



Q,uando 1 
Aliquando, 
Nonnunquam 
Interdum, 



Immediately. 
By-and-hy. 
Instantly. 
Straightway. 

{Remote.) 

To-morrow. 
The day after. 
Two days hence. 
JSTot yet. 

4. Indefinite. 
When 7 

Sometimes. 



Semper, 
Nunquam, 
Interim, \ 
Interea, \ 
Quotidie, 



Always. 
JSTever. 

In the mean time. 

Daily. 



(2) Continuance of Time. 



Quamdiu ? 

Diu, 

Tamdiu, 

Jamdiu, 

Jamdudum 

Jampridem 



■} 



How long ? 
Long. 
So long. 



Long ago. 
(3) Vicissitude, or Repetition of Tims, 



auoties 1 

Soepe, 

Rare, 

Toties, 

Aliquoties, 

Vicissim, 

Rursus, 

Iterum, 

Subinde, 

Identidem, 



1. Indefinite. 

How often ? 

Often. 

Seldom. 

So often. 

For several times. 

By turns. 

Again. 

A second time. 

Immediately after. 

Several times. 



2. Definite, or in JSTumber. 



Semel, 
Bis, 
Ter, 
Quater, 



Once. 
Twice. 
Thrice. 
Four times. 



Inde, 
Deinde, 
Dehinc, 
Porro, 



Then. 
Thereafter. 
Henceforth. 
Moreover. 



ADVERBS OF ORDER: as, 



Deinceps, 
Denuo, 
Denique, 
Postremo, 



Successively. 
Anew. 
Finally. 
Lastly. 



Primo,! -um, 
Secundo, 
&c. 



First. 
Secondly. 





79. THE NUMERALS. 




(1) Cardinals. 


Ordinals. 


Distributives. 


Adverbs. 


(answering to how 


(marking the place 


(answering to hoio 




many 7 (the first 


any thing holds in 


many apiece.) 




three declinable.) 


a series.) 






1. unus 


primus 


singuli (pi.) 


semel. 


2. duo 


secundus 


bini 


bis. 


3. tres 


tertius 


terni 


ter. 


4. quatuor 


quartus 


quateml 


quater. 


5. quinque 


quintus 


qnini 


quinquies. 


6. sex 


sextus 


seni 


sexies. 


7. septem 


Septimus 


septeni 


septies. 


8. octo 


octavus 


octoni 


octies. 



* Primo, • at first .•' priraum, ' in the first place;* 'first. 



173 



9. novem 
10. decern 
n. undecim 

12. duodecim 

13. tredecim 

14. quatuordecim 

15. quindecim 

16. sedecim 

17. septendecim 

18. duodeviginti 

19. undeviginti 

20. viginti 

100. centum 
1000. mi lie 

bis mille ) 
bina millia \ 



2000. 



n5nus 
decimus 
undecimus 
duodecimus 

the two forms used 
(tertius decimus, 

&c.) 

duodevicesimus 
undevicesimus 
vicesmius I 
vigesimus S 
centesTnjus 
millesimus 

bis millesimus 



novgni 
deni 
undeni 
duodeni 



the two forms 
used (terni 
deni, &c.) 



centeni 
miileni 

bis miileni 



novies. 

decies. 

undecies. 

duodecies. 

tredecies. 

quatuordecies. 

quindecies.i 

sedecies. 

septiesdecies. 

duodevicies. 

undevicies. 

vicies. 

centies. 
millies. 

bis millies. 



( Tens) 



(2) Terminations of the multiples of ten and a hundred. 

Card. Ord. Distrib. Adv. 

glnta 



gesimus 
cesimus 



gem 
ceni 



gies 
cies 



(Hundreds) ||^^« 



gentesTmus 
centesimus 



gem 
ceni 



C added to tri, quadra, quinqua, 
< sexa, septua, octo, nona. The 
( forms in c are used for 30 only. 
f added to du, tre, quadrin, quin- 
gentiesj quin, sex, septin, octin, non, (for 
centies j adv. also nonin.) The forms in c 
C are for 2, 3, 6, (2 X 3 = 6.) 



Obs. (1.) The terminations of so many tens and so many hundreds are alike 
in the distributive series. But {)::5" the hundreds have a consonant, the 
tens a vowel before the termination, ejtcept for the multiples by three, in 
which observe that the hundreds have the earlier vowel (tre for hundreds ; 
Xn for tens.) The forms in genteni, centejii, are also used for the 
hundreds. 

Obs. (2.) The intermediate forms are made up of two or more of the forms 
given : unus et viginti, or viginti unus, (one and twenty, or twenty-one ; 
as in English :) but the forms duode-, unde-, {two- from, one-from) are 
mostly used for the two bejore every ten or hundred. Above 100 (in 
the cardinal numbers) the larger precedes, with or without et ; but et is 
never used twice. 

(Trecenti sexaginta sex ; or, trecenti et sexaginta sex.) 



Mille is an indeclinable adj. 
millia, millium, millibus. 



but millia (thousands) is a plural substantive ; 



^Cr" With substantives used in the plural only, the distributives are used 
instead of the cardinals : binai literae, two letters. But uni, ce, a, is used, 
(not singUli,) and trini is used for three, not terni. 



80. The following lines give the prepositions that govern the ablative : 

absque, a, ab, abs, and de, 
coram, clam, cum, ex, and e, 
tenus, sine, pro and prse. 



1 Various forms are used besides those set down : especially two uncombined 
forms are often used where one compound form is given. Thus in the adverbs, for 
quindecies, quinque decies and quinquies decies may be used : so sexies deci«s, &c. 

15* 



174 



81. 



GENDERS. 
(See Appendix to First Latin Book, p. 123.) 



PRINCIPLES OF WORD-BUILDING, 



DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS, 



Mutes. 

A. 



Liquids. Spirants. Organ by which they 
are formed. 



SMOOTH. MID. ASP. 

p sounds, p b (ph,) f 



s J 



t sounds, t d (th,) 

k sounds, c g (ch,) qu 

Double letters, 1 1 i^ equivalent to cs. 



m 

I 
n 1 



lip, (labials.) 
tongue, (dentals.) 
throat, (gutturals.) 



(1) Prefixes. 

2. Ab, away from, 

3. ad, tOf 



amb,^ ?roMn<i; about; on both sides. 

5. ante, before. 

6. circum, around. 

7. con, with ; in some words com- 

pletely. 

8. contra, against. 

9. de, down ; way ; in some words 

it adds the notion of disagree- 
ableuess or deterioration. 

10. dis,3 asunder, in different directions ; 

away from ; un-. 

11. ex, out of thoroughly. 

12. in, into, on, against; with adjec- 

tives, not. 

13. inter, between, amongst. 

14. intro, within. 

15. ob, against; sometimes about.^ 

16. per, through, thoroughly ; {with adj.) 

very. It sometimes adds a bad 
meaning to the word. 



{Change of form.) 

a, (m.l V, and sometimes f; but au 
before fero, fugio.) 

ab, (sc, t,) as (p.) 

changes d into the initial consonant 
of the word, before 5 and all the 
mutes and liquids, (c before qu;) 
ad, however, may remain before all 
these. 



CO, (h and vowels ;) com, (m, b, p ,-2) 
assimilated before /, r. 



di, (d, g, 1, m ;) assimilated before f. 

e, (liquids and b, d, g, v,) ef, (f.) 
im, (b, p, m ;) i, (gn :) assimilated be- 
fore I, rA 
assimilated in intelligo. 

assimilated before c, f, g, p; but may- 
stand before j7. 
assimilated before /. 



1 The letters in parentheses are those before which it undergoes the change. 

2 And sometimes vowels, as in comedo. 

3 The meaning of dis is generally separative ; sometimes deprivative, (as in dis- 
plicere, dissuadere.) Doderlein, 

4 ' In' may, however, stand before I, r. ' 

* In which meaning it is an abbreviation, perhaps from amb. D. 



175 



25. 

26. 

27. 

28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 



Prefixes. 

posti after. 

prae, before ; (with adj.) very. 

prEBter, by. 

pro, forth, forwards. 

re, back, og-ain, away, un- ; (some- 
times very, ox forth from within.) 

retro, backwards. 

se, without, apart from. 

sub, under, away from beneath^ from 
below upwards, somewhat. 



Change of form. 



subter, underneath 

derneath. 
super, above. 
trans, across 

other side. 
ne, 7iot. 
ve, not, ill. 
bene, well. 
male, ill. 
satis, enough. 



away from un- 



prod before vowel, pol, per, before 1, r. 
red before vowel. 



assimilated before c, f, g, m, p, r. (But 
before m, p, r, and n, it is better to re- 
tain the h.) 



Hirough, over to the tra, (d, j,) but trans preferred by Cffisar. 



(2.) Suffixes, 
(a) Verbs. 



33. are, from nouns : to make, produce, employ oneself about, procure, show oneself 

as : -ire (from nouns) are also trans. 

34. are, from root of supine : to do, strengthening the meaning of the primitive verb, 

(intensives.) 

35. it-are, from root of present or supine : to do frequently, continually, (frequen- 

tatives.) 

36. sc-ere, to begin to — {inchoatives.) 

a, e, are the connecting vowels for the first and second conjugations; i for 
the third and fourth. Some are from nouns : their perfect is in ui, sc and the 
connecting vowel being thrown away. 

37. iir-ire, to wish or toant to — {desideratives.) 

38. ill-are, to do in a little degree or trifling way. 

39. ere, from nouns, generally intransitive ; to be, or become. 

40. ari, from substantives ; (same meaning as are, 33.) 

(&) Substantives. 

or, from root of supine, a man who does — fem. rix. 

or, from root of present, express the action or state of the verb. 

io, ) 

us, of the fourth, > action or state of the verb : io especially the doing of the action. 

ura, ) 



[do, (G. idin for idon, 



are also abstract substantives from verbs. 



igo, (G. igin for igon, 

men, ) the thing done. 

mentum, \ the thing by which — is done : that which does, i is the connecting 
vowel of the third, but the termination is often added without a 
connecting vowel. In the first and fourth, the terminations are 
added to the a, I. 

bulum, 

ulum, 

ela ) 

' also denote that by which. 



that which is, that which is used for, that by which. 



ena, 

crum, 

strum, 

um, the action of a verb as a thing : then the action itself. 

monia, the habit or continued state of. 



a place or thing prepared for. 



' > express the person who. 



are terminations 
of abstract sub- 
stantives, deno • 
'ting a property, 
disposition, state, 
&c. 



176 



From JVouns, {including Participles.) 

60. tas, Gen. tatis : [generally has i for the connecting vowel : ^ 

from adjectives in ius are formed substantives in ietas 
from adjectives in stus, substantives in stas.] 

61. ia, (from adj. of one termination!) 

62. i\.Y\, (from adjectives in us) 

63. tado, (connecting vowel i) 

64. edo, (a rare termination) 

65. tus, Gen. tutis (only in four V\'ords) 

66. Ius, c diminutives ;2 connecting vowel generally u, which sometimes takes a 
la, -^ c before it. Some have o or i as their connecting vowel. Others end 

• lum, ( in illus, elhis. Some in leus. 

67. ium, denotes a hody or assemblage of, or an office abstractedly. 

68. atus. ) 

69. itas, V answer to * hood' * ship'' denoting either an office or a body of men. 

70. ura, ) 

71. etum, a place where trees grow together. 

72. urium, a receptacle. 

73. lie, a place where animals are kept. 

Patronymics. 

74. Tdes, son or (male) descendant of. 

75. ides, is for e-ides, Irom nouns in eus. 

77 ?ades I ^^® ^^^"^ words of the first decl. in as or es ; iSdes also from ius, 

78. is, fem. form of ides, Gen. idis. 

79. as, ades, Gen. adis. 

(c) Adjectives (1) from Verbs. 

80. bundus, has the strengthened meaning of the present participle used ad- 

jectively. 

81. cundus, has in a few words the same meaning as bundus. 

82. idus, (chiefly from intrans. verbs,) denotes the quality of the root ad= 

jectively. 

83. uu', has the same meaning as idus : from transitive verbs it generally has a 

passive meaning. 
84 ili^ i 

' bTli's: \ '^^P^^^^ ^f l>^i'>^g / f-i io be. 

85. ax, having such a habit, inclination, &c. ; generally of faulty ones. 

{d) Adjectives signifying of, belonging or related to. 

86. ius, mostly from substantives in or. 

87. Jcus, generally from names of places, countries, and persons. 

88. eus. from Greek names of persons, 

89. Tlis. 

SO. aiis, (aris after another I ; and in militaris.) 
91. elis. 

S2. inus, describing the flesh of such an animal. 
93. Inus, (from ia, ium,) "] 

95*. aMGen. atis : from um,) I °^ ^,^^^ ^ ^''^'"' ^^^ ^"^^^' ^^^(^' ^^^m oWiei places 

96. anus, ianus, | ^^^^' ^^ montanus, castrensis.) 

97. ffius, (from a, cb,) 



J And sometimes from substantives, (custod-ia.) 

2 Observe, the diminutive ends in Ius, la, or lum, according as the word from 
which it is formed is mas., fern., or neuter. 



177 

(c) Adjectives meaning of such a substance or material. 

98. gnus. 

99. inus, (especially of trees, plants, &c.) 

[When the root is not the name of a material or substance, inus denotes 
likeness only.] 

100. cuis, (used also as ius, a simple genitive meaning.) 

101. ceus, (denotes likeness only, when the root is not the name of a substance or 
material.) 

(/) Adjectives signifying fulness, abundance. 

102. osus. 

103. lentus, (often with connecting vowel u.) 

104. idus. 



105. arius denotes of such an occupation ; generally used as substantives. Some- 

times pertaining to, (agrarius.) 
lOG. atus, i 

107. itus, V (English ' ed') provided, furnished with. 

108. utus, > 

109. stus, being in ; or having (such a property) in oneself. 

110. stis, being in such a place. 
Ill ster ) 

112* stris i dwelling in such a place. 

114* tfmus ( describe an object from the place where it lives. 

115. ivus mostly denotes manner, circumstance, &c. 

116. ernus marks descent, and relations of time. 

117. urnus denotes time. 

Adverbs. 

118. 5, from adjectives in us, er. 

119. e, from adjectives of the third. 

120. 6, from some adjectives in us, er ; and from past participles. 

121. ter, (with connecting vowel i, except after n,) from adjectives of the third and 

participles in ns. 

[A few are from adjectives in us, but there is generally an adverb in 
e too.] 

122. (s)im, ^ from root of supine, denoting the manner; but also from substan- 

123. (t)im, \ tives, generally with connecting vowel a. 

124. itus, (from substantives, adjectives, and prepositions,) denoting whence. 

(g) Common terminations of compound words. 

326. loquus, S ^ 'Us adipptivp«! 

127. ficus, one who does, r^ adjectives. 

128. volus, one who wishes, J 

Corresponding subst. of thing. 

129. dicus, one who speaks. 

130. ceps, (cipitis,) one who takes. 

131. fex, (ficis,) one who does. 

132. cen, (cinis,) one who sings. 

}S" ^t^J I one who bears. 

134. ger, ^ 

135. gena,l one who is born of. 

136. cola, one who dwells in. 
[When the first half of the compound word is a noun, the connecting vowel is 

short i.] 
To these may be added, 

141. spex, (spicis,) one who looks at ; examines. 

142. spicium, corresponding substantive of thing. 



137. dicium. 

138. cipium. 

139. ficium. 

140. cinium. 



1 So gnus, for gen-us, (glgno,) of such a nature. 



II. EXERCISES. 



Exercise 1. 

In the first six exercises, the object of which is to try the pupil's readiness and 
accuracy in forming and translating the tenses of the Latin Verb, the meaning of 
the verbs used is to be learned from the corresponding English Exercise. Wherever 
the conjugation is not told at once by the termination, it is marked by an added 
numeral. 

O::^^ In the notes, S. refers to the Questions on Latin Syntax at the end of the 
volume : C to the Cautions : Syn. to the Synonymes. 
Sentences to which * is prefixed are not to be translated literally. 

a. Araturus est. b. Juraverant. c. Migremus, (1.) d. 
Siletis, (2.) e. Nocuisses, (2.) f. Manendi, (2.) g. 
Quaerent, (3.) h. Metuant, (3.) i. Venimus. k. Serviant, 
(4.) 1. Sititis, (4.) m. Tonabat. n. Ego vituperabo. o. 
Tu laudaveris. p. Rideat. q. Nos cadimus, r. Vos 
stetissetis.^ s. Illi dormiebant, (4.) t. Pater doceat. u. 
Filius discet, (3.) v. Puella canat, (3.) w. Patres dili- 
gunt. X. Filii gaudent, (2.) y. Puellae saltaverunt. 

a. We should have ploughed, b. Let him swear, c. 
They had removed, d. I will be silent, e. They will 
hurt. f. Ye will remain, g. Seek. h. Let him fear. i. 
They are come. k. They would-have-been-slaves. 1. He 
is thirsty, m. It thunders, n. They were blaming, o. 
We must praise virtue.^ p. They will laugh, q. Ye 
were falling, r. They were standing, s. He will sleep. 
t. The fathers will teach, u. Let the sons learn, v. The 
girls were singing, w. Let the fathers love. x. The son 
will rejoice, y. Let the girls dance. 

i From stare. 2 Virtus, g. virtutis. S. 163. 



180 

Exercise 2. 

a. Ludendum est/ (3.) b. Cantabitis. c. Stupuissent,^ 
(2.) d. Vivant, (3.) e. Nos postulabimus, f. Detis, (1.) 
g. Accipiant, (3.) h. Jubebo. i. Parendum est, (2.) k. 
Ne recusa. 1. Mater nutrit. m. Accipitres^ rapiebant, 
(3.) n. Lupus ululaverat. o. Equi liinniebant, (4.) p. 
Asini rudunt. q. Aquila volat, (1.) r. Ranae natavissent. 
s. Nos patres senescimus. t. Filii adolescebant. u. lUi 
pueri garriebant, (4.) v. Arbores crescunt. 

a. Ye are playing, b. Let us sing. c. They are as- 
tounded, d. They will live. e. They would have de- 
manded, f. Of giving, g. Ye were receiving, h. He 
will order, i. He will obey. k. He will have refused. 
1. The earth'' will nourish, m. Let the hawk snatch, n. 
The wolf will howl. o. The horses will neigh, p. The 
ass was braying, q. The eagles will have flown, r. A 
frog Avas swimming, s. My father was growing-old. t. 
Ye are gro wing-up. u. The boys chatter, v. The tree 
was growing. 

1 S. 164. 2 StupSre, to be astounded. 3 Nom. Accipiter. 

4 Voc. 1. p. 145. 



Exercise 3. 

a. Clamabas. b. Certabimus. c. Respondebis. d. Ful- 
gebit. e. Plaudebat, (3.) f. Pingant, (3.) g. Obedient, 
(4.) h. Jacient, (3.) i. Aqua fluebat, (3.) k. Arena 
urebat, (3.) 1. Aquilae rapient, (3.) m. Aves volabunt. 
n. Amici veniebant, (4.) o. Famuli serviebant, (4.) p. 
Agricolae araturi sunt. q. Cantandum est. r. Vos nautae 
navigabitis. s. lUi viri ridebant, (2.) t. Non est gar- 
riendum, (4.) u. Lupi ululabant. 

a. Ye were crying-out. b. (We) should not contend.^ 
c. They answer, d. The moon was shining, e. Let the 
boys clap, ( = applaud.) f. The boys will paint, g. Let 
a good boy obey. h. Let them throw, i. The waters 
will flow. k. The fire will burn, (trans.) 1. Ye eagles 
are snatching, m. Let the birds fly. n. My friend will 



181 

come. o. The domestics will perform-their-service. p. 
The husbandman would have ploughed, q. The poet will 
have sung. r. The sailor will sail. s. Do not laugh, 
t. Boys will chatter, u. Of howling. 

1 S. 164. 



Exercise 4. 

a. Feminae nebant. b. Yiri pugnabitis. c. Speravisset. 
d. Tu metuebas. e. Ille fidebat. f. Puer ille ridebit. 
g. Puellae plorabunt. h. Aurum illud micat, (1.) i. Pueri 
peccaverant. k. Yos puellse ludetis. 1. Patres jubebunt. 
m. Filise pareant. n. Hoc argentum splendebit. o. Dis- 
cipuli non discebant. p. Illae matres nutrient, q. Ilia 
metalla fulgebant. r. Hi omnes current, s. Hae aves 
cantillabant. t. Hsec membra dolebant. 

a. The woman will spin. b. Do not fight, c. Ye were 
hoping, d. (We) must not fear. e. We must be-confi- 
dent. f. Let the boy laugh, g. Those boys cried, h. 
Let that gold shine, i. Let not the boy do wrong, k. For 
the sake {causa) of playing. 1. Let the fathers order, m. 
To obey. n. This silver was shining, o. Let the pupils 
learn, p. That mother was nourishing, q. That metal 
was shining, r. These boys will run. s. This bird was 
trilling, t. This limb is-in-pain. 



Exercise 5. 

a. Hie liber delectabit. b. Gloria ilia durabit. c. Hsec 
Stella occidet. d. Bellum illud nocebit. e. Nos magistri 
erudiemus, (4.) f. Yos ministri venietis, (4.) g. Hi fabri 
cudent, (3.) h. Ager mens virebit. i. Sententia mea 
valebit. k. Auxilium meum juvabit. 1. Tu tiro disces. 
m. Leo sseviet, (4.) n. Pavo ille superbiet, (4.) o. Ego 
prseceptor vetabo. p. Yos oratores dicetis. q. Hie custos 
custodiet, (4.) r. Forma tua placebit. s. Animus tuus 
gaudebit. t. Brachium tuum vincet. 

a. These books will delight, b. Thy glory will last. 

16 



182 

c. Will not* these stars set? d. That war had hurt. e. 
Your teacher will teach, f. My servant was coming, g. 
Let that smith forge, h. Will not^ my fields grow-green ? 
i. My opinions will prevail, k. My auxiliaries will help. 
1. These beginners will learn, m. The lion was raging. 
n. These peacocks will be-proud. o. Has not^ the teacher 
forbidden ? p. That orator had spoken, q. These guards 
will guard, r. You will please by your beauty, s. My 
mind was rejoicing, t. He shall be conquered by my arm. 

1 Nonne : to he the first word. 



Exercise 6. 

a. Rex imperabit. b. Regina regnabit. c. Hse leges 
non semper valebunt. d. Duces nostri fortiter pugnabunt. 

e. Non semper vivemus. f. Mox rosee florebunt. g. Yos 
sorores vigilabitis. h. Nos fratres dormiemus. i. Uxor 
tua narrabit. k. Tu maritus auscultabis. 1. Miles sitiet 
et esuriet, (4.) m. Pedites nostri fugient, (3.) n. Equites 
vestri manebunt. o. Hie mons frigebit. p. Yallis ilia 
tepebxt. q. Dentes mei dolebunt. r. Tu homo ssepe pec- 
cabis. s. Hi ordines cadent. 

a. The kings will command, b. The queen was reign- 
ing, c. This law will not always be-in-force, d. Our 
general fought bravely, e. WilP you live forever ? [No.] 

f. Your roses are-in-flower. g. My sister was-awake. h. 
My brother was-sleeping. i. Our wives had related, k. 
My husband was listening. 1. The soldiers are-thirsty 
and hungry, m. The foot-soldier was-dying. n. Let the 
horse-soldier remain, o. These mountains are-cold. p. 
The valleys will be-warm. q. My teeth ache.^ r. The 
man had often sinned, s. This row^ was falling. 

1 Num : S. 46. 2 Dolere, to be in pain. 

3 What is the nom. from which ordin-es comes 1 



Exercise 7. 

Mater laudabat filiam. Agricola arat agrum. Sorer 
fratrem diligit. Accipies hodie nuntium. Piscis natat 



183 

per aquam. Puella nebat fila. Columba metuit accipi- 
trem. Nauta navigabat per undas. Aves per aerem vola- 
bant. Hie homo postulabit pecuniam. Nos praeceptores 
erudiemus pueros. Vos discipuli discetis pensa vestra. 
Faber cudit metallum. Vulpes timet leones. j^Egyptii 
canem et felem colebant ut deos. Equites volabant in 
hostes. Silvae decorant montes. Equi currunt per silvas 
et agros. Cervus descendit in vallem. 

[See S. 16. Learn Adverbs of past time, p. 172.] 

It is certain that^ my father will write the letter. We 
have received letters to-day. It is manifest that he is a 
moneyed man, [say^ that the man is moneyed.) It is plain 
that^ the sailors are steering the vessel to our bank. The 
father and mother educate their children. Who will relate 
a tale to us ? The Greeks and Romans worshipped^ many 
gods. The husbandmen are going to plough^ the field. 
The mountains are adorned with woods. The daughter 
was lately praised by her mxOther. The letter was written 
by me three-days-ago. Then 1 was writing : now I am 
relating a tale to my children. It is certain that' the letter 
was written yesterday. The descent into the valley is easy. 
Is not"^ the descent into the wood easy? The sailor directed 
(us) to steer^ the ship hither. The fox is going to descend 
into the valley. 

1 S. 16. 2 Imperfect, because a hahit is expressed. 3 c. 37. 

4 Nonng. 5 That {ut) we should steer, {imperf. subj.) 



Exercise 8. [See S. 44.) 

Horti nostri multos flores habent. Tu bonam historiam 
narrabis. Heri per urbem ambulabamus.- Boni mores 
puerum decorant. Pater tuus te vituperabit, meque lauda- 
bit. Saepe stulti homines se fallunt. Quis nos vocabit ? 
Quid cogitas aut quid times ? Quid vos ofFendet ? Tune 
ilium audies ? Egone hunc agrum emam, aut domum 
illam?^ Hanc tu habebis pecuniam. Hos bonos pueros 
amamus, malos illos fugiemus. Has terras possidemus, 
illas expugnabimus. 



184 

The trees blossom in the spring. The trees are-coming- 
into-blossom. The father is going-to-biame his son. Who 
will tell us tliis tale ? Let us fly-from bad habits. This 
hope deceived me. The buyer of this little-garden will be 
deceived. What houses and what fields does he possess ? 
The ill-humored old-man is blaming his slave. May fortune 
favor^ my undertakings. It is certain that^ my expectation 
has deceived me. What war are the kings going-to-be gin? 
The Romans will have begun a great task. W^ill you not"^ 
relate to us the taking of that city ? W^hat do you see ? 
W^hom are you going to send ? I will irrigate my little- 
garden with fountains. 

1 Observe that this is not a double question ; the meaning is not ichich of the two 
shall 1 buy 1 but, shall I buy either ? 

2 Appendix I. 3 S. 16. 4 Nonne. 



Exercise 9. 

Galli Romam expugnaverunt, (-ere,^) Romani Corinthum. 
Migravimus per terras et urbes. Multam postulavisti (pos- 
tulasti) pecuniam. Quos agros aravistis (arastis) ? Hos an 
illos ? Milites juraverunt sacramentum. Laborem nostrum 
finivimus. Praeceptores pueros erudiverunt. Yos canes tecta 
nostra custodivistis. Bellum saeviit per Germaniam. Dor- 
mivistine, an vigilasti ? Dormivi. Equus hinnivit, rudivit 
(3; asinus. Quid cupiisti ? Equites montem petiverunt, 
pedites hostem lacessivere. 

I The meaning of (-ere) is, that expugnavere is another form of that person and 
tense. 

Have you praised or^ blamed this man ? I have neither 
praised nor blamed (him.) AVhat nations^ conquered Italy? 
They were laying-waste the fields of the Gauls. The city 
being taken, they are laying-waste the fields. When^ did 
you finish your labor ? Yesterday. It is certain that"^ the 
husbandman has finished his labors. It is true'^ that the 
fields have been laid waste by^ the Gauls. Have^ you 
obeyed ? What have you sought for ? The Tarentines 
called Pyrrhus into Italy. The general has acted-proudly 
against the enemy, [pi.) We have sung this song to-day 
on [say with) the lyre. The wolf was tearing- the sheep 



185 

-to-pieces.' We ought® to encounter death itself for {pro 
abl.) our country. 

1 S. 52. 2 Populus. 3 p. 172, 4. 4 S. 16. 5 S. 5. 

6 S. 44. 7 The hyphens so placed mean that tear-to-pieces is to be trans- 

lated by one verb. 8 s. 61. 



Exercise 10. 

Pluperfect. (^^Cr' v is often dropped from psrf., and v or ve from pluperf*) 

Tune nomen meum nuncupaveras (-aras) ? Poeta car- 
mina sua recitaverat. Hi juvenes magnam spem excitave- 
rant. Corpora nostra curaveramus. Tempus illud ex- 
spectaveratis. Hie nuntius adventum tuum nuntiaverat. 
Equitatus Romanus Gallos lacessiverat. Hie adspectus 
sensus nostros turbaverat. Per dies noctesque dormiveratis. 
Milites per agros saevierant. Quid tu cupiveras ? Ego 
aurum quaesieram. Nos res nostras repetiveramus. 

Who has mentioned our names ? I will ask who^ has 
mentioned our names. Have you^ taken-care-of the body? 
I will ask, whether^ the boy has strengthened (curare) his 
body with food. The body must be taken-care-of.'^ Those 
times had disturbed our affairs. Who had cured those 
boys ? I will ask, who^ cured those boys ? Your labors 
must be ended.'' I had ended my labors yesterday. Have 
not the horses neighed ?^ Are not those asses braying ? 
That- ass -of-yours^ is braying. The enemy (plur.) have 
not watched the post. I had heard those songs. The 
motions are impeded. We had impeded your motions. 
"^Though a great hope had been raised,' (partic. S. 168,) 
we are deceived. I had not-yet sent the slave. I will 
ask who' sent the slave. 

1 S. 49. 2 S. 44. 8 s. 46. 4 s. 163. » S. 45. « P. 169, (3). 

' Say : ' a great hope having- been raised.^ 



Exercise 11. 

[The fut.perf. is to be rendered by the English present or perfect, when the verb 
of the principal sentence is in the future. See S. 205, 208.] 

Medicus morbum hodie, sanaverit (-arit). Ego nunquam 
factum tuum probavero (-aro). Faciam, auod imperaveris 

16* 



186 

(-aris). Quando in urbem vestram migraverimus, laetas 
dies agemus. Respondebimus ad id, quod interrogaveri- 
tis. Quando hunc librum finieris ? Cras. Magnam gloriam 
acquisiveritis, si liberos vestros bene educaveritis. Is qui 
corpus suum bene vestierit, frigus non sentiet. Res nostras 
servabimus, si tecta nostra bene munierimus. li pueri, qui 
lectiones suas finierint, prsemia accipient. 

Will you not^ reply to wbat^ I ask (you) ? If I ask' 
you something, will you not^ answer ? I will wait, tilP 
you come. Let him who has received^ a prize, learn well. 
If you learn^ well, you shall receive a prize. *When our 
body is well clothed,^ we shall not feel the cold. The town 
must be fortified.^ Let us spend happy days. We must 
ask the boys.^ I will come, when I have taken^ care of 
my body. *When our houses are well protected,^ {partic.,) 
we must not fear.^" Has your father forbidden^^ (it) 1 [No.] 
We must rub the body.^ Anger must be tamed.^ Do not^^ 
drink much^^ wine. 

1 S. 45. 2 Say ; to those things which (ad ea quffi) I shall-have-asked you. 

s Say ; shall have asked. •* g. 249. ^ shall have received. 

6 Shall have I earned. '' S. 168. ^ g. 153. 9 gay ; shall have-taken-care-of. 

10 S. 164. 11 S. 46. 12 S. 37. is g. 73. 



Exercise 12. 

[Fut. perf. is often translated by English present or perfect.] 

Diligentia tua laborem patris valde adjuvit. Miseria 
matris valde mover at animum filiae. Si Cornelii frater te 
viderit, statim curret ad te. Quando remedium morbi 
reperero ! Ad primam horam diei naves usque ad intro- 
itum magni portus pervenerunt. Id nos comperimus et 
vos vidistis. Hostes obsederant portas urbis nostras, quum 
tu advenisti. Milites gladios jam acuerunt. Si tu hanc 
pecuniam solveris, accipies aliam ; nihil adhuc solvisti. 
Arc em urbis fortiter defendimus. Num aquam gelidam 
bibisti? Minime; sed vinum bibi. Tu autem, quid edisti? 
Si patriae hostem fortiter vicerimus, bene fecerimus. - 

I have not-yet^ seen my father and mother. Why are^ 
the soldiers of our army come ? Have^ you already sharp- 



187 

ened this knife ? I will ask whether'* he has sharpened 
that knife. That- knife -of-yours^ must be sharpened. I 
have sharpened the knives myself.^ Cicero, that^ great 
orator, defended many accused-persons. Scipio conquered 
Hannibal at^ Zama, and put-an-end-to the second Punic 
war. You shall receive two- oboli -a-piece.^ Those who 
learn^ well shall receive an- obolus -a-piece.^ The boys, 
having received^^ two- oboli -a-piece,^ will rejoice. We 
had scarcely reached the town, when the enemy laid-siege 
to it. After the Praetor had mounted^ ^ the tribunal, the 
judges acquitted the accused-person. Where did you find 
this book? I will ask him where^^ he found^^ that book. 
I will ask, whether he has lighted^"^ the torch. 

1 Nondum. 2 What tense is /aw come ? C. 12. s g. 44. 4 g. 45. 

6 P. 169, (3) 6 g. 189. 7 g. 159. 8 c. 39. » S. 205. ^ S. 176. 

31 S. 251. 12 s. 49. 13 Syn. 1. 14 gyn. 2. 



Exercise 13. 

[What case does credo govern ? App. I.J 

Quis tibi hunc librum, hanc pennam, hoc atramentum 
dedit ? Imperator exercitui suo magna auxilia addiderat. 
Ciceronem, quum in forum descendit, magna populi multi- 
tudo circumdedit. Sacerdos apud aram stetit, et victimam 
cecTdit. Bene fecerit is, qui amico auxilium praestiterit. 
Pastor fugavit lupum, quiovemunam momorderat. Facere 
debes, quod spopondisti. Quid vobis istse responderunt 
mulieres ? Num cecidit aliquis ? Sol post montes ilios in 
mare occidit. Hie unus miles duos aut tres occidit. Cur 
incertas spei credidisti 1 Frater sorori crediderat, soror 
fratri. Si bene didiceris linguam Latinam, multa alia disces 
facilius. Saepe, rosam qui tetigit, sensit aculeos. Multi 
philosophi verum non attigerunt. 

The body must^ be well clothed, fJiaf we may not feel 
the cold. Has any-one^ afforded you assistance ? *When 
the sun sets"^ (partic), our labors must be ended. ^ *Having 
touched the rose,^ I felt its thorn. When will the sun set 
to-day ? Has not^ the priest slain the victim ? The priest, 
having slain^ the victim, sprinkled the altar with its blood. 
My brother^ is not believed. We must not believe^ Man- 



188 

lius's brothers. We have given roses and fruit to the boy 
and the girl. Who has performed that service for us ? Af- 
ter^ he had performed that service for us, he went-away. I 
will ask who"^ performed me that service. The wolf, 
which the shepherds drove-away, had bitten two or three 
sheep. Who has cut-down this tree ? I asked who''° cut- 
down that tree. Those trees must be cut down. ^ You will 
be safe nowhere. You will never be safe. I will give 
you twelve verses to be learned-by-heart. ^^ How many verses 
am I to learn-by-heart V^ It is uncertain, hovz-mxany^^ there 
were [of them.) No wise man^^ trusts uncertain fortune. 
The arrow did not hit its mark. How many sheep have 
been killed by the wolf? I will ask ho w-many^° sheep the 
wolf has bitten. I will wait tilP'' you answer me. After^ 
the wolf had bitten three sheep, he was driven- away by the 
shepherds. How many arrows have you? 

1 S. ]63. 2 S. 18. 3 Num qnis ; or an quisquam. 4 S. 168. 

5 S. 176. 6 S. 45. 7 S. 134, 135. 8 S. 166. 9 S. 251. 
10 S. 49. U S. 172. 12 ^re to-be-learned-by-heart by me. 

13 Nemo sapiens. Verbs of trusting govern the dat. 14 S. 249. 



Exercise 14. 

[Mihi, tibij sibi, may sometimes be rendered ' wy,' ^your,^ ^ his,^ or ^ his own.''] 

Hanc epistolam mea manu scripsi. Num glupsisti poma, 
quae in horto carpsimus ? Hie puer pecuniam sumpsit a 
patre, earnque inter pauperes distribuit. Pauci milites in 
acie remanserant. Quid dixisti ? Quis vobis futurum 
praedixit ? Caesar milites in aciern eduxerat. Hie homo me 
torvo vultu adspexit. Imperator victus ipse sibi pectus 
gladio transfixit. Athenienses Socratis damnati pedem fer- 
ro vinxerunt. Romani provincias suas duro imperio rexe- 
runt. Nauta quidam Britannicus nuper in oceano insulam 
detexit. Nuntius ille valde auxerat formidinem. Yeteres 
poetae tempora sibi lauru cinxerunt. Poetae quidam pul- 
chras finxerunt imagines. Apelles pinxit Alexandrum. 
Telum hostis aurem strinxit militis, qui ipse gladium non 
strinxerat. 

I had written the letter with my own hand, (S. 177). It 
is certain that' the letter was written with his own hand. 



189 

It remains that^ we should write letters with our owriHiands. 
Have you plucked a leaf from {ex) this tree ? How-much 
money'* have you spent on (in) your work ? If ^ you do this, 
you will spend considerably^ more"" money. No-one would 
have foretold us^ this calamity. We had remained in the 
city. Who has led you this road {abl.) into the city ? We 
have fastened the picture to the wall with a nail. Caesar 
had surrounded the town wdth a wall and foss. The horse- 
soldiers have drawn their swords. The horse-soldiers, 
having drawn^ their swords, flew on {in) the enemy. The 
safety of the Roman people is at stake. ^ I will ask who^^ 
painted the picture. I will ask w^ho found-out that- fraud 
-of-yours. 

1 S. 16. 2 S. 17. 3 S. 177. 4 S. 73. 5 S. 214. 6 S. 202, 

^ C. 13. 8 s. 176. 9 To be at stake, agi. infin. pass. lo S. 49, 



Exercise 15. 

[Of what two verbs isficlsi the perfect 1 (p. 160, V. p. 164. 59.)] 

Rex portas urbis clausit hostibus invadentibus. (Dai.) 
Totum coelum in quatuor regiones divisimus : Orientem, 
Occidentem, Meridiem, Septentriones. Quando risistis in 
luctu amicorum 1 Multi populi senserunt virtutem Romano- 
rum. Senatus Carthaginiensium legatos misit ad Romanos 
de captivis. Filia blandimentis et precibus patris anirnum 
flexit. Consiliis vestris fulsistis rempublicam. Nova lux 
civitati affulserit, ubi princeps ex terris hostium in urbem 
redierit. Sacerdos victimarum sanguine aram adspersit. 
Sagitta heesit in clipeo. Iliis diebus, ubi omnium rerum 
inopia oppidanos oppresserat, lutulentam aquam ex stagnis 
hauserunt, idque imperator jusserat. Aqua recessit ex agris. 
Procellee concusserunt quercuum cacumina. Hannibal 
quum bellum in Italia gessit, multa tecta combussit. Consul 
copiarum ex pugna reliquias in unum locum contraxit, et 
classe trans mare in Italiam vexit. Quo loco vixisti ? 

Christian faith has opened heaven to many mortals. 
The commander-in-chief has divided his army into three 
parts. He was slain by the Gauls. There is no doubt, 
that^ he is going to join battle^ with the Romans. W^e 



190 

must^ join battle with the Germans. The weight of its 
fruit (pi.) has bent-down the boughs of the tree. We have 
derived new hope from our changed circumstances. The 
besieged have propped-up their tottering walls with added 
works. Cicero crushed the Catilinarian conspiracy, which 
had shaken the whole city. * When a change of circum- 
stances has taken-place,'^ (pariic.^y our plans should be 
changed.^ * Of how gTeat importance is it to me^ that^ the 
plans of the enemy should^ be changed. * Of how great 
importance is it to the citizens,^ to strengthen their tottering 
walls with works ! The war waged by Hannibal drew af- 
ter it a change of affairs in Italy. The remains of the forces 
must^ be carried^ in-ships (abl.) to Italy. I have often 
laughed-at the .janity of men. What'° a multitude of men 
has flowed-together into the city ! 

1 S. 19. 2 To join battle with, prcelium committere (mis, miss) cum. 

3 S. 163. 4 Has been made. 5 S. 168. 

6 auanti mea interest. S. 91. 7 S. 16. § C 3. 9 Syn. 3. 10 C 21. 



Exercise Id. 

[Perf. in wi— See Syntax, Rules 13, 14.] 

Num fores crepuerunt ? Ivlulti pauperes nunquam in 
molli cubili cubuerunt. Eques equum ferocem calcari 
domuit et freno. Pedem dolentem mami fricui. Hominum 
illustrium lacunaria ebore micuerunt et auro. In sacris 
Cybelae tympana sonuerunt et cornua. Jupiter tonuit. Hoc 
vetui, illud jus si. Romani pueros exercuerunt acri militia. 
Sapientes poetas admiscuerunt utile dulci. Ssepe te monui, 
sed tu non audivisti. Cur non tacueras ? Non diu Graeci 
incultos mores majorum suorum retinuerunt. Pyrrhus Ro- 
manes terruit elephantis in aciem productis. Ver maria 
aperuit navigantibus. C^sar toga caput operuit, et ictibus 
mucronum se praebuit. 

The flame has crackled on the hearth. We have Iain- 
down on {in) the soft grass. There was no-one, hut^ lay- 
down on the soft grass. AVe have rubbed our tables with 
oil. On that night,^ no star shone (in) the whole heaven. 
Ought' not"* our desires to be restrained ? Hills and val- 
leys resounded with the cries of the combatants. Has it 



191 

thundered ? What have you forbidden ? We have rubbed 
our bodies with oil. We have exercised our bodies in {ahl.) 
childish games. Fate has often mixed joy with sorrow. 
There is need of ^ a gentle reproof. I will present you 
with a book. Pity ^ the poor. * You will repent of your 
folly.'' * It is of very great importance to you,^ thaf the 
city should}^ be fortified. An eagle flying on-high had ter- 
rified the timid doves. WilP^ a dove terrify an eagle? 
[No.] Some deserters have discovered the plans of the 
enemy, [ph) It is certain that^ the plans of the enemy 
have been discovered by a certain deserter. I have^^ six 
doves. How-many doves have^^ you ? It cannot be doubt- 
ed, that^^ he pities the poor. There was need^ of a much^"* 
gentler reproof. ^ 

I S. 32. 2 S. 143. 3 s. 164. 4 g. 45. 6 S. 79. 

6 S. 88. 7 S. 94. 8 s. 91. 9 S. 16. 10 C. 3, 

H S. 46. 12 S. 114. 13 s. 19. 14 S. 202. 



Exercise 17. 

Graeci et Romani veteres multos coluerunt deos. Socra- 
tes in carcere de immortalitate animi disseruit. In illo 
proelio equites nostri audacia et virtute excelluerunt. 
Prudentia vestra patriam e manibus hostium eripuistis. 
Romani gentibus fere omnibus tributa imposuerunt. Ex 
pugna Cannensi Poeni annulis aureis occisorum equitum 
Romanorum raodios aliquot compleverunt. Eodem anno 
L. Mummius Corinthum, P. Scipio Carthaginem delevit 
(deleverunt.) Pater flevit de morte filii. Filia sub tilia 
nevit subtilia fila. Quid decrevistis ? Decrevimus habitare 
in provincia. Has arbores mea manu sevi. Quum mihi 
solatium misisti, flere jam desieram. Cur sprevisti munera 
a patre tibi proraissa ? Leo uno impetu prostravit tigridem. 
Hanc viam jumenta triverunt et homines. 

Has not^ my prudence snatched our country from {e) the 
hands of a tyrant ? The boy is goiiig-to-cultivate (C. 37) 
his^ little-garden. He has spoken much (muUum) about the 
nature of things. Who has distinguished-himself above^ 
the rest in this contest ? This disease has carried-ofF many 
men. I will inquire of the physician how-many"* are dead» 



192 

The state has erected a monument to the soldiers, who 
were slain in the battle. The wild cry of the soldiers 
filled the minds of the citizens with fear. May^ I culti- 
vate my f^eld ? Age has destroyed many monuments of 
ancient art. Y/hat hinders (us) ^from'^ cultivating our 
garden ? It remains, that^ we should fly into the city. 
The girl has spun coarse threads. If the senate decrees,^ 
the consuls will leave their provinces. I feel that^ roses 
have^° their^^ thorns. See that^^ you do not feel the 
thorns of the roses. Provided^^ that you do not feel the 
thorns, pluck your roses. Yv^ould-that^"^ I had a little gar- 
den. My little-garden is considerably^^ bigger than my 
sister's. The^^ more beautiful a rose, the more thorns it 
has. Why did you not cease to laugh, when I begged 
you? 

1 S. 45. 2 c. 1. 3 Free. 4 s. 49. 6 S. 57. 6 s. 43. 

7 S. 17. 8 8haU have decreed. 9 S. 16. 10 S. 114. U C. 1. 

12 Vide ng, {suhj.) 13 S. 241.* H S. 242. 15 s. 202. 16 s. 203. 



Exercise 18. 

Luna crescit et decrescit. Quando quiesces a laboribus 
tuis ? Pueri pascebant oves in saltibus, quum lupus ex 
silva prorumpens terruit gregem, et matris ab ubere agnum 
rapuit. Ut quisque in juventute adsueverit, ita aget, 
quum ad senectutem pervenerit. Adulta vitia non facile 
evanescunt. Hanc legem quia non probabam, abolevi. 
Nosti (novisti) hunc hominem ? Ignoscam fortasse, quum 
causam delicti cognovero. Seepe concupiscimus id, quod 
nocebit. Quum tempus anni incaluit, terra flores et herbas 
edit. Magnum belluin exarsit inter C^esarem et Pompejum, 
quorum uterque consulatum appetebat. 

When the storms of war have cooled-down, the arts of 
peace revive. The shepherd feeds his flocks upon the 
hills : the husbandman tills his fields, and fears not in- 
vading foes : the inhabitants-of-towns go about^ their usual 
employments, and live secure^ with opened gates. How- 
greatly shall we rejoice, when the concord of nations again 
restores^ peace ! But a long peace often corrupts the 
morals of a state. As-long-as'^ the Romans waged wars 



193 

with the neighboring cities and nations, they retained the 
manners of their forefathers : but after^ they had subdued 
the world, they gave- themselves -up to luxury and wicked- 
ness. — *When arms are-at-rest,^ the arts of peace begin 
to flourish. *It is of great importance to the state,^ that^ 
the anger of its citizens should^ cool. — *It is of great 
importance to our state,^ that^ the manners of our fore- 
fathers should be preserved.^ Who is there, who can. 
deny,^° that the manners of our forefathers should be pre- 
served ?^^ *When the harmony of its citizens is restored,® 
the state will begin-to-flourish. Did the queen write the 
letter with her own' (S. 177) hand ? The boy has lost his 
book. I have lost his book. 

1 To go-about a business, operam dare negotio. 2 To live secure, secunis 

agere, (vitam understood,) 3 Shall have restored. 4 (duamdiu) quam diu. 

5 S. 251. 6 S. 168. 7 S. 91. 8 S. 16. 9 C. 3. 10 g. 234. H S. 164. 



Exercise 19. 

Multi scriptorum Romanorum, quorum scripta exstant, 
magnam laudem meruerunt et rerum ac sententiarum co'pia 
et verborum elegantia. Inter illos excellit M. (Marcus) 
Tullius Cicero, cujus epistolas et orationes ceterosque 
libros in scholis legimus. Huic omnes concedunt palmam 
eloquentiae. Et vere orationes ejus delectant miro ingenii 
acumine, quo reorum innocentiam defendit, aut utilitatem 
legis alicujus demonstrat. In epistolis ad familiares scribit 
de rebus domesticis et publicis, modo ridens et jocabundus, 
modo in gravitatem ac severitatem corapositus. Tres 
libros composuit de oratore, in quibus de arte oratoria dis- 
sent. Perfecti oratoris imaginem in alio libro proposuit. 
In eis (iis) libris, quos de ofiiciis scripsit, Marcum fi'lium 
ad vitam honestam instituit. — T. (Titus) Livius non unius 
88vi aut belli aut hominis historian! descripsit, sed univer- 
sam rerum Romanarum historiam ab origine gentis ad sua 
usque tempera deduxit. At illius non omnia scripta ex- 
stant. — C. (Caius) Julius Csesar octo libris helium Galli- 
cum, tribus civile narravit ; et Gallico quidem totius 
Gallise civilates Romanorum imperio subjecit, civili Pom- 

17 



194 

peium devicit : utriusque belli rebus gestis nomen ejus in- 
claruit. 

Distinguished poets lived in^ the age of- Augustus. We 
have the writings of Virgilius,^ Horatius, Ovidius, and 
others. Asinius PoUio had invited Virgilius to the city, 
where he became-acquainted with^ Maecenas"^ and Augus- 
tus. Virgilins recommended Horatius to Msecenas. So 
the one^ flourished by the friendship of the other : one 
obliged the other. A long life did not fall-to-the-lot of 
either :^ but posterity has bestowed- equal honors -upon 
them both.^ Who would snatch^ the palm from either 
this or that, or bestow- greater praise -upon any^ Roman 
poet ? Ovidius finished his life in exile on the Black Sea, 
because he had offended Augustus by his verses. He is 
distinguished for^ the fertility of his genius and the beauty 
of his verses ; but many of (ex) his writings displease^° a 
modest and pure mind. — Who is there who can deny,^^ that 
great poets lived in the age of Augustus ? — The poets who 
flourished in the age of Augustus, were much^^ more dis- 
tinguished than (those) who lived afterwards. 

I In what case does the time-when stand 1 2 Proper names are given in their 
Latin forms. 3 c. 36. Is the prepos. used in English to be used after the Latin 
word, &c.? 4 Gen. atis. 5 The one — the other, must each be translated by 
the proper case of alter. 6 Do not-either, by neuter, (neither.) ? Uterque, each : 
to be used, of course, in the sing. 8 g. 213. 9 p. 169. 10 Appendix I. 

II S. 234. 12 s. 202. 



Exercise 20. 

[Learn the declension of aloe, Anchises, ^neas, poema. Appendix II.— What is 
the Voc. of proper names in izis ? — What is the Voc. mas. of mens ?] 

O benigne Deus, quam multa tibi debemus beneficia ! 
Quod vivimus, quod valemus, quod ex agris fruges nobis 
proveniunt, quod lumine suo sol omnia collustrat et fovet, 
quod pluviam nubes in arva demittunt, quis haec omnia 
regit et temperat, nisi Deus ? Cui rerum natura paret, nisi 
Deo ? Ergo, mi fill, Deum semper coles, eique pio animo 
habebis gratiam. 

Quid fecisti, mi Carole ? — Epitomen feci orationis ejus, 
quam heri legimus. — Num jam legisti Ovidii poemata ?-^ 



195 

Non legi.- — ^Eneas, Veneris et Anchisae filius, patrem ex 
incendio Trojse porta vit humeris. Succus aloes amarus 
confirmat stomachum. Ulysses a Philoctete (-a) sagittas 
postulabat, quas ab Hercule ille acceperat. Marce Tulli, 
quantas calamitates reipublicae vidisti ! 

Why are you crying, my^ little brother ? Who has *done 
you any wrong ? — Who freed ancient Germany from the 
dominion of the Romans 1 Arminius : who conquered and 
destroyed Quintilius Varus in the Teutoburgian^ wood. 
This man, one of Augustus's lieutenant-generals,^ had 
treated the Germans proudly and unjustly. O Quintilius"* 
Varus, how you deceived yourself! Those whom you 

despised,^ destroyed your army and yourself. If you 

answer^ well to these questions, you shall receive praise. 
— Xerxes, king of the Persians, invaded Greece with an 
immense army : but the Greeks defeated this army by sea 
and land, at^ the island of^ Salamis, and at Plataeae in 
Bceotia. Who found^ this jewel? I have found a much^° 
more beautiful jewel. Who can deny^^ that^^ the lieutenant- 
general has treated us unjustly ? 

1 What is the voc. mas. of mens ? (p. 169. ) ^ Teutoburgensis. 3 A lieutenant- 
general of Augustus. 4 What is the voc. of a proper name in ius ? * See Syn. 5. 
6 Shall have answered. i S. 159. 8 g. 66.* » Syn. 1. lo S. 202. 
11 S. 213. 12 S. 19. 



Exercise 21. 

[Look at M«, we, quominus, quia, in Appendix III.] 

Cupio, ut factum meum probes. Docemus pueros, ut 
sapere disc ant, et bonis moribus animum imbuant. Edi- 
mus, ut vivamus, hoc est, ut vitam conservemus : at vos 
vivitis, ut edatis et bibatis. Cavebimus, ne superstitionem 
vestram augeamus, quae prohibet, quominus ad veram 
rerum cognitionem perveniatis. Non dubitatis, quin paren- 
tibus tuis multum debeas, quo intelligas, quo jure illi a te 
obedientiam et pietatem postiilent. Nescimus, quae mala 
nobis future tempore immineant. Die as nobis, utrum pr se- 
stet inimico ignoscere, an amicum etiam ultro laedere. 
Quum nemo sciat, quid quisque cogitet, caveamus, ne 



196 

temere cuiquam credamus. Amemus patriam, pareamus 
magistratibus, consulamus bonis, nutriamus pauperes ! Quid 
faciam ? Ne doleam, quum tanta me premat calamitas 1 
Hoc dii bene vertant ! Utinam nemo te impediat, quominus 
ad me venias ! Quis credat illud, quod prorsus incredibile 
est ? Metuo, ne vos hoc facialis, aut illud non facialis. 

We wish that^ you should always obey^ your parents, 
and love your brothers and sisters. It often happens that^ 
men commit atrocious crimes for-the-sake^ of a small gain. 
The tiger is so cruel, that,^ though^ impelled by no hunger, 
it tears-to-pieces men and beasts. You will take care, 
thaf you may 7iot lead a miserable life through your own 
fault. Do you fear, that^ we shall betray your secrets ? I 
do not fear, that^ you will not perform what you have 
promised. We learn the old languages, that^ we may 
practise our judgment, and cultivate our minds. Who 
doubts that^° ^^we' ought to love even our enemies V^ I 
will not prevent you from'^ calling-upon me every day. 
You shall tell me, how much^^ I owe you. I don't-know 
whether^"* he is awake or sleeping. We will ask ourselves 
first, what is-pleasing to the gods ; then, what to-men. 
What shall we say, that we may prove our innocence ? 
Take your arms, and fight for your country. May every 
one keep a pure conscience. It remains that^ each man 
should keep his conscience pure. I have^^ a pure con- 
science. Balbus is no^^ wiser than [quam) Caius. My 
name is Marcus. ^^ 

1 See S. 16, note. 2 App. I. s S. 17. 4 Causa. s S. 17. e Etiam, even. 

7 That— not, ne, subj. » s. 22. » S. 17. 10 g. 19. " S. 163. 

12 S. 43. 13 S. 49. w s. 51. 15 s. 114. le Nihilo. S. 202. 

17 S. 1]3. 



Exercise 22. 

Hie miles est adeo robustus, ut adhuc nemo eum in 
certamine superaverit. Nemo dubitat, quin Romani omnes 
populos fortitudine preestiterint. Scisne, quando Scipio 
Africanus Carthaginem deleverit (delerit) ? Videbimus, 
quid de consilio nostro censueritis. Quum iterum te con- 



197 

venero, dices mihi, quid legeris aut scripseris. Incertum 
est, quo tempore Dido Carthaginem condiderit. Quum 
neminem ofFenderimus, non timemus, ne quis nobis succen- 
seat. Quum officia vestra feceritis, nemo vos vituperabit. 
Metuo, ne verum non dixeris, quum ceteri omnes contra- 
dicant. Narrabo vobis, quid audiverim, (audierim,) quidve 
viderim, ut omnes intelligatis, quanta vobis calamitas acci- 
derit. Non omnes pueri sunt tam stulti, ut nihil curent, 
quid in moribus et literis profecerint, aut quomodo parenti- 
bus suis et prseceptoribus placuerint. 

These pupils are so industrious, that^ they have never 
neglected to learn- their lines -by-heart. Who can doubt^ 
that^ the Greeks excelled the Romans in their intellectual- 
cultivation ? We don't know, at what time Homer lived."* 
It is doubtful, whether^ Clodius waylaid Milo, or the one^ 
met the other on the road by chance : but it is not doubtful, 
that^ a slave of Milo's killed Clodius. When you have 
read^ our letter, you will know. I fear that^ your father 
will not approve -of our plan. You will tell us (= tell us) 
your meaning, that^ we may know, why^ you have changed 
your plan. W^hat am I to believe 1^ What am I not to 
believe? All (pZ.) is so wonderful, that' I have not-yet 
ceased to doubt. *It was of very great importance to 
Caius,^ that no-one should betray his plans. 

1 S. 17. 2 s. 213. 3 s. 19. 4 s. 49. s s. 51. Clodiusne. 

6 Alter : followed by alter for the other. ^ Shall have read. 8 g. 22. 
8 S. 91. that no-one : ne quis with subj. 



Exercise 23. 

L. (Lucius) Sulla post victoriam, quam a Marianis par- 
tibus reportaverat, ita saeviebat, ut ingentem numerum 
civium trucidaret, et bona eorum venderet. Timebat enim, 
ne, si adversarii sui viverent, perpetuum sibi periculum 
immineret. Vetuerat Pompeius, ne quis absens consula- 
tum peteret. Ea lege prohibebat, quommus Caesar, quum 
in GaUia helium gereret et provinciam administraret, earn 
dignitatem obtineret. At Caesar, non dubitans, quin magna 

17* 



198 

pars populi sibi faveret, et fretus legionibus suis, armis 
petere constituit, quod inimicorum invidia ei negabat.— 
Ideo te monui, ut intelligeres, quantopere saluti tuae con- 
sulerem. Nisi tantopere vos amaremus, profecto non tanta 
cura ingenia vestra excoleremus. Si viveret Cicero, multum 
de moribus nostris rideret. Hunc librum vobis non darem, 
nisi scirem, quantum ex eo fructum pueri perciperent. 
Utinam omnes hunc librum legeretis, et praecepta ejus ani- 
mis imprimeretis ! (S. 242.) 

While the Greeks were besieging Troy, a plague raged 
in the army with-such-violence,^ that^ it carried-ofF daily 
a great number of men and beasts. Wherefore^ they con- 
sulted the oracle, by what ofFerings-of-atonement they 
should appease the wrath of the god. The priest answered, 
that (ut) Agamemnon, the leader of the Greeks, should re- 
store *to Chryses, a priest of Apollo, his daughter who-had- 
been-violently-carried-ofF:^ When Agamemnon refused 
(imperf. suhj.) to do this,^ Achilles, the son of Peleus and 
Thetis, pressed him ^to comply-with^ the will of the god, 
and deliver the Greeks from destruction. By this,^ he so 
excited the anger of Agamemnon, that he took- Briseis 
-away from him by force. *The consequence was,^ that 
Achilles for-a-long-time did not go-to-battle with the other 

Greeks, but kept his troops idle in their camp. Would^ 

that you always spoke the truth ! Shall we not receive 
ten- oboli -a-piece ? (C. 39.) *What is your name ?^° This 
[ea) only^^ is true virtue. 

1 Adeo. 2 s, 17. 3 Quamobrem, {or quam ob rem.) 

4 Say, sAomM restore his daughter violently-snatched-away from Chryses^ (dat..) &c. 

5 Translate ' this' by quod, and place it before the quum. Q.uod quum mstad of 
quuni hoc. 6 That he should comply. 7 Ea re. 

8 This bruught'it-io-pass : id effecit, ut, &c. 9 S. 242. To speak the 

truths verum dicere. lo g. 113. 11 Say : at length, demum. 



Exercise 24. 

Philippus, Macedonum rex, quum diu consilia sua occul- 
tavisset, Graecos adeo decepit, ut, nihil ab eo timentes, sum- 
mam ei potestatem concederent. Quod^ quum fecissent, 
amissam libertatem armis recuperare sero decreverunt. 



199 

Vicit eos Philippus in pugna ad Chaeroneam anno trecen- 
tesimo tricesimo octavo ante Christum natum. — Metue- 
bamus, ne in periculum incidissetis, quam nihil audissemus, 
(audivissemus,) nee ubi, nee quando classem appillissetis. 
Si tertium diem exspectavisses, magnum periculum vitasses 
(vitavisses.) Non dubitabam, quin gratum tibi fecissem, 
quod^ hunc tibi iibrum donassem. Nisi tu me rogasses, ut 
totam tibi darem pecuniam, partem ejus dedissem alii. 
Caesar quum ex Gallia veniens Rubiconem trajecisset, Pom- 
peius cum senatu aufugit Brundusium. Utinam me heri 
convenisses, profecto hodie aliter egisses ! 

1 A relative at the head of a principal sentence may be rendered by * this^^ ' thaV 

2 (That I had given =) in giving. 

Miltiades would not have conquered the Persians in the 
battle of-Marathon/ if^ he had not chosen a very-confined 
ground (locus) in-order-that^ the enemy might not attack 
him at-once in front"* and on his flanks. When^ he had 
gained the victory, his grateful country placed a likeness 
of him in the portico, which they called Pcecile. — If^ you 
had tamed your lusts, you would have avoided the hatred 
of many persons. You feared that^ we should offend our 
friends : but we knew what (qualis) feelings they had^ to- 
wards us. I did not know *what to do f and I should 
have done- very -wrong, if^ you had not warned me at the- 
right-time.^° Had'^youbut defended me at-the-right-time,^^ 
what (quantus) dangers should I have escaped ! When^ 
Caesar in^^ the forty-ninth year *before the birth of Christ^^ 
had driven Pompey out of Italy, he returned to^"* Rome and 
named himself ^^ Dictator. 

1 Translate by adj. Maratkonius. 2 If not^ nisi, (unless) with subj. 3 Ng^ 

(in order that — not ) 4 In front, a f route : on his flanks, a latere, (latus side.) 

5 S. 241. 6 s. 216. 7 S. 22. 8 s. 49. 9 iVhat I should do. 

10 In tempore. ll That is, if you had but, &cc., si modo, with subj. 

12 How is time-when to be expressed 1 S. 143. 13 Before Christ born. 

i4 How is the place to-which expressed 1 S. 155. '5 s. 178. 



Exercise 25. 

[How are the compar. and superl. formed 1 p. 170.] 

In rebus gravioribus cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiam, 
sed nee in levioribus temere unquam agamus. Quum 



200 

animam ages, tunc intelliges, quae res vitam vere beatam 
efFecerint, quaeque, quamvis ad tempus animum voliiptate 
afficerent, taraen moerorem ac poenitentiam reliquerint. 
Ut bonis artibus ingenium excolatis, non cupimus vehe- 
mentius, quam ut animos vestros moribus bonis adornetis. 
Catilina quum videret, quanta^ ira et odio Ciceronis oratio 
animos senatorum implevisset, in summuin furorem conci- 
tatus reliquit curiam. Nemo dubitat, quin Catilina eo tem- 
pore rempublicam perdidisset, nisi Cicero consul maxima 
prudentia publicae saluti consuluisset. Optimus et emen- 
datissimus est is, qui ceteris ita ignoscit, tanquam ipse 
quotidie peccet f ita peccatis abstinet, tanquam nemini 
ignoscat. Minus ilium timeas, qui vitia, quae habet, osten- 
dit, quam ilium, qui extrinsecus est bonus, et malus intus. 
Saepe difficile est^judicare, ex duobus utrum meliorem du- 
camus ; multo difficilius, ex pluribus quis praestet ceteris. 

1 Quantus may often be rendered ' what.'' 2 Sinned. 

DonV you see how^ the trees are blossoming, how the 
meadows are growing-green ; how ^'the whole of nature^ has 
put-on, as-it-were,"* a new dress ? These things present a 
more beautiful appearance than the most beautiful buifdings 
of the city, or the most valuable treasures of kings and 
princes. Would-that^ all men recognised the beauty and 
order of the world,' with what [qualis) wisdom and good- 
ness God has created and governs all things. Why^ should 
not r forgive^ you,' when you have so-often forgiven me ? 
We shall very easily m®ve the softest tempers to do^ what 
we desire :^ but they do not often [say, easily) remain in 
the same mind. If ^° you had written me a longer letter, 
you would have given me a still [etiam) greater pleasure : 
though-indeed^^ the longest letters are not always the best ; 
nor the shortest the worst. We did not-doubt-in-the-least^^ 
that^^ you would have received our letter : but we feared 
that^"^ it might not satisfy^ you. 

I S. 45. 2 Ut, suhj. 3 Universa reriirn natura. 4 Q,uasi, as-it-were^ 

(=quam si.) 5 S. 242. 6 Why — not, quidni, with subj. 7 Appendix I. 

8 Ut, with subj. 9 Subj. 10 S. 216. n Quanquam ; indie. 

12 jVot in the least, ne minimum quidem. 13 g. 19. 14 S. 22. 



201 



Exercise 26. 

O magne Alexander, domuisti tot gentes ; age, effre- 
natam iracundiam doma ! Augustus quum nuntium acce- 
pisset de clade Variana, exclamavit : Quintili Vare, redde 
mihi legiones meas. Audi, puer, consilia sapientium, et 
vide, ne levitate animi in perniciem ruas ! Vos divites, 
adjuvate miseros, vestite nudos, satiate famelicos : pro his 
Deus nobis retribuet gratiam. Credite mihi, perficiemus 
negotium, si vires omnes intenderimus. Respondete ad 
interrogationes nostras. Nimium ne crede colori ! Ne 
contemnite deos ! Fac, quod tuum est facere ! Die, quid 
sentias ! Educ, centurio, copias, et aciem instrue ! 

Rouse up the powers of your mind, when they ^happen 
to be-asleep.' Honor your parents, and obey^ their will. 
Come into my house, and tell me^ what^ you have learned. 
Take-care not^ to make a more-powerful person your enemy. 
*Be sure to get welP as soon as possible/ Pardon those who 
have offended you : and take care to make friends of ene- 
mies by kindness and good-conduct. Take-care not^ to be- 
tray confidence. Guard the gates, lest (ne) your enemies 
should suddenly attack the city. 

I When by-chance (forte) they sleep. 2 Append. I. 3 c. 13. 4 g. 49. 

6 Ne. 6 Fac ut convalescas. 7 Q,uam primiim, as soon as possible. 



Exercise 27. 

[Qc^The second forms of the imperative [to, tote, nto] are used in laws, rules, and 
other formal expressions of dut^j or permission.] 

Coelestia semper spectato, humana conternnito. Impius 
ne audeto placare donis iram deorum. Ubi nos laverimus, 
si placebit, lavato. Hominem mortuum in urbe ne sepellto, 
neve urito. Virgines Vestales in urbe custodiunto ignem 
foci publici sempiternum. Pueros ne laudatote nimium : 
nam omne nimium nocet. Pueri bonos libros legunto 
quotidie, sed malis abstinento. Fratres et sorores se in- 
vicem amanto, et parentibus obediunto. Memoriam exer- 
cetote, et addiscitote quotidie aliquid. Quum hostem profii- 
gaveritis, ne ssevitote in jacentem. 



202 

Love thy neighbor as^ thyself. Honor thy parents, and 
obey^ their will. Let the young-man lend an ear to the 
counsel of the wise, and open his heart to their teaching. 
Betray not^ confidence : stand by thy promises. Let not 
the citizen betray his country ; but when [ubi) dangers 
threaten, let him defend it with arms. Ye pupils, vie *with 
one-another"* in virtue. Ye princes, ward-off dangers from 
the citizens, and protect the cultivation of the arts. Let 
the husbandman till the fields, that the fruits thereof may 
support the inhabitants of the land. Let not^ conquerors 
behave-proudly, when they have conquered^ a town or 
country. Let the soldiers take one portion of the booty, 
the general another. 

1 ^que ac. 2 App. I. p. 164. 3 g. 37. 4 Inter vos, between 

yourselves. 5 Subj. 



Exercise 28. 

Ager aratur et occatur, ut fruges inde meliores prove- 
niant. Primo tempore veris sparguntur semina frugum, 
quae eestate maturescunt, et auctumno metuntur, ut per 
hiemem nutrimenta cultoribus praebeant. Finitur labor 
agricolae mense Novembri aut Decembri, quum rerum na- 
tura quiescere videtur, et agri frigore rigent. — Erudiuntur 
pueri Uteris et artibus, et exercentur laboribus, ut ingenio 
validi et corpore robusti evadant. Multi adolescentes ita 
decipiuntur voluptatum illecebris, ut labores omnes fugiant. 
Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur in illis. Maxima 
movemur misericordia, quum homines rebus maxime neces- 
sariis carere vidimus. Ad res pravas saepe libidine trahi- 
mur, spepius inconsiderantia ; nonnunquam etiam circum- 
venimur artibus malorum hominum, a quibus impellimur et 
cogimur. Tu non ab aliis impelleris aut cogeris, sed tua 
te impellit libido ; ergo vituperaris et coerceris. Nee ab 
ullo impediris, quominus recte agas. Vos laudamini, pueri, 
qui bene didicistis ; vos, autem, pigri, punimini. Quotidie 
monemini, ut officia vestra expleatis ; at semper ab aliis di- 
ligentia et virtute vincimini. Curritur, (S. 141,) saltatur, lu- 
ditur, sed scholae segnius frequentantur. 



203 

Certain kinds-of-corn are sown in the month^ of Sep- 
tember or October : then the seed is covered through the 
winter, tilP it shoots-up* (as) the beams of the sun grow- 
warm, [ahl. abs.,) and ripens its fruit in the summer. *We 
often sing,^ and dance,^ and play,^ when in the next hour 
a great misfortune befalls"* us. Great treasures are often 
found^ in the sea, which swallows-up ships and men. The 
greatest difficulties are often overcome,^ if the best means 
are employed at-the- right-time. Even (vel) the most 
violent sorrow is lessened by time and forgetfulness. You 
are beloved by your friends, honored by your fellow- 
citizens, feared by the enemies of your country. We were 
instructed by our teachers and educated by our parents, 
that^ we might become better and wiser men. You are 
watched over, my son, that^ bad men may not corrupt your 
mind. We are often prevented by anger from^ acting 
right. See that^° you be not hurried away by passion. 
You appear to me not to be- well -aware what^^ (quantus) 
advantages these sciences, in which you are instructed, of- 
fer. Answer to what (ad ea quce) you are asked, that we 
may know what^^ each of you has learned. Nothing is to be 
despised. 

1 How is time-when translated 1— Mense Septembri, aut Octobri. 2 s. 249. 

3 S. 141. 4 Syn. 4. 5 Syn. 1. 6 s. 214. 7 s. 21. 8 s. 18. 9 S. 43. 
10 Vide ne, &c. subj. H S. 49. 



Exercise 29. 

Saguntum jam siimma vi oppugnabatur ab Hannibale, 
quum Romani nihildum de bello incepto audiverant. Ego, 
qui paullo ante acerbissimis pedum doloribus cruciabar, 
nunc quasi revixisse mihi videor. Quanta tu misericordia 
commovebaris ( -e,) quum me tantis malis oppressum vide- 
res ! Miserrimi esse videbamini, quum fortunas omnes 
amisissetis, quas nunc recepistis ! Quum Neapolim venis- 
semus, ibique scholas frequentaremus, quotidie coiivenie- 
bamur ab amicis nostris. Agri ad Tiberira jacentes antiquis 
temporibus colebantur a populis Latinis, quos Romani 
vicerunt. Apud Graecos et Romanos veteres festis diebus 
Diis Deabusque sacra instituebantur. A foro Romano 



204 

conspiciebatur Capitolium et signum Jovis, qui custos urbis 
appellabatur. Equi Romanorum terrebantur subito ad- 
spectu et odore elephantorum, quos Pyrrhus in acie con- 
stituerat ; sed reperiebantur eo tempore remedia, quibus 
efficiebant Romani, ut elephanti plus suis, quam hostibus no- 
cerent. 

I was requested by your brother to relate^ my journey 
to him, {sihi :) but I was prevented by much business 
from^ obliging him. We were asked how-much^ property 
our parents had left to their sons and daughters ; but *we 
were not permitted"^ to answer. How-often were you 
reminded not to betray^ the secrets of others ? You were 
expected through the whole day ; for nobody had heard, 
what^ a misfortune had befallen^ you. You were com- 
pelled by nobody to come to Constantinople ; in which 
city^ great dangers threatened your life. The standards of 
the enemy were seen at-a-distance ; and still more (troops) 
were said to be marching-up from the Araris,^ when 
Caesar drew-up- his army -in-order-of-battle. Our friends 
were prevailed-upon {imperf.) to come *as soon as pos- 
sible^ into the city. The ropes, by which the vessels 
were fastened to the bank, did not withstand the violence 
of the storm : and the ships were blown-ofF into the deep sea. 

I S. 41. 2 s. 43. 3 s. 49. 4 s. 58. 5 c. 21. 6 Syn. 4, 

7 Qua ia urbe. 8 Araris, a river in Gaul ; the Sadue. 9 Q,uam celerrime 



Exercise 30. [See S. 205.] 

Donabor clipeo et hasta, si bene pro patria pugnavero. 
Saepe admoneberis, ut iram discas compescere ; ssepius 
etiam, ut aliorum iram ne excites. Quum ver redierit, 
prata et agri pulcherrimis floribus ornabuntur. Memoria 
clarorum virorum nulla unquam oblivione delebitur aut 
obscurabitur. Quo^ magis vitam honestam et integram 
egerimus, eo magis Deo probabimur. Non videbimur 
omni culpa vacare, nisi etiam suspicionem flagiiii summo 
studio vitaverimus. Tu, discipule, laudabere, si sapienter 
vitam institueris ; at vos vituperabimini, qui segnius officiis 
vestris satisfecistis. Precibus tuis non commovebor, ui 



205 

tibi ignoscam ; nee temere adducar, ut poeiiam tibi remit- 
tam. Ab imbecilliore vinceris, quern contempseris. Non 
audieris, nisi sapiens consilium dederis ; nam stulta con- 
silia negligentur aut rejicientur. A bonis omnibus dilige- 
mur, si bonis moribus excellemus. O poetse prseclari, 
Virgili atque Horati, semper in scholis legemini, quamdiu 
adolescentes Uteris erudientur ! Quando hie labor difficilli- 
mus finietur ! 

1 S. 203. 

This town will be conquered in a short time. You will 
be despised by the lowest men, if you give- yourself -up^ 
to the vilest lusts. The very lightest tasks will hardly be 
aeeomplished, if^ you do not accustom^ yourself to perse- 
vere in labor. We shall be deserted both by friends and 
relations, if ^ we put- every thing -after money. You will 
be laughed-at by all sensible people, if you indulge-in-"^ 
vanity. 1' shall be greatly assisted by your means :^ but 
you' will receive advantage^ from your labor, and be 
rewarded with great praise. You will be taught by your 
masters, what road^ you should^ take. If you will con- 
tinue in this path, you will be loved by your friends, and 
valued by your fellow-citizens. Whither shall I be led ? 
When shall I reach the end of my journey ? *It will not 
so much as be asked,^ what^ we have thought, but what 
we have done. We shall be attacked by our opponents ; 
but our plans will not be overthrown. The gates of the 
city shall be carefully watched : guards shall be stationed 
on the walls : the enemy (plur.) shall be kept-ofF or driven- 
baek. *It is of great importance to me^^ that you should 
(C. 3) understand this. 

1 Fut. perf. 2 If not, nisi. 3 S. 214. 4 App. L 5 Opera, (sing.) 

6 Fructum capere (ex.) 7 S. 49. 8 S. 166. Take, of a road, is insistere, 

which governs the dat. 9 Ne rogabitur quidem : ' it will not even be asked.' 

10 S. 91. 



Exercise 31. 

Haee narratio adeo est fabulosa, ut a nemine credatur. 
Non sum tarn imprudens, ut verbis speciosis deeipiar. Vic- 

18 



206 

tus es, miles : rogato victorem, ut vita tibi condonetur. Spe 
fallaci, mulieres, deceptae estis ; cavete, ne iterum decipia- 
mini. Quam multa a veteribus scriptoribus nobis tradita 
sunt, quae adeo sunt fabulis contexta, ut a nemine sano pro 
veris habeantur ! Utinam quam primum hoc metu liberer, 
quo sic crucior, ut paene delirare videar. Difficillimum est 
efficere, ut simul omnibus probemur. Ab amicis sic deserti 
sumus, ut ab inimicis prorsus opprimamur. Discedito ab 
improbis, ne pravitate eorum inficiaris, (-e.) Magistratus 
sapienter administranto rempublicam, cives autem parento 
legibus ; ita utrisque optime consultum erit, ut nee publica 
salus turbetur, nee privati singulorum injustitia vexentur. 
Bonse leges sanciantur a principibus, quibus summum impe- 
rium ideo creditum est, ut bene consulatur reipublicse, 
(S. 135.) 

All men are so formed by nature, tbat^ the powers of 
body and mind are strengthened by exercise. Who is so 
stupid as not^ to perceive, with how-much (quantus) wisdom 
and goodness the world is governed !^ We have asked, 
w^hether^ you were loved or shunned by your schoolfellows. 
You are *too sensible to be excited^ to anger by the invec- 
tives of the senseless. You are *too unfeeling to be 
moved^ by our tears. We are *too-sorely afflicted by these 
misfortunes to be soon restored^ to our former state. I am 
so loaded with business, that' I am almost oppressed (by it.) 
Be content with your lot, that you may be reckoned among 
the wise. You should^ be more industrious, that the pow- 
ers of your mind may be better exercised. What am I to 
do ?^ shall I ask,'° or^^ let-myself-be-asked (say, or be 
asked ?) 

1 S. 17. 2 Ut (or qui) non intelligat. 3 s. 49. 4 s. 51. 5 * More- 

sensible than that (quam ut) you should be excited,' (subj.) — Remember that should 
is a doubtful sign, and that whether the imperf. or pres. subj. should be used, de- 
pends on the tense of the preceding verb. 6 ' More unfeeling than that you 
should be moved.' 7 ' More sorely afflicted than that we should, &c.' 8 s. 61. 

9 S. 213. 10 Rogemne. H Anne. 



Exercise 32. 

Minus curare solemus, quod adest, quam quod futurum 
est, quia, quod adest, oculis videmus, sed nescimus, quid 



207 

futurum sit. Metuo, ne in hoc negotio falsa spe decepti 
sitis, quoniam nihil vobis succedere videtur. Ubi victoria 
amissa est, nihil refert, quot in proelio caesi aut in fuga 
capti sint. Ad virtutem nihil interest, quo loco aut quibus 
parentibus nati simus. Hodie nemo in domo est, a quo 
non sim interrogatus, quomodo e tanto periculo servatus 
sim, quique homines auxilium mihi praestiterint. Non ita 
generati a natura sumus, ut ad ludum et jocum facti esse 
videamur ; sed ad severitatem potius, et ad quaedam studia 
graviora et majora. Nam ita est a Deo institutum, ut vita 
hominis non hoc terrestri curriculo terminetur, sed ut animae 
etiam post mortem corporis vita futura sit. Simul ac anima 
a corpore sejuncta fuerit, illud quidem torpebit, sed haec in 
seternum vigebit. 

Let us see how-many^ v^arriors are left in the city ; and 
how the guards are placed on the walls, and before the 
gates. Since^ the town is well fortified both by nature 
and art,^ and defended by a strong force, it will not easily 
be taken. Since^ we are surrounded on-all-sides by ene- 
mies, it will be difficult to find a means-of-escape. You 
will not be reproached *for having been invited to dinner 
by no prince ;'^ but you will be justly reproached, if^ you 
court the favor of the great, that you may be invited. As 
soon as^ this letter is read, {fut. perf.,) you will perceive 
whom^ you have had for^ friends, and whom for^ enemies, 
and from what [quantus) danger (App. I.) you have been 
snatched. We shall at all times be contented with our lot, 
if we accustom ourselves {fut. perf.) to look- not -at those 
who are placed in a higher rank, but (at) those, to whom 
fortune has denied still more (than to us) : for no one is so 
miserable, that^ many do not appear to be more miserable 
still. 

1 S. 49. 2 Qunm with suhj. ^ Et opere, abl. of opiLs. 

4 ' That {quod) you have been invited.' s s. 214. e s. 251. 7 S. 49. 

8 Omit /or, and put friends and enemies in apposition to whom. ^ S. 17. 



Exercise 33. 
Romae aliquamdiu penes reges summum imperium fuit. 
Quorum postremus, Tarquinius Superbus, quum a Brute 



208 

et Tarquinio Col latino expulsus esset, consules creati sunt 
bini in annos singulos. Id factum est anno ducentesimo 
decimo ab urbe condita. Sed paullo post, quum a patriciis 
cmdelius seeviretur in plebem, eaque perpetuis bellis oc- 
cupata aere alieno premeretur, denique seditio mota est. 
Piebs in montem sacrum secessit anno ducentesimo sexa- 
gesimo, nee prius in urbem rediit, quam a patriciis promissa 
essent, quae postulabat. Postulabat autem, ut ses alienum 
omne in tabulis deleretur, utque tribuni crearentur, qui 
contra superbiam patriciorum causam plebis agerent, 
legesque iniquas vetarent. Qu^ quum concessa essent, 
aliquamdiu quidem plebs sua conditione contenta esse 
videbatur, sed mox altiora petebat, ut in omni genere jura 
patriciorum et piebeiorum aequarentur, nee jam ordinum 
discrimen esset. 

Canuleius, a tribune of the people, brougbt-forward a 
bill,^ that mixed marriages of the patricians and the ple- 
beians should be permitted.^ This law was carried in the 
310th year ^from the building of the city.^ At the same 
time (some) new tribunes brought forward a bill, that one"* of 
the consuls should be chosen from the plebeians. This 
proposal excited the anger of the patricians to-such-a- 
degree,^ that^ it was resolved to elect, instead of consuls, 
military tribunes^ with^ consular power. Thus it happened,^ 
that for many years together^° no consuls were elected at 
Rome. But when [quum) in the year 378, that proposaP^ 
was renewed (plup. suhj.) by Caius Licinius Stolo and 
Lucius Sextius Lateranus, (two) tribunes of the people, the 
patricians were at-last compelled to share the consulate 
with plebeians. But that the pain of this lost privilege 
might be in-some-measure^^ lessened, the patricians sought- 
for new honors for themselves. Accordingly in the same 
'year two new magistrates were created, from wliich the 
plebeians should be excluded, (subj.,) the praetorship, and 
the dignity of Gurule ^Edile. Nevertheless,^^ sixty years 
afterwards^"^ all the rights were made common to the patri- 
cians and the plebeians. 

1 Roo[ationeni promulgare. 2 Concedere, (cess, cess.) 

3 From (ab) the city built. * Alter, (one of two.) s Aden. 6 g, 17. 

7 Tribunes of the soldiers. ^ g. 73. 9 ita factum est, (ut,) S. 17. 

10 Through many years. 11 Rogatio. 12 Aliqua ex parte. 

i3 Nihilo secius. i4 g, 145^ 147. 



209 



Exercise 34. 

[Read Rules of Syntax 215, 216.] 

Nisi vehementissimis pedum doloribus cruciarer, jam 
pridem ad te cucurrissem, ut viderem quid ageres. Per- 
venerat enim ad aures meas, quanta calamitate afflictus 
esses ; et metuebam, ne dolore et moerore plane conficereris. 
Sed crede mihi nulla tanta est calamitas, ut non ab aliqua 
parte cum commodo quodam conjuncta sit. Sic tu quoque, 
antequam ilia calamitate premereris, paullo superbior eras 
et confidentior ; nunc mitior factus multorum hominum tibi 
conciliabis animos, quos antea ofFenderas. Hinc illud 
discito : Si semper bonis cumularemur, nee unquam de 
inconstantia fortunae admoneremur, profecto ea re impedi- 
remur, quominus saepius de vera animi salute cogitaremus. 
O stulti homines, quam multis malis liberaremini, si in 
omnibus rebus sapienter vitam institueretis, et mature de 
vicissitudinibus fortunae cogitaretis ! 

If you had been^ with me to-day, you would have been 
pleased with a very agreeable sight. You would be praised^ 
by all good men, if you always did your duty. If^ we 
were not so-often reminded of our faults, we should either 
never become^ better, or arrive at virtue very late.'^ I did 
not doubt, that^ I should at-least^ be listened-to by my 
friends ; even-if ' my enemies should despise^ my advice. 
If you were not^ so carefully watched over by your parents 
and teachers, you would have thoughtlessly fallen into va- 
rious dangers. I carefully guarded-myself ^against being 
enticed^ to bad things by light-minded persons : if I had 
not done this,^° *I should have been often punished for my 
thoughtlessness.^^ The King had commanded, that {ut) 
you should be kept in custody, till you were freed from your 
debts. How miserable would you be, if you were despised 
by all the good ! 

I S. 216. 2 Tf-not, nisi. s Evadere. ^ gero. 5 S. 19 
6 Saltern 7 Etsi. 8 Subj. See Syn. 5. 

9 ' Lest (ne) I should be enticed ;' impsrf. subj. lo Quod nisi fecissem. 

II 'I should have given (= suffered) the punishment (pi.) of my thoughtlessness.* 

18* 



210 



Exercise 35. 

Exorare, mi pater ! ignosce temeritati filii ! compesce 
iram ! — O stulti homines, docemini tandem aliquando quam 
miseros vos libidinmn dominatio faciat ! — Romse lex erat 
his verbis scripta : Nemo in urbe sepelitor, neve uritor. 
Solon hanc legem sanxerat : Qui in bello occubuerint, pub- 
lice sepeliuntor. Hanc ego vobis legem dico : Si quid utile 
in rempublicam acturi estis, difficultatibus ne deterreminor. 
Audi, mi fili, ab improbis ne corrumpitor, neve flagitiis 
•eorum contaminator ! 

What am I to do ?^ shall I beat,^ or be beaten 1 — Be 
beaten. — Shall we entreat,^ or be entreated ? Let him who 
returns^ to his obedience, be exempted from punishment : 
let him who continues in his crime be punished. Let the 
guilty be kept in custody ; the innocent be dismissed. Let 
not yourselves be withheld from'' doing good, even-when^ 
men threaten you with evil.^ Let the torch be lighted.^ 
Let pleasures be despised.^ If^ he were of a brave mind/'^ 
he would despise^ those dangers. 

1 S. 213. 2 Feriam : anne feriar. s Fut. perf. 4 g. 43. 

5 Etiamsi. 6 ' Threaten evil to you.' ''' Syn. 2. 8 gyn. 5. 

9 S. 216. 10 s. 78. 



Exercise 36. 

Phocion magnus Graecorum imperator fuit eo tempore, 
quo Philippus, Macedonum rex, totam Graeciam suo imperio 
subjicere conatus est. Qui quamquam non adulabatur popu- 
lo, quod ceteri faciebant, tamen saepius ad imperium vocatus 
est, quam alius quisquam. Pueros semper hortamur, ut 
bonos mores imitentur, malos fugiant et aversentur. Adver- 
sabimur illis, qui mala reipublicse minentur ; boni bonis 
semper auxiliabuntur. Sulla, qui Marium in bello Jugur- 
thino comitatus fuerat, postea acerbissimus ejus adversarius 
exstitit. In magno timore eram, ne inimici vobis insidia- 
rentur ; quod quum factum non sit, gratulor. Magnos ho- 
mines qui aemulatus fuerit, non inter pessimos numerabitur. 
Quid gloriemini aliena virtute, quum propriam laudem meru- 



211 

eritis, quam cives omnes admirantur ? Saepe recordare, quid 
Deo, quid parentibus, quid patriae debeas, ut omni tempore 
gratum animum ostendas. Consolamini miseros ; hortamirii 
pavidos ; auxiliamini laborantibus ! In rebus sacris nemo 
jocator. Jure reprehensi ne indignantor. 

Do you mean the same as^ the rest? If ^ you had not 
despised my advice, you would not now need consolation.^ 
Demosthenes, the most celebrated orator of the Greeks, ex- 
horted the Athenians to supporf* their allies in (good) time, 
against Philip, the king of the Macedonians : but they^ hesi- 
tated, and ^let their enemy escape^ out-of (e) their hands. 
You will be surprised, in how short a time we have com- 
pleted^ so great a work. I am in great fear that^ wicked 
men are plotting against us. Take care '^not to imitate^ 
those who take-pride in^ empty things. Don't wonder that^'' 
I have not returned from the city before-this ;^^ many affairs 
have detained me. Pray the gods to give"^ you a prosper- 
ous return. Do not rejoice, *when it goes ill with others. ^^ 
Men should remember^^ a kindness received. 

1 That is, ' the same which,'' (quod,) &c. 2 If -not, nisi with subj. 3 App. I. 

4 'That (ut) they should support.' See S. 41. & ' Sent- their enemy -forth' (hos- 
tem e manibus emittere ; misi, missum.) 6 g. 49. 7 g. 22. ^ ivg with subj. 

9 C. 36. 10 auod. S. 20. 11 Earlier, comparat. of Mature. 

12 It goes ill with me : in rebus adversis versor. 23 Meminerint, used as an impera- 
tive. See App. I. 



Exercise 37. 

Deus tuetur et moderatur res omnium hominum, et uni- 
versum mundum gubernat. Quid verebamini, ne nobis 
ingrati venissetis, quibus nemo unquam venit exoptatior ? 
Miserere pauperum, ut oiim Deus misereatur tui. Nemo 
libenter fatetur, quod fateri nisi cum dedecore aliquo sui non 
potest. Qui multa pollicitus est, caveat, ne promissorum ob- 
liviscatur. Binae a Deo hominibus datae sunt aures, ora 
autem singula, ut plus audirent quara loquerentur. Romae 
qui consulatu functi erant, dicebantur consulares ; qui prae- 
tura, praetorii ; aediles qui fuerant, aedilitii ; quaestores, quaes- 
torii. Quique justo proelio cum hoste congressi [erant et] 
quinque millia hostium interfecerant, honorem triumphi adi- 



212 

piscebantur. Sequere me : in bellum proficiscimur. Se- 
quar, et pro patria pugnabo : sequentur omnes, qui caritate 
patriam amplectimtur. Ergo proficiscamur, et, si ita Deo 
placuerit, pro patria moriamur. Quid enim juvat vita frui, 
nisi ea cum laude et gloria fruamur ? 

Romulus, the first king of the Romans, employed a trick 
to procure^ wiv^es for the citizens of his new state. He 
carried off the Sabine girls whom he had invited w^ith 
(their) parents to (some) games *which he had instituted.^ 
Hence arose the first war. For the Sabines, to revenge^ 
the rape of their daughters, seized their arms and fell-upon 
the Romans. At last, when they had fought for-a-long- 
time, and the Sabines had already made-themselves-masters 
of the city, they made a treaty, that they should share the 
city and government. After-that the Romans were called 
Quirites from Cures, the chief-town^ of the Sabines, whose 
king Titus Tatius was named joint-king with Romulus. 
After Romulus followed Numa Pompilius, less distinguish- 
ed in arms than by the arts of peace. To him succeeded 
in order Tullus Hostilius, Ancus Martins, the elder Tar- 
quinius, Servius Tullius, Tarquinius the Proud. We often 
forget^ the benefits for which we are indebted^ to our pa- 
rents from our earliest childhood.^ Get acquainted with 
your faults, that they may be corrected. Pity"* those who 
are miserable for no fault of theirs.^ 

1 Ut with subj. S. 39. 2 ' instituted by him,' (a se.) s Urbs. 4 s. 89. 

5 Which we owe. 6 A prima puehtia. 7 :Xulla sua culpa. 



Exercise 38. 

Fugiamus ejiis amicitiam, qui sine causa amicis irascitur, 
et levioribus eorum delictis ignoscere non didicit. Ut cor- 
poris, sic animi morbis possumus mederi, si salubria reme- 
dia adhibemus. Animi morbi sunt iracundia, intemperan- 
tia, ignavia : ex his fere mala nascuntur omnia, quibus res 
humanae turbari solent. Homines virtute metimur, non for- 
tune, : nee decet virum servire malis aut blandiri improbis, 
quod potentia aut divitiis vel nocere vel prodesse possint. 
Spe commodi ne mentiminor, neve pravis consiliis adsen- 



213 

timinor. Socrates quum capite damnatus causam diceret, 
tantum aberat, ut^ blandiretur judicibus, ut ultro eos incusa- 
ret, quod innocentem damnassent.^ Ita ausus est etiam ma- 
gis eos irritare, nee ullo modo ab eo impetrari potuit, ut 
pcenae remissionem precaretur. Tali modo supplicium qui- 
dem efFugere non potuit, sed ita mortuus est, ut sapientem 
decuit, et praeclarum exempluiu reliquit posteris. Tu vero 
sic vive, sic morere ! 

1 Tantum aberat ut = was so far from : the subj. to be rendered by the participial 
substantive. 2 For having condemned^ &:,c. 

In misfortune we are sometimes deserted by those, whom 
we trusted^ above all others.^ Do not^ measure the fidelity 
of friends by words. The fidelity of friends should be 
measured"* by deeds. Hov/ often do bad men hypocritical- 
ly-pretend friendship, and flatter with words ! As-soon-as 
he had gained^ what he desired, he forgot^ his promises. We 
justly proclaim him happy, who has gained the friendship of 
a good man.^ Embrace your friend with sincere afTection. 
The Scythians live on the milk^ and flesh of their herds : 
other nations hunt wild beasts, to eat^ their flesh, and clothe 
themselves with their skins. Time heals^ all wounds. I 
fear you are flattering^^ my friend. 

1 Confidere (perf. confisus sum) governs dat. or abl. 2 pra3 ceteris. 3 g. 37. 

4 Is to be measured. S. 163. 5 g. 251. 6 App. I. 7 Express vir. 

s Omit the prepos. and put the noun in the abl. ^ TJt with subj. See App. I. 
10 S. 22, and App I. 



Exercise 39. [Learn App. I.] 

Titus Caesar dicere solebat, neminem tristem a Principe 
discedere debere. Mathematici docent, terram nostram 
circa solem trecentis sexaginta quinque diebus cursum 
suum conficere. Ssepe videmus, homines vel propter leviora 
delicta in gravissimas calamitates incidere. A poetis ac- 
cepimus, antiquissimis temporibus homines in summa inno- 
centia et raorum integritate vitam degisse. Grseci quum 
sentirent, se ceteros populos cultu et artibus superare, pere- 
grines omnes barbaros appellabant. Constat, Romanos eo- 
dem anno duas urbes florentissimas, Carthaginem et Co- 



214 

rinthum, delevisse. Credimus, Deum hunc mundum crea- 
visse, creatumque conservare et regere. Scis me jam 
diidum de te nihil audivisse, nee lileras a te accepisse. 
Non turpe est parmn scire, sed in inscitia sua culpa per- 
manere. Non est aequum, minori parere majorem. Omni- 
bus bonis expedit, quemque reipublicae leges observare, et 
parere magistratibus. 

Livius relates that^ Hannibal crossed the Alps with his^ 
army. When^ Pompejus learned that^ Caesar had crossed 
the Rubicon, he with the senate left the city. Then Cae- 
sar proclaimed, that^ he^ was not waging war with the state, 
but with the oppressors of liberty. We read in (apud) Cor- 
nelius Nepos'^ that^ Themistocles^ conquered and dispersed 
the fleet of the Persians at^ the island of Salamis.^ We 
have heard that^ Socrates drank the poison with the great- 
est composure :^ for he believed that the souls of men live 
after death. Leonidas with a small band for^ three days 
prevented the vast army of the Persians from crossing^*^ 
(the mountains.) You will displease^^ all good men. Have 
you not^^ pleased all good men ? 

1 S. 16. 2 c. 1. 3 auiim with pluperf. subj. 4 Nepos, G. Nepotis. 

s Themistocles. G, Themistoclis. e g. 159. 7 « The island Sala- 

mis.' — Salamis, G. Salaminis, Ace. Salamina or -em. App. II. 8 ^quissimo animo, 

(that is, with the most even mind.) 9 Per. 10 To prevent from 

crossing, transitu prohibere. 11 App. I. 12 s. 45- 



Exercise 40. [See S. 205, 206.] 

Omnes homines beati esse cupiunt. Desinite tandem 
aliquando esse timidi, ut agere possitis. Dicitur Hannibal 
octoginta millia peditum et viginti equitum et triginta sep- 
tem elephantos in Italiam duxisse. Creditur Tacitus, qui 
mores Germanorum terraeque situm accuratissime descripsit, 
non audita tantum narrare, sed etiam quae ipse viderit. In- 
dorum scuta dicuntur auro et ebore fulsisse. Omnium 
animalium terrestrium elephantus videtur maximus esse, 
maritimorum balaena. Avis quaedam, quae dicitur platalea, 
scribitur conchis se explere solere. Dicimini segnius scho- 
las frequentare. Non videmur vincere posse, nisi summis 
viribus hostem adoriamur. In hac re non videbaris verum 



215 

attigisse, sed errore quodam deceptus esse. Dicuntur do- 
lores omnes tempore leniri. Terentii fabulae propter ele- 
gantiam sermonis putabantur a C. Laelio scribi. Caesar 
legiones jussit sub colle subsistere, donee equitatus illas 
subsequutus esset, ut simul omnes hostem adorirentur. In 
bdlo ssepe crudeles imperatores captivos trucidari jusserunt. 
Faciam, quod jussus sum facere. 

He is said to have laughed. Let him who has received 
a prize, learn well. If you learn well, you shall receive a 
prize. I will give you a prize, when you have learned well. 
Is not philosophy the mistress of life ? V was reading 
Homer, you' Plato. She is said to have scolded the boy. 
Let us lie-down in the soft grass. It is certain that the boy 
laughed. (He) who has received a prize, will rejoice. 
Having received a prize, they will rejoice. When you have 
tamed your spirit, you shall receive a prize. When you 
have read-through Homer, you shall receive a prize. 



Exercise 41. [Learn dolere, S. 161.] 

Caesar ad oppugnandum urbem milites e castris eduxe- 
rat. Breve tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene beate- 
que vivendum. Praeceptores inter docendum nonnunquam 
omittunt puerorum intellectui se accommodare. Socrates 
interrogando elicere solebat eorum opiniones, quibuscum 
disserebat. Diu circumsedendo Syracusas Romani coelo 
aquisque adsuerant (adsueverant). Virtutes hominum in 
agendo cernimus. Multi homines audiendo magis sunt 
idonei, quam dicendo. Ars dicendi plurimum valet in foro 
et in judiciis. Verba declarandi et sentiendi Accusativum 
cum Infinitivo postulant. Bellandi studio ferocissimae 
gentes in perniciem ruerunt. Pigerrimi discipulorum sunt 
ii, qui discendi minime sunt studiosi. Saepe vobis nobis- 
cum certandi copiam fecimus. 

You are come here to^ learn, not to play. Yesterday 
*whde we were walking,^ we had a most agreeable con- 
versation with you.^ By reading the writings of Cicero, 



216 

you will, without doubt, acquire the power of writing and 
speaking Latin.'* By running, by suffering hunger^ and 
thirst, our bodies grow-accustomed to endure the greatest 
hardships. In disputing it becomes (us) always to observe 
moderation ; and to conquer ambition by our desire of 
discovering the truth. Your wish to contend^ with me^ 
has ruined you. Wisdom is to be considered the art of 
living. I have not time' for answering.^ By bearing 
injuries you w411 deserve greater praise than by revenging 
(them.) 

1 S. 161. 2 Inter ambulandum. 3 c. 6. 4 Latiue, adv. 

5 To suffer hunger, esurire; to suffer thirst, sitire. 6 Say, ' of contending.' 

7 Translate by est. S. 114. 8 Say^ ' of answering.' 



Exercise 42. \Learn scribenda epistola, S. 162, 165.] 

Natura animum hominis sensibus ornavit ad res percipi- 
endas idoneis. Hannibal quum Capuam venisset, visenda 
urbe magnam diei partem consumpsit. Multi in amicis 
parandis adhibent curam, in amicis eligendis negligentes 
sunt. Sunt nonnulli acuendis puerorum ingeniis non in- 
utiles lusus. Creando Pontifici Maximo consuies comitia 
habuere. Ab oppugnanda Neapoli Hannibaiem firmitas et 
altitudo moeniam absterruit. De contemnenda morte multi 
egregie pr^cipiunt, qui ipsi nihil magis timent, quam 
mortem. Natura cupiditatem ingenuit homini veil videndi. 
Augendarum divitiarum stultissimi homines plerumque 
sunt cupidissimi. In suscipiendis negotiis difficilioribus 
magis anxii sumus, quam in agendis et perficiendis. Ad 
vim vi repellendam, licet etiam hominem interficere. 

Romulus chose a site near the river Tiber for building^ 
the city of Rome.^ Water is better^ than wine for quench- 
ing thirst. For defending the walls of their cities, the 
ancients used machines, with which they shot stones and 
arrows against the besiegers. In curing coughs physicians 
used the tussilago, which received"* its name from-that- 
circumstance.^ The steersman, sitting at the stern, endea- 
vours,^ by steering^ his ship, to avoid the rocks and dangers 



217 

of the sea. Let no one lead- you -away from (a) cultivating 
virtue. Man has great instruments for (ad) obtaining 
vsrisdom. 

1 S. 162. 2 ' The city Rome.' 3 Use utilis, not bonus. 4 DucSre, 

dux, duct. 5 inde (thence.) 6 Studere. 7 Regere, to govern. 



Exercise 43. 

Galli gallinacei cum sole eunt cubitum. Themistocles 
quum ab Atheniensibus expulsus patriam reliquisset, Argos 
habitatum concessit. Quum Xerxes ingenti exercitu, Grse- 
cise immineret, Athenienses miserunt Delphos consultum, 
quidnam facerent de rebus suis. Vejentes pacem petitum 
oratores Romam miserunt. Saguntini quum intelligerent 
oppidum suum ab Hannibale expugnatum iri, se suaque 
omnia cremaverunt. 

In consilio capiendo considerare debemus, honestumne 
factu sit, an turpe. Palpebrae sunt tegmenta oculorum 
mollissimse tactu, ne Isederent aciem. Difficillima sunt 
creditu, quae a vetustissimis omnium gentium scriptoribus 
commemorantur. In magnis rebus gerendis nonnuUa dictu 
quam factu faciliora sunt. 

The Romans sent ambassadors to Carthage to ask,^ 
whether^ Hannibal v^as besieging Saguntum by the orders 
of the people or senate, or of his own will.^ A great 
number of persons are come into the city to see^ the games. 
Divitiacus, a distinguished German, came to Rome to ask^ 
for help. Augustus gave his daughter Julia in marriage,'* 
first to Marcellus, the son of Octavia his sister ; then, 
after his death, to Marcus Agrippa. I don't believe that 
your conduct will be approved-of by all. What is so 
delightful to hear^ as a speech ornamented with wise 
thoughts and powerful words ! What (quod) is the easiest 
to do,^ that' is not always the best. You will repent of 
your folly too-late. It is of no importance to me, that^ 
these things should be concealed from^ my father. 

1 Sup. in um. See note on S. 40. 2 s. 46. Translate orders by 

sing, jussune populi aut Senatus, Hannibal, &c. 3 Suo arbitrio. 

4 To give in marriage, nuptum dare. 5 gup. in u. 

6 Ace. with present infin. "^ S. 139, 

19 ' / 



218 



Exercise 44. [See S. 168.] 

In via publica ludentes pueros deprehendimus. Csesar 
fugientes hostes in angustias compulit. Peloponnesus est 
pseninsula, angustis Isthmi faucibus continenti adhserens. — 
Senectus est operosa et semper agens aliquid. Jugurtha 
jussis vestris obediens erit. Alcibiades erat temporibus 
callidissinie inserviens. Catonem vidi in bibliotheca seden- 
tem. Timoleon quum lumina oculorum amisisset, earn 
calamitatem tanta animi fortitudine tolerabat, ut nemo eum 
querentem audieret. Apelles pinxit Alexandrum Magnum 
fulmen tenentem in templo Ephesise Dianae. Hippias, 
Pisistrati filiiis, in Marathonia pugna cecidit, arma contra 
patriam ferens. Cicero de Socratis morte lacrimare solebat 
Platonem legens. Mendaci homini, ne verum quidem 
dicenti, credere solemus. Ut oculus, sic animus, se non 
videns, alia cernit. 

Blossoming trees and meadows growing-green delight us 
more by their appearance, than the glittering palaces of the 
rich and distinguished. May^ no calamity disturb your 
good-fortune. I heard Socrates say^ that hunger was the 
seasoning of food. Plato in the Phssdon makes Socrates 
dispute^ about the immortality of the soul. Phidias the 
sculptor represented Jupiter (as) sitting on a throne,"* and 
holding thunderbolts in his left-hand, a sceptre in his right. 
I will readily believe *those who speak^ the truth. *Those- 
who-speak^ the truth are readily believed.^ I believe that 
many unfortunate (persons) gain more when-they-are- 
silent^ than when-they-beg.^ 

I TJtinam. S. 241.* 2 ' Saying.' 3 ' Disputing.' 4 in solio. 

5 Present partic. 6 S. 135. 



Exercise 45. 



Civem bellum gesturum contra patriam non civem, sed 
hostem judicamus patriae. Csesar adversus hostem copias 
ducturus, prsemisit equites, qui vias omnes explorarent. 
Lecturus sum aliquid, quod et delectabit animum, et scien- 



219 

tiam meam valde augebit. Quid jam facturi estis, quum 
tot vobis difficultates obstent ? Cicero fugiturus erat ex 
Italia, quum emissi ab Antonio eum oppresserunt et inter- 
fecerunt. Nescio, quando uxor mea in urbem reditura sit, 
quum ruris amcenitas animura ejus tantis voluptatibus de- 
vinxerit. Ignorabamus, num consilium nostrum probaturi 
essetis, quod vobis incommodum futurum esset. Themis- 
tocles a civibus suis patria expulsus, confugit ad Xerxem, 
cui promisit, se cum eo adversus Grsecos pugnaturum esse. 
Verisimile est Persas apud Salaminem insulam victuros 
fuisse,^ si unum diem exspectavissent. Csesar Calpurniam, 
L. Pisonis filiam, successuri sibi in consulatu, in matrimo- 
nium duxit. Catilina urbem reliquit, mox cum pluribus 
rediturus. 

1 S. 224. 

I was going to write to you, when it was announced, that^ 
you were just arrived. As we were going-to-sail from 
Ostia to Naples, there arose suddenly a storm, which com- 
pelled us to remain in the harbor, and wait-for better 
weather. I don't know when^ my brother will come f but 
this"* I know, that^ he has already set-out from the town 
(where-he-resides.^) We hear that^ you have been residing 
at Corinth for-some-time, and are now about-to-return to 
Athens. In summer many persons leave the town, to dwelP 
in the country 'J but when (ubi) the weather^ ceases (perf.) 
to be warm, return again from the country to the city. I 
met your brother just-as^ he was going-on-board the ship, 
in which he has sailed to (in) America. 

1 S. 16. 2 s. 49. 3 Part, in rus with sim. 4 mud. 5 Say 

' from his town.' 6 Ut with subj. 7 g. after 160. 8 Tempus anni. 

9 Just as, q2mm maxime. 



Exercise 46. 

Valerius Maximus Fabium Rullianum, quinque consu- 
latibus cum magna laude functum, hominem dicit propter 
virtutem et merita admirabilem. xAliquando noctu Romee 
nuntiatum est, Sabinorum exercitum populaturum ad 
Anienem fluvium pervenisse ; ibi jam expilatas villas in- 



220 

cendi. Statim cum equestribus copiis A. Postumius missus 
est : quem consul Servilius cum delecta peditum manu 
sequitur. Equites plures palatos circumvenit, neque pedi- 
tibus legio Sabina resistere ausa est. Tum itinere tum 
nocturna populatione fessi, ciboque et vino impleti, plurimi 
hostium vix tantum virium habebant, quantum ad fugam 
opus erat. — Alcibiades propter crimen sacrorum violato- 
rum ab inimicis urbe pulsus, patriae maxima damna intulit. 
Deinde vero, Persarum opem pollicitus, de exsilio revo- 
catus est, Lacedaemoniosque pluribus prceliis vicit. — Coe- 
nato jam et obdormiscenti mini literae tuEe traditae sunt, in 
quibus a te scripta me ita commoverunt, ut somnum adi- 
merent. 

You have done this ^without being compelled by any- 
body.^ Being hindered *from^ acting rightly, I shall do 
nothing. Being presented with a shield and spear, he will 
fight well for [pro) his country. Being moved by your 
prayers, I will pardon^ your son. Being conquered by a 
weaker person, you will be despised. It is disgraceful to 
be conquered by a weaker person. (Though) despised by 
others, I shall be praised by you. This very difficult 
labor being finished, let us rest. Pity^ a man (homo) 
oppressed with such"* evils. *I repent of my folly. ^ 
*Are you not ^ ashamed ^ of your fickleness ? Having 
been a little-while-ago' tormented with pain, I now, as-it- 
were,^ come to-life-again.^ War being undertaken, let us 
fight bravely for our country. ^° We should fight bravely 
for our country. Being conquered by a very weak^^ man, 
you are despised. 

1 Say, compelled by nobody : — omitting ' without.'' 2 S. 43. 3 App. I. 

^ C. 10. 5 s. 94. 6 s. 45. 7 paullo ante. 8 Quasi. 

9 See page 164. lo s. 164. - n See page 171. 



Exercise 47. 

Hortandi sunt pueri, ut studiis suis diligentiam ad- 
hibeant. In vita humana pleraque labore et studio paranda 
sunt. Nisi scribenda mihi hodie epistola esset, optato tuo 
satisfacerem, ac venirem, quo me vocas. Non audiendi 



221 

sunt ii, qui arbitrantur, irascendum inimicis esse. Cuique 
homini \dtanda est ostentationis suspicio, Occultse inimi- 
citias magis timendse sunt, quam apertse. Orandum est, 
ut sit mens sana in corpore sano. Nemo unquam sapiens 
proditori credendum esse putavit. Semper ita vivamus, 
ut rationem reddendam nobis arbitremur. Nemo scit, 
quando sibi moriendum sit. Nobis iter facientibus per 
Helvetiam Alpes superandae erant, quae sempiterna nive et 
glacie tectse esse dicuntur. 

In practising any^ art, many rules are to be observed. 
Those must be considered brave and magnanimous persons, 
vi^ho are alv^ays engaged^ in preventing^ injuries. Men 
should early learn the art"* of using time ; and never must 
an opportunity be lost of doing any good.^ If ^ we w^ished 
to read all {pi-) that has been written by learned men, we 
should never make an end of reading. We should live,^ 
as-if ^ all men saw our actions. When we set-out,^ we did 
not know what^*^ hills we had}^ to climb-over, and how- 
many rivers to cross. The upper shoots of a tree must 
often be broken-ofF for the purpose^^ of checking its luxu- 
riant-growth. 

1 S. 192. 2 Studere, followed by dat. 3 Propulsare. 4 ' The art— is to 

be learned.' 5 Boni aliquid. Here the gerund must be used. 

6 S. 215. 7 s. 164. 8 S. 241.* 9 S. 241. 10 S. 49. and C. 21. 

n C. 27. 12 Causa, See note on S. 40. 



Exercise 48. 

Per annos centum et quindecim inter Romanos et Car- 
thaginienses aut helium fuit, aut belli apparatus, aut incerta 
pax ; et Roma, jam superato orbe terrarum, se tutam fore 
non putabat, si nomen Carthaginiensium usquam exstaret. 
Capta Carthagine, ille terrarum tractus in provinciae formam 
redactus est, et Africa propria dicta. Eodem anno capta 
et excisa Corintho, propter legatos Romanorum violates, 
tota Graecia in ditionem populi Romani venit, et Achaia 
dicta est. Mox rege Attalo mortuo, testamenti jure Asiae 
minoris pars major Romanis obtigit. — Manlio Torquato 
Caio Atilio consulibus, de Sardis triumphatum est; et 

19* 



222 

omnibus locis pace facta, Romani bellum non habebant, 
quod inde ab urbe condita semel tantum factum erat, reg- 
nante Numa Pompilio. — Maximus, de quo accepimus, 
terrse motus regnante Romse Tiberio accidit, magno urbium 
numero eodem die corruente. — Magna spes patriae scholse 
sunt ; his florentibus etiam respublica viget ; his segrotan- 
tibus morbus perfacile etiam patriam invadit. — Orituro sole 
navem solvimus, oriente jam procul terra conspicitur. 

*When Alexander, king of Macedonia, was dead,^ his 
generals divided among themselves^ the conquered coun- 
tries. *When Hannibal had conquered the Romans^ at 
{ad) Trebia, at the Ticinus, at the Trasimene lake, the 
Roman state seemed to be not far removed'' from destruc- 
tion. '^ After Syracuse was conquered by Marcus Mar- 
cellus,^ the Greek arts and sciences removed to Rome. 
*In the reign of Tullus Hostilius,^ in the ninety-first year 
from the building of the city,^ Demaratus, a Corinthian, 
(who had been) banished from his country, came to Tar- 
quinii, a town of Etruria. The son of this man was L. 
Tarquinius Priscus, who, ^'after the death of Ancus' Mar- 
cius,^ was chosen king of the Romans. ^'When passion 
sways,^ the voice of reason is often unheard. Mithridates 
waged war with the Romans for forty-nine successive years, 
*with many variations of fortune ^ 

1 Abl. absol. 2 Inter sese, 3 Abl. absol. •* Haud procul abesse. 

6 * Tullus Hostilius reigning,' abl. absol. ^ ' From the city built.' 

f Ancus. 8 ' Fortune often varying,' abl. absol. 



Exercise 49. 

Fama divTilgata, Numam Pompilium Sabinum virtute et 
sapientia eminere, hunc populus Romanus, quamquam pere- 
grinum, praeteritis civibus regem creavit. Magi Persarum 
fuerunt, quibus auctoribus Xerxes Graeciae templa inflammari 
jussit. Patrato quisque scelere conscientiae morsibus con- 
ficitur ; scelus enim et accumbentem exagitat, et dormientis 
obversatur animo, et evigilanti denuo insurgit. Caesar narrat, 
invitis iis, a quibus Pharus occupata sit, naves portum 
Alexandrise intrare non posse. Vivo Hannibale Romani 



223 

sese ab insidiis tutos non esse arbitrabantur. Duce P. 
Cornelio Scipione Romani in Africam trajecerunt, ubi, pugna 
ad Zamam commissa, pax petentibus Carthaginiensibus 
data est. C. Caesar, vir summ^ in re militari prudentise, 
milites suos hortatus, ne fugientes hostes incautius perse- 
querentur, legiones sub colle subsistere jubet, dum ipse 
equites in terga hostium circumduxisset : quod ubi factum 
esse cognovissent, instructa acie in collem eniterentur. 
Ssevi bellatores, victoria reportata, urbes diripiunt, et agros 
devastant, ac ne inermi quidem parcentes trucidant ho- 
mines. 

*When the sea is calm/ anybody^ can steer a ship. 
*By the advice of Cato,^ the ambassadors of the Athenians 
were banished from Rome, because by their incredible 
eloquence'^ they persuaded the people to receive falsehood 
for truth. ^ '^When spring returns,^ your little-garden will 
be adorned with the most beautiful flowers. Do not 
boast, *when you have conquered a weaker person.^ 
*When the victory is lost,^ it *makes-no-difFerence^ how- 
many have been killed. Being born for {ad) greater things, 
depart from the wicked, lest you should be corrupted by 
their character.^ By the advice of my uncle, I have run 
to you. Cannot anybody^ be a pilot, *when the sea is 
calm?^ We must think about the true welfare^ of the 
soul. 

1 ' The sea (being) calm,' (tranquillus,) aU. ahs. ^ S. 192. s Catone auctore. 
4 Ars dicendi. ^ Falsa pro veris accipere. ^ Abl. abs. ^ S. 91. 

« Mores, pL ^ Sal-us, utis. 



Exercise 50. [See S. 94.] 

Is labor utilis est, qui auctori laudem fert, aliis utilita- 
tem. Quid fers manu, mi fili ? Pecuniam et vasa refero, 
quee fur e domo nostra nuper abstulerat. Hunc ego dolo- 
rem aequo animo ferrem, nisi gravior^ esset, quam ut ferri 
omnino possit. Fer opem miseris, et vide, ne te sero lati 
auxilii poeniteat. Factum est sequitate Aristidis, ut sum- 
mum imperium a Lacedasmoniis transferretur ad Atheni- 
enses. Miseret me tui, quod tanta tibi injuria illata est, 



224 

quantam inferre cuiquam nisi audacissimus homo non 
potuit. Sed tamen majorem laudem merebere, sequo animo 
ferendo injuriam, quam ulciscendo. ToUite et auferte 
hsec subsellia : ablata in porticu collocate. Csesari militum 
ordines circumequitanti nuntius afFertur, hostem adesse et 
horribili sublato clamor e castris appropinquare. Nihil 
igitur difFerendum impetum ratus, instructa acie signa in 
hostem tulit. . 

1 Gravior quam ut possit, &c., too heavy to be, &c. 

Labors must be borne. What {pi.) cannot be avoided, 
must be borne with resignation.^ When will you be 
ashamed^ of your folly ? By whom have you been pre- 
vented from^ fulfilling your duties ? You have need'' of a 
brave mind. *It is of great importance to alP *to make 
a right use of time.^ By whom {pi-) were they prevented 
from^ discharging the duties of justice ? An opportunity 
being offered, let us do-good to our friends. ShalF you 
deserve greater praise by bearing an injury, or by re- 
venging (it) ? O Alexander, having subdued so many na- 
tions, learn to subdue your own^ passion. The naked must 
be clothed:^ the hungry satisfied. You must answer^° to 
{ad) our questions. The army must be drawn-out-in-battle- 
array. 

1 ' W^ith even mind.' 2 s. 94. 3 S. 43. 4 s. 79. s S. 91. 

6 ' To use time rightly.' ' S. 51, 52, e g. 177. 9 g. 163. jo g. 154. 



Exercise 51. [See p. 26, {QQ, 2.)] 

Si vis beatus esse, impera libidini, quae te dies noctesque 
exagitat, nee unquam patitur tranquillum esse animum. 
Quum ceteris omnibus ignoveris, mihi uni ignoscere non 
vis ? M. Porcius Cato, quum nollet in civitate vivere, quas 
unius imperio pareret, mortem sibi Uticse, (in) oppido 
Africae, conscivit: a quo facto Uticensis est appellatus. C. 
Julius Caesar dixit, malle sese in minima quaque civitate 
primum esse, quam Romae secundum. In legibus ferendis 
hac formula uti solebant magistratus : Velitis, juheatis Qui- 
rites ? Sic P. Sulpicius consul rogationem promulgavit : 
Vellent juherent Quirites, Philippo regi Macedonibusque, 



225 

qui sub regno ejus essent, oh injurias illatas sociis popuU 
Romani helium indici ? — Cicero senex vidit perficere Caesa- 
rem, quod decern et septem annis ante Catilina voluerat, 
sed vigilantia Ciceronis consulis prsepeditus non potuerat. 
Non debet legi, qui non vult intelligi. Die, utrum malis 
ruri vivere, an in urbe. Malo ruri. — Noli foris quserere, 
quae tibi domi parata sunt. Si tales estis, quales vultis 
videri, bene est : sed sunt, qui malint videri boni, quam 
esse. 

Had- you -rather^ live in-the-country,^ or in the city ? 
He is such as^ he wishes to appear. Lust must be sub- 
dued, which will harass you day and night. If you {pi.) 
wish to be happy, your lusts must be subdued. War being 
proclaimed, we have need"* of a brave general. If you 
wish to be such as^ you seem, it is well. The boys must 
be admonished to be^ such as^ they wish (suhj.) to appear. 
No one wishes to be despised by those, whom he-himself 
loves. Never forget^ what you owe to your country. 
Had- you -rather^ lead a long and inglorious life, or end a 
glorious life by an early death ? Achilles preferred dying'' 
in the Trojan war by an early death, to growing-old at- 
home in an inactive life. I would {yellem) you had come^ 
to me as a friend : in thee alone had I placed all my 
hope. 

1 S. 51, 52. 2 See examples under S. 160. s Qualis. 4 g. 79. 

5 Ut with subj. 6 gdy^ ' be unwilling (noli) ever to forget.' 
^ To prefer, malle. Say, ' to die — than to-grow-old.' 
8 Subj. governed by ut omitted. 



Exercise 52. 

Gallmse cum sole cubitum ire dicuntur : at homo, dum 
recte valet, ante noctem cubitum non ibit. I prse, ego 
sequar. Ex pugna Cannensi admodum pauci Romani 
domum redierunt. Prseteribam forte domum tuam, quum 
magnam hominum frequentiam ex ea vidi exeuntem. 
Quserenti mihi quid esset, quod^ tanta frequentia exiret, 
respondit aliquis, esse apud te principem aliquem, quem 
visuri isti venissent. Ineunte vere hirundines redeunt, 
auctumno in terras calidiores abiturae. Cupio, ut tu et 



226 

soror tua quam brevissimo tempore ad nos redeatis : jam 
enim tertius est annus, ex quo profecti estis. Silvee, montes, 
maria transeunda sunt in terras longe remotas proficiscenti- 
bus. Csesar ad tutanda castra fossam fecit decern pedes 
altam totidemque iatam, quam equo aut pedibus superare 
nequirent hostes. In quacunque re priusquam agas quid- 
quam, vires explora, ut cognoscas, quid queas, quidve ne- 
queas. Avari perpetua cura exest animum, ne bona sibi 
eripiantur. 

1 Quid esset, quod may be rendered, * why it was that ;' or ' why^ only. 

Is not your little-brother gone^ to bed ? We must follow. 
We must obey the laws. Must we not obey the laws ? 
We must revile nobody. Flatter nobody. It is-well-known, 
that *at the beginning of autumn^ the swallows go-away to 
(in) warmer countries. How-many men did you see com- 
ing-out of (ex) my house ? I will ask, how many men he 
saw coming-out. Will not the swallows return *at the be- 
ginning^ of spring ? Having ascertained your strength,'* 
you will learn what^ you can (queo) do. I desire that (ut) 
you should take-away*^ from me^ my care *in as short a time 
as possible.^ 

I Is gone. See C. 12. 2 Say, ' autumn coming-in,' (abl. abs.) 3 Say, ' spring 
coming-in.' 4 Plural. See S. 176. 5 s. 49. 6 Syn. 6. 1 Dat. 8 Q,uam 
brevissimo tempore. 



Exercise 53. [See^o, p. 165.] 

Ssepe qui ex pauperibus repente divites fiunt, divitiis uti 
nesciunt : ita fit, ut brevi tempore, consumptis opibus, in 
graviorem etiam egestatem relabantur. Contigit Ciceroni, 
ut eodem anno consul fieret, quo magno periculo patriam 
liberare, sibique seternam gloriam parare posset. Cicero 
ait, non posse jucunde vivi,^ nisi honeste vivatur. TuUus 
Hostilius, qui Numam Pompilium in imperio sequutus est, 
ut Livius ait, ferocior etiam Romulo fuit. Csesarem ajunt 
morti Pompeii illacrymasse, quum abscissum illius caput in 
patina victori offerretur. Aristippus percontanti, quae po- 
tissimum adolescentibus essent discenda ; Qu(b viris, inquit, 
Usui futura sunt. Socrates interrogatus, quinam homines 
tranquille viverent ; Qui, inquit, nullius turpitudinis sibi 



227 

conscii sunt. Pisistratus, quum conviva bene potus ei 
maledixisset, irritantibus amicis ad poenam de conviva su- 
mendam : Non magis, in quit, illi succenseo, quam si quis 
ohligatis oculis in me incurrisset. 

1 ' That it cannot be lived pleasantly' = ' that there is no living pleasantly.'' J^isi 
vivatur may be translated ' unless one lives ;' or, ' without living.'* 

He is said to have become rich. Having become rich, 
do not^ forget those, who did-good to you (when) a poor 
man. Do not^ be angry against^ those who have deserved 
well of {de) you. It has happened^ to me to free'^ you 
from^ great danger. Nothing shall hinder me from^ doing 
this. You {pi.) would have conquered,^ if you had waited 
one day. It is certain that^ you would have conquered,^ 
if you had waited one day. I will wait tilP*^ you have ful- 
filled your duty. We have walked^^ enough. Having 
won^^ for myself eternal glory, I will willingly die. Do 
not^ prefer glory to honor. 

1 Be unwilling (to forget — to be angry, &c. :) noli. 2 c. 36. 3 Syn. 4. 

4S. 17. 5S. 128. 6S. 43. 7 S. 216. 8 g. ]6. 9 S. 224. 

10 S. 249. 11 S. 141. 12 Parare. 



Exercise 54. [See memini, &c., p. 166, (8.)] 

Demonax interrogatus, quando coepisset philosophari ; 
Turn, inquit, cum cognoscere me ipsum coBpi. Phocion inno- 
cens capitis damnatus, rogante quodam ex amicis, numquid 
filio suo Phoco mandari vellet : Maxime, inquit ; juheo enim 
eum hujus in pair em injuries nunquam meminisse, Samiorum 
legatis, longa oratione usis, responderunt Spartani : Prima 
sumus obliti, postrema non intelleximus ^ quia prima non me- 
minimus. C. Csesar Caligula tanta crudelitate fuit, ut 
merito Imperatorum Romanorum omnium crudelissimus 
habeatur. Is quum probe sciret, quanto odio^ civibus esset, 
dicere solebat : Oderint^ dum metuant. Hannibal Romanes 
sic oderat, ut in gratiam cum illis redire nullo modo posset. 
Memento etiam ignotis prodesse. Immanis naturae est,^ 
odisse eos, quibus vitam debeas. Quidam sciiptores tradi- 
derunt, Saguntum oppidum captum ab Hannibale esse octavo 
mense, postquam coeptum est oppugnari. 

I S. 111. 2 s. 85. 



228 

Remember that you^ are a man : and that all men must 
die.^ I hate you so^ thaf* I cannot be reconciled to you. 
Remember to pardon all men. Do not^ hate anybody.^ In 
what month did Saguntum begin to be besieged ? In what 
year was Saguntum taken ? Do you know in what^ year 
Saguntum was taken ? *It is of great importance to you^ 
to remember that you are a man. Do not^ make^ a long 
speech. Remember to do good to as-many-as-possible. ^° 

1 S. 16. 2 s. 164. 3 Sic. Let it begin the sentence. 4 s. 17. 5 Noli. 
6 auisquam. See S. 191. 7 g. 49. 8 g. 91. 9 Utor. 

10 Q,uam pliirinii. 



III. READING LESSONS, 



CONSISTING OF 



FABLES AND ANECDOTES, &c. 



1. 

Boves, 

Pascebantur una tres boves robusti in maxima concordia. 
Itaque facile ab orani ferarum incursione tuti erant, ut ne 
leones quidem aggredi eos auderent. Orto autem inter eos 
dissidio et soluta amicitia, singuli validioribus bestiis praedse 
fuerunt. — Hsec fabula docet, quantum prosit concordia. 

2. 

Vulpes et Uva, 

Vulpes, extrema fame coacta, uvam appetebat ex alta 
vite dependentem. Quam quum, summis viribus saliens, 
attingere non posset, tandem discedens ait : Nondum ma- 
tura est, nolo acerbam sumere. — Hoc illi exemplum sumant, 
qui, qu8B facere non possunt, verbis elevant. 

3. 

Cervus ad font em, 

Cervus quum vebementer sitiret, ad fontem accessit, 
suaque in aquis imagine conspecta, cornuum magnitudinem 
et varietatem laudabat, crura vero gracilia et exilia vitupera- 
bat. Hsec cogitanti supervenit leo. Quo viso, cervus 
aufugit, et leoni longe prsecurrit. Et quamdiu in nuda 
planitie erat, nullum ei ab hoste imminebat periculum ; ubi 

20 



230 

vero ad nemus venit opacum, inter virgulta cornibus adhse- 
sit. Ita quum celeritate pedum uti non posset, captus est 
a leone et misere laniatus. Turn moriturus : O me desipien- 
tern, inquit. cui ea displicerent, qucB me servarunt, placerent 
autem, qucB me perdiderunt ! 

4. 

Vulpes et Corvus. 

Corvus quum frustum carnis rapuisset, in arbore quadam 
consedit. Quo conspecto vulpes, carnem cupiens, accurrit, 
eumque callidis verbis adoritur. O corve, inquit, quam 
pulchra es avis, quam speciosa ! Te decuit esse avium re- 
gem. Sane omnes aves regiis virtutibus antecederes, si 
vocem haberes. His corvus laudibus inflatus, ne mutus ha- 
beretur, clamorem edidit, sed simul, aperto rostro, carnem 
amisit : quam vulpes statim rapuit, atque irridens dixit : 
Heus, corve ! nihil tihi deest prceter mentem. 



Senex et Mors, 

Senex quidam ligna in silva ceciderat, et, fasce in hu- 
meros sublato, domum redire coepit. Quum autem fatigatus 
esset et onere et itinere, deposuit ligna, et secum conside- 
rans miserias senectutis et inopise, clara voce invocavit 
mortem, ut se ab omnibus malis liberaret. Mox adfuit mors, 
quid velit interrogans. Tunc senex perterritus : Nihil volo, 
inquit, nisi ut hunc fascem lignorum humeris meis imponas, 

6. 
Mures et Felis, 

Multi mures in cavo pariete commorantes, contempla- 
bantur diu felem, quse capite demisso et tristi vultu placide 
recumbebat. Tunc unus ex iis : Hoc animal, inquit, ad 
modum henignum et mite videtur. Quid, si alloquar, et fami- 
liaritatem cum illo contraham ? Hsec quum dixisset et pro- 
pius accessisset, a fele captus et dilaceratus est. Tunc 
ceteri hoc videntes secum dicebant : Non est profecto vultui 
temere credendum. 



231 

7. 

Auceps et Serpens, 

Auceps ibat venatum, et mox vidit in altissima arbore 
palumbem; approperat eum captums, sed inter eundum 
premit forte pede altero viperam in herba latentem, quse 
ilium mordet. Me miserum, inquit, dum alteri insidior, ipse 
dispereo, 

8. 

Cams et Lupus. 

Cani perpingui lupus occurrit macie confectus. Quum se 
salutassent, lupus : Quomodo fit, inquit, ut tarn pinguis sis, 
tamque niteas ? Ego, multo fortior, fame pereo. Canis 
respondet : Idem tibi erit, si domino officium prsestabis, 
quod ego prsesto, ut servem limen, dominumque noctu a 
furibus tuear. Tum lupus : Ego vero, inquit, paratus sum ; 
nunc enim patior frigora et imbres, in silvis oberrans. — 
Veni ergo mecum. Dum procedunt, lupus collum canis 
detritum adspicit. Quid hoc est? inquit; num jugum fers? 
Imo, inquit canis, quia acer sum, me interdiu alligant ; 
noctu vero vagor, ubi lubet. Num est tibi, inquit lupus, 
licentia abeundi, quo velis ? — Non semper. — Yale^ respondit 
ille, liher esse malo, quam servitutem ferre. 



Rusticus et Filii. 

Rusticus vicinus morti, quum relinquere filiis suis divitias 
non posset, animos eorum excitare voluit ad diligentem 
agriculturam, assiduitatemque in opere faciendo. Igitur 
eos ad se vocat et sic alloquitur : Mei filii, quo statu res 
mese sint, videtis. Yobis autem, quidquid potui, in vita 
mea collegi, idque totum in vinea nostra quserere poteritis. 
Hsec quum dixisset, moritur senex. At filii opinantes, pa- 
trem in vinea thesaurum abscondidisse, arreptis ligonibus 
universum vinese solum efFodiunt. Et thesaurum quidem 
nullum invenere, terra tamen fodiendo perculta, vites post- 
hac uberrimos fructus tulerunt. 



232 

10. 

Equus et Asinus. 

Agitabat quidam equum et asinum onustos sarcinis. 
Asinus defatigatus rogavit equum, ut, si se vivum servare 
vellet, aliqua parte oneris se levaret : repudiavit equus 
preces illius. Paullo igitur post fatigatione et labore con- 
sump tus asinus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. Turn 
agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, atque in- 
super etiam pellem asino detractam in equum imposuit. Ibi 
ille deplorans fortunam suam : Me miserum, inquit, qui par- 
vulum onus in me suscipere gravatus fuerim, quum nunc 
cogar tantum ferre, accedente etiam pelle comitis mei, cujus 
preces tarn superbe contempseram. 

11. 
Duo Amici, 

Duo amici faciunt iter. Occurrit in itinere ursus, quo 
conspecto unus illico arborem conscendit, et pericula evitat ; 
alter vero, quum meminisset, illam bestiam cadavera non 
attingere, humi sese prostravit, simulans, se mortuum esse. 
Accedit ursus, contrectat jacentem, et os suum ad illius os 
auresque admovet. Homine autem spiritum continente, 
ursus, ratus cadaver esse, discedit. Quum postea socius 
qusereret, quidnam ei ursus dixisset in aurem, respondit : 
Monuit, ne amicum esse mihi persuaderem, cujus fidem 
adverso tempore non fuissem expertus. 

12. 

Dictum memorahile Socratis, 

Quum ex Socrate esset qusesitum, nonne beatum putaret 
Archelaum, PerdiccsB filium, regem Macedonum, qui turn 
fortunatissimus habebatur ? Haud scio, inquit, nunquam 
enim cum eo colloquutus sum. Ain' tu?^ an aliter id scire 
non potes ? — Nullo modo. — Tu igitur ne de Persarum qui- 
dem rege magno dicere potes, beatusne sit ? — An ego pos- 
sum, inquit, quum ignorem, quam doctus sit, et num bonus 

1 Ain' tu for aisne tu 1 



233 

vir ? — Quid ? tu in eo sitam esse vitam beatam putas ? — Ita 
prorsus existimo : honos heatos, improhos miseros esse. — 
Miser^ ergo Archelaus ? — Certe, si injustus.^ 

13. 

Egregie dicta. 
Drusus quum sedificaret domum, promitleretque ei archi- 
tectus, ita se earn aedificaturum,^ ut nemo in earn despicere 
posset : Tu vero, inquit, si quid in te artis est, ita compone 
domum, ut, quidquid a gam, oh omnibus perspici possit. — 
Plato cuidam narranti, esse quosdam, qui ipsum maledictis 
insectentur : At ego, inquit, sic vivam, ut nemo istis jidem 
haheat. — Epictetus interrogatus, quis esset dives ? Cui, in- 
quit, satis est, quod hahet. — Socrates, in pompa quum magna 
vis auri argentique ferretur : Quam multa non desidero ! in- 
quit. — Antoninus Pius hanc celebratam Scipionis senten- 
tiam saepe in ore habebat, malle se unum civem servare, quam 
mille hostes inter jicere, 

14. 

Acute dicta. 

Agis, rex Lacedsemoniorum, audiens, quosdam horrere 
hostium multitudinem, ait : non percontandum esse, quot sint 
hostes, sed uhi sint. Idem interrogatus, quot milites habe- 
ret ? quot suj^ciunt, inquit, ad fugandos hostes. — Quum 
quidam Lacedsemonios hortaretur, ut bellum Macedonibus 
inferrent, commemoraretque victorias, quas de Persis re- 
portassent, Eudamidas dixit : hoc facere, idem esset, ac^ si 
quis, devictis mille ovibus, cum quinquaginta lupis pugnaret. 
— Aristippum philosophum rogavit quidam, ut filium suum 
erudiret. Quum vero ille pro mercede petiisset quingentas 
drachmas, pater, deterritus pretio, quod avaro et rudi ho- 
mini nimium videbatur : Tanti, inquit, emere mancipium pos- 
sum. Tum philosophus : Eme, inquit, et habebis duo. 

15. 
Liber e dicta. 
Apelles, pictor sui temporis clarissimus, Alexandrum 

I Sc. est. 2 Sc. esse. 3 As. 

20* ' 



234 

pinxerat velientem equo. Quam imaginem qimm rex mi- 
nus laudaret, quam meruerat artifex, equus Alexandri interea 
adductus picto equo sic adhinniit, quasi verus esset equus. 
Tum Apelles : O rex, inquit, equus tuus pingendi peritior, 
quam tu, videtur esse. — Alexander olim quum piratam com- 
prehensum interrogaret, quo jure maria infestaret, ille : 
Eodem, inquit, quo tu orhem terrarum. Sed quia id ego 
parvo navigio facio, latro vocor ; tu, quia magna classe et 
exercitu, imperator. — Quum in regali solio sederet Crcesus, 
pretiosissima veste indutus, Solonem interrogavit, an quid 
unquam pulchrius vidisset ? Gallos, inquit ille, et phasianos 
et pavones : naturali enim nee imitahili colore et pulchritudine 
fulgent, 

16. 
Damon et Pythias. 

Damon et Pythias, Pythagorei, tarn fidelem inter se ami- 
citiam junxerunt, ut mori parati essent alter pro altero. 
Quum eorum alteri Dionysius tyrannus diem necis destina- 
visset, et is, qui morti addictus esset, paucos sibi dies ad 
res suas ordinandas postulavisset ; vas factus est alter, ut, si 
ille non revertisset, moriendum esset ipsi. Omnes igitur, et 
imprimis Dionysius, novas atque ancipitis rei exitum specu- 
labantur. Appropinquante deinde definita die, nee illo re- 
deunte, unusquisque stultitise tam temerarium sponsorem 
condemnabat. At vero quum alter ad diem se recepisset, 
admiratus eorum fidem tyrannus supplicio liberavit eum, qui 
morte erat plectendus, ac petivit, ut se ad amicitiam ter- 
tium adscriberent. 

17. 
Augustus. 

Graecus quidam Augusto, e Palatio descendenti, honori- 
ficum aliquod epigramma porrigere solebat, spe praemii. Id 
quum saepe frustra fecisset, Augustus eum deterriturus breve 
epigramma sua manu exaratum Graeculo advenienti obviam 
misit. Ille, dum legeret, laudabat, et tum voce, tum vultu 
gestuque mirabatur. Deinde ad sellam accessit, qua Cbb- 



235 

sar ferebatur, paucosque ex crumena denarios protraxit, quos 
Csesari daret, dixitque, se plus daturum fuisse, si plus ha- 
buisset. Omnes risere ; Cassar autem dispensatorem vo- 
cari, et Grseco satis magnam pecuniae summam numerari 
jussit. 

18. 
Cyrus minor, rex Persarum, 

Quum Lysander Lacedsemonius ad Cyrum minorem, re- 
gem Asise, Sardes venisset, hie erga Lysandrum in omni 
re comis atque humanus fuit, atque hortum ei aliquando di- 
ligenter consitum ostendit. Quum admiraretur Lysander 
et proceritatem arborum, et ordines, et humum subactam 
atque puram, et suavitatem odorum, qui efflabantur ex flori- 
bus : tum dixit, mirari se non modo diligentiam sed etiam 
sollertiam ejus, a quo ista dimensa et descripta essent. Cui 
Cyrus respondit : Atqui ego ista omnia dimensus sum, raei 
sunt ordines, mea descriptio ; multse etiam istarum arborum 
mea manu satae sunt. Tum Lysander intuens ejus purpu- 
ram et ornatum corporis, dixit : Recte vero te, Cyre, beatum 
ferunt, quoniam virtutem tuam fortuna sequuta est. 

19. 
Catonis pueri constantia, 

Marcus Cato puer in domo avunculi sui, Drusi, tribuni 
plebis, educebatur. Quum apud eum socii de civitate im- 
petranda convenissent, et Quintus Poppedius, Marsorum 
princeps, eum rogaret, ut socios apud avunculum adjuvaret, 
constanti vultu respondit, non facturum^ se. Iterum deinde 
et saepius rogatus, in proposito perstitit. Tunc Poppedius 
puero in altissimam aedium partem sublato minatus est, se 
eum inde dejecturum,^ nisi precibus obtemperaret. Sed 
Cato ne hac quidem re ab incepto depelli potuit. Ita Pop- 
pedio vox ilia expressa est : Gratulemur nobis, socii, hunc 
esse tam parvum : quo senatore ne sperare quidem civita- 
tem liceret. Sic ea constantia, quam postea per totam vi- 
tam ostendit, jam in puero Catone apparuit. 

1 Sc. esse. 



236 



20. 

Lysimachi fortitudo. 

Lysimachus inter duces Alexandri illustri genere, sed 
longe magis virtute quam genere clarus erat. Quum Alex- 
ander Callisthenem philosophum miserandum in modum 
omnibus membris truncasset, et insuper cum cane in cavea 
clausum circumferret, Lysimachus, qui eum audire atque 
ex ejus ore prsecepta virtutis et sapientiae percipere solilus 
erat, venenum ei dedit, in remedium calamitatum. Quod 
adeo segre tulit Alexander, ut Lysimachum leoni objici ju- 
beret. Sed quum leo impetum fecisset in eum, Lysima- 
chus manum amiculo involutam in os leonis immersit, arrep- 
taque lingua feram exanimavit. Quod quum nuntiatum regi 
asset, admiratio irae successit, carioremque habuit propter 
tantam constantiam. 

21. 
Animus generosus Fabricii. 

Pyrrhi bello maximum exemplum est justitise in hostem 
a Romanis constitutum. Quum enim rex Pyrrhus populo 
Romano bellum ultro intulisset, quumque de imperio certa- 
men esset cum rege generoso ac potente ; perfuga ab eo 
venit in castra Fabricii, eique est pollicitus, si praemium 
sibi proposuisset, se, ut clam venisset, sic clam in Pyrrhi 
castra rediturum, et eum veneno necaturum. Hunc Fabri- 
cius reducendum curavit ad Pyrrhum ; idque factum ejus 
a senatu laudatum est. 

22. 
Piso Orator et Servus. 

Marcus Piso, orator Romanus, servis praeceperat, ut tan- 
tum ad interrogata responderent, nee quidquam prseterea 
dicerent. Evenit, ut Clodium, qui tunc magistratum gere- 
bat, ad coenam invitari juberet. Hora coense instabat ; ade- 
rant ceteri convivse omnes, solus Clodius exspectabatur. 
Piso servum, qui solebat convivas vocare, aliquoties emisit, 
ut videret, an veniret. Quum denique jam desperaretur 



237 

ejus adventus, Piso servo : Die, inquit, num forte non invi- 
tavisti Clodium ? Invitavi, respondit ille. — Cur ergo non 
venit ? — Quia venturum se negavit. Turn Piso : Cur id 
non statim dixisti ? Respondit servus : Quia de eo non 
sum a te interrogatus. 

23. 

Demosthenes. 

Demosthenes causam orans quum judices parum attentos 
videret : Paullisper, inquit, aures mihi prsebete ; rem vobis 
novam et jucundam narrabo. Quum aures arrexissent : 
Juvenis, inquit, quispiam asinum conduxerat, quo Athenis 
Megaram profecturus uteretur. In itinere quum sol ureret, 
neque esset umbracillum, deposuit clitellas, et sub asino 
consedit, ut ejus umbra tegeretur. Id vero agaso vetabat, 
damans, asinum locatum esse, non umbram asini. Alter 
quum e diverso contenderet, tandem in jus ambulant. Hsec 
loquutus Demosthenes, ubi homines diligenter auscultantes 
vidit, abiit. Tum revocatus a judicibus, rogatusque ut re- 
liquam fabulam enarraret : Quid ? inquit, de asini umbra 
libet audire ? causam hominis de vita periclitantis non 
audietis ? 

24. 
Scipio Nasica, 

Scipio Nasica quum ad poetam Ennium venisset, eique, 
ab ostio quserenti Ennium, ancilla dixisset, domi non esse : 
Nasica sensit, illam domini jussu dixisse, et ilium intus 
esse. Paucis post diebus quum ad Nasicam venisset En- 
nius, et quum a janua queer eret, exclamat Nasica, se domi 
non esse. Tum Ennius : Quid, inquit, ego non cognosco 
vocem tuam ? Hie Nasica : Homo es impudens ; ego 
quum qusererem, ancillse tuse credidi, te domi non esse ; tu 
mihi non credis ipsi. 

# 
25. 
Harinihal exsul. 

Hannibal exsul ad Antiochum, Syrise regem, venit. Rex 
illi in campo ingentes ostendit copias, quas bellum cum 



238 

Romanis gesturus comparaverat ; exercitum auro et argento 
fulgentem, equitatum frenis, ephippiis, phaleris splendentem, 
elephantos denique cum turribus. Turn contemplatione 
tanti et tarn ornati exercitus gloriabundus Hannibalem ad- 
spicit, et : Putasne, inquit, satis esse Romanis hsec omnia 1 
Inteliigebat numermn exercitus, quserens, num sufficeret 
bello Romano. At Hannibal eludens ignaviam militum 
pretiose armatorum : Satis plane, inquit, esse credo Roma- 
nis hsec omnia, etiamsi avarissimi sint. — Rex de numero 
quaesierat, respondit Hannibal de prseda. 

26. 
Epaminondas , 

Epaminondas, dux Thebanoruni, quum vicisset Lacedae 
monios apud Mantineam, simulque ipse gravi vulnere exani 
mari se videret, ut primum dispexit, quassivit, salvusne esset 
clipeus 1 Quum salvum esse flentes sui respondissent : 
rogavit, essentne fusi liostes ? Quumque id quoque, ut cu- 
piebat, audivisset, evelli jussit earn, qua erat transfixus, has- 
tam. Ita multo sanguine profuso, in Isetitia et victoria est 
mortuus. 

27. 
Socrates et Xenophon. 

Xenophontem in angiportu obviam habuit Socrates. 
Quumque videret adolescentem vultu specioso admodum 
et verecundo, porrecto baculo vetuit, ne prseteriret. Ut con- 
stitit, interrogavit eum Socrates, ubinam venderentur, quas 
essent necessaria variis usibus civium ? Ad quae quum ex- 
pedite respondisset Xenoplion, percontatus est, ubinam boni 
ac probi homines fierent ? Id vero nescire se, quum re- 
spondisset adolescens : Sequere igitur me, inquit Socrates, 
et disce. Ex eo tempore Xenophon coepit esse Socratis 
auditor, et bonus probusque factus est. 



IV. VOCABULARIES 



ON 



THE EXERCISES. 



Numerals refer to Principles of Word-building, p. 174. 



Vocabulary to Exercise 7. 

Word-building.] — A field-tiller, jTrom ager, root o^gr-, field, 
and colo, till (agr-i-col-a, G. 8e, husbandman). To choose- 
apart, yrom lego, choose (diligo, lex, lect, to love with pref- 
erence). To take-to, from capio, capere (ac-cipio, ac-ci- 
pere, cep, cept : receive). Form a stronger verb from pare 
to swim (iiatare, from root of supine^ 34). To take-before, 
from capere (prae-cipere, cep, cept : to direct or instruct a 
person to do something).^ A precept (prseceptum). A precep- 
tor or teacher (prseceptor, 41). To make an ornament, from 
decor, root o/'decus, ornament (decorare, adorn). To climb- 
down, yrom scandere (descendere, scend, scens, descend). 
Descent (descens-us. Of what declens. ? 44). Abounding in 
money, yroTTi pecunia, money (pecuniosus, moneyed, 102). 

Hodie (=hoc die,) to-day. Pensum, ^a^A: (prop- 
erly that which is tveighed out; from pendere, to 
weigh). 

Vocabulary to 8. 

Word-building.] — From hortus, garden, form little-garden 
(hort-iilus, 66). From flor-, root of Has ^ flower, form to flow- 

1 Perhaps because he who gives directions must have first taken^ that is, under- 
stood them, himself. Capere, to take, is often used in the sense of understanding^ o^ 
taking in the whole of a notion :— ■' Quod mentes eorum capere possent.' Li v. ix. 9. 



240 

er (flor-ere, blossom, flourish, 39). Form to begin to blos- 
som or flourish (florescere, come into flower, 36). Form 
abounding in mores ; that is, in peculiar manners or humors 
(mor-osus, 102, morose, peevish, ill-humored). From emere, 
to h\xY,form buying or purchase (emptio, 43) — buyer (emp- 
tor), i^crm to- take -into from capere (incipere, cep, cept : 
to take in hand, to begin). A thing begun, an undertaking 
(inceptum). To fight-out, /r^m pugnare, to flght (ex-pug- 
nare : to take a city, to win-by -arms). The taking of a city 
(expugnatio). 

Vocabulary to 9. 

Word'building^^ — I. From tegere, cover, form that which 
is covered (tectum: roof, house). To make an end: to fin- 
ish, /r«9;7z fin- (finire). To act as a guard, /ro^Tz custod, root 
of curios, keeper, guard (custodire, to guard). 

Sacramentum,^ the military-oath by which a sol- 
dier bound himself. 

II. From superbus, proud, form to be proud; to act- 
proudly (superbire). Form a strengthened verb from cant, 
supine root of cKnere, to sing, (cantare, to sing). An inhab- 
itant of Tarentum ; a Tarentine (Tarentinus). From vas- 
tus, vmste,form to make waste ; to lay waste (vastare). 

Vocabulary to 10. 

^A^ord-building.^ — I. Form an intensive from cit, supine 
root of ciere (citare, to set in violent motion, 34). To set in 
motion again ; call forth again (recitare ; recite, to call 
forth, as it were, a dead writing to new activity or life). To 
call-forth-into activity (ex- citare,^ excite, awake). Form a 
trans, verb from cura, care (curare, 33, take-care-of). For?n 
an intensive from spect, supine root ofspicere, to look (spec- 
tare, look, 34). To look-out, (exspectare, expect, wait for). 
To come-to, approach (ad venire). Approach (adventus, 
44). A trans, verb from nuntius, news (nuntiare, to an- 
nounce). A sub St. from supine root (^Z" equitare, to ride (equi- 
tatus, riding, cavalry). 

1 Sacer, devoted to the gods, whether as sacred^ or as accursed : hence sacrare, to 
make sacred, or to make accursed : sacramentum, that which makes a man accursed^ 
if he violates it. 

* Spem excitare is to raise a hope. 



241 

Nuncupare {prohahly from nomine capere) is used 
of solemnly and formally pronomicing a man's name, 
for instance in naming a man one's heir, &;c. 

Vocabulary to 11. 

Word-huilding.'\ — I. To make sound, yrom sanus (sanare, 
to cure). Reading; perusal, /rom lect, supine rootoflegere 
(lectio, 43). From quserere, seek, form to seek-to (ac-qui- 
rere, quisiv, quisit : seek to mi/self gain, earn, &c.). 

[Voc. on some Verbs that form their perf. in i.] 

To help-to (ad-juvare, to assist). To move-to (admove- 
re). To see-into (in-videre, envy). To come to (advenire). 
To come-upon (in-venire ; to find, invent : of things not 
sought). To drink-out ; drink-up (ebibere, 11). To eat- 
up (com-edere, 7). To do-thoroughly (per-f icere, fee, feet, 
perform, complete, 16). To give or put to (ad-dere, addidi, 
additum, add). To give or put round (circum-dare, dedi, 
datum, surround). To stand-before (prse-stare, prae-stiti, 
prsestatum, to he better, excel, — perform. — prsestare se, show 
or prove oneself). To promise-back (re-spondere, re-spon- 
di, sponsum : generally to answer). To learn thoroughly 
(ediscere, learn by heart). To touch-to (attingere, tigi, 
tactum, reach). 

JJ3^ Obs. Oc-cido, occidi, oc-casum, y<^//, perish — 
set = (ob-cado). 
Oc-cido, oc-cidi, oc-cisum, slay = (ob- 
csedo). 

Vocabulary to 12. 

Word-building.] — I. Abstract subst. from diligens (dili 
gentia, 61). Adv. from sup. root of stare (stat-im, 123, im 
mediately : that is, while you are standing where you are^) 
Act-of-going-within ; passage into ; entrance (intro-itus 
44). To come-thoroughly (per-venire, arrive at). To sit 
against (ob-sidere, sed, sess, besiege). To-hither, hither- to 
(ad-huc). Bravely, courageously, /rom fortis (fortiter, 121). 

1 So the Germans use stehenden Fusses (on standing foot) for immediately, 

21 



242 

[Go through the degrees of comparison of fortiter 
(fortius, fortissime).] 

II. Exercise from exercit, sup. root of exercere (ex- 
ercitus, that which is exercised ; army). To oXmih-io, from 
scandere (ad-scendere : scend, scens). Ascent (ad-scensus, 
44). One who says-law (ju-dex for jus-dex, 129). Judg- 
ment (ju-dicium, 137). To set-loose-from : free-from (ab- 
solvere ; solv, solut : acquit). Acquittal (ab-solut-io, 43). 
To do-completely (con-ficere, fee, feet: put-an-end-to ; ac- 
complish). 

Vocabulary to 13. 

Word-huilding.'\ — I. Ahst. suhst. from multus (mult-i- 
tudo, 63). Commander, from imperare (imperator, com- 
mander-in-chief)} One who feeds, yrom past, sup. root of 
pascere (pastor). To cause flight, /ro;?! fuga (fugare, ^?/^- 
to-flight ; rout). A little needle, jTro^ acus (aculeus : thorn, 
66). Un-certain (in-certus). 

Ater, black : atrare, to make black : atramentum, 
that which makes black ; or, is made black ; ink. 

[Vocabulary on Verbs forming their perfect in si.l^ 

To write-down (de-scribere : copy, describe). To pluck- 
from (de-cerpere, cerps, cerpt : pluck, gather). To take- 
completely (con-sumere, consume, waste). To wait-behind 
(re-manere). To fore-tell (prse-dicere). To lead out 
(e-ducere). To look-to (ad-spicere, spex, spect : behold). 
To fix-through (trans-figere, transfix). To rule- or direct- 
out (e-rigere, rex, rect : erect). To un-cover ; discover 
(de-tegere). To shut-back; unshut (re-cludere, clus, clus: 
open). To sprinkle-to (ad-spergere, spers, spers : sprinkle). 
To yield-back (re-cedere, retire, withdraw). To press- 
against (op-primere, press, press: oppress; fall-upon an 
enemy unexpectedly with a crushing force). To burn- 
completely (com-bur-ere,^ 7). To shake-thoroughly, from 
quatio (con-cutere, concutio, cuss, cuss, to shake). 

1 Given as a title to a victorious Roman general. 

8 The & belongs to tke original root, as appears from our bum. 



243 



Vocabulary to 14. 

Word-building,] — I. To bestow in different directions, 
from tribuere (dis-tribuere). An Athenian, from Athenae 
(Atheniensis, 94). 

Pro-vinc-ia, province — a country gained by onward 
conquest : pro, vincere. 

II. To go-out (exire, ex-eo). A good-deed, benefit 
(beneficium, 139). To hind-down (de-vincire, oblige : bind 
a man by services rendered him). That which is dug out; 
trench, from foss, sup. root of fodere (foss-a).^ Act or state 
of knowing; thing known, from not, sup, root of noscere 
(notio, notion). 

Vocabulary to 15. 

Word-building.] — I. To go against or into (in-vadere). 
Carthaginian, from Carthago (Carthaginiensis, 94). One 
who is in the state of having been taken (capt-ivus, 115, 
captive). Manliness, from vir (virtus, 65 : courage, excel- 
lence, virtue). Blandishment, from blandire, verb from 
blandus (blandimentum, 49). Body of citizens ; state, 
from civis (civitas, 69). One who takes-first, yrom primus 
and capere (prin-ceps, 130 ; prince, chief: also as adject. 
first). Subst. from princeps, to express the thing (prin- 
cipium, beginning, 138). Abst. subst. from inops^ (inopia, 61 , 
want of resources ; want; destitution). Muddy, yroT/i lutum, 
mud (lut-u-lentus, 103). To draw-together, (contrahere). 
Remains, from reliquus, left (reliquiae), Inhabitant-of-a- 
town, from oppidum (oppidanus, 96). 

)]^(1) Sta-gnum (that ivhich is of a standing nature; 
sta-gen-um. See 135, and note), pool, pond. 

(2) Cacumen [=s,cu-men, from acuere, to sharpen 
(see 48), with prefixed c], a sharp, pointed 
summit: top of trees, &c. 

(3) Legatus {past part, from legare, to delegate), 
(I) an ambassador, (2) a lieutenant-general. 

XL One who belongs or is subject to death (mort-alis, 

1 Properly fem. partic agreeing with terra. 

2 Derivation of inops ? [in not ; opes resources.] 



244 

90). Emptiness, vanity, /rom vanus (vanitas, 60). Bitter- 
ness, /roT?! acerbus, hitter (acerbitas). That which is en- 
joyed, y^om fruct, sup. root of fruor (fruct-us, 44: produce, 
fruit, especially of trees). To bend-inwards (in-flectere, 
b end- down ; hend). To shine-back; or shine much (re- 
fulgere, shine). Conspiracy, from con-jurare, to-swear- 
together (con-juratio).^ Relating to Catiline^ (Catilin-arius; 
Catilinarian, or Catiline's, gen.). Change, /ro;?i mutare to 
change (mutatio). To flow-together (con-fiuere). To send- 
together (com-mittere). 

Committere prcelium (to send the battle together 
— followed by cum) may be variously rendered : to 
join battle with : to engage ; to commence the engage- 
ment ; to give battle (to), &c. 

Jug-um (that which joins or is joined, from jug, 
simpler root of jungere) (1) yoke, (2) range, i. e. con- 
nected line, a chai?i (of hills, &c.) 

[Yocab. on some Verbs with perf. ui and vi.] 

Compound of ad and tonare (at-tonare : part, attonitus, 
thunder-struck; astounded). To be very-silent, /rom tacere 
(re-ticere, to be silent about ; say nothing- ah out). ^ To hold- 
back (re-tinere ; also retain). To snatch out of (eripere, 
ripui, reptum). 

Vocabulary to 16. 

Word-buildi?ig.] — I. From what does cubTle, bed, couch, 

come ? (cub-are, to lie down.) Form an abstr. substantive fro?n 

milit, root of miles, soldier (militia, 61 ; miles being an adjec- 

tive-substantive). Uncultivated, from cultus, part, of colo 

(in-cultus, rude, uncivilized). Draw-forth; draw-out (pro-du- 

cere). Stroke, from, ict, sup. root of icere, to-strike (ictus, 44). 

Illustris (in-luc-stris, dwelling-in-light, 112), illus- 

trious. Lacunar, a panelled ceiling,^ usually gilt : 

from lacuna, a hole, from its sunk panels. 

^ Derivation of con-spiracy ? [Con-spirare, to breathe together,] 

2 Catiline was a profligate Roman nobleman. 

3 To hold one's tongue, when one has something to say, D. The re- may perhaps 
indicate that the speaking would have been in reply to some conduct, charge, &c., 
of another person. 

4 Or a fret-work roof. 



245 

11. Ahstr. subst. from libet (lib-ido, 46, lust). To sound- 
back-again (re-sonare, resound). Clamor ; shouts, from 
clamare (clam-or, 42). Boyish, from puer (puerilis, 89). 
Joy; gldidness, from laetus (laetitia, 62). Blame, subst. 
from reprehens, sup. root of reprehendere (reprehensio). 
To make a present, from don-um (donare, to present). Fear- 
ful; timorous, from pav-ere (pav-idus, 82). One who has- 
fled-across,yrom trans and fugere (trans-fuga, 58 : deserter). 
On high, in sublime, or sublime only.^ 

Vocabulary to 17. 

Word-building.] — Subst. from- audac, root o/'audax, bold^ 
daring (audacia, boldness, daringness, courage). Immor- 
tality, from mortalis (im-mortalitas). Prudence, from the 
adj. prudens (prudentia). That which is paid, neut. partic. 
from tribuere (tributum : tribute). To place-on : impose 
(im-ponere). Adj. from Cannae (Cannensis, 94). Of gold ; 
golden, from aurum (aureus, 98). To have-often, from 
habere (habit-are, 35 : hence to occupy regularly : to dwell- 
in). Consolation, y^om solat, root of solari (solatium, 56). 
To give-forth (pro-mittere : hence to promise). Verbal 
subst. from in, against, and petere, to seek, aim at, &c. (im- 
petus ; which is singular in not being formed from the root 
of the supine : it is of the fourth). 

Jumentum (for jug-mentum^ an animal that is 
yoked), a beast of burden, 

Viam terere, to wear a road : to travel it often. 

II. A contest, from certare^ (certamen, 48). Age, from 
vetus (vetustas, 60). To move-from,yrc>m cedere (decedere). 
Sermo (related to serere, to connect), discourse. 

Vocabulary to 18. 

Word-building.l — I. To grow-down (de-crescere, de- 
crease : of the moon, to wane). To burst-forth, (prorumpere). 
Youth, as abstr. subst. from juvenis (juven-tus, tutis, 65), 

1 Cicero always used sublime without in. 

2 Or possibly for juva-mentum or jvt-mentum, a kelp ; an animal used by man to 
assist him in his labors. The derivation fxom jugum is the more probable one. 

3 Certare is properly to make sure, from certus ; a contest being for the settling of 
some disputed point. 

21* 



246 

Old-age, from senex (senectus/ tutis). To leave-from (de- 
linquere, to sin, transgress. Hence, delictum, a sin; a 
transgression). The office of Consul (Consulatus, G. us ; 
68 : consulship), 

11. To grow cool, from fervescere, to grow hot (de-fer- 
VBScere, ferbui and fervi). Without care (securus, 23). 
Ahstr. suhst. from concors (concordia ; concord, harmony). 
To place-back, from statuere (restituere, stitu, stitiit, re- 
store). Long, as adj. from diu, /br a long time (diuturnus, 
117). To burst-completely (cor-rumpere, 7: corrupt). To 
drive-under, y^^w agere (sub-igere, subdue). Wickedness, 
from the anomalous adj. nequam, wicked (nequitia). To 
give-away (de-dere ; dedere se, to give oneself up to, &c. : 
to surrender). 

Quantopere (quanto opere : with how much work), 
how much. Securus ago, / live in security (vitara, 
life, understood). Neg-otium (nec-otium, not leisure), 
business, affair. 

Vocabulary to 19. 

Word-building.^ — I. Writer, yrom scribere (scriptor, au- 
thor). Writing (scriptum, neut. partic). To stand-out 
(ex-stare, -stiti, to be extant). Abstr. substantive from ele- 
gans (elegantia). To yield-thoroughly (concedere). Truly, 
from verus, true (vere). That which is sharpened ; point, 
from acuere (acumen, 48 : sharpness, acuteness). Abstr. 
substantives from utilis, innocens (utilitas, utility, usefulness, 
use : innocentia, innocence). To show-from (de-monstrare : 
to show, to prove). Adj. from domus, home (domesticus, do- 
mestic, private). Relating to a family (familiaris). Joking, 
from jocari (jocabundus, 80). Abstr. substantives from gra- 
vis and severus (gravitas, gravity ; severitas, seriousness). 
To place-together (componere, arrange, adjust). Oratorical 
(oratorius). To dis-comiect, yrom serere, to join (dis-serere, 
to discuss : the object of a discussion being to separate a 
thing from what it was mixed and confounded with). To 
place-before (pro-ponere). To establish-in (instituere, stitu, 
stitut : to institute ; to train). Abstr. sub st. from or-iri, to 
arise (origo, 47, origin). To draw-down (de-ducere, ^o cow- 

1 Which seems to show that the gen. was originally senec-is. 



247 

tinue in unbroken order to a lower point ; continue). Re- 
lating to citizens, yrom cins (civilis, 89 : civil). To cast- 
under, yrom jacere (sub-jicere, jec, ject). To conquer-down 
(de-vincere, conquer). To become illustrious, from clarus 
(claresco ; inclaresco ; -clB^rui, become famous). 

Res gestae, affairs carried on ; exploits, achieve- 
ments, successes. 

Modo — modo, at one time — at another : or now — 
now. 

Ad — ^usque, quite up to : up to ; or down to.^ 

II. To become kxiown, from not, sup. root o/'nosco (no- 
tesco ; in-notesco, notui). To commission- together, i. e. to 
bring together by a charge given to e^ch,from mandare^ 
(com-mendare, to recommend ; to introduce by a commenda- 
tory letter, &c.) To touch-together, yrom tangere (con-tin- 
gere, -tigi, as intrans. to fall-to-the-lot-of).^ A turning, /rom 
vertere (versus, a verse).^ To knock against, yrom the old 
verb fendere, (offendere, offend). Fertility, yrom uher, fertile 
(ubertas, 60). 

Vocabulary to 20. 

Word-building.] — I. To come-forth (pro- venire, to ^rowj). 
To enlighten-completely, fi'om lustrare (coUustrare). To 
send-down (de-mittere). To-strengthen-thoroughly, from 
firmare (con-firmare). 

II. A little-brother (fraterculus, 66). To make free, 
from liber (liberare). Form iproudly, from superhus, proud 
(superbe) : — unjustly, from in-justus (in-juste) : — bitterly, 
from acerbus, bitter (acerbe). Form an intensive from tract, 
sup. root oftrahere (tractare, to treat). To despise-com- 
pletely, yro/zi temnere (contemnere, temps, tempt). Asking, 
question, from interrogare (interrogatio). 

By sea and land, terra marique. 

To wrong a man, or do a wrong-to, aliquem inju- 
ria afficere. 

Unless I am deceived, nisi animus me fallit. 

1 Derivation of publicus 7 [populicus, pop^licus.] 

2 If mando = manui do, commendare is to bring together, by putting one in the 
other's hands. 

3 See Syn. 4. 

4 This alludes to the old way of turning back at the end of a line, and writing the 
opposite way. 



248 



Vocabulary to 21. 

Word-building,'] — I. Form ahstr. suhst. from super-stit, 
root o/'superstes' (super-stitio). To have- a thing -forth, 
that is away from, from habere (prohibere, hibu, hibit ; to 
ward-off^ prevent). Knowledge ; from cognit, sup, root of 
cognoscere (cognitio). Vieij^from pius (pietas, 60). Not 
to know, from scire (ne-scire). To be-waiting-on, or 
against, from manere (imminere). It stands-before (prae- 
stat, it is better). Not friendly, from amicus (in-imicus, 
hostile: as subst. enemy). Believable, yrom credere (credi- 
bilis, credible). Incredible (incredibilis). 

Prorsus {"^xo-Yex^xx^, for-wards), thoroughly, quite, 
Utinam^ (uti-nam) would that (with subj.). 

II. It falls-to, from cadere (accidit, it happens, it hap- 
pened). To drive-into (impellere ; pul, puis : impel). To 
give-forth (pro-dere, didi, ditum, betray). To cultivate 
thoroughly (ex-colere, cultivate). To come-together (con- 
venire, trans, to visit). Verb of the first conjug. yrom vigil, 
awake (vigilare, to be awake; to watch). CxueWy , from cru- 
delis (crudeliter).^ From-thence (de-inde, thenceforth ; then), 
To-thither (ad-eo, so). Knowledge, from sciens, knowing 
(scientia : conscientia ; consciousness, conscience). 

Vocabulary to 22. 

Word-building,] — I. Strong, from robur, strength (ro- 
bustus, 109). To give or put together (condere, didi, ditum, 
{I) to hide, (2) to found). To speak-against (contradicere, 
contradict). To make-forward (pro-ficere, fee, feet, to make 
progress), 

Quo-modo (in what manner), how, 
Iterum, a second time ; once more ; again. 
Nihil curare, not to care at all. 
Succensere, to be angry, does not come from cen- 
seo, but from succensus, kindled, part, of succendere : 
just as denseo, from densus. 

1 Superstes was perhaps used absolutely, as superstes sui, one who has survived 
himself: hence superstitio expresses the childish weakness of such a person. 

2 Uti is ' that,'' and nam is a strengthening affix, added to many interrogatives, &c. 
Hence utinam is properly, ' that it were so !' ' Oh that it were so !' 

3 Give the degi'ees of comparison of crudeliter [crudelius, ci'udelissime.] 



249 

11. To mn-against (oc-currere, to meet). To come-to 
(ad-venire). To be wondered-at ; from mirari (mirabilis.) 
How short, quam hrevis, -e. 

Negligere ( = nec legere, not to pick up), to ne- 
glect; disregard. 

Insidise (in-sedere), a sitting down against a man ; 
a plot, &c. 

Insidias struere, to waylay, plot against, <&;c. 

Vocabulary to 23. 

Word-building.] — I. Relating to Marius ; Marius's (Ma- 
rianus). One who is opposite, /r^^m adversus (adversarius). 
To act as a minister (ministrare : administrare, to adminis- 
ter). Worth, from dignus, worthy (dignitas, dignity). To 
hold-against, i. e. against other claimants or opponents (ob- 
tinere, obtain). To establish-completely, yr6>m statuere (con- 
stituere, stitu, stitut ; resolve, determine), ^nvy, from invi- 
dere, to see into or against (invidia). That which is en- 
joyed, /rom fruct, sup. root of hui {fructus, prof t, advantage). 
To press-in, from premere (im-primere, impress). To re- 
ceive-thoroughly (per-cipere, cep, cept, to receive). 

Per-pet-uus, perpetual: from per and petere (in 
the meaning of to aim at; to endeavor, to arrive at,) 
that which is (throughout =) ever endeavoring to 
arrive at some object. 

II. To take-away-quite,^ from emere, to take (per-imere, 
em, empt : to carry off, spoken of diseases, &c.) To make- 
thoroughly (efficere, fee, feet: bring to pass; cause). 
Abounding in leisure, from otium (otiosus). To hold- 
together, /rom tenere (continere, keep, detain). 
To speak the truth, verum dicere. 
Voluntas (volo, am willing), will. 
Re-cusare (re-caus-are), to give causes or excuses 
against : to refuse. 

Vocabulary to 24, 

Word-building.] — I. Form an intensive from occult, sup. 
root o/'occulere, to hide (occultare, to hide). To take-from 

1 Or per has here a depravative meaning : to take away prematurely^ by bad 
means, &c. 



250 

(de-cipere, io, cep, cept, deceive). Ahstr. suhst. from pot-, 
root of the obsolete potis, able (potestas, power). To send- 
away (a-mittere, to lose). Freedom, /rom liber, /ree (liber- 
tas). To fall-into,/rom cadere (in-cidere, cid). To throw- 
across (tra-jicere, jec, ject : to cross — army being under- 
stood). To fly-away (au-fugere, io.) Otherwise, /ro?7i ali, 
root q/' alius (aliter). 

Re-cuperare, related to cap-ere, recover. 

II. Yery-narrow, by adding a prefix to angustus (per- 
angnstus). To choose-out, from legere (e-ligere, leg, lect). 
To go-out, i. e. out of the way o/(e-vadere, vas, vas). 

Ef-fig-ies {ex and fig, shorter root of finger e^ to 
fashion), a likeness; a statue. 

Vocabulary to 25. 

Word-building. \ — I. To have-to (ad-hibere, ui, itum ; 
use, employ). Sorrow, from mcerere (moeror, 42). Re- 
pentance, from poenitens (poenitentia). Adv. from vehe- 
mens (vehementer, violently, earnestly). Give its degrees 
of comparison (vehementius, vehementissime). Madness, 
rage, from furere (furor, 42). To excite-completely, from 
cit, sup. root of ciere (con-citare : to excite, rouse). To 
hold-from (abs-tinere, abstain from). Not easy, difficult, 
from facilis (dif-flcilis, 10). To ]\idige, from judic, ro6>^ of 
judex (judicare, to judge). A sin, neut. part, from peccare 
(peccatum). 

Cautus, cautious ; from caut, sup. root of caver e, 
to beware. 

E-mend-are (e, mendum, blemish, fault), to re- 
move a fault. Emendatissimus most nearly faultless. 
Quam-vis (how-you-please : vis, 2d sing, from 
\o\o), however ; however much ; although. 
Tan-quam (tam-quam, so — as), as if. 

II. Valuable, from pretium {-^retiosxis, precious). Beauty, 
from pulchr- (pulchr-itudo). Bountifulness, goodness, /rc^Ti 
benignus (benignitas). Clemency, mercy, from clemens 
(dementia). To stand-through (per-stare, stit, stat : per- 
sist). To do-enough (satis-facere, satisfy). Adv. from 
facilis (facile.) 



251 

Quidni ? (quid-ni, what unless ?) why not ? why 
should we not ? 

Quanquam (quam-quam), although. 

Vocabulary to 26. 

Word-huilding.'\ — I. To bridle, from frenum, bridle 
(frenare). Bridled-out, i. e. having the bridle let loose 
(ef-frenatus : unbridled). Passionateness, from iracundus, 
passionate (iracundia : anger, as a temper of which ira is 
one outbreak). Relating to Varius ; of Varius (Varianus). 
To cry-out (ex-clamare). Lightness, frivolity, from levis, 
light (levitas). Hungry, from fames, hunger (famelicus, 
starving). To allot-back, to give-back (re-tribuere). To 
stretch-on (in-tendere, tend, tens : exert). 

Centurio (centum, a hundred), an officer over 100 
men : a centurion. 

Aciem instruere, to draw up in line of battle. 
Retribuere gratiam {to return gratitude), to re- 
compense. 

II. To begin to be completely well, from valere (con- 
valescere, 36). One-who-wishes-well (bene-volus, benevo- 
lent, beneficent). Abstr. subst. from benevolus (benev- 
olentia, as if from bene-volens). Abstr. subst. from 
honestus (honestas, good-conduct). Suddenly, from subitus 
(subito). 

Quam primum, as soon as possible. 

, Vocabulary to 27. 

Word-building.l — I. Dwelling in heaven, heavenly, from 
coelum (coelestis, 110). Relating to man, human, from 
hom-o (humanus). Not-pious, impious (impius). To 
learn-to (ad-disc ere, to learn something additional.) 

Invicem (in vicem), mutually; to be rendered 
' one another.^ 

II. Cultivation, /rom cult, sup. root of colere (cultura). 
One who dwells-in, from colere (in-cola, inhabitant), 

JEque ac, [equally and =) equally as; just as; 
as much as ; as, 

Colonus (from colere), farmer > 



252 



Vocabulary to 28. 

Word-building.] — I. To grow-ripe, to ripen, from ma- 
turus (maturescere). That which nourishes, from nutrire 
(nutrimentum, nourishment). Cultivator, from sup, root of 
colere (cult-or). Strong, from vsl-eie (validus, 104). Com- 
passion, from misericors (misericordia) . Inconsiderateness, 
from coiisideiB^ns, partic, of considerare (in-considerantia). 
Not-never (non-nunquam, sometimes). To come around 
(circum-venire, circumvent). Adv. from segnis (segniter). 
To restrain-together, from arcere (co-ercere). To make- 
crowded, from frequent, root of frequens (frequentare, to 
frequent). 

Illecebra (il-licere, entice), enticement, allurement, 
Auctumnus (from auct, sup. root of aug-ere, to 
increase). Autumn.^ 

II. To cover-about (ob-tegere, ^0 cd^^er). Adv. from l?etus 
(laete). To blossom-forth (ef-florescere, put forth their blos- 
soms). To make-ripe or ripen, from maturus (maturare). 
To devour-down (de-vorare, consume). Difficulty (difficul- 
tas). To snatch-away, /rowi rapere (ab-ripere). 

Vocabulary to 29. 

Word-building.] — ^I. To take-back (re-cip-ere, cep, cept, 
recover). 

From statuere, to place, establish, form compounds 
with in, con (instituere ; constituere). 

Re-med-ium (re and med, root of mederi, to heal), 
remedy 

II. To hold-a-different-way-from (distinere, withhold, 
prevent). To leave-behind (re-linquere, liqu, lict). To 
make-common, from vulg-us (vulg-are). To make com- 
mon in different directions (di-vulgare, divulge). To do-to 
(afficere, fee, feet). Form intensive from vent, sup. root of 
venire (ventare : ad-ventare, to be approaching). To pray- 
out (ex-orare, to prevail upon by prayers). 

1 Note. The names of the months are adjectives : hence ' in the month of 
January,' mense Januario. 



253 

To hold-up (sus-tinere, sustain). 
Form intensive from sup. root o/' jacere (jactare). 
To draw up an army in order of battle, aciem in- 
struere (strux, struct). 

As quickly as possible, quam celerrime. 

Vocabulary to 30. 

Word-huilding .^ — I. To go-back (red-ire ; red-eo : re- 
turn). To make obscure, /rom obscurus (obscurare). To 
lead-to (ad-ducere). To send-back (re-mittere, remit). To 
cast-back, /rom jacere (re-jicere, r<?;ec^). To choose-apart 
(di-ligere, leg, lect, to love, i. e. with preference). Yery- 
illustrious, from clarus (prse-clarus, 18). 

Im-becillis (in, upon; bacillum, staff, stick), weak. 
Su-spicio (a looking under, to see if any thing is 
concealed ; or, a looking secretly), suspicion. 

11. To be very earnest, from per-severus (perseverare, 
intrans. to persist, persevere). Born-together (co-gnatus,^ 
related; as subst. relation). To dis-connect, from serere 
(de-serere, -rui, -rtum, desert). To place-behind (post- 
ponere, posu, posit). To laugh-down (deride re, ris, ris, 
deride). To lead-away (de-ducere). To remain-through- 
out (per-manere, mans : continue). To fight-against (im- 
pugnare). Diligently, /rom diligens (diligenter). Standing, 
from stare (statio, military post).^ To place in different 
directions (disponere, arrange, dispose). To cast back (re- 
jicere, io : of an enemy, drive hack). 

Labefactare (labare, facere), to make to totter. 

Vocabulary to 31. 

Word-huilding.l — I. Abounding in fables (fabulosus, 
fabulous). Having much of fair appearance, /rem species 
(speci-osus, specious, plausible). To give completely (con- 
donare, to pardon, to grant). Deceitful, from fallere (fal- 
lax, 85). To give-acrossj/rom dare (tra-dere, did, dit : to 
deliver). To weave-together (con-texere, -xui, -xtum, m- 

1 Gnatus, part, of gnascor, the older form of nascor: gnascor = ffenascor : with 
root gen, as in ytvo?, yci/vaw, &c. 

2 * Guards^ may be translated hy stationes. 

22 



254 

terweave), Ahstr, suhst. from pravus (pravitas). To do- 
in (in-ficere, to stain). Injustice, from in-justus (in- 
justitia). 

De-lir-are (lira, a furrow), to go out of the furrow : 
hence to be foolish, crazy, Slc, 

Prorsus {pro-versus,for-wards), entirely, quite. 

Quam primum, as soon as possible, 

11. Custom, from consuet, sup, root of con-suescere 
(con-suetudo). Exercising; exercise, yrom exercitare, m- 
tensive from exercere (exercitatio). To strengthen-com- 
pletely, from robor, root of robur, strength (cor-roborare). 
Liberality, yrom liberalis (liberalitas). To move-completely 
(com-movere). To strike-to (af-fligere, flix, flict). To make 
a hesiip, from cumulus (cumulare). To press-against, yrom 
premere (op-primere, press, oppress). To make a number, 
to count, from numerus (numerare). To reckon-to (ad- 
numerare, to reckon-amongst). 

Vocabulary to 32. 

Word-building.'] — I. To make a race,yromgener, root of 
genus (generare, to beget). Severity, gravity, yro/n severus 
(severitas). Dwelling on the earth (terrestris). To join- 
apart (sejungere, separate). To make an end, from termi- 
nus (terminare, end, terminate). 

Re-fert = rei, fert, i. e. ad rem fert ; it bears to 
the matter, is of importance, &c. 

Inter-est, it is between ; so, that is, as to make a 
difference : it matters, concerns, is of importance, 

II. To make firm (firmare). To take back, from pre- 
hendere, to seize hold o/'(re-prehendere, blame). 

JJj^ Guards in this exercise is to be translated 
by excubise ; force by prsesidium. 

Excubiae (ex, out ; cubare, to lie), a watch, a body 
of guards watching, 

Prae-sid-ium (prae, before, sedere, to sit — that 
which sits before to protect). 



255 



Vocabulary to 33. 

Word-building.] — Con-nubium (con-nubere, to marry)^ 
marriage. Pro-miscuous (pro ; misc-eo, mix)^ that which is 
mixed forth ; promiscuous, mixed. 
Re-nov-are, to re-new. 

Vocabulary to 34. 

Word-building .] — I. To do-thoroughly (con-ficere : pass, 
confici, to be worn-out). 

Corn-modus (con, modus, manner), convenient, 
suitable, &c. : neut. an advantage. 

II. Form intensive from oblect, sup. root of ob-licere 
(oblectare, to delight, beguile). To entice thoroughly (pel- 
licere, lex, lect, entice). 

Vocabulary to 35. 

Word-building.] — Act of ruling, from dominari, to rule 
(dominatio, rule, dominion). Adv. from publicus, public 
(publice, publicly, at the public expense). To frighten away 
(de-terrere, deter). Not good, wicked, from probus (im- 
probus). 

Res-publica (see p. 168, 71). 

Vocabulary to 36. 

Word-building.] — I. To cast under, from jacere (sub- 
jicere, jec, ject : subject, subdue). To make myself turned- 
to wards, from ad-versus, turned towards, partic. of ad- 
vertere (adversari : to stand opposite to ; to oppose). To 
give help, from auxilium, help (auxiliari, to help, to assist). 
To make myself a companion, yrom comit,^ root of comes, 
companion (comitari). Trans, deponent verb from insidiae, 
a plot (insidiari, to plot against). Trans, verb from nu- 
merus, number (numerare, to count, to number). Trans, 
deponent verb from gloria (gloriari, to boast). Trans, verb 
from labor (laborare, to labor ; to be in distress). 

1 From ' com' with^ * it,' sup, root of ire, to go. 



256 

II. To make prosperous, from secundus, favorable (se- 
cundare). Return, from redit, sup. root of redeo (reditus, 
us). 

To give a prosperous return, reditum secundare. 

It goes ill with me, in rebus adversis versor. 

Vocabulary to 37. 

Word-building.l — I. Ungrateful, /rom gratus (ingratus). 
Thing promised, promise, from promittere (promissum). 
Dearness,yro;/z earns, dear (caritas, affection). 

Justum proelium, a pitched battle (i. e. not a mere 
skirmish). 

II. Subst. to express the SiCt, from rapere (raptus, us, rape, 
robbery). To rise to or against (adoriri, adort, to fall on, to 
attack). Adv. from communis (communiter). To make 
sound, from sanus (sanare, to heal). 

To be named joint-king, in consortium regni ad- 
scisci (perf. adscitus sum). 

Vocabulary to 38. 

Word-building .^ — I. Moderation : from temperans (tem- 
perantia). Intemperance (in-temperantia). In-active, /ro^ 
gnavus, active (i-gnavus, sluggish, slothful). Sloth, slug- 
gishness, yro;?i ignavus (ignavia, indolence, weakness of the 
will). Subst. to express the act from remittere (remissio, 
remission) . 

To plead a cause, causam dicere. 
Condemned to death, capite damnatus {condemned 
by the head). Also, capitis damnatus. 

II. Not-never (non-nunquam, sometimes). To connect- 
from or dis-connect, i. e. from myself from serere (de- 
serere, seru, sert), to desert. 

Vocabulary to 39. 

Word-building.'] — I. Abstr. subst. from integr, root of 
integer, whole (integritas, wholeness, entireness — integrity, 
uprightness). To do-corapletely, from facere (con-ficere, 



257 

accomplish, complete). Ahstr, subst. from curs, sup, root 
of currere, to run (cursus, us, course). To take-to, from 
capere (ac-cipere, cep, cept : to receive). Cultivation, yrom 
cult, sup. root of colere (cultus, civilization). 

In-scitia (in, not : scire, to know), ignorance, 
Con-stat [it stands together, as a consistent fact), 
it is well known, allowed, &c. 

II. One who oppresses, yrom oppress, sup. root of oppri- 
mere (oppressor, oppressor). 

Vocabulary to 40. 

Word-huilding.'\ — I. Adv. from accuratus (accurate, 
accurately). Give its degrees of comparison (accuratius, 
accuratissime). To touch-to, from tangere, (at-tingere, 
attig, attact, to touch, to attain, to reach), Abstr. subst. 
from elegans (elegantia). 

Verum attingere, to hit or arrive at the truth. 
Audita [things heard) may be translated by a rela- 
tive sentence : ' what he had heard,^ 

II. To rattle-against, /rom crepare (in-crepare, to scold). 
To read-through, yroTTz legere (per-legere, leg, lect). 

22* 



V. QUESTIONS 



ON 



THE LATIN ACCIDENCE, 



Numerals enclosed in parentheses refer to the page and paragraph. 



To what question does the nom. answer 1 (To who or what 
with the verb.) To what question does the gen. answer? 
(To whose ? of what ?) To what question does the dat. 
answer 1 (To for whom or what? to whom or what?) To 
what question does the ace. after the verb answer ? (To 
whom? or what? with the verb and its nom. case.) How is 
the voc. known 1 (The vocative denotes the person ad- 
dressed by name : it is generally stopped off by commas.) To 
what questions does the abl. answer ? (To the questions 
with what ? hy what ? when ? and whence ? sometimes to on 
what ? from what ? at what ? in what ?) To what question 
does the abl. answer after a comparative ? (To than what?) 

Wh^n are nouns called common 1 (When they are used 
as mas. or fem, according as males or females are spoken 
of.) When are nouns called epicene? (When they are 
always of one gender, which cannot be altered to specify 
the sex.) How then can the sex be specified? (By adding 
mas or femina.) 

Go through : Musa — Magister — Puer — Dominus — Reg- 
num — Nubes — Lapis [root, lapid) — Opus (root, oper, neut.) 
— Parens {root, parent) — Gradus, Facies. What is the voc. 
of Virgilius {143,2)1 of filius {14:3,2)1 What cases are al- 
ways alike in neuters 1 In what letter do these cases end 
in the plural 1 

What is the gender of nouns of the first (37) 1 Mention 
some plurals of the first that have a sing, meaning (145, 10). 



259 

Mention some nouns of the first whose dat. and abl. plural 
is ahus. (Dea, domina, filia, anima, equa, asina, famula, 
liberta, mula, socia, serva.) Go through pater-familias. 
(G. patris-familias : D. patri-familias, and so on. Familias 
is an old gen.) What form of the gen. sing, is found in 
poetry 1 [Ai — as aulai. ) What form of the gen. plur. is 
sometimes found ? {TJm for arum.) 

What is the gender of nouns of the second (37) ? Give 
the exceptions (37). Mention some nouns in er that do not 
throw away the e (145, 11), Go through domus (146, note). 
Mention some nouns of the sec. that are used in the plur. 
only. (Castra, a camp; fasti, the calendar; and some 
names of towns : Veii, Gabii, &c.) Go through vir : vis 
(168, 71). 

What terminations are mas. in the third (37) ? what fem. 
(37) ? what neuter (37) ? What peculiarities have neuters 
in e, al, ar (143, 3 1) What nouns take ium in gen. plur. (143, 
4) ? What monosyllables take gen. in um (144, 4,/) 1 What 
exceptions are there to the rule that nouns in is es, er, not 
increasing in gen., take ium (144, 4, e) ? What is generally 
the ace. of aer, cBther? (Aera, sethera.) 

W^hat is the gender of nouns of the fourth (37) ? Give 
the exceptions. How did this declension arise (148, 20)? 
What words have uhus in dat. plur. 1 

[Arcus, acus, portus, quercus, ficus, lacus, artus, 

Et tribus, et partus, specus, adde wexxxque pecu^'we. (Zumpt.)] 

W^hat is the gender of nouns of the fifth (37) ? What is 
the only exception ? When must dies be mas. (37) ? When 
is e in eilowg (148, 22)? 

Adjectives. 

Go through the terminations of adjectives of three termi- 
nations (149, 27). 

Go through bonus, tener, unus. When only has unus a 
plural? (When used with a noun that has no singular.) 
What declension do adjectives of three terminations follow 
in the mas. ? in the fem. ? in the neut. ? Mention some 
adjs. in er that retain the e (149, 29). In what respects must 
the adj. agree with its noun (150, 36) ? 

What is the ahl, of tristis ? the neut. plur. ? the gen. 



260 

plur, (149, 30) X What is the neut, of comparatives ? the all. 
sing. ? the neut. plur. ? the gen. plur. (149, 31) ? Go through 
amans (loving), v€tus,felix. What is the abl. sing, of par- 
ticiples in ns, when used as such 1 Which term, of abl. is 
the more common in adj. (150, 33) ? What adjectives have 
e only (150, 34) ? Go through the terminations of an adj. in 
is; a comparative : an adj. of one termination (150, 37). In 
comparatives is e or i the more common term, of abl. ? (e in 
the best writers).^ What adjectives very rarely, if ever, 
take e in the abl. ? (Those in -x, -cors, -ceps : together with 
par, memor, iners, ingens, inops, recens, teres, &c.) Go 
through duo, amho,^ tres {Ibl). Go through acer (171). Men- 
tion some other adjectives that have this peculiarity (171). 
Go through _p/w6' (151, note). 

Go through senex (150, and 144, 4, e). What adjectives 
have gen. in lus (149, 29) ? Go through uterque (each) ; 
unusquisque (151). Go through alius (149, 29) ? What is 
the gen. of alter {another, of two — . 149, 29) ? Go through 
summus mons, ima quercus, reliquum opus (151, 39). What 
is the Eng. of medico aquce {nom. plur.) ? of extremus liber 1 

Comparison of Adjectives. [Page 170.] 

How is the comparative formed ? (By adding ior to the 
root^ How is the superlative formed ? (By adding issi- 
mus to the root.) How do adjs. in er form their superlatives ? 
(By adding rimus to nom.) What adjectives in is make su- 
perl. in Umus ? (Facilis, agilis, similis, gracilis, humilis ; 
with dijicilis, dissimilis, of course.) How do adjectives in 
ficus, dicus, volus, from facio, dico, volo, form comp. and 
superl. ? (In entior, entissimus.) What is superl. of vetus, 
nuperus ? {Veterriinus, nuperrimus.) Oimaturusl {Matu- 
rissimus or maturrimus.) Give the degrees of comparison 
of bonus : (melior, optimus) — malus : (pejor, pessimus) — 
magnus : (major, maximus) — parvus : (minor, minimus) — 
multus : (plus, neut. ; plurimus) — dives : (divitior, divitissi- 
mus, or ditior, ditissimus) — of nequam, indecl. (nequior, ne- 
quissimus) — exterus (exterior, extremus and extimus) — in- 

1 Cicero and Livy form abl. of comparatives in e rather than i. In later writers i 
is the more common ending. (Billroth.) 

2 Like duo. 



261 

ferus (inferior, infimus or imus) — superus (superior, supre- 
mus or summus). What compar. and superlat, are related 
in meaning to the adv. intus ? (interior, intiinus) — to citra ? 
(citerior, citimus) — to ultra ? (ulterior, ultimus) — to prope ? 
(propior, proximus) — to the Greek word w/cu?, swift? (ocior, 
ocissimus.) What is the superl. of prior? (primus) — the 
comp. of juvenis? (junior) — of senex? (senior.) When 
must the comparison be formed by magis, maxime ? (When 
the adj. ends in us pure.) When may an adjective in us^ 
pure, form its comparison regularly ? (When qu, which 
sounds like kw^ precedes us : as, antiquus, iniquus.) What 
is used for the comparative of an adverb derived from an ad- 
jective ? (The neuter of the comparative adjective.) What 
is the superlative of such an adverb ? (It is formed by 
adding e to the root of the superlative adjective.) 

The Numerals. [Page 172.] 

What are cardinal numbers ? (Those that answer to, 
how many ?) What ordinals ? (Those that mark the place 
that any individual holds in a series.) What distributives? 
(Those that answer to, how many apiece?) Are cardinal 
numbers declinable? (From 4 to 100 not: the names of 
the hundreds are, ducenti, trecenti, &c. Mille is indecl. as 
an adj. : but as a subst, has plur. millia, ium, ibus, &c.) 
Are the ordinals and distributives declinable ? (Yes.) 
Give the first ten numerals in the three series ; and the 
num. adverbs answering to how many times (172). Give 
them from 10 to 20 (173). 

Give the L'atin for 20: for 18. Do the ' teens^ end in 
decim or decem? Give the Latin for 11th, 12th, 13th, 
18th, 19th, 20th, 21st. Give the Latin for eleven apiece, 
twelve apiece, thirteen apiece, twenty apiece. What is the 
difference between cardinals in ginta and in genti ? (Those 
in ginta are so many tens ; those in geiiti so many hun- 
dreds.) Between ordinals in cesimus, gesimus, and those in 
centesimus, gentesimus ? (Those in cesimus, gesimus, are so 
many tens ; those in centesimus, gentesimus, so many hun- 
dreds.) Do the distributives in ceni, geni, belong to teris or 
hundreds ? (To both.) Is there any difference of form be- 
tween them ? (Yes : the hundreds are added to a root end- 



262 

ing in a consonant, except in triceni, treceni, where the form 
with e, treceni, belongs to hundreds.) 

Turn into Latin 366, (173, Obs. 2.) 

What are the forms for 1000, 2000, &c. ? (Mille, miUe- 
simus, milleni, or singula millia, millies ; and then : his 
mille, his millesimus, hina millia, his millies, &c.) How are 
the intermediate forms supplied ? (By the combination of 
two forms : unus et viginti, or viginti unus, one and twenty ; 
or, twenty-one : but the forms duode-, unde-, are mostly 
used for the two hefore every ten or hundred.) 

With what sort of words are the distributives used as 
cardinals ? (With subst. used in plur. only : hincB literae, two 
letters : but uni is used, not singuli : and trini, not terni.) 

Pronouns. [Page 168.] 

Go through : ego, tu, sui. — mens, tuus, suus, noster, 
vester. What is voc. mas. of meus? (Mi.) What syllable 
is often appended to strengthen the pers. pron. ? (Met: 
egomet, mihimet, temet.) What is appended to the nom. of 
tu? {Te : tute.) How is the ace. se strengthened? (By 
doubling, sese.) How is own strongly expressed? [By 
adding gen. ipsius^ to poss. pron. or (to the abl.) the syll. pte 
in suopte, suapte, (not in Cicero,) for suo ipsius, sua ipsius.^ 

Go through, is : through ille, iste, (as if from \]lus, i^tus, 
a, ud, G. ius, &c.) Go through idem. What is the dif- 
ference between mas. and neut. sing, of idem? (The neut. 
has f: the mas. i.) Go through qui ; through quis. When 
has quis fem. sing, and neut. plur. qua? (Generally after 
si, ne, num.) W^hat is neut. sing, of the compounds of 
qui and quis indef. ? ( Quid and quod ; of which the forms in 
quid are used, when the noun they refer to is not expressed.) 
What is the neut. of quis, who? (Quid.) Go through ali- 
quis, quidam, quivis, quicunque, (which has only quodcunque 
in neut.,) quispiam, quilihet, quisquam. Go through quis- 
quis, (it has only quisquis, quicquid, abl. fem. quaqua. Nom. 
^luT. quiqui ; abl. quihus, quihus.) Into what letter is m 
often turned before d in idem, quidam ? (Into n : quorun- 
dam, &c.) By what syllables is Aic strengthened? (Ce, 
cine : hicce, heecce, hocce ; hiccine, hseccine, hoccine.) By 

1 For the pi. ipsorum, or ipsarum. 



263 

what are ille, iste, strengthened ? (By ic : illic, illcec, illoc ; 
istic, istaec, istoc.) 

The Verb. 

Go through the terminations of the third persons of 
the act. voice (152). Go through the terminations of the 
persons (153). Go through the terminations of the Latin 
verb (154). In what tenses do verbs of the third in io drop 
the i (158, 45)? Go through suscipio — suscipior (158, 45). 
Give the first person of each tense of suscipio, that has root 
of present. Go through esse (164.) In what persons and 
tenses of prosum is prod, not pro, prefixed to the tenses of 
esse (165, 62, 1)? 

Go through possum (165, 63), volo, nolo, malo (165, 63), 
edo (165), /ero (165). Of what verb is^o used as the pas- 
sive ? {Oi facio.) What peculiarities has it ? (The per- 
fect tenses are regular from fEicio ; f actus sum, &c. ; the 
imperfect ones regular from flo of the fourth, with this ex- 
ception, that imperf. suhj. and infin. keep the e with i before 
it ; fierem, fieri!) Go through eo (166). What is the 
compound of eo with re? (Red-eo.) Go through ajo.^ 
What is ain^ tu? (= aisne tu ? sai/ you so ?) Go through 
inquam^ I say. What tenses and what meaning have 

1 Ajo. 

1. Present. 
Indicative. Conjunctive. 
Ajo Ais Alt Ajam Ajas Ajat 
— — Ajunt. Ajant. 

2. Imperfect. 
Ajeiam -has -hat 
Ajebamus -batis -hant. 

Imper. : Ai. Partic : Ajens. 

8 Inquana. 

1. Present. 
Indicative. Conjunctive. 

Inquam Inquis Inquit — Inquias Inquiat 

Inquijnus Inquitis Inquiunt. — Inquiatis Inquiant. 

2. Imperfect. 
InquieJam -has -bat 
Inquie&amws -batis -bant. 

3. Future. 

— Inquies Inquiet Imperat. : Inque, Inquito. 

— Inquient. 

4. Perfect. 

— Inquisti — Partic: Inqniens. 

— Inquistis — 



264 

memini, c(Bpi, odi ? (Perfect tenses. In memini, odi, perf, 
has present meaning : pluperf. of imperf., and so on. — / 
remember^ I hate : coepi is, / began or have begun. Perf. 
coEptus est, when followed by infin, pass, of strictly passive 
meaning.) What is imperat. of memini? [Memento, pi. 
mementote .) What are ausim, faxim,! (Old forms for ausus 
sim, fecerim.) What has qucBso? (PL 1. qucesumus.) 

What is English of defit ? [fails [me]) — infit ? — [begins to 
speak) — conjit ? ([it] is accomplished; or, a sum is made up.) 
What is the English of salve, ave? [Hail! salve also 
fareivell) — ^of vale ? (farewell) — of cedo ? [tell me, give me, 
pray.) 

Prepositions. 

What prepositions always govern the ablative (173, 80)? 

See Appendix 2. 

Go through Penelope, ^neas, Anchises, Orpheus, Delos, 
Evangelion, melos. AVhat are the principal peculiarities of 
Greek nouns of the third ? Go through poema, (atis) n. 
poesis, Erinnys, Nereis, tigris, Echo, Dido, Achilles, Ulysses, 
Pericles, Chremes. 

What are patronymics ? What do mas. patronymics end 
in? What do fern, patronymics end in? From what man's 
name does (Enides come ? Give the fem. form. Give 
mas. and fem. patronymics from jEneas, Anchises, Tyn- 
ddrus, Theseus, Atlas. 

What are the mas. termin. for an inhabitant of such a 
country ? The fem.. terminations ? Give mas. and fem, 
words for a Persian, Cretan, Trojan, Thracian, Lacedm- 
monian, Phoenicia?!, Roma?!, inhabitant of Clusium, of Ab- 
dera, of Arpmum, of Miletus, of Athens. 

Give the initials of the Roman Prsenomina. What does 
COS. me^nl (Consul.) COSS. '^. (Consulibus.) D.O.M. ? 
(Deo Optimo, maxima.) S.P.Q.R.? [Senatus, populusque 
Romanus.) A.V.G.? [Ab urbe conditd,) 



VI. QUESTIONS ON LATIN SYNTAX. 



^ 1. 

1. In what respects does a verb agree with its nominative 
case 1 (In number and person.) 2. An adjective with 
its substantive? (In gender, number, and case.) 3. 
What verbs take a substantive or adjective after them 
in the nominative ? 

(Verbs of becoming, being, seeming. 
And passive verbs of making, calling, deeming}) 
4. In what case does the thing by which stand ? (In 
the abl.) 5. In what case does the agent, or person 
by whom, stand ?^ (In the abl. with a or ab : but 
sometimes in the dat.) 6. When should the pronoun 
that is the nom. to the verb be expressed ? (When 
the pron. is emphatic.) 

7. When two or more nom. cases sing, come together, in 

which number should the verb be put, and in what 
person ? (In the plural number, and in the more worthy 
person.) 

8. With et — et, quum — tum (both — and), in which number 

is the verb generally put ? (In the sing.) 

9. When an adjective belongs to more than one substantive 

or pronoun, with which should it agree in gender? and 
in which number should it stand, even when the sub- 
stantives, &c. are all sing. ? (It should agree with 
the more worthy gender, and be in the plur.) 10. 
When the substantives are things that have not life, in 
what gender is the adj. generally put ? (In the neut.) 

1 Verba substantiva ; ut sum, forem^fio, existo ; Verba vocandi passiva; ut nomi- 
nor, appellor, dicor, vocor, nuncupor : et iis similia ; ut videor, habeor, existimor^ 
utrinque eosdem casus habent. 

2 Passivis additur ablativus ageritis, sed antecedente a vel ah prsepositione ; et In- 
terdum dativus. 

23 



266 

1 1 . What substantives are seldom to be translated ? 
(Man, woman, thing.) 
12. What tenses of the indie, are followed by the pres. and 
perf. of the subj. ? (The pres., fat., and perfect with 
* have'' are followed by \he pres. and per/, of the subj.) 
13. What tenses of the indie, are followed by the im- 
perf. and pluperf. of the subj. ? (The past tenses of 
the indie, are followed by the imperf. and pluperf. of 
the subj.) 14. Is the perf. with have considered a past 
tense 1 (No : it is a present-perf. expressing an action 
that has been done in some space of time, however 
large, that is still unexpired.) 15. Is the fut. perf, 
a suhj, tense ? (No.) 

§ 2. Sequence of Tenses. Translation of^ that.' 

Obs. The pres. and perf of the subjunctive form one 
pair, the imperf and pluperf another. 

(a) Accusative and infinitive.'] 16. When is 'that' to be 
omitted, and the sentence turned into the accusative and 
infinitive ? 

(' Thaf to omit is mostly best 

With forms impersonal, as certum est : 

With verbs of thinking, knowing, wishing^ 

Feeling, hearing, et credendi ; 
A.nd other verbs that fill the class 
Declarandi et sentiendi. 
But the impersonals, 

Contingit, evenit, and accidit, 
With restat, reliquum est, ^nd fit, 
are followed by ut : as sequitur is sometimes.) 
{h)ut.} 17. When is ' thaf to be translated by * w^' with 
the subjunctive ? (When it introduces a purpose or a 
consequence : and after the impersonals 
Contingit, evenit, and accidit. 
With restat, reliquum est, ^xid fit. 
Obs. When it introduces a purpose it is followed by 
'may,' 'might.' When it introduces a consequence it 
refers to a ' so,' or ' such.') 

I Verbs of wishing may also be followed by ut. Cicero always uses ut after optare. 



267 

(c) ne.] 18. When is * tkaf to be translated by ne with the 

subjunctive 1 (When * that^ expressing the purpose^ is 
followed by a negative word. JJj^ ^^ being really 
' 710^/ the following ' /lo^' is to be untranslated, and * no- 
hody^ ' nothing^ turned into ' anybody^ ' anything.^) 

(d) Quin.] 19. When is ' that^ to be translated by 5'wm .? 

[When a negative sentence precedes : especially after 
non dubito, non dubium est, quis dubitat ? facere non 
possum {^\ cannot help'), and fieri non potest ('it 
cannot be,') — when a neg^XiYe folloios.'] 

20. When is ' that'' to be translated by quod ? (After verbs 
that express an emotion of the mind, as gaudeo, re- 
joice ; miror, wonder ; but most of these also take the 
accusative with infin) — Also, when ' that'' refers to a 
* this' or ' that^ in the preceding sentence.) 

21. When is ' that^ to be translated by ' quo V 

(Let * that^ translated be by • quo^' 
When with comparatives it does go.) 

22. How is ' that^ translated after verbs oi fearing! ■ 

. (Vereor ne, I fear he will, 
Vereor ut, I fear he wonH^ 
Turn y^^wre by subjunctive jore^e/i^ 
Miex fear : forget it don't.) 

^ 3. The Relative, 

23. What are respectively the demonstratives or antecedent 
pronouns to qui, qualis, quantus, quot ? (Is, talis, tan- 
tus, tot.) 

24. Is the relative ever governed in case, by a word that is 
not in its own clause 1 (No.) 

25. In what respects does the relative agree with its ante- 

cedent ? (In ge7ider, number, and person.) 26. When 
the antecedent is expressed in the relative, and omitted 
in the principal clause, where is the relative clause 
often placed ? (First.) 27. \Yhdit pronoun often repre- 
sents it in the principal clause ? {Is or hie.) 
27.* What is the relative ' whaf equivalent to 1 {' That 
which. ^) 

1 Obs. With gaudeo, miror, use quod when the verb that follows * thaV is in a 
past tense. 



268 

28. When the relat. agrees with some case of a suhsU ex- 
pressed in its own, but not in the principal clause, what 
must be done ? (Some case of that subst. must be 
supplied in the principal clause.) 

29. For what does an infin. sometimes stand ? (For the 
nominative case to a verb : the substantive to an adjec- 
tive : or the antecedent to a relative}) 30. When 
an adj. or rel. is to agree with an infin. mood or sen- 
tence, in what gender must it be put 1 (In the neuter 
gender.) 31. When the rel. has a sentence for its 
antecedent, what do we often find instead of the rel. 
only 1 [Id quod, or qucB res, where id and res are in 
apposition to the former sentence.) 

32. How may ' but^ or a relative with * not^ be translated 
after nobody, nothing, &c. ? (By quin, with subj. : but 
quin may not stand for cui non, or cujus non.) 

33. In such a sentence as ' Thebes, which is a town^ &;c., 
should which agree with Thebes, or with town ? (With 
town}) 

35. When the antecedent has a superlative with it, in which 
clause does the superlative generally stand 1 (In the 
relative clause.) 36. He was the first person who 
DID IT. (Primus fecit.) 

§ 4. Ne, with Imper. — Infinitive expressing purpose. 

37. How is ' nof to be translated before the imperative, or 
subj. used imperatively ? (By ne.) 38. How is ' as^ 
before the inf., and after so, such, to be translated ? 
(By ut : ' as not to — ,' by quin.) 

39. What does the Lat. inf. never express ? (A purpose.) 
40. When the Eng. inf. expresses 'd purpose, how may 
it be translated V 41. After what verbs is the inf to 

1 Aliqiiando oratio est verbo nominativus. 

Aliquando oratio supplet locum substantivi, adjective in neutro genere posito. 
Aliquando oratio ponitur pro antecedente. 

2 Relativum inter duo substantiva diversorum generum et numeronim collocatum, 
interdum cum posteriore concordat. 

S The various ways of expressing & purpose are given in the following table: — 
Eo ut ludos spectem, 'i 

£ ^ ludorum spectandorum ) po^gA 

Eo luteeXraf! ^ ' M- ^oins to see the game, 

Eo ad ludos spectandos, 
Eo ludos spectatum {sup.), 



269 

be translated by ut — or if there is a not, ne — ^with the 
subjunctive 1 

(By ' ut,^ translate infinitive, 
With ask, command, advise, and strive. 
But never be this rule forgot, 
Put ' ne' for ' ut,^ when there's a ' not.'' 
Under ' ask' are included heg, pray, &c. : under ' com- 
mand,' charge, direct, &c. : under ' advise,' exhort, ad- 
monish, warn, &c.) 

42. How must ^ as not to . . . &c.,' after a negative be 
translated ? (By quin with subj.) 

43. By what conjunctions are verbs of hindering generally 
followed? (By quomnus ; to be rendered by 'from^ 
with the participial subst.) 

^ 5. Interrogatives. 

44. Which interrogative particle asks simply for informa- 
tion ? {Ne.) 45. Which expects the answer 'yes?'' 
(Nonne.) 46. Which the answer 'no?^ (Num.- but 
not in dependent questions, where it is simply ^ whe- 
ther.') 

47. When are questions dependent 1 (When they are con- 
nected with a preceding word or sentence.) 48. Men- 
tion some words on which questions depend. {Ask, 
doubt, know, or not know, examine, try — it is uncertain, 
Sic.) 

49. In what mood does the verb stand in a dependent ques- 
tion ? (The subj.) 50. In what mood must the verb 
be put in sentences that stand as the ace. to a prece- 
ding verb? (The subj.) 

51. How must 'whether' be translated in double questions? 
(By utrum, num, or the appended ne^ 52. How ' orV 
(By an^ 53. If * whether' is untranslated, how may 
'or' be translated? (By an, anne, or the appended 
ne.^) 54. Does an ever stand before a single ques- 



1 (Whether) — (or) ^ 

utrum ... — an | In rendering, the utrum or ne is not translated in 

num — an J> a direct question : i. e. when the verb is in the in- 

ne — an J dicative mood. 

(untranslated) — an or ne. J 

23* 



270 

tion ? (Yes : when the answer ' no' is confidently 
expected ; and often with something of impatience.) 

55. How is ''yes' to be translated? (Either by the parti- 
cles ita^ ita est, sane, etiam, vero; or by repeating the 
word about which the question is made.) 

56. How is ' no' to be translated 1 (Either by negative 
particles [non, minime, nihil minus, &c.), with or with- 
out the verb of the interrogative sentence ; or by imo 
with a noun, adjective, or verb, v/hich is the opposite to 
the one in the interrogative sentence.) 

§ 6. {May, might; can, could ; should, ought.) 

57. Go through / may go, &c. 

(^mihi ire licet, / may go. 
tihi ire licet, thou may est go, &c.) 

58. / might have gone. 

{mihi ire licuit, / might have gone, 
tihi ire licuit, thou mightest have gone, &c.) 

59. / can do it. 

{ego facere possum, / can do it. 
tu facere potes, thou canst do it, &c.) 

60. / could have done it. 

[ego facere potui, / could have done it. 
tu facere potuisti, thou couldst have done it, &c.) 

61. / ought to do it. 

(me facere oportet, ) I ought to do it ; 
or ego facere debeo, ) or, should do it.) 

62. / ought to have done it. 

{me facere oportuit, ) I ought to have done it ; 
or e^o facere debui, ) or, should have done it.) 

63. Translate, / ought to do it, omitting ut. 

{ego faciam oportet, / ought to do it. 
tu facias oportet, thou ought est to do it, &c.) 

64. I MAY BE DECEIVED. {Fieri potest ut fallar.) 

65. How is the perf. injin. to be translated after might, 

could, ought? l^Y pres. infin. unless it is meant that 
the action should have been completed before the time 
spoken of.) 



271 



§ 7. Apposition, 

66. How is the case of a substantive in apposition deter- 
mined ? (It agrees in case with the subst. of which 
it is spoken.) The city of Rome. (Urbs Roma.) 

67. When urhs or oppidum stands in apposition to the 
name of a town, does the verb agree with urhs, oppidum, 
or with the name of the town ? (With urbs or oppidum.) 

68. When there is a fem. form of a substantive, for 
instance, magistra, when should it be used? (When it 
stands in apposition to a fem. subst.) 

§ 8. Case of Subst. or Adj. after esse, 

69. He wishes to be the first. (Yult esse princeps ; or 
se esse principem.) 70. He says that he is ready. 
(Ait esse paratus ; or, se esse paratum.) 

71. They may be happy. (Licet esse heatis : or, less com- 
monly, beat OS.) 

^ 9. Genitive. 

72. When may a substantive and preposition generally be 
translated by the gen.? (When the prepos. joins it to 
another substantive.) 73. How much pleasure; much 
good; some time. (Quantum voluptatis ; multumboni; 
aliquid temporis.) 

74. What do you mean by a partitive adj.? (A partitive 
adj. is one that expresses some individuals considered 
as parts of a larger number or body.) 75. What case 
follows partitive adjectives ; and what prepositions are 
often used instead of it ? (The genitive : but the pre- 
positions de, e, ex, are often used.) 76. With what 
does the partitive adj. generally agree in gender? 
(With the governed genitive, because that expresses 
the thing meant. ^) 77. In what gender does a super- 
lative or solus stand when it governs a genit., and also 
refers to another subst.? (In the gender not of the 

1 Nomina partitiva, numeralia, comparativa, et superlativa, et quaedam adjectiva 
partitive posita, genitivum, a quo et genus mutuantur, exigunt. 
Usurpantur autem et cum his praepositionibus, de^ e, ex, inter^ ante. 



272 

gen,, but of the other substantive.) 78. In what case 
does a substantive of description stand when it has an 
adjective agreeing with it ? (In the genitive or abla- 
tive.^) 79. By what cases are opus est followed? 
(By an ablative of lohat is needed, a dative of the person 
who needs,^) 80. What other construction is there 
with opus est 1^ (Opus is often used in the nom. or ace, 
after esse.) 81. There is no need. What need is 
THERE? (Nihil opus est. Quid opus est?) 82. The 

TOP OF THE MOUNTAIN. ThE MIDDLE OF THE WAY. 

The rest of the work. The whole of Greece. 
(Summus mons; media via; reliquum opus; universa 
Grsecia.) 

83. What adjectives govern the genitive ? (Adjectives which 
signify desire, knowledge, recollection, fear, participa- 
tion, and their opposites, with many of those that ex- 
press fulness or emptiness ^) 84. What case do par- 
ticiples used adjectively and verbals in ax govern ? 
(The genitive.^) 

85. What substantives are omitted after to be? (Such sub- 
stantives as property, duty, part, mark, &c.^) 86. It 
IS Cicero's part. (Ciceronis est.) It is yolr part. 
(Tuum est.''') 87. What case do verbs of accusing, 
&c. take of the charge? (Genhive.^) 88. What case 
do satago, &c. govern? (Genitive.^) 89. What case 
do verbs of remembering ^xiA forgetting govern ? (Ace. 

1 Laus^ vituperium, vel qualitas rei, ponitur in ablativo, etiam genitivo. 

2 Opus et usus ablativum exigiint. 

3 Opus autem adjective, pro necessarius, qiiandoque poni videtur. 

4 Adjectiva quse desiderium, notitiam, memoriam, timorem, significant, atque 
iis contraria, genitivum exigunt: cum plurimis aliis quae affectionem animi de- 
nStant. 

5 Participia, cum fiunt nomina, genitivum exigunt. 
Adjectiva verbalia in az etiam genitivum exigunt. 

6 Sum genitivum postulat, quoties significat possessionem, ofiicium, signum, aut 
id quod ad rem quampiam pertinet. 

a. This genitive may be rendered in various wa^^s, (besides * it is the duty,^ or 
^part of:' ' a mark of:') ' it is characteristic of;' ' it is incumbent on ;' ' it requires ;* 
* it demands ;' ' it shows ;' ' it betrays ;' ' it is for^ (you, &c. ;') &c. 

Non cujusvis est, it is not every man who can, &:c. 

7 Excipiuntur hi nominativi, metim, tuum, suum, nostrum, vestrum, humanum, 
belluinum, et similia. 

8 Verba accusandi, damnandi, monendi, absolvendi, et similia, genitivum postu- 
lant, qui crimen significat. 

{Eng.) To condemn to death. 

(Lat.) To condemn of the head, (capitis.) 

9 Satago, misereor, et miseresco, genitivum postulant. 



273 

or gen.') 90. In what case may a neut, pron, stand 
with accusare, admonere, &c. ? (Accusative.) 

^10. Impersonals, 

91. With interest and refert in what case is the person 
to whom it is of importance put ? (In the gen., but in- 
stead of personal pronouns, the possessives are used 
in the ahl, fem.^) 92. How is the degree of impor- 
tance expressed ? (Either by the gen. of price, or by 
an adverb.^) 93. How is the thing that is of impor- 
tance expressed ? (By an infinitive clause ; or its rep- 
resentative, a neuter pronoun ; or a clause introduced 
either by an interrogative, or by a conjunction.^ 94. 
What case of the person feeling do pudet, &c., take ? 
and what case of what causes the feeling 1 (Pudet, pi- 
get, pcBnitet, t(Bdet, miseret, take an accusative of the 
person feeling, a genitive of what causes the feeling.'*) 
95. What case do instar and ergo take ? (Genitive.^) 

96. What adverbs govern the genitive ? (Some adverbs 
oi place, time, and quantity.^) 

§ 11. Dative. 

97. What adjectives govern the dat. ? (Adjectives which 
signify advantage, likeness, agreeahleness, usefulness, 
fitness, facility, &c., with their opposites, govern the 
dative."^) 98. Mention some adjectives that are fol- 
lowed by ad. (Natus, commodus, incommodus, utilis, 
inutilis, vehemens, aptus, accommodatus, idoneus, may 
also be followed by ad with an ace, of the purpose.^) 99. 
What cases may follow propior, proximus ? [Dat., but 

1 Reminiscor, obliviscor, memini, recordor, genitivum, aut accusativum, ad- 
mittunt. 

2 Hsec impersonalia, interest et refert, quibuslibet genitivis junguntur ; praeter 
hos ablatives foemininos, med, tud, sud, nostrd, vestrd, et cujd. 

3 Adduntur et hi genitivi, tanti, guanti, magni, parvi, quanticunque^ tantidem. 
[Q,uanti interest, of how great importance it isJ] 

4 His impersonalibus subjicitur accusativus cum genitivo, panitet, tcedet, miseret, 
miserescit, pudet., piget. 

5 Instar et ergo, adverbialiter sumpta, genitivum post se habent. 

6 auBedam adverbia loci, temporis, et quantitatis, genitivum admittunt. 

7 Adjectiva, quibus commodum, incommodum, similitude, dissimilitudo, volup- 
tas, submissio, aut relatio ad aliquid significatur, dativum postulant. 

8 J\ratus, commodus, incommodus, utilis, inutilis, vehemens, aptus, cum multis 
aliis, interdum etiam accusative cum praepositione junguntur. 



274 

sometimes the ttccw^.) 100. When should similis tske 
the gen. ? (To express like a person in character.) 
101. In what case do you put the person to, for, or against 
whom the action is done, or the feeling entertained 1 
(Dat.) 102. Mention the classes of verbs that take 
the dat. (Verbs that signify advantage or disadvan- 
tage ; verbs of comparing ; of giving and restoring ; of 
promising and paying ; of commanding and telling ; of 
trusting and intrusting ; of complying with and oppo- 
sing ; oi threatening and heing angry, &c.^) 103. Do 
any of these take the ace. also ? (Yes : many govern 
the ace. ; and many an ace. of the immediate, a dat. of 
the remoter object.) 104. By what prepositions may 
verbs of comparing be followed ? (By the prepositions, 
cum, ad, SLiid inter se, 'together.') 105. What verbs 
of advantage and disadvantage govern the ace. ? [Juvo, 
Icedo, delecto, and offendo, govern the acc.^) 106. Of 
verbs of commanding, which govern the ace. only, and 
which the dat. or ace. ? {Rego and guherno govern the 
ace, temper and moderor the ace. or dat.^) 
3 07. What case do swn and its compounds govern? [Sum with 

its compounds, except 'possum, governs the dative."^) 
108. Mention the compound verbs that generally govern the 
dat. (Verbs compounded with the adverbs bene, satis, 
male. Most of those compounded with 

PrcE, con, sub, 

Ad, in, inter, oh. 
Many of those compounded with 

Ah, ante, de, and e, 

Post, super, pro, and re.^) 

1 Verba dandi et reddendi ; promittendi ac solvendi ; imperandi et nuntiandi; 
jidendi ; obsequendi ei repugnandi ; minandi el irascendi ; regunt dativiim. 

His jungas nuho^faveoque^ indulgeo, parco^ 
Gratulor, auxilior^ studeo, medeorque, vacoque-* 

{):5" ' He threatens me with death,'' should be 
In Latin, ' threatens aeath to me.'' 

2 Ex his juvo, Icedo, delecto, et alia qucedam, accusativum exigimt. 

3 Excipe regu, giiberno^ quae accusativum habent ; tempera et moderor, quae nunc 
dativum. nunc accusativum habent. 

4 Sum, cum compositis, praeter possum, regit dativum. 

5 Dativum ferme regunt verba composita cum his adverbiis, bejie, satis, male ; et 
cum his prsepositionibus, prce., ad, con, sub, ante, post, ob, in, inter. 

* In the sense of ^ to have leisure for ;^ ' to be engaged in.^ 



275 

109. He surrounds the city with a wall. He 
PRESENTS ME WITH A GARLAND. (Urbem muro, or 
murum urbi circumdat. Mihi coronam, or me corona 
don at.) 

110. What verbs govern two datives? {Esse, donare, mit- 
tere, projicisci, &c., with dare and vertere, to impute.^) 
111. What case often follows sum where we should 
put the nom. ? (The dative.) 112. How is have of- 
ten translated? {By esse with a dative.) 113. My 
NAME IS Caius. (Mihi nomen est Caio, or Caius, or 
sometimes Caii.) 114. I have a cow. I have six 
cows. (Est mihi vacca : sunt mihi sex vaccse.) 

§ 12. Accusative. 

115. Do neuter verbs ever take the ace, 1 (Yes : when the 
substantive is of* kindred meaning or origin.) 116. 
Explain siiire honores. (The verb sitire here implies 
the transitive notion of desiring.) 

117. What verbs take two accusatives? (Verbs of asking, 
teaching, clothing, concealing, generally govern two ac- 
cusatives}) 118. Do all the verbs that have any of 
these meanings take two accusatives ? (No : either 
the person or the thing is often governed by a preposi- 
tion.) 119. What transitive verbs take two accusa- 
tives, one in a sort of apposition to the other ? (Trans- 
itive verbs that take two nominatives in the passive.) 

§ 13. Ablative. 

120. What does the ahl. express ? (The thing with which : 
and often the manner how, and cause why.^) 121. In 
what case is the specified price put? (Abl.'') 122. 
What adjectives stand in the ahl. to express the price, 
pretio being understood ? {Magno, permagno, parvo, 
minimo, plurimo, nimio, vili : but the genitives, except 

1 Sum, cum multis aliis, geminum admittitdativum. 

2 Verba rogandi, docendi, vestiendi, celandi, fere duplicem regiint accusa- 
tivuni. 

3 Quodvis verbum adinittit ablativum significantem instrumentum, aut causam, 
aut modum actionis. 

4 Q,uibusdam verbis subjicitur nomen pretii in ablativo casu. 



276 

vilis, are also found, especially with verbs of valuing}) 
123. What adjectives always express price in the gen.? 
(Tanti and quanti, with their compounds ; pluris, mi- 
noris.^) 124. What substantives stand in the gen. af- 
ter verbs o^ valuing ? [Flocci, nauci, nihili, pili, &c.^) 
125. What should be used instead of multi and majo- 
ris ? {Magni and pluris.) 
126. What case do verbs of abounding, &c., govern '? (Verbs 
of abounding, filling, loading, &c., and their opposites, 
such as verbs of wanting, depriving of, emptying of, 
govern the ablative."^) 127. What case may egeo and 
indigeo gOYexn^. (Gen.) 128. What case do verbs 
of freeing from, &c., take ? (Some verbs of freeing 
from, removing from, differing from, being at a distance 
from, &c., are sometimes followed by the ablative.) 
129. What is their more general construction in prose 1 
(They are followed by a preposition.) 130. What 
case do fungor, &c. govern ? [Fungor, fruor, utor, 
with their compounds, potior, vescor, dignor, glorior, 
take the ablative ; as does also supersedeo.^) 131. In 
what case is the manner, cause, &c. put? (Abl.) 

§ 14. Passive Voice. 

132. In what case is the agent expressed after the pass, 
verb, when a, ab, is not used? (Dat.) 133. After 
what part of the verb is this the regular construction ? 
(Part, in dus.^) 134. What verbs cannot be used per- 
sonally in the pass, voice ? (Those that govern the 
dative in the active.) 135. Go through / am believed.^ 
136. Mention some verbs that have sl pass, construc- 
tion. (Vapulo, veneo,fio.) 137. What is the substi- 

1 Vili, paulo, minimo, mag-no, nimio, plurimo, dimidio, duplo, per se saepe ponuntur, 
subaudila voce pretio. 

2 Excipiuntur hi genitivi sine siibstantivis positi ; tanti, quanti, pluris, minoris, 
tantidem, quantivis, quantilibet, quanticunque, &c. 

3 Flocci, nauci, nihili, pili, assiSi hujus, terunciij verbis aestimandi peculiariter 
adduntur. 

4 Verba abundandi, implendi, onerandi, et his diversa, ablative junguntur. 

5 Fungor, fruor, utor, vescor, dignor, muto, communico, supersedeo, ablativo 
junguntur. 

Potior, aut genitive, aut ablativo, jungitur. 

6 Participiis passivse vocis additur interdum dativus, praesertim si exeunt in dus. 

7 Mihi creditur, / am believed. Nobis creditur, we are believed. 
Tibi creditur, thou art believed. Vobis creditur, you are believed. 
nil creditur, he is believed. Illis creditur, they are believed. 



277 

tute for Kfut. inf. pass., when the verb has no supine 
to form it with iri ? (Fore or futurum esse, followed by 
ut with the subjunctive.) 138. I hope he will re- 
cover. [Spero fore ut convalescat.) 
139. What verbs can govern an ace. in the pass. ? (Those 
that govern two accusatives in. the active.^) 140. Can 
Bypass, verb or participle take an ace. of the part af- 
fected? (Yes.^) 141. Translate We have walked 
ENOUGH by the pass. [Satis amhulatum est.^) 142. 
Which is the more common in Lat. : ' Caius videtur, 
dicitur, &c. esse,'' or ' videtur, dicitur, &c. Caium esseV 
(The personal construction is far the more common.) 

^15. Time. 

143. How is a noun of time put in answer to wlien ? (Abl.^) 
144. in answer io for how long? (Acc.^) 145. How 
do you express the time in or within which ? (By inter, 
intra ; or by the ahl.) 146. How do you express time 
in answer to how long before ox after ? (Abl.) 147. 
How are ante, post, used in this construction ? (As 
adverbs, unless there be another noun or pronoun to be 
governed by them.) 148. How do you express a point 
or space oi future time /or which any arrangement is 
now made 1 (By in with ace.) 149. How do you 
express the exact time by or against which a thing is to 
be done? (By ad with ace.) 150. Four years 
AGO. (Abhinc annos, or annis, quatuor.) 151. Three 
years old. (Tres annos natus.) 152. Above twenty 
YEARS OLD. (Major annis viginti.) 153. Three 
years after he had returned. (Post tres annos 
quam rediit ; or, redierat, &c.) 

1 Hujusmodi verba (i. e. verba rogandi, docendi, vestiendi, celandi) etiam in pas- 
sivSl voce accusativum post se habent. 

2 Verbis quibusdam additur ablativus partis affectse, et poetice accusativus. 
dusBdam usurpantur etiam cum genitivo. 

3 Verbum impersonale passivse vocis pro singulis personis utriusque numeri ele- 
ganter accipi potest. [Thus statur may be, I stand (statur a me) ; thou standest 
(statur a te) ; and so on. Thus, curritur, there is running, or they are running.] 

4 Quae significant partem temporis, in ablativo frequentius ponuntur. 

5 QuaB autem durationem temporis significant, in accusativo fere ponuntur. 

24 



278 



§ 16. Place, 

154. In what case is the town at which a thing is done, to 
be put ? (In the gen. if it is a singular noun of the 
Jirst or second declension: if not, in the ablative.^) 
155. In what case is the name of a town to be put in 
answer to whither? (iVcc.^) 156. In answer to whence? 
(Abl.^) 157. To what proper names do these rules ap- 
ply ? (To the names of toi07is or small islands .) 158. 
In what case do urbs and oppidum stand in apposition 
to the name of a town in the gen. ? (In the ablative.) 
159. How is at translated before the name of a town, 
when the action was not done in, but near it ? (By ad 
or apud.) 160. How is local space expressed ? (By 
the ace, sometimes by the abl.) 

160.* At home. From home. Home, after a verb of 
motion. Into the country. From the country. 
In the country. On the ground. In the field. 
[At home, domi. From home, domo. Home, domum. 
On the ground, humi, which may follow a verb of either 
rest or motion. In the field, militiee. Into the country, 
rus. From the country, rure. In the country, ruri ; or 
less commonly, rure.) 

m 

§ 17. Gerunds. 

161. Decline ^ grieving^ throughout.'^ 162. Of writing 
A LETTER. (Scribeudi epistolam ; or, scribendse epis- 
tolae.) 163. The letter is to be written ; or. The 

LETTER must BE WRITTEN ; Or, We MUST WRITE THE 

LETTER, (scribenda est epistola, the letter is to be writ- 
ten.) 164. Go through, I must write. 

' Omne verbum admittit genitivuin oppidi nominis, in quo fit actio, modo primae 
vel secundae declinationis, et singularis numeri sit. 

Veruni si oppidi nomen pluralis dimtaxat numeri, aut tertiae declinationis fuerit, 
in ablative ponitur. 

2 Verbis significantibus motum ad locum fere additur nomen loci in accusative 
sine prsepositione. 

3 Verbis significantibus motum a loco fere additur nomen loci in ablative sine prse- 
positione. 

4 N. Dolere, grieving. 
G. dolendi, of grieving. 
D. do] en do, to grieving. 

Ace. dolere, grieving, (ad dolendum, to grieve.) 
Abl. ^oXendiOy by grieving. 
The ace. is dolendum only, when governed by a preposition. 



279 

Sing, (mihi) scribendum est, / must write. 

(tibi) scribendum est, thou must write. 

(ilii) scribendum est, he must write. 
Plur, (nobis) scribendum est, we must write, 

(vobis) scribendum est, you must write. 

(illis) scribendum est, they must write. 

165. Go through, epistola scrihenda. 

(N. Epistola scribenda, a letter to he written, 
G. epistolse scribendae, of writing a letter, 
D. epistolae scribendae, to ox for writing a letter. 
Ace. (ad) epistolam scribendam, to write a letter, (or, 

to ox for writing a letter.) 
Abl. epistola scribenda, hy writing a letter.) 

166. When must the part, in dus not be used in agree- 
ment with its substantive ? (When the verb does not 
govern the ace.) 167.^ We must spare our enemies. 
(Parcendum est inimicis.) 

§ 18. Participles. 

168. What kind of sentences may be translated by parti- 
ciples ? (Subordinate sentences connected with a prin- 
cipal one by relative pronouns, or such conjunctions as 
when, after, if, since, because, although, &c.) 169. In 
what case do a noun, or pronoun, and participle, stand 
when the noun or pronoun is not governed by any other 
word 1 and what is this construction called ? (They 
stand in the abl., and the construction is called the 
ablative absolute.') 

170. He gave them the country to dwell in. (He 
gave them the country to-be-dwelt -in : habitandam.) 
171. What does the part, in rus often express ? (The 
purpose with which a person acts.) 172. What does 
the part, in dus often express ? (The end or purpose 
for which a thing is done,) 173. Express 'to have 
a thing made' in the sense of causing it to be made. 
(Faciendum curare.) 

174. How may ' withouf before the participial substantive 

1 Cluibuslibet verbis additur ablativus absolute sumptus. 



280 

be translated ? (By a participle with non or some other 
negative word.) 
175. What participle is wanting in all but deponents and 
neuter-passives ? (The participle of the perfect active.) 
176. Having left his brother. (Relicto fratre, or 
quum reliquisset fratrem.) 



^ 19. Pronouns. 

177. My own fault. Our own fault. (Mea ipsius culpa ; 
Nostra ipsorum culpa.) 178. When — self^ — selves, 
are to be translated by ipse, and a personal pronoun, in 
what case may ipse stand 1 (The ipse generally in the 
nominative, but sometimes in the same case as the per- 
sonal pronoun.) 179. When may him, his, her, its, 
theirs, in a dependent sentence, be translated by sui or 
suus, even when they denote the nom. not of their 
own, but of the principal sentence ? (Whenever, from 
the grammar or the obvious sense, there would be no 
danger of understanding the sui or suus to mean the 
nominative of its own verb.) 180. By what pronoun 
must him, her, &c. be translated, when sui or suus 
would be understood to mean the nom. of its own 
verb? (By ipse.) 181. Does 6*1/ ?^6' ever relate to the 
accusative, or any oblique case ? (Yes.) 182. With 
what pron. is this very common ? (With quisque or 
unusquisque.) 183. Which gen. pi., iim or i, is used 
after partitives ? (The pi. wm.) 

184. What is the difference between 'is qui pugnat,' and 
' hie or ille qui pugnat V (' Is qui pugnat' means 
' the combaf or ' a combatant ;' while ' hie qui pugnat,' 
' ille qui pugnat,' signify respectively * this combatant,' 
' yonder combatant.') 185. Which of these three pro- 
nouns is to be used when he, him, &c. is without em- 
phasis, simply describing a person or thing before men- 
tioned, or about to be described by a rel. clause ? {Is, 
ea, id.) 186. By Avhat case only of ' is'' can his, her, 
their, be translated ? (By the gen.) 187. Of two things 
already mentioned, what pronoun means the latter ? 
vrh-diX XliQ former ? {Hie relates to the nearer, the lat- 



281 

ter ; ille to the more remote, the former.^) 188. Which 
ipYon. means that of yours ? [Iste.) 189. Medea illa. 
(The famous Medea.) 190. Distinguish between hie, 
iste, ille, referring to diil'erent objects. {Hie denotes 
the nearest, ille the most remote, iste that which is the 
nearest to the party addressed.^) 
191. When is any to be tTdii\s\di.le& hj quisquam ox ullus ? 
(' Any^ when all are excluded is quisquam or ullus,) 
192. When by quivis, quilihet ? {' Any^ when all are 
included is quivis, or quilihet : it then means ' any you 
please, no matter which.'') 193. When by quis ? 
(' Any^ is quis after si, nisi, num, ne, quo, quanto.) 
194. When by aliquis, quispiam ? (' Any' is translated 
by aliquis or quispiam, when it means ' some one or 
otheT,' ' some.'') 195. Does quisquam ever follow ^2 7 
(Yes : but it then generally implies that the existence 
of the exception is very doubtful.) 196. By what 
pronouns may ' a' sometimes be translated ? (By 
quidam, aliquis, or quispiam.) 197. Wh3,t prefix do in- 
terrogatives often take ? (The syllable ec.) 198. 
What afiix ? (The syllable nam.) 

^20. Comparison. 

199. How should ' always' with two superlatives be trans- 
lated ? (By quisque, agreeing with the same substantives 
that the superlatives agree with.) 

Altissima quceque flumina minimo sono labuntur, 
The deepest rivers always j^ot^ with the least sound, 

200. When are the pronouns that, those, not to be trans- 
lated ? (When they stand in the second member of a 
comparative sentence for a substantive expressed in 
the first.) 201. When quam is omitted, in what case 
is the following suhst, put 1 (In the abl.^) 202. 
What case goes with comparatives and superlatives to 
express the measure of excess or defect ? (The abl."*) 

1 Hie et ille, cum ad duo anteposita referuntur, hie plerumque ad posterius, ille 
ad prius refertur. 

2 HsBC demonstrativa, hic^ iste, ille, sic distinguuntur : hie mihl proximum demon- 
strat : iste eum, qui apud te est ; ille eum, qui ab utroque remotus est. 

3 Comparativa, cum exponantur per quam, ablativum admittunt. 

4 Tanto, quanto, hoe, eo et quo, cum quibusdam aliis quas mensuram excessus 
significant, item (state et natu, comparativis et superlativis saepe junguntur. 

24* 



282 

203. How are the Eng. the — the^ = by how much- — by 
so much, to be translated ? (By quanto — tanto ; quo — 
eo or hoc.) 

§ 21. Remarks on the Tenses, Sfc, 

204. When maj the present be followed by the imperf, 
subj, ? (When the present is used, as it often is in 
narrative, for the past}) 205. When is the Eng. 
pres, generally translated by the hdXm future ? (When 
the action expressed by it is still future, which it gen- 
erally is when the verb in the principal clause is in a 
future tense or the imperative mood.) 206. By what 
tense is the perf definite often translated ? (By ihe fu- 
ture perfect.) 207. How are assertions softened in 
Latin? (By putting the verb in the present or perf 
of the subjunctive.) 208. What subjunctives are very 
frequently used in this way ? (Velim, nolim, malim.) 
209. What conjunction is often omitted after velim, 

&C. ? (Ut.) 210. I HAVE LONG DESIRED. (Jam 

pridem cupio.) 
211. Is the perf subj. ever used as an imperat. ? (Yes.) 
212. What other tense is sometimes used as an im- 
perat.? (The future.) 213. By what tense are ques- 
tions of appeal, or questions for assent, to be translated 1 
(By the present or imperfect of the subjunctive, accord- 
ing as a present or past time is referred to.) 

§ 22. Conditional Sentences. 

[9^ The clause with 'if' is the conditional clause: the other the consequent 

clause.] 

214. In a conditional sentence, how are the verbs translated 
when both are in the indicative 1 (By the indicative, 
as in English : but if the consequent verb is in theyw- 
ture, the conditional verb is more commonly in the 
present or perf. subjunctive.) 

215. If both verbs have ' should,^ ' would, ^ or * were to^ that 
is, are of the form that generally corresponds to the 
imperfect subjunctive, how should they be translated ? 

1 This is called the prasens historicum. 



283 

(Generally by the present subjunctive : but sometimes 
by the imperfect.) 

216. When the consequent verb has a ' would' or ' should,^ 
but the conditional verb not, how is the translation to 
be made ? (By the subjunct. imperf, or pluperfect}^ 

c Si quid habet, dat. 
(214.) } Si quid habebit, dabit. 

f Si quid habeat, dabit. 
/o-j K \ (Si quid habeat, det. 
^ ''' ^ Si quid haberet, daret. 

(1^(^\ 5 ^^ ^^^^ haberet, daret. 

^ *^ f Si quid habuisset, dedisset. 

217. With what tenses may si take the indie. ? (With j9re^., 
perf,^ ^LXidifut.) 218. With v^^hat tenses does si always 
govern the subjunctive ? (With the imperfect and 
pluperfect.) 

219. What are the conditional forms of the suhj. ? [Scribe- 
rem, scripsissem, and scripturus essem : but scribam is 
often used conditionally.) 220. When should scrip- 
turus essem, eram ox fui, be used for ' should have writ- 
ten V (When the thing would probably have happened, 
because it was so intended or arranged.) 221. What 
tenses of the indie, are used for the subj. in conditional 
sentences ? (The imperfect and pluperfect}) 222. Is 
si ever omitted ? (Yes.) 223. Where should the verb 
of the sentence then stand ? (First.) 

224. In a dependent conditional sentence, the verb of the 
consequent clause will be in the infin. : what infinitives 
will take the place respectively of dat ? of dabit ? da- 
ret ? dedisset ? daturus esset ? (Dat will become dare . 
dabit, det, and daret, daturum esse : dedisset, daturum 

fuisse : daturus esset, erat, or fuit, daturum fore.) 

^23. Oblique Narration. 

225. Explain the meaning of oblique narration. (When the 
speech of another is reported in the third person.) 226 
In oblique narration, in what mood will the principal 
verbs stand ? (The infinitive.) 227. In what mood 
will the verbs of the subordinate clauses stand, provided 

J Of course, ' wovid have^'' ^should have,^ by the pluperf. 



284 

they express the words and opinions, not of the narra- 
tor^ but of the speaker ? (In the subjunctive.) 228. In 
oblique narration what is often omitted ? (The verb or 
participle on which the infinitives depend.) 229. In 
what mood are questions for ansvoer asked ? (In the 
suhjunctive.) 230. In what mood are questions of ap- 
peal asked? (In the infinitive.) 231. When ques- 
tions are thus asked in the infin., may interrogative 
pronouns and adverbs be used with the infin. ? (Yes.) 
232. In what mood is the charge expressed with quod? 
(In the subj.) 233. How are the ace, and infin, used 
with ne in direct narration ? (In indignant exclama- 
tions.) 

^ 24. The Relative. 

234. Mention some words, phrases, &c., with which qui 
takes the subj. (After sum, in 'sunt qui,' * erant 
qui,' &c., and in negative and interrogative sentences, 
nemo, nihil, &c. est? quis est? an quisquam est? 
quotusquisque est? &c. Also after adsunt qui, non de- 
sunt qui, &c., and similar phrases with reperio, invenio 
[to find].) 

235. What mood does qui govern, when it introduces the 
ground of an assertion ? (The subj.) 236. What 
mood does qui take after quippe, utpote ? {Generally 
the subjunctive.) 237. What mood does qui take, 
when it is equivalent to w^ with a personal or possessive 
pronoun? (Subj.) 238. Mention some phrases with 
which quihdiS this force. 

(After (1) dignus, indignus, idoneus, &c. 

(2) tarn, talis, ejusmodi, is {such), &c. 

(3) comparatives with quam. 

(4) is sum (= talis sum), ' I am a man to.'* 

(5) quis sum ? who am I? 

.(6) when it expresses di. purpose.) 
239. In what other cases does qui govern the subj.? 
(After unus and solus signifying ' alone,'' ' only^ and to 
express a repeated action taking place '\\\.past time.^) 

1 The verb is then in imperf. or pluperf. 



285 



^ 25. Quum and other Conjunctions, 

240. When does quum take the indie. ? (When it expresses 
the time, either simply or in a very marked manner ; 
and in such sentences as ' when you say this, you are 
mistaken.'^) 241. What mood does quum, 'when,' 
govern with the imperf. and pluperf. : and generally 
when the sentence with when can be turned into a 
participle? (The subj.) 241.* Mention some con- 
junctions that always govern the subjunctive. (Quasi, 
tanquam, as if; utinam, would that; dum, modo, 
or dummodo, provided only; f or sitSiU, perhaps ; licet, 
although.) 242. When are the pres. ELXid perf. subj, 
used with utinam ? (When the thing wished is not 
to be represented as impossible to be realized. The 
imperf. and pluperf. express wishes that are, in the 
speaker's opinion, impossible, or unlikely to be realized.) 
243. How is ' nof generally expressed after utinam, 
dum, &c. ? (By ne.) 

244. When the principal verb is in the present tense, in 
what mood is the verb after antequam or priusquam 
expressed ? (In the pres. indicative or subjunctive,) 
245. When the principal verb is in the fut., in what 
mood or moods may the dependent verb be ? (In the 
future perfect or the present subjunctive ; sometimes in 
the present indicative.) 246. When the principal verb 
is in the past tense, in what mood or moods may the 
dependent verb be 1 (In the perfect indicative, or in the 
imperfect subjunctive.) 247. When should the subj, 
always be used after antequam, priusquam ? (When- 
ever it is stated or implied to be necessary, proper, or 
designed with a view to some purpose, that the one 
action or event should precede the other.) 

248. When do dum, donee, quoad, = until, take the in- 

• 

I In such sentences what is said in the principal clause is not only con- 
temporaneous with the action expressed in the quum clause, but is actually in- 
cluded in it. 

When does quum always take the subjunctive? [VV^hen it means although, 
whereas, since, (when since does not express time.)] 



286 

dicative? (When they merely mark the time up to 
which the action or state is to be continued.) 249. 
When the subjunctive ? (When that up to which the 
action or state is to be continued, is to be represented, 
not as a fact^ but only as what may possibly occur ; 
especially when it is itself the object pursued.) 250. 
What mood do they and quamdiu always take, in the 
sense of as long as? (The indicative.) 251. With 
the adverbs meaning after, as soon as, how should the 
English pluperf. generally be translated ? (By the 
perf.) 

252. W^hat are the conjunctions by which ' although^ is to 
be translated ? (Etsi, tametsi, quamquam, with the in- 
dicative ; or licet with the subjunctive.) 

253. What is quamvis, and what mood does it govern? 
{However much ; however, with subj . : it may often how- 
ever be rendered although.) 254. What is etiamsi, 
and what mood does it take ? (Even if; even though : 
it governs indie, or subjunct.) 255. Do any other 
conjunctions express though? (Yes: sometimes quum 
and ut.) 

256. What is the Lat. for ' because,^ and what mood does it 
take? (Qwza with indie.) 

257. What is the conjunction for ^ since ?^^ (Quaniam with 
indie.) 



(Examples.) 

r Ante rorat quam pluit, It drops before it rains. 
244. < Tempestas minatur antequam surgat, A tempest 
[^threatens before it gets up. 

Antequam aliquo loco consedero, longas a me lite- 
ras non exspectabis. Till / settle somewhere, you will 
not expect long letters from me. 

Antequam de republic a dicam, exponam vobis 
breviter, &c. 

Vrm.^qiJi2km. responded . . . dicam, &c. (Phil. ii. 3.) 

* When it gives a reason : not * since' of time ; which is ez guo^ &c. 



245 



246. 



249.^ 



287 

Hsec omnia ante facta sunt, quam Verres Italiam 
attigit, All these things were done before Verres 
reached Italy. 

Ducentis annis ante quam Romam caperent, in 
Italiam Galli trans cenderunt, The Gauls crossed over 
into Italy two hundred years before they took Rome. 

Exspectabo dum venias, / will wait till you come. 

Exspecto dum venias, / am waiting till you come. 

Exspectabam dum venires, / was waiting till you 
came. 



VII. CAUTIONS. 



1. liim., her,, them, (or he, she, they, v^^en they are to be translated by the accusa- 

tive,) must be translated by the proper case of sui, when they and the nom- 
inative of the verb stand for the same person. Also, in the same case, his, hers, 
its, theirs, must be translated by suus. 

2. In a sentence with ' that' dependent on a past tense, the perfect is to be translated 

by the present {and imperfect) infinitive, whenever the notion expressed by it 
is not to be described as over before the time of the principal verb. 

3. ' Should' after ' that' is to be translated by the present infinitive when it does 

not express either duty or a future event. 

4. 'Would,' 'should,' after a past tense are future forms : 

^ He says that he will come. 
( He said that he would come. 

5. * Thing-'' should be expressed by ' res,' (fern.,) when the adjective alone would 

leave it doubtful whether men or things were meant : 

Thus ' of many things,' not multorum, but multarum rerum. 

6. Cum is written after, and as one word with the ablatives me, te, &c. : mecum, 

tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum. 

7. Many English verbs become transitive by the addition of a preposition ; for 

instance, to smile at, &c. 

8. * For' before a substantive or pronoun followed by the infin. is not to be trans- 

lated. The construction is the ace. with infin, 

Tt i< q <«in \ -/^^ ^ ^^y ^^* ^^ ^*^y ^^^ parents. 

11 is a sm ^ ^j^j^j. ^ ^^y should not obey his parents. 

9. ' As' and ' but' are often (in efiect) relatives : ' but' being equivalent to the relat. 

with 710^. 

10. ' Such' in English is often used where size is meant, rather than quality. 

It should then be translated into Latin by tantus, quantus ; not talis, 
qualis. 

11. ' That,' when it stands for a substantive which has been expressed in a pre- 

ceding clause, is not to be translated. 

12. Neuter verbs of motion often form their perfect definite of the active voice with 

' am,' not 'have' 

13. ' To' is omitted after many verbs, which thus seem to govern two accusatives. 

14. When ' that' introduces a consequence, ' that not' is ut non, not ne. 

That-notV'''^P''''P'''^-'-'^^- , 

i consequence . . . ut non. 

15. After verbs of fearing, the 'E^ng. future and Xhe participial substantive are trans- 

lated by the present or imperfect subjunctive, with ut or ne. 

16. Who, what, which, are often dependent interrogatives, especially after verbs of 

asking, knowing, doubting; &c. 

17. * May,' ' might,' sometimes mean ' can,' ' could,' and must be translated by 

possum. 

18. The perf infin. must be translated by the present infin. after might, could, 

ought, unless the action is to be represented as over before the time to which 
might, could, Ik-o,.^ refer. 

19. ' Of you,' ' of us,' are not to be translated after how many, or other numerals, 

when the whole party are spoken of. When of us, of you, are omitted, the 
verb will be of i\ie first and second pers. respectively. 

20. In English, substantives standing before and spoken of other substantives, are 

used adjectively, and must be translated into Latin by adjectives. 

21. * FFhat' is sometimes used for ' how,' (quam ;) sometimes for ' hoio greats 

(quantus.) 



289 

22. ' For* and ' as' are to be untranslated, when the noun that follows can be 

placed in apposition to another noun in the sentence. 

23. When one, two, &c., mean one, two, &c. apiece, or for each, they must be trans- 

lated by the distributive numerals, singuli, blni, &c. See C. 38. 

24. To express the future subjunctive passive, we must not use the participle in 

dus with sim, essem, &c., but futurum sit, esset, &cc., followed by ut. 

25. After an expression of time, ' that' is often used for on which. 

26. What is in form the present participle active is often ' the participial substan- 

tive' or gerund. It is always so, when it governs or is governed, instead of 
merely agreeing. 

27. ^ I have to do it' must be translated by the part, in dus. 

(Eng.) With whom we have to live. 

(Lat.) With whom it is to-be-lived, (quibuscum vivendum est.) 

28. ^ It is,' followed by what is in form the injin. pass., generally expresses 

necessity, fitness, or something intended. 

29. But ^is to be' sometimes means, not necessity, fitness, or intention, but possi- 

bility : as, ' the passage is to be found in the fifth book,' = the passage may 
or can be found in the fifth book. 

30. A present participle must be translated by a perfect participle (or its substitute, 

guum with perf. or pluperf. subj.) when the action expressed by it must bo 
over, before that expressed by the verb begins. 

31. The 'EingW.sh present part. act. is generally translated by the Latin past partic.y 

when the verb is deponent. 

32. ' But' (= except, unless) after a negative is nisi, or (if it stands before a sub- 

stantive) the prepos. prceter. 

33. When the action was not done in, but only near a town, * at' must be trans- 

lated by ad or apud. 

34. ' One' often means ^ some one' (aliquis) or 'a certain one,' (quidam.) 

35. ' Will' and ' would,' ' will not' and ' would not,' are often principal verbs, to be 

translated by velle and nolle respectively. 
They are to be so translated when for 

will, would, we may substitute 

is (are, &c.) willing, was (were, &c.) willing. 

36. When an English word is followed by a preposition, consider whether the 

Latin word to be used is followed by a preposition or by a case : and then by 
what preposition, or what case. 

37. O never translate, puer admodum care, 

' / am going to plough,' by ' sum iens arare* 
With eo the phrase has got nothing to do : 
Be sum araturus the Latin for you. 

38. In so many apiece, leave ' apiece' quite alone, 
But of numerals choose a distributive one. 



VIII. DISTINCTION OF SYNONYMES. 

L Clui qucerit, reperit : non qucesita inveniuntur. 

2. Tu succENDE rogum ; taedas accende facesque. 

3. Navis, equus, currusque vehunt ; portabit asellus 
Pondera, PORTABUNTque humeri ; leviora feruntur. 
LsBva gerit clipeum ; vestesque geruntur et arma. 

4. CoNTiNGiT use of things we like ; 
Bat ACciDiT, when evils strike. 

5. Vilia DESPiciMus : contemne pericula, miles : 
Sperne voluptates, foedasque libidinis escas. 

Despicere relates to what we might value or respect: contemnere to 
what we might fear or think important : spernkre, to what we might 
accept ox pursue. 

6. EXiMO qusB mala sunt ; adimo bona : demere possum 
Quidlibet : haec teneas justo discrimine verba. 

7. Pars ORiE est litus : retinentur flumina ripis. 

Hence ora, coast ; litus, shore ; ripa, bank. 

25 



APPENDIX I. 



Verbs followed by Gen., Dat., or ^JZ., where we use no preposition, and should 
therefore be likely to put the accusative. (Those with asterisks take also an ace. 
of the thing, though some of them only when the ace. is a neut. pron.) 



GEN. 

obtain, 

to pity, 

forget, 

remember, 
recollect, 

reguirCf 
need, 



potior, (abl.) 

misereor. 

miseresco. 

obliviscor, (ace.) 
i memini, (ace.) 
< recordor, (ace.) 
( reminiscor, (ace.) 



DAT. 

abuse, 

revile, 

advise, 

answer, 

believe, 

command, 

commission, 

charge, 

congratulate. 

displease, 

direct, 

envy, 

favor, 

flatter, 

give, 

help, ) 

aid, > 

assist, 3 

succor, 

heal, 

cure, 

hurt, 

indulge, 

marry. 



pardon, 

permit, 

persuade, 

please, 

resist, 

oppose, 

rival, 

satisfy, 

spare, 

suit, 

threaten, 
trust. 



maledico. 

*suadeo. 
*respondeo. 
credo. 
*impero. 

*mando. 

*gratulor. 

displiceo. 

*prfeeipio. 

*invideo. 

faveo. 

adulor, (ace.) 

*do. 

auxiUor, 
opitulor. 

subvenio, 
succurro. 

medeor. . 

noceo. 

*indulgeo. 

nubo. 
C pareo, 
< obedio, 
( obtempero. 

*ignosco. 

*permitto. 

*persuadeo. 

placeo. 

resisto, 

repugno. 

aemulor, (ace.) 

satisfacio. 

parco. 

convenio. 

*minor, 

*minitor. 

confido, \ ^*^- 



ABL. 

abuse, abator. 

discharge, I ^ 
perform, S ^""^"^• 
enjoy, fruor. 

obtain^ potior, (gen.) 

require, 1 ^ . 

Zit, li'digeojt^-) 

use, utor. 

want, 

am without, 



careo. 



APPENDIX II. 



GREEK NOUNS, 



Voc. sometimes a and d. 



(iEn5-5s, SB, EB, am (an), 5, a, 
1st Decl. < Anchls-es, as, ae, 6n, 6, e, 

( Penel6p-g, es, ae, en, g, e, 

f Del-OS, i, o, um or on, e, o, 
2d Decl. J ^''P^'^"^, ei, eo, eum or ea, eu, eo. 

(or, N. BUS, G. eos, D. ei (ei), Ace. 6a poetical.) 

.Ath-os, 6, 6, on or o, os, o. (In Greelc lOf.) 

fPoes-is, is, ) i, im, I is, i. | es, edn (\hm not found.) 



3d Decl. 



Nere-is, 



(eos,) S (in,) 



G. Nereid-is, ) 

„ (OS,) i 

Pericl-€s, is, ) 
h i 
, Did-o, US, 



i, em, I (Nerei,) 6. | es, um, ibus, es. ) 
(50 S (5s.) 



em, 
ea, 
o, 



5, 



I (also, onis, &c.) 



Obs. Neuters in a, G. atis, have D. plur. in atis ; thus, poema, D. p\m. poemAtist 
not poematibus. 



EXAMPLES OF PATRONYMICS, (or names from a father or 

ancestor.) 



iEn5as, Anchlses, Tyndarus, Thgseus, 

m. ^ne&des, Anchisiades, Tyndarldes, Thesides * 
f. (*2Enei5,) Anchisias, Tyndaris, Theseis, 



Atlas, (antls,) 
I Atlantides, ) 
I Atlantiades, J 

Atlantis, 

Atlantias. 



EXAMPLES OF NAMES (derived from one's town or native 

COUNTRY.) 



m. Persa, Cres, 



Tros, 



Thrax, 



Laco, (Lacon,) Phoenix, 



f. Persis, Cressa, ) Troas, Threissa^ \ Laccena, Phanissa^ 

Cretis, S Thressa, \ 

Rominus, Clusinus, Atheniensis, AbderitSs, (fem. Abderitis) 

(Roman) {of Clusium) {an Athenian) {of Abdera) 

Milesius, ArpTnas, 

{of Miletus) {of Arpinum.) 



1 For Theaildes. Hence tdes comes from nora. In eus. 



292 



INITIALS OF ROMAN NAMES. (Pranomina.) 



A. 

APP. 

C. 

CN. 

D. 

K. 

L. 

M. 

M'.orMI 



stands for 



Aulus. 

j^ppius. 

Cuius. 

CncRus. 

Decimus. 

KCBSO. 

Lucius. 
Marcus. 
Manius. 



N. 
P. 

a. 

SER. 

SEX. 

SP. 

T. 

TI. 



stands for 



J^umerius. 

Publius, 

Quintus. 

Servius. 

Sextus, 

Spurius. 

Titus. 

Tiberius. 



APPENDIX III. 



Ut,l 



quo, 



neve, 

neu, 



quin, 



CONJUNCTIONS. 

(1) Conjunctions governing" the subjunctive. 



ft^at, in order that, (often ren- 

j dered by the injinitive.^) 

) that and carry ' not,'' (after verbs 

t of fear.) 

J that^ (and carry ' the' to the com- 

( para live.) 

'not.) (with imperat. or subj. used 
imperatively.) 
that^ and carry ' not ;' lest, 
that, (after verbs of fear.) 
it may often be rendered by not 
with the injin. 

and that not ; nor- 

but, (as used after negatives.) 
the relative with not. 
' as noV with injin. 
from or without with the parti- 
cipial substantive. 



{by which — the less,) that 

not. 
from, with the participial 
l^ substantive. 

utinam, would that. 

durn, ^ provided that : if only. 

modo, V (after these conjunctions 

dummodo, } ' not' is ne.) 
(as if. 

j {pres. subj. rendered by 
I the perfect after these 
t conjunctions.) 

licet, although. 

quamvis, however much ; although. 

quum, since . 

nedum, 

nedum ut, 



quominus, 



quasi, 
ut si, 
ac si, 
tanquam 



much less. 



C2) Other conjunctions, several of which take the subjunctive occasionally, (es= 
pecially with the imperfect and pluperfect.) 



quod, 



(because, that, (after verbs ex- 
J pressing emotions, and when 



It refers to a demonstrative 
y pronoun.) 
quum, 2 when. 

postquam, ) after, (generally withperf. 
posteaquam, ) indicative.) 



simulac, 
simulatque 
ut primum, 
quum primum 

^{j'. I when ; after 

antequam,3 

priusquam, 



„1 



as soon as, (generally 
withperf. indicative.) 



before. 



1 Sometimes ut = so that ; on condition that. Sometimes = although. 

2 Quum, ' when,' often takes the subjunctive : it should generally do so, when 
the verb with when could be turned into a participle. 

3 Antequam and priusquam mostly take the subj. of the imperf. and pluperf. ; 
and whenever it is meant that one thing is necessary or designed to precede another. 
The indicative is used when mere priority is to be expressed. 



293 



dum,l donee, ) until ; as long as, (dum, 
quoad, \ whilst') 

quam diu, as long- as. 

si,2 if. 

sin, but if : sin minus, but if not. 

nisi, ni, unless. 

etsi, i 

tarnetsi, > although ; even though. 

etiainsi, ) 

et, que, ac, atque, and^ (ac seldom before 

k sounds.) 
etiam, (before its '] 

word,) I even; also; too. 

quoque, (after its V (etiam, in answers, 

word,) is 'yes.') 

et, J 

aut, vel, ve, or. 
verum, vero, but. 
autem, at, ast, atqui, sed, but. 
tamen, attamen, )yet; notwithstanding; 
veruntamen, \ nevertheless. 
quia, because. 

quippe, because ; inasmuch as 
quoniam, > . 

quandoquTdem, S ^^^^^' 
quando, when, since. 
siquideni, since; if indeed. 
quatenus, in as far as. 
nam, namque, i - 
enim, etenim, i*'^^* 



1 itaque, and so ; therefore. 
igitur. 



therefore 



propterea, 

idcirco, 

ergo, 

ideo, 

hinc, hence; therefore 

quare, ^ 

quapropter, l^-y^g-g^^re 
quamobrem, r^n'^^^JOfe. 

quocirca, J 

et— et, ^ 

atque — atque, I 

ac — ac, [both — and 

tam — quam, [not only — but also. 

turn — turn, 

quum — turn, 

non solum, \ verum (or ) not only, but 

non modo, \ sed) etiam J also. 

aut — aut, } .,, 

vel-vel, \ ''^^'^^0^' 

sive — sive, ) be it that — or be it that . 

seu — seu, \ either — or : whether — or. 

nunc — nunc, ) now — now ; one while— 

modo — modo, S another. 

nee — nee, 

neque — neque, 

nee, alone, may often be rendered by 

' and' and ' not' carried to the verb. 



neither — nor. 



Obs. Enim, autem, vero, guidem, quoque, cannot stand as the first words of a 
sentence or clause : igitur seldom does. 



1 Dum, donee, quoad, in the sense of until, take the subj. when there is reference 
to an object to be obtained. In the sense of ' as long as' they have the in- 
dicative. 

2 Si and its compounds take the subjunctive of the imperfect and pluperfect, and 
of the other tenses when the condition is to be expressed doubtfully. 

25* 



INDEX 



(On finding root of present from root of perfect.) 

To find the root of the present from the root of the perfect, we must remem- 
ber how the root of the perfect was formed. 

a) Thus if av, iv, u precede ' it" or any other termination of the tenses that 
have the root of the perfect, we get the root of the present by throwing them 
away. But sometimes u is to be retained. 

b) We must remember that x is made up of cs, or £rs, or gus : and therefore the 
root of the present ends in c, g, or qu : sometimes however in r, h, or the 
vowel that precedes x. 

[duxi, texif coxi, from duco, tego, coquo. 
vixi, vexi, struxi, from vivo, veho, struo.'] 

c) We must remember that ps may be made up of bs : so that the root of the 
present may end in b ; not necessarily in p. 

(scrips-it = scrib-&\i : R. scrib.) 

d) Sometimes an n or m must be inserted before the final mute, to give the root 
of the present. 

(vIc-it ; R. vine : rQp-it ; R. rump.) 

e) Sometimes e must be turned into a, to get the root of the present. 

(jec-it ; R. jdc.) 

f) Before *, a d has often been thrown away. 

(clausi = claud-si ; R. claud.) 

g) An 5 before 5 is a 6, d, or r, in the present. 

(jussi, cessi, gessi, from jub-eo, ced-o, ger-o.) 

[0:5* When a verb is followed by io, the meaning is that the first person 
of the pres. ends in io.] 



LATIN INDEX. 



fp. refers to the page. Numerals below 7 refer to the Exercises, Part II. Above 6, 
to the Vocabularies, Part II. Numerals enclosed in parentheses refer to the Ex- 
ercises, Part II.] 



A, ab, abs, from ; by : a fronte, (24,) in 

front: ab u. c. stands for ab urbe 

condita, from the city built; from the 

building of the city. 
abesse, to be absent ; to be far from. 
abire, to go away A 
abolere, to abrogate. 
abolescere, pass away, decay. 
abripere, (ripu, rept,) 28, to snatch away ; 

hurry away. 
abs-condere, (did, dit,) to hide. 
absens, (23,) absent : construe * in his 

absence.'' 
absolvere, (solv. solut,) to acquit, 12. 
abstinere, to abstain from, 25. 
absumere, to take away, destroy. 
ac, and. 

accedere, (cess,) go iip to ; approach. 
accMere, Syn. 4, to happen ; befall : acci- 

dit, 21, it happens ; or, it happened. 
accipere, (cep, cept,) to receive, 2, 39. 
accipiter, a hawk, 2. 
accommodare se, to adapt. 
accurate, accurately, 40. 
accurrere, to r\in up. 
accusare, to accuse. 
acer, p. 171, sharp, active, fierce. 
acerbe, sharply, 20. 
acerbitas, sharpness, 15. 
acerbus, 36, so^Lr ; bitter. 
Achilles, (23,) Achilles, the bravest of the 

Greeks who fought at Troy : Gen. is. 
acies, sharpness ; sight ; line or order of 

battle ; ' ranks ;' aciem instruere, 26, 29. 
acquirere, to acquire. 
acuere, to sharpen. 
aculeus, 13, a sting, a thorn. 
acumen, 19, acuteness. 



acute, sharply ; wittily. 

ad, to, at; ad tempus, (25,) for a time; 
ad — usque, 19, up to. 

addere, to add. 

addictus morti, condemned to death, [ad- 
dicere.] 

addiscere, 27, to learn more. 

adducere, 30, to lead to ; induce. 

adeo, 21, (23,) so ; in such a manner. 

adesse, (32,) to be present, to be at hana. 

adferre, (fero, irreg, verb,) to bring. 

adhaerere, to adhere ; to be joined to ; to 
stick ; or, be caught. 

adhibere, 25, to use, to employ. 

ad-hinnire, to neigh at any thing. 

adhuc, 12, (22,) hitherto, yet. 

adimere, (em, empt,) to take away some- 
thing desirable. 

adipisci, (adept,) to obtain, gain, win. 

adjuvare, to help, (ace.) 

administrare, 23, to administer. 

admirabilis, admirable, wonderful. 

admodum, very. 

admonere, (monu, monit,) to admonish, 
remind. 

admovere, to move (a thing) to. 

adnumerare, 31, to reckon to. 

adolescere, to grow up ; grow to maturity. 

adoriri, 37,2 to attack, fcdl on, accost. 

adornare, (25,) to adorn. 

adscendere, 12, climb to, ascend, mount. 

ad-scrlbere, [to write in addition to.] Ut 
se ad amicitiam tertium adscriberent, 
{to admit him as a third person into their 
friendship ;) to let him too be their friend. 

adspectus, (10,) look, sight : Gen. us. 

adspergere, (spers, spers,) to besprinkle. 

adspicere, io, (spex, spect,) to behold. 



1 See Conjug, of eo, inf. ire. Irreg. verbs, p. 123, First Latin Book. 

2 In Fab. 4, p. 230 to address or accost : meaning, however, that it was done with 
a deceitful intention. 



296 



adsnescere, (suev, suet,) to accustom, 

{trans.;) to accustom myself. 

advect, see advehere. 

advehere, (vex, vect,) to bring. 

advenire, (10.) to come to. 

adventare, 29, to approach. 

adventus, ]0, approach; G. us. 

adversarius, 23, enemy. 

adversus, adverse, towards ; adverse tem- 
pore, {at an adverse season,) in adver- 
sity. 

aedes, pi. house. 

aegre ferre, to take (any thing) ill ; to he 
displeased at (any thing.) 

ffidificare, to build. 

jedilitas curulis, (33,) the Curule ^dile- 
ship ; the dignity of Curule JEdile. 

sedilitius, (37,) one who has been »Mdile. 

segrotiis, sick. 

iEgyptii, the Egyptians. 

iEneas, ^neas, a Trojan prince; G. ae, 
App. ii. 

aequalis, (adj.,) of the same age. 

aequare, (33,) to make equal ; to equalize. 

ffique ac, 27, just as, as. 

aequitas, equity, justice. 

sequus, even, equal, just, fair; aequus 
animus, resignation. 

aer, the air. See p. 168, 71. 

ffis alienum, 33, {another^ s money ==) debt. 

SBStas, summer. 

aestimare, to value. 

Betas, time of life, age. 

in ffiternum, forever. 

aevura, age, an age. 

afficere, io, to affect; injuria afficere, to 
wrong; animum voluptate, to give 
pleasure to the raind ; poena, to visit 
with punishment ; ultimo supplicio, to 
execute, to put to death. 

affirm are, to affirm. 

affligere, (flix, flict,) to afflict. 

Agamemnon, the commander-in-chief of 
the Greeks at Troy ; G. onis. 

agaso, muleteer ; G. onis. 

age, (26,) come! 

ager, 5, field, territory ; G. agri. 

agere, (eg, act,) to do, to act, to drive, to 
spend, (life, time, &c. ;) causam, to 
plead a cause ; quid agis 1 

ag-gredior, (gress,) to attack, [from ad to, 
gradlor to walk.] 

agitare, to drive. 

agnoscere, (nov, nit,) to recognise, ac- 
knowledge. 

agnus, lamb. 

agricola, 3, 7, a husbandman. 

agricultura, agriculture, tillage. 

ain' tu ? (for aisne tu 7) say you so ? 
how so ? 

Alcibiades, Gen. is, an Athenian, a pupil 
of Socrates, and general in the Pelo- 
ponnesian war. 

alere, p. 162, to nourish, support. 

Alexander, G. dri, a king of Macedon, 
called 'the Great' 



alienus, belonging to another: render 

'' another'' s,^ ' other men'' s.^ 

alimentum, nourishment, food. 

aliquamdiu, for some time. 

aliquando, p. 172, some time or other. 

aliquis, p. 169, any one, any, some. 

aliquid, {neut.,) something ; some. Be- 
fore a genitive it is to be translated by 
some, and the genitive not to have ' of* 

aliquot, some, several. 

aliquoties, several times. 

aliter, 24, otherwise. 

alius, p. 151, 30, other, another ; G. Tus. 

al-ligare, to tie up. 

alloqui, (locut,) speak to, address. 

aloe, the aloe ; G. es, App. ii. 

Alpes, the ./ilps ; G. ium. 

alter, p. 151, another ; one more : alter — 
alter, the one — the other. 

alteruter, ojie or the other, one of the 
two. 

altitudo, height. 

alius, high, deep; loud, altum mare, the 

- deep sea, or high sea. 

amare, to love. 

a,marus, bitter. 

ambire gratiam, to court the favor (of.) 

ambitio, ambition. 

ambitus, bribery ; G. us. 

ambulare, to walk ; in jus ambulare, to 
go to law ; to go before a magistrate. 

ami cu Ium, cloak, mantle. 

amicitia, friendship. 

amicus, 3, friend; amicum habere ali- 
quem, to have a man for your friend. 

amittere, (mis, miss,) 24, to lose. 

amnis, river. 

amcenitas, beauty, {of places, ^c.) 

amor, love. 

amussis, Abl. i, carpenter'' s rule, plumb 
line. 

amphibium, a^i amphibious animal. 

an. — Synt. .54, p. 269, note 1. 

anas, atis, duck. 

an-ceps, (cipitis,) doubtful. 

Anchises, a Trojan, the father of ^neas ; 
G. 33, App. ii. 

ancilla, maid-servant ; maid. 

angiportus, us, lane. 

anguis, snake. 

Anglus, English ; an Englishman. 

angustiae, a narrow pass. 

angustus, narrow. 

anima, breath, vital principle, soul, ani- 
mam agere, {to be spending the vital 
principle, =.) to be near death ; to be 
about to die. 

animal, animal ; G. alis. 

animi levitas, lightness of mind, thought- 
lessness. 

animus, mind, soul, heart, feeling, in- 
tention ; animus me fallit, / am mis- 
taken. 

Anio, G. enis, a river that flows into the 
Tiber. 

annijlus, ring. 



297 



annus, year, tertius est annus, ex quo, 

(it is the third year from that whieh, =) 

' it is three years since,'' &,c. 
antea, before^ (adv.) 
antecedere, to go before ; to excel, 
anteferre, to prefer. 
antequam, before, (conjunctional adv.) 
antiquus, ancient. 
antrum, cave. 
anus, old woman. 
anxius, anxious. 

Apelles, G.is, a celebrated Grecian painter. 
aperire, (aperu, a pert) p. 164, to open. 
Apollo, G. inis, Jipollo^ the god of poetry 

and prophecy. 
ap-parere, (paru,) to appear. 
appellare, to call to^ appeal to. 
appellere classem, (24,) {to drive a fleet 

to, ==) to put into a port, to land. 
appetere, to desire, long to attain. 
ap-properare, to hasten up. 
aptus, fit. 

apud, at, by^ amongst^ in the house of. 
aqua, 3, water, aqua marina, sea-water^ 

salt water. 
aquila, 2, eagle. 
ara, (13,) altar. 
arare, 1 , to plough. 
Araris, (a river in Oaul,) the Saone. 
arbitrium. — See note on Ex. 43. 
arbor, (8,) tree. fern. G. oris, 
arcanum, secret. 
arcere, to ward off^ keep off, — exclude 

from. 
arcessere, p. 163, to send for., summon. 
architectus, architect. 
arcus, bow ; G. us, (Dat. pi. ubus.) 
arena, 3, sand. 
argentum, silver. 
Argi, G. orum, Jirgos^ a town of Greece, 

in the Peloponnesus. 
Aristldes, a noble Athenian^ famed for 

his justice. 
arma capere, to take arms. 
ar-rigere, (rex, rect,) to raise up, prick 

up. 
ar-ripere, io, (ripu, rept,) to snatch up, to 

snatch hold of seize. 
ars, lis, art. 

ars oratoria, oratory : vid. bonus. 
arti-fex, (ficis.) artist. 
arvum, ploughed land, cornfield, field. 
arx, citadel. 

ascendere, to ascend, climb. 
asinus, 2, ass. 

assiduitas, assiduity, industry. 
astrum, constellation, star. 
at, but. at vero, but. 
Athenas, arum, .Athens. 
Atheniensis, 14, an Jithenian. 
atque, and. 
atqui, but. 

atramentum, 13, iiik. 
attentus, (at-tendere,) attentive, parum 

attentus, (too little attentive,) very in- 
attentive. 



atrox, terrible, wild ; G. atrScis. 

attingere, (tig, tact,) 40, to touch, reach. 

attonare, to astound. 

auceps, (for avi-ceps,) bird-catcher^ 
[avis, bird; capere, to take.] G. au- 
cupis. 

auctor, an adviser, qui bus auctoribus, 
(' who being the advisers') may be 
rendered ' by whose advice.^ 

auctoritas, authority. 

auctumnus, 28, autumn. 

audacia, 17, boldness. 

audax, 17, bold ; G. acis. 

audere, (ausus sum,) to dare^ to pre- 
sume. 

audire, to hear. 

aufugere, io, 24, to fly away. 

augere, (aux, auct,) to increase : trans. 

aureus, of gold, golden. 

auris, ear. 

aurum, 4, gold. 

auscultare, 6, to listen. 

aut, or ; aut — aut, either — or. 

autem, but. 

auxilium, 5, help; auxilia, 5, auxiliary 
forces. 

avaritia, avarice. 

avarus, greedy, avaricious. 

avis, 3, bird. 

avunculus, uncle. 



Baculus, or baculum, stick, staff. 

balaena, whale. 

barbarus, barbarous. 

barbarus, barbarian ; one who was not a 
Greek. 

beate, happily. 

beatus, happy, beatum ferre aliquera, to 
call a man happy. 

bellare, to wage war; bellandi stu- 
dium =. love of war. 

bellua, beast. 

bellum, 5, war ; gerere, to wage war. 

bene, well. 

beneficium, 14, benefit. 

beneficus bountiful. 

benevolentia, 26, benevolence, goodness. 

benignitas, 2.5, bountifulness, goodness 

benignus, bountiful. 

bestia, beast, wild beast. 

bTbere, (bib, bibit,) to drink, p. 161, 55. 

blandimentum, 15, blandishment. 

biennium, the space of two years. 

bis, twice. 

Bceotia, a country in middle Greece ; 
capital, Thebes. 

bonitas, goodness. G. 5tis. 

bonum, a good thing, a blessing. 

bonus, good : bonae artes, = usefvX learn- 
ing ; the arts and sciences. 

bos, bovis, p- 168, ox. 

brachium, 5, arm. 

brevis, short. 

BrTsgis, Briseis ; G. idis. 

Britannicus, British. 



298 



Brundusium, Brundusium^ a town of 

lower Italy. 
brutus, brute, brutish. 



Cacumen, 15, the top, peak. 

cadaver, (n.,) corpse. 

cadere, p. 161, to fall. 

CEBCUs, blijid. 

CEBdere, (cecTd, ess,) p. 161, to slay, kill. 

Caesar, Ccesar ; G. aris. 

calamitas, a calamity. 

calcar, a spur ; G. aris. 

calidus, warm. 

callere bene, to be well skilled in. 

callTdus, skilful; c?i\\idiss\me, very skil- 
ful. 

calor, heat ; G. oris. 

campus, field. 

candidus, white. 

cangre, 1, p. \^% 58, to sing. 

canis, dog ; G. is. 

CannaB, arum, Cannes, a town in Cam- 
pania. 

Cannensis, 17, of Cannce. 

cantare, 9, to sing. 

cantilena, (9,) song. 

cantillare, 4, to trill. 

cantus, song ; G. us. 

capere, io, p. 161, 55; arraa capere, to 
take arms. 

capessere, p. 163, to seize hold of, under- 
take. 

capitis, (of the head, =) to death. 

ca.\)rsL,goat. 

captivus, 15, captive. 

capturus, fut. part, of capio, to take. 

Capua. Capua, the capital of Campania, 
in southern Italy. 

caput, p. 147, head; capite or capitis 
damnatus, 38, condemned to death. 

career, p. 147, prison ; G. eris. 

cSrere, p. 159, 1. (governs abl.) to want, to 
be without. 

caritas, 37, affection. 

carmen. G. inis, soyig. 

caro. p. Ml, flesh; G. carnis. 

carpere, p. 161, 55, to pluck. 

Carthasiniensis, 15, Carthaginian. 

Cartiiaso, inis, a powerful city in Africa, 
founded by Queen Dido, (from Tyre;) 
the rival of Rome. 

caru^, dear. 

castigare, to chastise. 

castra, (pi.,) a camp. 

castus, chaste. 

casus, (31.) misfortune ; G. us. 

casu, by chance. 

Catilinarii, the Catilinarian conspirators. 

Cato, onis, a Roman famed for his inflex- 
ible adherence to his principles ; he lived 
between the second and third Punic wars. 

causa, cause; causa, for the sake of; 
causam agere, to plead a cause, (as ad- 
vocate ;) causam dicere, to plead one's 
own cause. 



cautus, 25, cautious. 

cavea, a cage. 

cavere, (cav, caut,) p. 160, to beware of, 

cavus, hollow. 

cedere, p. 161, to yield. 

celebratus, part, of celebrare, celebrated. 

celeritas, swiftness ; G. atis. 

celeriter, quickly. 

celsus, high. tall. 

censere, p. 160, to think, value. 

centurio, 25, centurion ; G. onis. 

cepi, see capere. 

cera, wax. 

Ceres, eris, Ceres, the goddess of com^ 
&rc. 

cernere, (crev, cret,) to see, perceive, p. 
162, 58. 

certamen, 17, contest. 

certare, 3, 17, to fight, quarrel. 

certus, certain. 

cervus, stag. 

ceteri, ae, a. the other ; other. 

Chaeronea, a town in Bmotia. 

Cliristianus, Christian. 

Chryses, G. ae, Chryses, a priest of Apollo. 

cibus, i, food. 

cingere, (cinx, cinct,) p. 162, to gird, sur- 
round. 

^'^^^^' \ about. 
circum, S """'*''• 

circum-dare, (circumdedi, circumdatum,) 

to surround. 

^^ ' to surround a city with a wal.1* 
is eitlier • circumdare urbem muro,^ 
or ' circumdare murum urbi.' 
circum- linere, (lev, lit,) to smear round, 

anoint, cover. 
circum sedere, {to sit around,) to investor 

besiege a town, 
circuin-splcere, io, (spex, spect,) to look 

around. 
circum-venire, 28, to surround, to circum- 
vent. 
cis, } ., . -J J. 
ciira, \ °^^ ^^^'^ ^^^^ ^^' 
cito, quickly. 
civllis, 19, civil. 
civis, p. 147, a citizen. 
civitas, state; admission to citizenship, 

p. 147. 
clades, defeat, overthrow ; clades Variana, 

the defeat of Varius. 
clam, secretly. 

clam, (prep.,) without the knowledge of. 
clamare, 3, to shout. 
clamor, 16. clamor, shouting. 
clarus, p. 150, clear, illustrious. 
classis, p. 147 ; classem appeliere, (appfili, 

appulsum,) to put into a port; to land. 
claudere, (claus, claus,) p. 161, to shut. 
clavus, a nail. 

dementia, 25, clemency, mercy. 
clipeus, shield. 

Q,\\ie\\?t, panniers ; a packs addle. 
ccBlestis, 27, heavenly. 
ccElura, p. 146, heaven. 



299 



CGBna, dinner; ad coenam vocare, to in- 
vite to dinner. 
ccenare, to dine. 
co-ercere, to restrain. 
cogere, (coeg, coact,) to compel, p. 162. 
cogitare, to consider. 
co-gnatiis, 30, related. 
cognitio, 21, knowledge. 
co-gnoscere, (co-gnovi, co-gnitum,) to 
know well, generally from information; 
to learn ; cognitus, known. 
{):^ Obs. The original root is gno, as 
in yvo, yv(i), yiyvojffK. 
col ere, p. 162, cultivate, worship. 
collineare, to hit the mark. 
collis, (m.,) hill. 
col-loqui, (locut,) to converse. 
collum, neck. 

col-lustrare, enlighten, illuminate. 
colonus, 27, former. 
color, oris, color. 
columba, dove. 

com-burere, p. 242, to burn down ; to burn, 
(= consume by burning.) See uro, p. 
163. 
com-edere, to eat up, to devour, to eat. 

See edo, p. 165. 
comes, (comitis,) companion. 
comis, affable, polite. 
comitia, (pi.,) an assembly of the people 
for the election of magistrates. From 
' com' and ' it,' sup. root of eo. 
conuneniorare, to make mention of. 

0:3= De after commemorare must be 
rendered by ' of.' 
commendare, 19. 

conmiittere, to commit ; proelium, 15. 
com-modum, 34, advantage. 
com-niorari, [to tarry together,] to live 

together. 
commovere, to move ; moveo, p. 160, viii. 
communicare, to make common ; to share, 

(followed by cum.) 
communiter, 37, in common. 
com-parare, to procure. Comparare co- 

pias, to raise troops or forces. 
comparatus, formed. 
compellare, to call. 
comperire, p. 164, to ascertain. 
compescere, to restrain, repress. 
complere, (plev, plet,) to fill. 
componere, to arrange. 
compositus, (from componere,) arranged, 
disposed, ire. In Ex. 19: 'compositus 
ad gravitatem ac severitatem,' may be 
rendered, ' adopting a grave and se- 
rious tone.' 
com-prehendere, (prehend, prehens,) to 

take prisoner, to seize. 
concedere, 19, (43,) to yield, to go. 
concha, shell. 

conciliare, to conciliate, reconcile, win over. 
concio, onis, assembly. 
concitare, 25, to excite, rouse. 
Concordia, 18, concord. 
concupiscere, to wish for, desire. 



concutere, (con-quatere,) to shake. 

condere, 22, to build, found. 

condimentum, (from condire,) seasoning. 

conditio, condition. 

condonare, 31, to pardon, grant. 

conducere, (dux, duct,) to hire. 

confero, to carry, (together;) conf6ro 
culpam, I throw the blame. 

conferre se, to betake themsslves. 

conficere, 12, 34, 39. 

confidere, to feel confident. 

confidens, trusting, confident. 

confirmare, to strengthen. 

con-fiteri, (fess,) to confess. 

confusus, (particip. of confundere.) 

confluere, 15, to flow together. 

conjicere, (42,) to hurl, to shoot. 

conjungere, (34,) to join. 

conjuratio, 15, (ii.,) conspiracy. 

connubium, 33, marriage. 

conquTrere, seek after, collect. 

con-scendere, (scend, scens,) to climb up. 

conscientia, 21, knowledge. 

consentaneus, reasonable, agreeable. 

con-serere, (sev, sit,) to plant. 

conservare, (21,) to preserve, observe. 

considerare, to consider. 

considere, (sed, sess,) to settle; to peroh. 

consilium, design, plan, intention; ca- 
pere, to form a resolution. 

con-sistere, (stit,) to stop. 

consitus. See conserere, planted. 

consolatio, (36,) consolation. 

consortium, partnership. See 37. 

conspectus, us, sight. 

conspicere, io, (spex, spect,) to behold, to 

see. 
constantla, firmness, constancy. 
constat, it is known, evident. 
con-stituere, 23, 29, (32,) to appoint. 
Constituere exemplum, to set an ex- 
ample. 
construere, (strux, struct,) to construct^ 

build, (a nest.) 
consuetudo, 31, custom ; G. inis. 
consul, (15,) G. iilis, consul. 
consularis, (37,) consular; of consular 

rank. 
consulatus, 18, consulship; consulatum 
petere, to be a candidate for the consul- 
ship, (23.) 
consulere, to consult ; consulere alicui, 

(21,) to consult a man's interests. 
consumere, (42,) to consume, spend. 
consumptus, worn out. 
contaminare, (35,) (for con-tagminare,) 

to contaminate. 
contegere, to cover. 

contemnere, (temps, tempt,) to despise, 20. 
contemplari, to look at. 
contemplatio, sight. 
contentus, contented, content, (abl.) 
contexere, 31, to weave, join to. 
continens, G. ntis, continent, (adj.) 
con-tin 5re, 23, to hold, contain. 
contingere, 19, (ii,) to touch, lay hold of. 



300 



contra, against. 

contradicere, 22, to speak against. 
contrahere, 15. contrahere familiarita- 
tem cum aliquo, to make acquaintance 
(or strike up an intimacy) with anybody. 
con-trectare, to handle ; to pull about. 
couvalescere, 26, to grow strongs amend. 
convenire, 21, to assemble. 
convicium, an invective. 
con-viva, guest. (Com. Gender.) 
copiae, forces, troops ; copiae equestres, 

cavalry. 
copiam f acere, to make plenty = to give 

an opportunity . 
coquere, (cox, coct,) to cook, bake, ripen. 
coram, before. 
cor, cordis, heart. 
Corinthus, Corinth, a rich commercial 

city of Greece. 
Cornelius, a Roman family name ; C. 

Nepos, a Roman historian. 
cornu, horn. I 
corona, crown. 
corrigere, to correct. 
corpus, p. 147, body ; G. oris. 
Corroborare, 31, to strengthen. 
corruere, (ru, rut,) to fall down. 
corrumpere, (35,) to corrupt. 
cortex, icis, bark. 
corvus, raven. 
crabro, hornet. 
eras, to-morrow. 
crastinus, to-morrow' s . 
crastinus dies, to-morrow. 
crassus, p. 150, thisk, coarse. 
creare, to create. 
credere, to believe, to trust ; credidi, cre- 

ditum, (dat.) 
cremare, to burn., burn down. 
crepare, p. 159, to make a noise. 
crescere, p. 163, of the moon, to wax, to 

grow. 
crimen, p. 147, crime, charge. 
cruciare, to torment. 
crudelis, cruel. 
crudeliter, 21, cruelly. 
crumena, purse. 
cms, crQris, leg. n. 
cubare, p. 159, (ii,) to lie down. 
cublle, 16, bed, couch. 
cubitu surgere, to rise from bed, to get 

up ; cubitum ire, to go to bed, (supines 

of cubare.) 
cudere, 5, to forge. 
culpa, p. 145^ fault. 
culter, G. tri, knife. 
cultor, 28, cultivator. 
cultura, 27, cultivation. 
cultus, -us, 39, civilization. 
cum, with, when ; cum— tum, both — and. 
cum maxime, at the moment that ; as he 

was just. 
cumulare, (34,) to heap, to load. 



cunctatio, delay. 

cuncti, all. 

cuRctus, (with sub.) the whole. 

cupere, (from cupio, cupivi, cupitum,) 

p. 161, 55. 
cupiditas, atis, desire. 
cupido, G. dinis, desire. 
cupidus, desirous. 
cur 1 lohy ? 
curare, 10, 22, to care for, take care of; 

nihil curare, not to care at all : with 

part, in dus, to cause ; e. g. faciendum 

curare, to cause to be made ; to have 

any thing made. 
Cures, G. ium, Cures, a city of the Sahines 

in Italy. 
curia, the senate-house. 
currere, (cucurr, curs,) to run, 4, p. 163. 
curriculum, a course. 
currus, us, chariot. 
cursus, 39, G. us, course. 
curulis aedilitas, curule CBdileship ; the 

dignity of curule cedile. 
custodia, (35,) custody ; in custodia te- 

nere, to keep in custody. 
custodire, 5, to keep safe, preserve. 
custos, 5, guard ; G. odis. 
Cybele, a goddess, the mother of all the 
gods ; G. es. 

Damnare, to condemn. 

Damnum, hurt, loss ; damna inferre, to 

inflict injuries. 
dare, (ded, dat,) p. 159 ; pcenam, to suffer 

punishment. 
de,from, concerning, about, of. 
debere, to owe. See p. 270, 61, 62. 
debilis, weak, feeble. 

decedere, 17, to depart, withdraw, to die. 
decernere, (crev, cret,) to decree, resolve. 
decerpere, (cerps, cerpt,) to pluck down, to 

pluck. 
decertare, to contend, to fight. 
decet, it is becoming; it becomes, (ace.) 

Sometimes it may be rendered by 

ought. 
decipere, io, (cep, cept.) 24, to deceive. 
declarare, to declare. 
decorare, 7, to adorn. 
decrescere, (decrevi.) 18. See crescere, 

p. 163, to decrease, to wayie. 
dedecus. (oris,) disgrace, shame ; dedecus 

sui, disgrace to himself. 
dedere, (dedid, dedit,) to give up ; to 

surrender, compound of de and do. 
deducere, (dux, duct,) 19, 30. 
deesse, to be wanting. 
defatigare, to weary, to tire. 
defendere, (fend, fens,) to defend; to 

ward off. 
defervescere, 18. 
degere,2 (perf. degi,) to spend life, time^ 

^•c. ; to live. 



1 See note on the Genitive of the Fourth Declension, First Latin Book, p. 16. 

2 For de-igere, from de and agere. 



301 



deglubere, (glups, glupt,) to flay. 

deinceps, one after another ; successively. 

deinde, 21, (ii,) thenceforth. 

de-jicere, io, (jec, ject,) to throw down. 

delectare, 5, to delight., allure. 

delere, (delev, delet,) p. 159, 54, to blot 

out., deface. 
delictum, 18, sin., transgression. 
deligere, (leg, lect,) to choose out ; to 

choose. 
delinquere, to transgress. 
delirare, 31, to rave., dote. 
dellrus, crazy. 
Delphi, a town of Greece^ famous for the 

Oracle of Apollo. 
delphinus, a dolphin. 
deinens, eritis, mad. 
demissiis, {part of deraittere,) hung 

down; down. 
demittere, 20, to send down. 
demonstrare, to show., to prove. 
denarius, a denarius., (a Roman coin 

worth about S^d, or 15 cents.) 
denique, at last. 
dens, p. 147, tooth; G. dentis. 
de-pellere, to drive away. 
dependere, to hang down. 
de-plorare, to bewail. 
deprehendere, to catch (in the commission 

of a fault, (S-c.) See prehendere, p. 161. 
deritiere, 30, to deride, mock. 
descendere, 7, to come down. 
describere, describe ; lay out, (ffardens.) 
descriptio; laying out, (of a garden, <S-c.) 
deserere, (seru, sert,) 30, to leave off, 

forsake. 
de-siderare, to miss ; to feel the want of. 
desinere, (desii, desitum,) to end; to 

leave off. 
desJpere, io, to be foolish, [de, from ; 

sapere, to be wise.] O me desipien- 

tem ! O fool that I was ! 
desperare, to despair of. 
de-spicere, to look down (upon.) 
destinare, to fix. 

delegere, (tex, tect,) 13, (Voc. on perf. si.) 
deterrere, 35, to deter, frighten. 
de-trahere, (trax, tract,) to drag off; take 

off. 
de-tritus, (part, of deterere, triv, trit,) 

rubbed, galled. 
Deus, God, p. 168, 74. 
devincere, (vie, vict,) to conquer com- 
pletely ; to conquer. 
devincire, (vinx, vinct,) to bind, enchain. 
devorare, to devour. 
dexter, (tra, trum,) right, (opp. to left.) 
Diana, Diana, goddess of the chase. 
dicere, (dix, diet,) to say, to speak — to call. 
dictator, dictator, (a high office at Rome.) 
dictum, a saying. 
Dido, a Phcenician princess, queen of 

Carthage ; Gen. us. See App. ii. p. 291. 
dies, day. Ad diem, to his day. 
difficilis, difficult. 
difficultas, difficulty 

26 



diffidere, to distrust, (dat.) 

dignitas, worth, worthiness. 

dignus, worthy, abl. 

dilacerare, to tear to pieces. 

dilaniare, to tear to pieces. 

diligenter, diligently. 

diligentia, diligence. 

diligere, (dilex, dilect,) to love. 

diliivium, flood. 

di-metior, i.mensus,) to measure out. 

dimicare, to fight. 

dimittere, to send away ; to dismiss. 

dirisere, (direx, direct,) to direct — to 

steer (a vessel.) 
discedere, (discess,) to depart. 
discere, (didici,) to learn. 
disciplina, discipline, teaching 
discipulus, pupil. 
discrepare, to be different. 
discrimen, difference, danger. 
disjungere, (}\x.nx, junct,) to separate. 
dispensator, a steward. 
displicere. (plicu,) to displease. 
disponere, (posu, poiit,) to dispose; to 

place, arrange. 
disputare, to discuss ; to dispute. 
disquTrere, to examine. 
disserere, (seru, sert,) to discuss; to 

argue. 
dissidium, disagreement, quarrel. 
dissipare, to scatter ; to spread abroad ; 

publish. 
distinere, (distinu, distent,) to keep off; to 

engage or distract (with business.) 
distribuere, to distribute. 
diu, long ; for a long time. 
diuturnus, long (of duration.) 
diversus, different : e diverso contendere, 

to viaivtain the contrary. 
dives, itis, rich. See p. 260. 
dividere (divis, divis,) to divide. 
divlnitas, atis, divinity. 
divinus, divine. 
divTtiae, riches, wealth. 
divulgare, to publish. 
docere, p. 160, ii,, to teach. 
dolere, p. 159, i., to be pained, grieve. 
dolor, pam, sorrow. 
dolus, trick, stratagem. 
domare, p. 159, ii., to tame. 
domesticus, domestic. 
dominatio, rule, sovereignty. 
dominus, master. 

domus, p. 146, house, home, G. us and i. 
donare, to present. See Synt. 275. 
donee, till, until — as long as. 
Aonum, gift. 

dormire, to sleep ; to be asleep. 
drachma, drachma, (a Greek coin^ worth 

about 9|fiJ. or 18 cents.) 
dubie : baud — , without doubt. 
ducere, p. 162, to lead. 

ducere nomen, to take its name. 
ducere in matrimonium, to marry, (of 
the husband.) 
dudum, long ago. 



302 



dulcis, sweet. 

dum, whilst, until, provided. 

duo, two. 

duodecim, twelve. 

durare, to harden ; to last. - 

durescere, to grow hard. 

durus, hard, harsh, cruel. 

dux, ducis, leader, general. 



E, ex, out of ; from 

ebibere, to drink up ; to drain. 

ebur, oris, ivory. 

edere, (ed, es) p. 165, (5,) to eat. 

edere, (edid, edit,) to tell ; to publish ; to 
exhibit. 

edicere, to make a proclamation. 

ediscere, to learn by heart. 

educare, to educate. 

educere. (edux, educt,) to draw forth or 
out ; to bring up. 

efficax, effectual. 

efficere, io, (fee. feet.) to effect; accomplish. 

efficries, image, likeness ; G. iei. 

ef -flare, to breathe (out.) ef-flare animam 
(tu breathe out oriels breath,) to expire; 
breathe one's last. 

efflorescere, to blossom, flourish. 

ef'fodere, io, to dig over, (effod, effoss.) 

effrenatus, unbridled. 

effugere, io, escape, avoid. 

egere, p. 160, iv., (gen. or abl.,) to need. 

ego, 1, p. 168. 

egregie, admirably ; egregiously. 

egressus, part, of egredi, to go out. 

elabi, (laps,) to slip away. 

elatus (part, of ef-ferre,) lifted up, elated. 

elegantia, elegance. 

elephas, antis, elephant. 

elephantus, elephant. 

elevare, to depreciate. 

eligere (leg, leet,) to choose out ; elect. 

e-ludere (liis,) to deride. 

emendatus, 25, emended. 

emere, p. 162, (58.) to buy. 

emittere, to send out ; to put cut ; to let go. 

enim, for. 

eniti, to strive. 

ensis, sword. 

60, thither. See quo. 

Epaminondas, a Theban general. 

Ephesus, a city of .dsia Minor. Ephe- 
sius, Ephesian. 

ephippium, a saddle. 

epigramma, (atis,) epigram. 

epistola, letter, 

epitome, G. es ; an epitome ; abridge- 
ment. See App. ii. (Penelope) p. 291. 

gques, equitis, horseman, knight. 

equestres copije, cavalry. 

equitatus, us, cavalry. 

equus, horse : equo velii, to ride on horse- 
back. 

erectus, raised up, erect. 

erga, towards, (ace.) 

ergo, therefore — on account of. 



erigere, (erex, erect,) erect. 

eripere, io, (ripu, rept.) snatch ; snatch 
away ; dat. of person from whom. 

error, wandering, error ; G. oris. 

erudire, to instruct, teach. 

erurapere, to break out. 

esse, p. 164, to be. 

esto, imper. of esse, to be. 

esurire, to be hungry. 

et, and — also, too, even ; et — et, both — and 

etiam, even, too. 

etiarasi, even if, though, although. 

etsl, although. 

evadere, (evas,) to escape; to turn out, 
become. 

eveetus, part, of evehere, to raise. 

e-veilere, to draw or pluck out. 

evenit, ii happens ; evenit, it happened. 

evertere, (vert, vers,) to overthrow, pull 
doicn. 
j evitare, to avoid. 
I evolare, to fly out of. 
I ex, out of ; from, (abl.) 
i ex-animare, to put to death. 
I exarare, [to plough up a wax tablet,'] to 
j write. 

j exardeseere. (exarsi,) blaze forth; (of a 
I war) to break out. 

I excellere, (ui.) to excel ; to be distin- 
! guished. 

j excltare, excite, arouse, awake; — stir up. 
' exclamare, to exclaim. 
j excolere, (colu, cult,) to cultivate. 
I excruciare, to torment. 
! excubiae, watches, posts : to be rendered 
j guards. 

; exercere, (ui,) to exercise ; to practise. 
I exercitatio. practice. 
' exercitus, us, army. 

exiguus, small. 

exiiis, thin. 

exire, (exeo,) to go out; to leave. 

existimare, to think. 

exitus, us, egress, issue, end. 

exolescere, to become obsolete; to pass 
away. 

exoptaius, wished for, desirable. 

exorare, to supplicate; to prevail upon 
(by entreaties.) 

exoriri, (exortus.) to rise; arise. (See 
orior, p. 1C7. 

expedit, it is expedient. 

expedite, quickly, promptly, without hesi- 
tation. 

expellere, (puli, puis.) to drive out, banish. 

experiri, (expertus.) to try ; to experience. 

expilare, to plunder. 

explere, (explevi, expletum,) to fill^ to 
fulfil, to complete. 

explorare, to examine, to explore. 

ex-primere, (press,) to extort; ace. of 
thing, dat. of person. 

expugnare, 8, to assault. 

exsilium, exile, banishment. 

exsistere, (exstiti,) to stand forward as ; 
to become. 



303 



exspectare, to wait. 
exspirare, to expire. 
exstare, to be extant. 
exsul, (iilis,) an exile. 
externus, external. 
extimescere, to dread. 
extra, without. 
extremus, extreme, p. 170. 
extrinsecus, outwardly. 



Faber, bri, a mechanic; smithy carpen- 
ter, Src. 

fabula, tale, fable. 

fabulosus, 31, fabulous. 

facere, io, p. 162, to do, to make, (imperat. 
fac.) 

facessere, (ivi, itum,) to make, to cause ; 
to make off. 

facies, ei, face. 

facile, facilius, easily, more easily. 

facilis, easy. 

factum, deed, conduct, {in a particular 
case.) 

facultas, capacity, power. 

fall ax, acis, 31, deceitful. 

fallere, p. 162 ; fallit me animus = / de- 
ceive myself. 

fanieiicus, hungry, starved. 

fames, is, hunger. 

familiaris, intimate ; (as subst.) a friend. 

familiaritas, intimacy. 

famulus, slave, servant. 

fas, lawful {according to divine or natu- 
ral law.) 

fateri, (fassus,) to confess. 

fatigare, to fatigue. 

faux, throat; fauces, (Ex. 44,) a pass, 
neck of land. 

favere (dat.) p. 160, viii., to favor. 

febris, (abl. i.,) fever. 

feiicitas, atis, happiness. 

felis, a cat. 

felix, icis, happy, prosperous. 

fera, wild beast. 

fere, almost. 

ferire, to strike. 

ferox, OCX'S, fierce. 

ferre, p. 165, to bear, carry. 

ferrum, iroji, sword. 

fero, see ferre. 

ferus, fierce. 

fessus, weary, tired. 

festus, festive. 

fidelis, faithful, true. 

fidere, fisus sum, to trust. 

fides, fidelity, faith ; fidem habere, to be- 
lieve ; G. ei. 

fieri, p. 165, to be made or done. 

figere, p. 162, to fix. 

figure, figure. 

filia, daughter ; abl. pi. abus. 

filius, sow ; voc. fill. 

filum, thread. 

fingere, p. 162, (57,) feign, fashion. 

finire, to finish. 



finis, end. 

firmare, to strengthen. 

firmitas, firmness, strength. 

firmus, j?r?re. 

flagitare, to demand, call for. 

flagitium, crime. 

flamma, flame. 

flectere, p. 161, (56,) to bend. 

flere, p. 159, (54,) to weep. 

florere, blossom, flourish. 

Horescere, come into flower ; blossom; bC' 

gin to flourish, 
fios^ flower, floris. 
fluere, (flux,) p. 163, (60,) to flow. 
flumen, inis, river. 
fluvius, river. 
focus, p. 146, hearth. 
foedus, eris, p. 147, league, treaty. 
fons, fontis, fountain. 
fore, from esse, 
fores, ium, door. 
forma, beauty, form. 
formica, ant. 
formido, inis, fear. 
fortasse, perhaps, 
tone, by chance. 
fortis, strong, brave. 
forttter, bravely. 
fortuito casu, by accident. 
fortuna, fortune; fortunse, pi. property^ 

possessions. 
fortunatus, fortunate, prosperous. 
forum, the forum; i. e. market-place, 

used also for the transaction of public 

business, 
fossa, ditch, trench, foss, 
fovere, (fov, fot,) to cherish, p. 160. 
frangere, (freg, fract,) to break. 
frater, G. tris, brother. 
fraterculus, little-brother. 
fratricTda, a fratricide. 
fraudare, to defraud. 
frenuni, curb, bridle. 
frequentare, to frequent. 
frelus, relying on. 
fricare, p. 159, to rub. 
frigere, p. ]60, v. to be cold. 
frigus, oris, cold. 
frons, frontis, p. 147. 

a fronte, in front. 
fructus, fruit, produce ; G. us. 

fructum capere ex, to derive advan- 
tage from. 
frui, p. 167, (69,) to enjoy. 
frumenta, aU kinds of corn. 
frustra, in vain. 
frustum, piece, morsel. 
frutex, icis, shrub. 
fugare, to put to flight ; to rout. 
fugere, (fugio,) p. 1Q2, fly, fly from. 
fulcire, p. 164, to prop. 
fulgere, p. 160, v. to shine, glitter. 
fundus, i, estate, farm. 
fungi, (functus,) to discharge, abl. 
funis, (m.,) rope. 
furere, to rage^ to be mad. 



304 



furor, madness, passion. 
furtum, theft. 

fusus, routed : part, of fundo, (f tid, fus.) 
futurus, (fut. panic, of esse,) about to be ; 
future. 



GallTna, a hen. 

Gallus, a Gaul. 

gallus gallinaceus, a cock. 

gallus, a cock. 

garrire, to babble, to chatter. 

garrulus, talkative. 

gaudere, p. 164, (63.) 

gelidus, cold. 

generare, to beget. 

generosus, noble. 

gens, a race., tribe, nation ; G. gentis. 

genus, (generis,) race, family, kind. 

gerere, p. 163, to carry, bear. 

gerere bellum, to wage war. 
Germania, Germany. 
gestus, us, action, (of the hands,) de- 
meanor, attitude. 
gladius, siDord. 
gloria, glory. 

gloriabundus, boasting, [render by boast- 
fully.] 
gloriari, to boast. 

gluhere, (glups, glupt,) to pare, to peel. 
Graeculus, (diminutive,) a low Greek; a 

Greek. 
GraBCUs, a Greek. 
gracilis, slender. 
gramen, inis, grass. 
grandinars, to hail. 
grandis, large. 
granum, a grain. 
gratia, favor, grace, thanks. 

gratiam ambire, to court the favor. 

habere, to feel grateful. 

retribuere, to return a favor ; 

to recompense, 
gratulari, to congratulate. 
gratus, grateful, agreeable, delightful. ■ 

gralum facere alicui, to oblige a ' 
person. 
gravari. to be reluctant ; not to choose. 
gravis, heavy, weighty, serious. 
gra vitas, weight, seriousness, importance. 
grex, (gregis,) p. 147, a flock. 
grus, uis, crane. 
gubernare, to govern, (ace.) 
gubernator, pilot. 



Habere, p. 159, i. to have. 

habere pro, tn hold for ; to consider 
as. 

amicum aliquem, to have a 

man for a friend. 
habitare, to dwell. 

haerere,(haes,) p. 160,vi. to cling to, to stick. 
Hannibal, Hannibal a great Carthaginian 

general. 
hasta, spear 



haud, not. 

haurire, p. 164, drink off, drain. 

haurire venenum, to drink poison. 

hebes, blunt, dull ; G. etis. 

Helvetia, Helvetia, Switzerland. 

herba, herb, grass. 

Hercules, Hercules. 

heri, yesterday. 

hie, heec, hoc, this, p. 169. [When it has 
no noun in agreement, it is rendered 
as a personal pronoun, Ac, sAe, it.] 

hie, here. 

hiems, emis, winter, 

hinc, hence. 

hinnire, to neigh. 

historia, history. 

hodie, 7, to-day, this day. 

Homerus, Homer. 

homo, hominis, man. 

honestas, honor, integrity. 

honeste, honestly, virtuously. 

honestus, honorable. 

honor, honor ; G. oris. 

honorificus, laudatory. 

hora, hoar. 

horrere, to be frightened at. 

hortari, to exhort. 

hortulus, 8, a little garden. 

hortus, garden ; G. i. 

hostis, enemy. 

hue, hither. 

humanus. human, (Ex. 27, earthly :) cour- 
teous, kind. 

humerus, shoulder. 

humi, on the ground. 

humilis, (humillimus,) low, humble. 

humus, ground, soil, f. 



Ibi, there. 

ictus, G. us, a stroke, a blow. 

idem, p. 169, the same. 

idem ac, p. 169, the same as. % 

ideo, therefore. 

idoneus, suitable. 

igitur, therefore. 

ignarus, ignorant, (gen.) 

ignavia, sluggishness ; weakness of the 

will. 
ignis, (m.,) p. 147, fire. 
ignorare. to be ignorant of, (acc. ;) igno- 

ratio, ignorance. 
ignoscere, (ignovi,) to pardon, (dat.) 
illacrimare, to cry over ; to weep over or at. 
ille, a, ud, p. 169, that one, the former. 
illecebra, enticement, allurement' 
illico, immediately. 
iJlustrare, to illumine. 
illustris, 16. 
imago, inis, image. 
imbecillis, -is, iceak. 
imber, bris, m^ shower. 
imbuere, p. 163, to dip, imbue. 
imitabilis, imitable. 
imitari, to imitate. 
immensus, immense. 



305 



im-mergere, (mers,) to plunge or thrust in. 
immlnere, to hang over; to threaten^ 

(dat.) 
immobilis, immoveable. 
imrnolare, to sacrifice. 
immortal is, immortal. 
immortalitas, immortality. 
imo, no — but. 

impar, aris, odd, (of number.) 
impedire, to hinder. 
impellere, to impel; to drive on, (impul, 

impuls.) 
impendere, to spend. 
imperare, to command, (dat.) 
imperator, commander-in-chief ; general. 
imperium, command, empire. 
impertire, to impart. 
iiupetrare, to prevail upon ; to obtain {by 

entreaties.) 
impetus, assault, violence ; G. us. 
impius, impious. 

implgcus, (part, of implere,) filled. 
imponere, (imposui, impositum,) to place- 

upon ; to impos-e. 
imprimere, (impress,) impress. 
imprimis, especially. 
improbus, bad. 

imprudens, ignorant, senseless. 
impugnare, 30. 
impudens, impudent. 
in, (with abl,,) in; (with ace.) into, to, 

against. 
in tempore, in good time. 
inanis, empty. 
incalescere, to grow warm. 
incendere, to set on fire, to burn. 
incendium, conflagration, fire. 
inceptum, (properly, a thing begun,) a 

purpose ; a resolution. 
incertus, uncertain. 
incessere, (incessivi and incess ) to fall 

upon. 
incldere, 24, to fall into, enter. 
incipere, (cep, cept,) to begin. 

inceptum, undertaking. 
inclarescere, to become famous. 
incognitus, unknown. 
incola, inhabitant. 
incoliimis, safe, uninjured. 
incommodum, inconvenience, disadvan- 
tage, hardship. 
inconsiderantia, thoughtlessness. 
inconstantia, inconstancy. 
incredibilis, incredible. 
incultus, uncultivated, uncivilized. 
incurrere, to run into. 
in-curs-io, (properly, a running against,) 

an attack. 
inde, thence, from this ; — then. 
indignus, unworthy, (abl.) 
indoctus, unlearned. 
induere, p. 163, (57,) to put on. 
indulgere, p. 160, (v.) to indulge. 
Indus, the Indus. 
infelix, Tcis, unfortunate. 
inferre, (intul,' illat,) to bear-against ; 

26* 



I bellum inferre, to wage war against; 

to attack, invade. 
infestare, to make unsafe ; to infest. 
infestus, hostile. 
inficere, (tec, feet,) stain, dye. 
infirmus, infirm, weak. 
inflectere, 15, to bend in, crook. 
ingenium, abilities, mind. 
ingenii cultus, cultivation of the intellect ; 

intellectual cultivation. 
ingens, huge, immense ; G. entis. 
ingignere, (ingenui, ingenitum,) toimplant. 
ingratus, ungrateful, disagreeable. 
ingruere, to burst out. 
inhibere, to restrain. 
inhonestus, dishonorable. 
inimlcus, enemy ; as adj. hostile. 
inimicissimus, most hostile. 
iniquus, unjust. 
injuria, injury, wrong. 
injuria affieere, to wrongs to injure. 
injuste, unjustly. 
injustitia, injustice. 
innocens, innocent, 
innocentia, innocence. 
innotescere, (innotui,) to become known. 
innoxius, harmless. 
inopia, want, poverty, destitution. 
inscitia, ignorance. 
insectari, to persecute, to rail at. 
insequi, to pursue, to follow. 
inservire, to be the slave of. 

inservire temporibus, to comply with 
the times ; to accommodate oneself 
to the times. 
insidisB, plot, stratagem. 
insidiari, p. 166. 
insignis, distinguished. 
insistere, to stand upon ; to take a road 

or course, 
inspirare, to breathe into. 
instare, to press on ; to press ; to be at hand. 
instituere, to establish; to appoint; to 

train on : vitam instituere, to conduct 

yourself. 
instruere aciem, to draw up an army in 

order of battle. 
insula, island. 
insuper, besides. 
integer, whole, entire, upright. 
integritas, uprightness, integrity. 
intellectus, intellect ; G. us. 
intelligere, to understand ; to be aware 
intemperantia, intemperance. 
intendere, (tend, tens,) to put forth. 
inter, between, amongst. 
interdin, in the day-time. 
interdum, sometimes. 
interea, in the mean time. 
interesse, to be engaged in. 
interest, there is a difference ; it is of im- 
portance ; it concerns, signifies, &c. 
interficere, io, (fee, feet,) to kill. 
interimere, (em, empt,) to kill, to carry off. 
interrogare, to ask. 
interrogatio, a question. 



306 



inter vallum, interval. 

intra, within. 

introitus, entrance. 

intueri, to look upon. 

intus, within, at home. 

inundare, to inundate; to overflow. 

inutilis, useless. 

invadere, to come against; assault; in- 
vade ; fall upon. 

invenire, (ven, vent,) to find. See Syn. 

invicem, in turn ; one another. 

invidere, (vid, vTs,) to envy., grudge. 

invidia, envy, odium. 

invltare, to invite. 

invitus, unwilling. 

involvere, (volv, voliit,) to roll up, to hind 
round, (with.) 

ipse, p. 169, self, myself thyself itself &c. 

ira, anger. 

iracundia, passionateness ; anger, {as a 
habit.) 

irasci, (irat.) to be angry, (dat.) 

irrigare, to water. 

irrltare, to excite ; to provoke ; to irritate. 

is, ea, id, p. 1G9, that. 

iste, a, ud, p. 169, that of yours, &c. 

Ister, ri, the Danube. 

ita, so, in such a manner.^ 

Italia, Italy. 

itaque, therefore. 

iter, G. itineris, journey. 

iterum, a second time ; once more ; again. 



Jacere, p. 162, jec, jact,) to throw, to hurl. 

jacere, p. 159, i., to lie, to lie low. 

jactare, to toss. 

jaculari, to hurl a dart, to shoot. 

jam, already. 

nee jam, and — no more. 

jam dudum, now for a long time. 

jam pridem, long ; for some time. 
janua, gate, door, (of a house.) 
jocabundus, joking ; in a joking manner. 
jocus, joke. 
Jov-, see Jupiter, 
jubere, (juss,) p. 160, vj., to order. 
jucundus, pleasant, delightful. 
judex, pleasant, delightful, 12, and p. 147 ; 

G. icis. 
judicare, to judge. 

jugum, 15, ii., a yoke, a range, (of hills.) 
Jugurtha, Jugurtha, a prince of J^umidia. 
jumentum, 17, a beast of burden. 
jungere, (junx, junct,) to join ; jungere 

amicitiam, to form a friendship. 
Jupiter, p. 168 ; G- Jovis, Jupiter. 
jurare, to swear. 
jus, juris, right, laic. 

jure, deservedly, with good reason, 
justly. 

jure meritoque, deservedly. 



jussu, by the command. Domini jussu, hy 

his master^s orders. 
jussum, command, bidding. 
justitia, justice. 
Justus, just. 

jiivare, to help, assist, (ace.) 
juvat, it is delightful ; it delights. 
juvenilis, youthful. 
juvenis, a young man ; a man (from about 

20 to 40.) 
juventus, utis, youth. 
juxta, close by, (prep.) 



Labare, to totter. 

labefactare, to make to totter ; to shake. 

labor, labor ; G. oris. 

laborare, to labor. 

lacessere, p. 163, >^59,) to provoke. 

lacrima, or lacryma, a tear. 

lacunar, 16, a panelled-ceiling; G. 
aris. 

laedere, p. 161, 56, to hurt, (ace.) 

Isete, joyfully. 

laRtitia, joy. 

leetus, joyful, glad. 

Isevus, left. 

lana, wool. 

laniare, to mangle. 

latere, (latu,) to lie hid, to he concealed. 

Latine (adv.,) in the manner of the Lat- 
ins. Latlne loqui, to speak Latin cor- 
rectly. 

Liatinus, Latin. 

latro, onis, robber. 

latus, broad. 

latus, eris, side. 

laudare, to praise. 

laurus, a laurel. 

laus, laudis, praise. 

lavare, p. 159, ii. Also lavere. 

lectio, reading, perusal. (In 11 it is used 
for ' lesson'' set to be studied ; which is 
an unclassical use of it.) 

legatus, ambassador, lieutenant. 

legere, (leg, lect,) to read. 

legio, onis, a legion or body of Roman sol- 
diers. 

lenire, to soften. 

lenis, soft. 

leo, onis, lion. 

levare, to relieve. 

levis, light. 

levitas, lightness, fickleness. 

lex, legis, law. 

legem perferre, to carry a law 
through. 

libenter, willingly ; libenter facio, /like 
to do it. 

iTber, era, erum,/ree. 

liber, bri, book. 

liberalitas, liberality. 



I Ita is often to be rendered by an adverb with so 
&c., according to the manner meant. 



so violently,^ ' so foolishly,* 



307 



libSrare, to free. 

libere, freely, spiritedly. 

lib§ri, children. 

libertas, liberty. 

libido, inis, Ivst, desire. 

licentia, permission ; the power. 

licet. (See page 270. Questions 57, 58,) 

it is allowed. 
ligneus, wooden. 
lignum, wood. 
ligo, onis, spade. 
limen, (inis,) threshold. 
linere, (levi, litum,' to smear. 
lingua, tongue. 

literae, p. 145, a letter, literature. 
litus, oris, a shore. 
locare, to let on hire. 
lociiples, etis, rich. 
locus, p. 146, a place. 
longe, /ar. 

loqui, (locutus,) to speak. 
lubet or libet, it pleases : to be rendered 

by / {you, Src) like, please. 
lubido, inis, lust, pleasure. 
lucrum, ^am. 
luctus, us, sorrow. 
ludere, p. 161, (56,) toplay. 
luna, moon. 
liipus, wolf. 
luscinia, nightingale. 
lusus, us, game. 

lutulentus, 15, miry, dirty, muddy. 
lux, lucis, p. 147, light. 
luxiiria, luxury. 
lyra, lyre. 



Macedo, onis, Macedonian. 

machina, machine. 

macies, leanness : macie confectus, 
{wasted away with leanness,) miserably 
thin. 

magis, more. 

magister, tri, master. 

magistratus, us, magistracy, magistrate. 

magistratum gerere, to hold a magistra- 
cy ; to fill a high office. 

magnopere, earnestly. 

magnus, great. 
major, greater. 
majores, our forefathers. 

maledictum, railing, abuse, scurrilous 
language. 

maleficium, misdeed. 

m^lurn, evil, mala, evils, ills. 

malus, bad. 

malus, i. f., an apple. 

malus, i. m., a mast. 

mancipium, slave. 

manere, p. 160, vi., to remain. 

manifestus, manifest. 

manus, us, hand, (f.) 

Marathon, Marathon, the field of a cele- 
brated battle between the Athenians and 
Persians. 

m5re, is, p. 147, the sea. 



Marianus, Marian ; of Marius. 

marina, salt {water.) 

maritimus, maritime ; living in the sea. 

marltus, i, husband. 

Marsi, the Marsians, a people of middle 

Italy. 
Massiiia, Marseilles. 
mater, p. 147, mother ; G. matris. 
materies, materials ; wood, timber. 
maturare, to ripen ; to hasten. 
mature, quickly ; — prematurely. 
maturescere, to ripen, (intrans.) 
maturus, ripe. 

maxime, (adv.,) most, the most. 
maximi, at a very great price, very high* 

ly, the greatest. 
maximus, the greatest. 
Mediolanum, Milan. 
mederi, to heal, (dat.) 
mediocritas, a middle point, the mean, 
medius, the middle, amidst. 
medic us, physician. 
Megara. orum, a town not very far front 

Athens. 
mel, mellis, honey. 
membrum, member, limb. 
memorabilis, deserving to be remembered; 

memorable. 
memoria, memory. 
mendacium, a lie. 

mendax, acis, lying {person;) liar. 
mens, ntis, mind. 
mensa, table. 
mensis, is, m. month. 
mentiri, p. 167, to lie, to deceive. 
merces, edis, pay, reward. 
merere, merui, and mereri, (depon.,) p. 

167, deserve. 
meridies, mid-day, (m.) 
meritum, desert. 
metailum, metal, mine. 
metere, (messu, mess,) to mow ; to reap; 

to pluck off. 
metiri, (niensus,) p. 167, to measure. - 
metuere, p. 163, vi. to fear. 
metus, us, fear. 

meus, a, urn, mine. Voc. masc. mi. 
mi, Voc. masc. of meus. 
micare, p. 159, to glitter, glisten. 
migrare, to remove, (intrans.) 
miles, itis, p. 147, a soldier. 
militia, warfare. 
millia, thousands, p. 173. 
Miltiades, is, the Athenian general to 

whom the victory of Marathon was due. 
minari, p. 166, to threaten. 
minister, tri, 5, a servant, attendant. 
minor, less ; — the younger, {for minor 

natu.) 
mirabilis, ) j xr j 
mirus, \y=onderfuL 

mirari, to wonder, express admiration. 
miscere, p. 160, ii. to mingle, mix. 
miser, era, erum, miserable, wretched. 
miserandus, to be pitied : miserandum in 
modum, in a horrible manner. 



308 



misere, miserably. 

misereri, p. 167, 68, to pity. (Gen.) 

misgria, misery. 

misericordia, compassion, pity. 

mltis, mild, lenient. 

niittere, p. 161, (56,) to send. 

mobilis, moveable. 

modestia, moderation, modesty. 

modius, apeck {nearly"^) 

modo, only. 

modo — mudo, one while — another. 

modus, measure, manner. 

moenia, walls {of a fortified town.) 

moerere, to mourn. 

mceror, oris, grief. 

moliri, p. 167, (70,) to move, to plan. 

mollis, soft. 

monere, p. 159, warn, advise. 

monoceros, otis, unicorn. 

mons, ntis, p. 147 

mons Apennlnus, the Apennines. 
monstrare, to show. 
monuinentum, monument. 
morbus, disease. 

mordere, (mors,) p. 160, vii., to bite. 
mores, uni, manners, morals, character. 
moriturus, see morior, p. 167, ready, or 

about to die. 
morosus, ill-humored. 
mors, mortis, p. 147, death. 
mortalis, mortal. 
mortifer, fatal, deadly. 
mortuus, dead. 
mos, oris, custom, manner. 
motus, us, motion. 
movere, p. 160, viii., to move. 
mox, presently. 

mucro, onis. point of a sword ; sword. 
mulctare, to fine, (abl.) 
mulier, eris, woman, wife. 
multitudo, inis, multitude. 
multo, (abl.,) much — before comparatives, 
multum, much. 

multus, a, urn, much ; plur- many. 
mundus, p. 140. world. 
munire, to fortify. 
munus, eris, gift, task^ duty. 
murus, wall. 
mus, muris, a mouse. 
mutare, to change. 
mutalio, change. 



Nam, for. 

nancisci, (nactus,) p. 167, to get, attain. 

narrare, to relate. 

nasci, (natus,) p. 167, to be born, to proceed 

from. 
natare, to swim. 
natura, nature. 
naturalis, natural. 
natus, bom. See nasci. 
nauta, sailor. 



navigare, to sail. ' • 

navigatio, navigation. 

navigium, vessel. 

navis, ship. 

ne. See App. iii., p. 292. 
ne — quidem, not even. 
ne quis, that nobody. 

— ne, asks a question. See p. 269, 51, 52, 
&c. ne — an, whether — or. See p. 269. 
(51.) 

nee, neither ; nor ; and not. 
nee — nee, neithei — nor. 
nee temere, nor easily. 
nee ullus, and no. 

nee quidquam, [nor any thing,'] and 
nothing. 

necessarius, necessary. 

negare, to deny. It is often rendered by 
to say, a ' noV being added to the in- 
finitive mood. 

negligere, (lex, lect,) to neglect, disre- 
gard. 

negotium, business, affair. 

nemo, inis, nobody. 

nemus, nemoris, grove. 

neque — neque, neither — nor. 

nequire, to be unable. 

nequitia, wickedness. 

nere. p. 159, 54, to spin. 

nescire, not to know. 

neuter, neither ; G. neutrius. 

neve, nor. 

nex, necis, death, (a violent death.) 

nidus, nest. 

nihil, nothing. 

nihiidum, nothing as yet. 

nihilo secius, nevertheless. 

niniis, too. 

nimium, too much. 

nisi, unless ; if — not. 

nitere, to shine ; to be sleek. 

nix, nivis, snow. 

nobilis, noble. 

nobilitare, to ennoble. 

nocens, (part, of nocere,) a guilty per- 
son. 

nocere, p. 159, i. (dat.) 

noclu, by night. 

nocturnus, nightly ; by night. 

nomen, inis, name, nomen ducere, to 
take its name. 

non, not. 

non modo, not only. 

non satis, {not svfiiciently,=) not well; 
not thoroughly. 

nondum, not yet. 

nonnulla, {not-none,=) some. 

nonne, not 7 

nonnumquam. {not-never, =) sometimes. 

noscere, p. 163, 61, (novi, = I know.) 

noster, tra, trum, our, ours. 

notio, notion; onis. 

novi, I know. See noscere. 



* 1 gall. 7.8576 pints. 



309 



nSvus, new. 

nox, noctis, night. 

nubere, p. 161, 55, to marry, (dat.) 

nubes, is, cloud. 

nudus, naked. 

nullus, G. Tus, no, none : nuUo modo, by 

no means. 
num, p. 269, 46, whether. 
num— an. See p. 269, 51, 52, &c. 
numerare, to number, to reckon. 
numerus, number. 
nunc, now. 

nunciipare, to name ; to mention a name. 
nunqiiam, never. 
nuntiare, 10, to announce. 
nuntius, message, messenger. 
nuptum dare, to give in marriage : nup- 

tum, supine of nubo. 
nutrimentum, nourishment. 
nutrire, to nourish ; to support. 



Ob, 071 account of. 

ob oculos, before our eyes. 

obdormiscere, to be falling asleep. 

obducere, to overlay, cover. 

obedire, to obey, (dat.) 

oberrare, to wander about. 

obesse, to be prejudicial to, (dat.) 

ob-jicere, io, to throw against ; to expose, 
(to.) 

oblectare, to delight. 

oblinere, (oblev, oblit,) to bedaub. 

oblivio, onis, oblivion, f or getf nines s. 

oblivisci, (oblitus,) to forget, (gen.) 

obscurare, to obscure, to darken. 

obsequium, obedience. 

observare, to observe ; to keep. 

obsidere, (obsed, obsess,) to besiege. 

obsistere, to withstand, prevent. 

obstare, to stand in the way ; to prevent, 
(dat.) 

obtegere, (obtex, obtect,) to cover. 

obtemperare, to obey, (dat.) 

obtinere, (obtinui, obtent,) to obtain. 

obviam, adv. in the direction towards an- 
other person ; obviam mittere, to send 
to meet, (dat. of person to be met.) Ob- 
viam occurrere aliciii, to meet him ac- 
cidentally. 

occasio, onis, opportunity. 

occidens, setting : (as subst.,) the west. 

occTdere, (occid, occas,) p. 241, to fall, to 
perish. 

occTdere, (occid, occis,) p. 241, to kill, to 
slay. 

occultare, to hide. 

occumbere, (occubui,) to fall (in battle.) 

Cecil pare, to occupy. 

occurrere, (occurr, occurs,) to meet, (dat.) 

oceSnus, the ocean. 

octo, eight. 

Sculus, eye. 

Odium, hatred. 

odor, oris, smell, odor. 

odoratus, ^s, smell, scent. 



offendere, (offend, offens,) to offend ; to 
light upon. 

offero, to offer. 

officium, duty. 

officium praestare, to perform a ser- 
vice. 

oleum, oil. 

olfacere, (olfgc, olfact,) to smell, (trans.) 

olor, oris, a swan. 

olorinus, of the swan, (adj.) 

omittere, (omis, omiss,) to omit, neglect. 

omnis, all, every : omnia, all things, eve- 
ry thing. 

onus, eris, p. 147. 

onustus, laden, burdened. 

opacus, shady. 

operam dare, to go about (business.) 

operire, to cover. 

operosus, busy. 

opes, um, means, resources, wealth. 

opinari, to think, to imagine. 

opperiri, p. 167, to wait for. 

oppetere, to encounter. 

oppidanus, inhabitant of a town. 

oppressor, oppressor. 

opprimere, (oppress, oppress,) to oppress ; 
to fall upon; to crush. 

oppugnare, to attack, assault. 

ops, opis, f., power, assistance. 

optimus, (superl. of bonus, good,) the 
best. 

opus, eris, work. 

opus est, there is need. [Render 
nom as dat.; est by '■have;'' abl. 
by ' of ;' " milii / est have opus 
need cibo of food.'*''] 
opus facere, to work ; to labor. 

oraculum, oracle. 

orare, to pray. 

orare causam, to plead a cause. 

oratio, onis, speech, oration. 

orator, an orator. 

oratorius, oratorical. 

orbis, is, m., orb ; the world. 

orbis terrarum, {the orb of the 
lands, =) the world. 

ordinare, to arrange. 

ordo, inis, (m.,) order. 

oriens, rising ; part, from orior : (as 
subst.,) the east. 

origo, inis, origin. 

oriri, (oreris, oritur, &c. ; perf, ortus 
sum,) arise. See p. 167. 

ornare, to adorn. 

ornatus, us, ornament, decoration. 

OS, oris, n., face. 

OS, ossis, n., a bone. 

ostendere, (tend, tens,) to show. 

Ostia, a. town in Italy, at the mouth of 
the Tiber. 

ostia, pi., mouth {of a river.) 

ostium, door. 

otiosus, full of leisure, disengaged, inac- 
tive, idle. 

ovis, is, f., sheep. 



310 



Pabulatum, to forage, (supine.) 

paene, almost. 

p£eninsula, peninsula. 

palari, to wander about. 

palatium, the Palatium, (i. e. the resi- 
dence of Augustus on the Palatine Hill.) 

pallium, a cloak. 

palma, thepalm. 

palpebra, eyelid. 

palumbes, is, m. and f., wood-pigeon. 

parare, to prepare, to provide, to procure. 

paratus, prepared, {part, of parare.) 

parcere, (peperc, et pars, parsum, and 
parcitum,) to spare, (dat.) 

parere, to obey, (dat.) 

paries, etis, wall {of a house.) 

parere, io, (peperi, part.,) to bring forth. 

pars, partis part, partes, a party, (in a 
state.) 

parsimonia, frugality. 

paruni, little, too little. 

parvulus, {dim. of parvus,) little. 

pascere, (pav. past,) to feed, (trans.;) 
pasci, to feed, (intrans.) 

pastor, oris, a shepherd. 

patefieri, {seefio, p. 165,) to be laid bare, to 
be discovered. 

pater, tris, p. 147, father. 

Patres, {the Fathers =) the Senators. 

patientia, patience. 

patria, {one's) country. 

patrius, paternal. 

patricii, patricians. 

pauci, SB, a, few. paucis post diebus, a 
few days afterwards. 

paulo, by a little ; a little. 
paulo ante, a little before. 
paulo post, a little after. 

pauper, eris, poor. 

pavidus, fearful, timid. 

pavo, onis, peacock. 

pavor, oris, fear, dread. 

pax, pacis, peace. 

pacem petere, to sue for peace. 

peccare, to do wrong ; to sin. 

peccatum, a sin. 

pectus, oris, n. breast. 

pecunia, money. 

pecuniosus, moneyed. 

pecus, oris, a, sheep, any tame animal. 

Peleus, the father of Achilles. 

pellere, (pepul, puis,) to drive ; to drive 
back ; to banish. 

pellicere, (pellex, pellect,) to entice. 

pellis, is, hide. 

penes, in the power of, (prep.) 

penna, a wing. 

pensum, task. 

per, through, along, by, (sometimes over.) 

perangustus, very narrow. 

percTpere, io, (percep, percept,) to per- 
ceive. 

per-cultus, {part, o/per-colere, colu, cult,) 
thoroughly cultivated. 

perdere, (perdidi, perditum,) to lose ; to 
ruin ; to destroy. 



peregrinarl, to go abroad; aves peregri- 

nantes, birds of passage, 
peregrinus, a foreigner. 
perfectus, perfect. 

perferre, (pertuli, perlatum,) to endure. 
perficere, io, (fee, feet,) to perform, com 

plete. 
perfidia, perfidy. 
perf iiga, a deserter. 
periclitari, to be in danger. Homo peri- 

clitatur de vita, the man's life is at 

stake. 
periculosus, dangerous, full of danger. 
periculum, danger. 
perinde, just so ; perinde est ac si, it is 

just as if. 
perimere, (perem, perempt,) to carry off. 
peritus, skilled in, (gen.) 
permanere, (permans, permans,) to re- 
main ; to continue. 
permittere, to permit. 
pernicies, ei, destruction, ruin. 
perpessus, having suffered, or endured. 
perpetuus, (33,) perpetual. 
per-pinguis, very fat. 
Persa, a Persian. 
perseverare, to persevere. 
persolvere, (solv, solut,) to pay. persol- 

vere poenas, to suffer punishment. 
per- spicere, io, to look through ; see 

plainly. 
perstare, to persist. 
per-suadere, (dat.,) to persuade. 
perturbatio, perturbation. 
pervenire, (perven, pervent,) to arrive 

at. 
pes, pedis, foot ; pede premere, {to press 

icith the foot,) to tread upon. 
pestis, plague, pestilence. 
petere, (petiv, petit,) to make for; to 

seek ; to beg ; to aim at. 

pelere pacem, to sue for peace. 
phalerae, trappings or furniture of a 

horse. 
phasTanus, a pheasant. 
Philoctetes, or Philocleta, a Grecian hero. 
philosophus, a philosopher. 
piaculum, an offering of atonement. 
pietas, atis, dutiful affection ; affection. 
pingere, (pinx, pict,) p. 23, to paint. 
pTrata, a pirate. 
piscis, is, fish. 
Pisistratus, an Athenian who usurped 

sovereign power at Athens. 
plus, dutifully affectionate ; pious. 
placare, to appease. 
placere, to please, (dat.) 
placide, calmly. 
plane, quite. 

planities, ei, level ground, plain. 
planta, a plant. 
Platseae, a town in Bceotia. 
Plato, onis, Plato, {a Grecian philoso- 
pher.) 
plajidere, 3. 
plebSii, the plebeians. 



311 



plebs, the people, {as distinguished from 

the patricians or nobles,) the plebeians ; 

G. plebis. 
piectere, to twist, twine, weave, punish. 
pleriqiie, plersRque, pleraque, the most. 
plerumqne, generally. 
plorare, to cry ; to weep aloud ; to bewail. 
plus, more, p.' 151 ; G. phiris. 
Pcecile, the painted portico at Jithens. 
poema, atis, a poem, App. ii. 
pcenam dare, to suffer punishment. 
pcenitentia, penitence, regret {for.) 
poenitet, it repents. Take ace. as nom. 

me /, pcenilet repent. 
Poenus, a Carthaginian. 
poeta, a poet. 

polliceri, (pollicitus,) to promise. 
pompa, a procession. 
ponium, an apple, or other fruit. 
ponere, (posui, posit,) p. 162. 
pons, pontis, a bridge. 
Pontifex Maximus, the Pontifex Maxi- 

mus, or Chief Priest. 
Pontus Euxinus, the Euxine, now the 

Black Sea. 
popular!, to lay waste ; to ravage. 
popularis, popular. 
popiilus, 1, f., a poplar tree. 
populus, i, a people, the people. 
por-rigere, (rex, rect,) to extend, stretch 

out. 
porta, gate. 
portare, to carry. 
porticiis, us, portico. 
portus, us, port, harbor. 
posse, to be able, can. 
possidere, (possed, possess,) to possess. 
post, after, (ace.) 
postea, afterwards. 
posthac, hereafter, afterwards. 
postponere, (posu, posit.) to put after. 
postquam, after. 
postulare, to demand. 
potens, (potentis,) powerful. 
potentia, power. 
potestas, atis, power. 
potio, onis, drink. 
potiri, (potior,) to get possession of. 
potlus, rather. \ 

prae, before ; in comparison with ; for. 
praebere, to afford ; to supply : prsebere se, 

to prove or show oneself. 
praeceptor, 7, teacher, preceptor. 
praBceptum, 7, precept. 
praecipere, io, (praecep, praecept,) 7, to di- 
rect, instruct. 
praecipitare, to cast down headlong; to 

ruin. 
praeclarus, 30, illustrious. 
prsBcurrere, to run before ; to outrun, 

(dat.) 
prspda, booty, prey, praedae esse, {to be 

for a prey,) to be the prey. 
praedieare, to proclaim ; to extol. 
praedicere, (praedix, praedict,) to foretell. 
prwditus, endued with. 



praBmittere, (mis, miss,) to send forward ; 

to send on. 
praemium, reward. 
praesens, tis, present. 
praesidium, a defence ; a garrison. 
praestans, tis, excellent. 
prsBstare, to be better ; to excel, (dat. or 

ace. of person :) — to show, or exhibit. 
prsBstat, it is better. 
praeterea, besides ; more. 
praeter-ire, to pass (by.) 
prreteritus, past. 

prastor, oris, prcetor, a Roman magistrate, 
prastorius, relating to a prcetor ; prmto- 

rian ; of prceturian rank. 
praetura, the prcetorship. 
pratum, meadow. 
pravitas, atis, wickedness. 
pravus, wicked, depraved. 
preces, um, prayers. 
premere, (press, press,) p. 162, to press. 
pretiosus, 25, precious. 
primum, jirs«, (adv.:) ut primum, as soon 

as. 
primus, first. 

-pr'mceps, first ; (as subst.) prince, chief. 
principatus, us, the first place. 
prior, former. 
priscus, ancient, old. 
privare, to deprive, (abl.) 
privatus, private. 
pro, for ; in proportion to, (abl.) 
pro bare, to approve of. 
probari, to be approved of. 
proeedere, to go along. 
procella, storm. 
proceritas, tallness, height. 
procul, afar off ; at a distance. 
prodere, (prodid, prodit,) to betray. 
prodesse, (profui,) p. 165, (65,) to profit^ do 

good to. 
proditio, onis, treachery. 
proditor, a betrayer ; a traitor. 
producere, (dux, duct,) to lead forth. 
proelium, battle. 

proelium committere, 15, ii. to join battle. 
profecto, in truth, assuredly. 
profectus, sec out, departed. 
proficere, io, (fee, feet,) to make progress. 
profligare, to rout. 
prohibere, 21, to prohibit^ forbid. 
proles, is, f. offspring. 
promiscuus, mixed. 
proraissum, promise. 

promisso stare, to stand to a promise ; 
to keep a promise, 
promittere, (promis, promiss,) to promise. 
prope, near. 
propensus, inclined. 
propior, nearer. 
proponere, (proposu, proposit,) to place 

before, 19 ; to draw ; to offer. 
propositum, purpose, intention. 
proprius, peculiar to ; {ones) own. 
propter, on account of. 
prorsus, 21, 31, thoroughly, altogether. 



312 



prorumpere, (prorup, prompt,) to Mirst 

forth ; to rush out. 
pro-sternere, Ex. 17, to overthrow^ heat 

down. 
prostravi. See prosterno. 
provenire, to come forth ; to spring up. 
provTdus, circumspect., zcise. 
provincia, 14, province. 
proxlmus, nearest^ next. 
prudens, cautious, sensible. 
priidentia, prudence. 
publice, 35. 
publicus, public. 
pudicus, viodest, chaste. 
pudor, oris, shame, bashfulness. 
puella, girl. 
puer, eri, boy. 
pueritia, boyhood. 

a prima pueritia, from his earliest 
boyhood, {childhood.) 
pugna, battle. 
pugnare, to fight. 
pulcher, chra, chrum, beautiful. 
pulchritudo, inis, beauty. 
pullus, young {of a bird.) 
piiivis, Iris, dust. 

Punicus, Punic, (that is, Carthaginian.) 
piiniri, to be punished. 
piippis, is, stern {of a vessel.) 
purpurea, purple. 
purus, pure. 
putare, to think. 
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, king of Epirus. 

'Pyrrhi bellum, the war with Pyrrhus. 
Pythagoreus, a disciple of Pythagoras ; 

a Pythagorean. 



Quadraginta, forty. 

quEBrere, (quaes! v, qusesTt.) p. 163, seek ; 

seek for ; inquire ; ask for. 
quaestio, onis, question. 
quaestorius, qucestorian ; of qumstorian 

rank, (i. e. who has been qucBstor.) 
qualis, such as ; of what kind. 
quam, than, how, with superl. as — as 
possible, (using the positive.) 

quam ut, omit these words and ren- 
der by the inf. 

(major, too great, quam ut sit, to 
be.) 
quam celerrime, as quickly as possi- 
ble. 
quam primum, as soon as possible. 
quam plurimi, as many as possible. 
quam maxime, as greatly as possible. 
quamdiu, as long as ; how long. 
quamobrem, wherefore, why. 
quaniquam, although. 
quamvis, however much ; although. 
quando? when? 
quantSpere, 18, (ii.) how greatly, as 

greatly. 
quantus, how great; (when tantus is 

omitted,) as great as. 
quasi, as if; as it were. 



quatuor, /our. 
j —que, and. 

quercus, us, oak. 
' queri, (quest.) to complain. 

qui, quae, quod, who, which, that. 

quia, because. 

quid? what? 

quidafm, p. 169, a certain one. 

quidem, indeed. 

ne — quidem, not even. 

qiiidnam, what, (as dependent interroga- 
tive.) 

quidni? why — 7iot? 

quiescere, (quiev,) p. 163, to rest. 

quin. See list of conjunctions. 

Q,uirltes, ium, Quirites, a name of the 
Romans. 

quis, any. 

quis ? icho ? 

quid agis 1 how do you do ? what are you 
doing ? 

quispiam, p. 169, some, somebody. 

quisqnam, p. ]69, any, anybody. 

quisque, p. 169, each, everybody. 

quisquis, p. 169, whoever. 

quo — eo, the — the. 

quod, because, that, (adv.) 

quoniodo, how. 

quoniam, since. 

quoque, also, too. 

quot — ? how many 7 

quotidie, daily. 

quoties, how often. 
i quotus, how many. 
' quum, when, since, although. 

quum — turn, both — and also. 
quum m3.xime, just as. 



Radius, a ray, a beam. 

ramus, a branch. 

ran a, a frog. 

rapere, io, (rapu, rapt,) p. 161, 52, to 
snatch. 
\ raptus, -us, rape. 

raro, seldom. 
i ratio, onis, reason, an account. 
! ratus, {part, of rear,) p. 167, 65. 
I recedere, (recess,) to retire, to withdraw. 

recipere, io, (recep, recept,) 29. recipere 
I se, to return. 
: recitare, to recite. 

I recludere, (reclus,) p. 242. Voc. on perf. 
I si, to open, reveal. 
I recte f acere, to do right : to act rightly. 

rectus, straight, right. 

re-cumbere, (cubu, cubit,) to lie down. 

recuperare, to recover. 

recusare, 23. ii. to refuse. 

reddere, (reddid, reddit.) to return; red- 
dere rationem, to give an account. 

redire, 30, to return. 

reditus, us, 36, ii. a return. 

reditum secundare, to grant a favor- 
able return. 

rcducere, to lead back. 



313 



refert, it is of importance : nihil refert, it 
is of no importance ; makes no differ- 
ence. 

reficire, io, to refresh^ refit. 

refugere, io, to flee back. 

refulgere, (refuis,) to shine. 

regalis, royal. 

regere, (rex, rect,) to rule, to govern. 

reglna, queen. 

regio, onis, region, district, country. 

regius, royal. 

regnare, to reign. 

regnuni, kingdom. 

rejicere, io, (rejec, reject,) 30, to reject. 

relinquere, (rellqu, relict,) to leave. 

reliquiae, remains. 

reliquus, remaining ; but see p. 151, 39. 

remanere, (remans,) to remain. 

remedium, 29, remedy. 

reminisci, to recollect, (gen. or ace.) 

remissio, onis, a relaxation, lessening, 
diminution. 

remittere, (renils, remiss,) to remit : poe- 
nam remittere, to excuse a punishment. 

renovare, to renew. 

reor, p. 167, 65, to think. 

reperire, (reper, repert,) to find. See Syn. 

repetere, (petiv, petit,) to seek again. 

reportare, to carry back : victoriam repor- 
tare, to gain a victory. 

reprehendere, to blame, censure. 

reprehensio, onis, blame. 

repudiare, to reject. 

requTrere, to seek again ; to require ; to 
miss. 

rSrum natura, nature. 

res, rei, tiling, affair. 

res gestaB, achievements, deeds, {in 
vjar,) successes, &rc. 

resistere, to resist, (dat.) 

resorjare, (sonu, sonit,) to resound. 

respoadere, (respond, respons,) to answer. 

respublica. p. 168, (74,) commonwealth. 

restituere, 18. 

reticere, (reticui,) to keep silence about. 

retinere, (retinu, retent,) to hold back; to 
retain. 

retribusre, to give back ; to repay : gra- 
tia m retribuere, to recompense. 

reus, an accused person. 

reverti, (reversus,) to turnback; return. 

revivi^cere, to revi-ve. 

rex, regis, king. 

Rhenus, the Rhine. 

Rhodanus, the Rhone. 

ridere, p. 100, vi., to lavgh, laugh at. 

rigere, p. 160, iv., to be stiff, dried up. 

rlpa, bank. Syn. 

risus, us, laughter. 

robustus, robust, strong. 

rogare, to ask. 

rogatio, onis, asking, proposal ; a bill pro^ 
posed. 

rogus, funeral pile. 

Roma, Rome. 

Romanus, Roman. 



ros, rSris, dew. 

rosa, rose. 

rotundus, round. 

Rubico, onis, the Rubicon, a stream that 

formed the boundary between Italy and 

Oallia Cisalpina. 
rudere, to bray. 
rudis, uneducated. 

ruere, p. 163, (60,) to rush, hurl down. 
rugire, to roar. 

rus, ruris, the country. See p. 278, (160*.) 
rure, from the country. 
ruri, in the country. 



Sabine, a Sabine woman. 

sacer, era, crum, (devoted to the gods,) 
hence (1) sacred, (2) accursed. 

sacerdos, otis, priest, priestess. 

sacra, sacred rites or solemnities ; festi- 
vals. 

sacramentum, 9, military oath, a pledge. 

sacrum, a sacrifice. 

SEepe, often. 

saevire, to rage, to act cruelly. 

sagitta, arrow. 

Saguntini, the Saguntines. 

Saguntum, Saguntum, a town. 

Salamis, Inis, an island near the coast of 
..Attica. 

salio, p. 164, 59, to spring, leap. 

salius, salt, saltish. 

sal tare, to dance, to leap. 

saltem, at any rate ; at all events ; at 
least. 

saitus, us, a woodland pasture. 

saluber, (salubris,) p. 171, 77. 

sal us, litis, safety, welfar-e. 

salutare, to salute. 

salvus, safe. 

sanare, to cure. 

sancire, p. 164, ^ 14, to confirm. 

sane, assuredly. 

sanguis, inis, p. 148, blood. 

sanus, sound ; in health. 

sapere, p. 161, (52,) to taste, be wise. 

sapiens, ntis, 2cise. 

sarcTna, burden, package. 

Sardes, ium, Sardis. 

satiare, to satisfy. 

satis, enough ; satis magnus, pretty con- 
siderable. 

satisflicere, (satisfec, satisfact,) to satisfy, 
(dat.) 

Saturnus, i, Saturn. 

saxum, rock, stone. 

scelus, eris, crime. 

sceptrum, sceptre. 

scientia. knowledge. 

ScTpio, onis, Scipio, a celebrated Roman 
general. 

scire, to know. 

scopus. a mark. 

scrTbere, p. 161, (52,) to write. 

scriptor, oris, writer, author. 

scriptum, thinff loritten ; writing- 



314 



scutum, shield. 

se, himself, herself, itself, themselves : — 
or him, her, it, them. 

secedere, (secess, secess,) to withdraw. 

secundus, second, fnv arable : res secundee, 
prosperity. 

securis, is, axe. 

securus, without fear ; without anxiety. 

sed, but. 

sedere, (sed, sess,) to sit. 

sedes, seat, abode, settlement. 

seditio, onis, sedition. 

seges, etis, corn sown ; crop. 

segniter, lazily. 

sejungere, (junx, junct,) 32. 

sella, chair. 

semen, inis, seed. 

semper, always, ever. 

sempiternus, eternal, 

senator, a senator. Q,uo senators, {who 
being a senator, =) for if he was a sen- 
ator. 

senatus, us, senate. 

senectus, utis, old age. 

senescere, to grow old. senex, senis, old 
man. 

sententia, opinion, meaning. 

sentire, (sens,) p. 164, to feel, perceive. 

sepelire, (sepelio, sepult,) p. 164, to bury. 

septentrio, onis, the north ; properly the 
seven stars in the Great Bear. 

seqiii, (seciitus, or sequutus,) p. 167, to 
follow. 

serere, (sev, sat,) p. 163, to sow ; plant. 

sermo, onis, discourse, conversation. 

s5ro, late ; too late. 

serpens, snake. 

servare, to keep ; to preserve. 

servire, to be a slave ; to be the slave of, 
(dat.) 

servitus, utis, slavery. 

servus, slave. 

sese, the ace. of sui doubled — render be- 
fore an infin., " that they.'' 

severitas, seriousness. 

si, if. 

signum, sign, standard. 

silere, to be silent. 

silva, wood. 

Silvester, woody, p. 171, note. 

similis, like. 

simplex, icis, simple. 

simul, at the same time. 

simul ac, 

simul atque, 

simulare, to pretend. 

sincerus, sincere, genuine. 

Sine, without. 

sinere, (sivi,) p. 363, (55,) to permit, suffer. 

singuli, one ; one apiece. 

sitire, 1, to be thirsty. 

sitis, is, thirst. 

situs, situated : situm esse in ea re, to 
consist in that. 

situs, -us, situation; nature (of a coun- 
try.) 



as soon as. 



socius, ally, associate'; partner, compan- 
ion. 
Soctates, is, a great Jithenian philosopher. 

sol, solis, the sun. 

solatium, comfort, consolation. 

solemnia, solemn rites ; games. 

solere, (solitus,) to be wont or accustomed : 

solebat, solitus est, used. 
solium, throne. 
solum, only. 
solum, soil. 

solus, (G. Tus,) alone ; only. 
solvere, (solv, sol&t,) p. 163, (57,) to loosen^ 

pay. 
somnus, sleep. 
sonare, (sonu, sonit,) p. 159. 
Sonus, sound. 
soror, oris, sister. 
sors, sortis, lot. 

spargere, (spars, spars,) p. 162, to scatter. 
speciosus, 31, beautiful, handsome. 
spectare, to behold ; to look at ; to look to. 
speculari, to watch for. 
sperare, to hope ; to hope for. 
spernere, (sprev, spret,) p. 163, (55.) See 

Synon., to despise. 
spes, ei, hope. 
spiritus, us, breath. 
splendere, p. 160, iv. 
spoliare, to rob of, despoil, (abl.) 
spondere, (spopond,) p. 160, \i\., to prom- 
ise. 
sponsor, a surety. 
stabilitas, stability. 
stagnum, 15, a pool or lake. 
stare, (stet, stat,) p. 159, (50,) to stand ; 

stare also means to cost. 

stare proniisso, to stand to or keep a 
promise. 
statim, 12, immediately, 
st^tio, post, SrC; (pi. stationes =^ guards.) 
statuarius, sculptor. 
status, us, state, condition. 
Stella, star. 
sternere, (strav, strat,) p. 163, 55, to strtw, 

throw down. 
stomachus, the stomach. 
stringere, (strinx, strict,) p. 162, to bind. 
struere, (strux, struct,) p. 163, to pile up, 
I build. 
studere, to pursue, {to study, Src. ;) to be 

fond of ; to favor, (dat.) 
studiosus, desirous of ; devoted to. 
studium, zeal, pursuit. 
stultus, foolish ; — a fool. 
stupere, p. 160, iv., to be astounded. 
suavis, sweet. 
sub, under ; ace. (after verbs of motion) 

or abl. 
subigere, (eg, act,) 18, ii.— also to till, 

cultivate. 
subire, to undergo. 
subito, suddenly. 
subitus, sudden. 
subvgnire, ) . , i ♦ % 

succurrere, r^ ^""^^' ^^^^•) - ' 



315 



subjicere, io. (subj6c, subject,) 36. 

sublime, 16, on high. 

subtTlis, fine-spun ; fine ; shrewd, Src. 

succedere, (success,) to succeed ; take the 
place of : successurus, who was to suc- 
ceed. 

succensere, 22, to be angry, (dat.) 

succumbere, (succubui,) to yield to. 

snccns, juice, moisture. 

sudare, to be in a perspiration. 

suescere, p. 163, (58j to grow accustomed. 

sufficere, (sufficio,) to be enough. 

sumere, (sumps, sumpt,) p. 162, iv., to 
take. 

summa, a sum. 

summum imperium, the chief command ; 
supreme power. 

sumptus, us, expense. 

super, above. 

superare, to conquer : — montem, io cross 
a mountain. 

superbe, proudly. 

superbire, to behave proudly. 

superbus, proud. 

superstitio, onis, 21, superstitious. 

supervacuus,, unnecessary, superfluous. 

supped i tare, to supply. 

supervenire, to come upon ; to approach 
unobserved, with dat. 

supplicium, punishment. 

supra, above. 

surd us, deaf. 

suscipere, io, (suscep, suscept,) to under- 
take. 

suspicio, onis, 30, mistrust, suspicion. 

sustinere, (sustinu, sustent,) 29, to en- 
dure. 

suus, a, um, p. 169, his, hers, its, their, Src. 

SyracusEB, arum, Syracuse. 



Tabiila, tablet, ire. ; tabulae, account-books. 

tacere, p. 159, i., to be silent. 

tarn, so. 

lamen, yet, nevertheless. 

tandem aliquando, at last. 

tangere, (tetig, tact,) p. 162, to touch. 

tanquam, as if. 

tanti, for so much; for that {gen. of 

price.) 
tantum, only. 
tardus, slow. 
Tarentinus, a Tarentine, (i. e. inhabitant 

of Tarentum.) 
taurus, bull. 
tectum, 9, roof, house. 
tggere, (tex, tect,) p. 162, (54,) to cover. 
tegmentum, covering. 
telum, missile, dart, weapon- 
temerarius, rash. 
temere, rashly, easily. 

nee temere, nor — easily ; and — not 
easily. 
temeritas, rashness. 
temperare, to govern ; to regulate. 
tempestas, season, storm. 



tempi um, temple. 

tempus, oris, time. 

tempus anni, season of the year. 
temporibus inservire, to accommodate 
oneself to the times. 

tendere, (tetend, tens,) p. 161, (53,) to 
stretch. 

tenere, p. 160, ii., to hold. 

tenus, as far as^ up to, (prep.) 

tepere, to be warm. 

terere, (triv, trit,) p. 163, to rub. 

terrere viam, to tread a way often ; 
to travel it often. 

terminare, 32, to limit, bound. 

terra, earth, land. 

terra marique, by sea and land. 

terrere, to frighten ; to terrify. 

terrestris, earthly ; on earth. 

tertius, third. 

Teutoburgensis, Teutoburgian. 

Thebag, arum, Thebes. 

thesaurus, treasure. 

Tiberis, is, (m..) the Tiber, a river in 
Italy. 

tigris. idis, (f.,) tiger. 

tiiia, a lime-tree. 

tiniere, p. 160, iv., to fear. 

timidus, timid. 

Timoleon, ontis, Timoleon, a Corinthian 
general. 

tiro, onis, a beginner. 

toga, a toga, the robe worn by Romans of 
the upper classes. 

tolerare, to bear ; to endure. 

tonare, (tonu, tonit,) p. 159. 

tondgre, to shear. 

torpere, p. 160, iv., to be stiff and motion- 
less. 

torquis, is, chain {worn round the neck.) 

torvus, stem. 

toties, so often. 

totus, G. lus, whole. 

tractare, to handle ; to treat. 

tradere, (tradid, tradit,) to deliver; to re- 
late. 

trahere, (trax, tract,) p. 162, (54,) to draw, 
drag. 

trajicere, io, (trajSc, traject,) 24, to cross. 

trans, across. 

transfigere, (fix, fix,) to transfix. 

transf uga, 16, a deserter. 

transitus, iis, passing through; crossing. 
transire, to pass over. 

tres, three. 

tribuere, p. 163, vi., to allot to. 

tribunal, alis, tribunal. 

tribiini militura, military tribunes. 

plebis, tribtines of the people. 

tribunus, a tribune. 

tributum, tribute. 

tristis, sad. 

triumphare, to triumph. 

Troja, Troy. 

trucidare, to slaughter; to butcher. 

truncus, trunk. 

tu, thou. 



316 



tuSri, to defend. 

turn, then : turn — turn, both — and. 

turbare, to disturb ; to throw into confu- 
sion. 

Turca, a Turk. 

turpis, base, disgraceful. 

turris, is, a tower. 

tussilago, inis, the name of a plant. 

tussis, is, a cough. 

tutus, safe. 

tuus, a, urn, thine, thy : tuum est, it is 
your business, {-part, duty, ^c.) 

tympai.um, a drum. 

tyrannis, tyrant. 



Tiber, gris, breast, dugs. 

ubertas, fertility. 

ubi, when, where, after 

ubicunque, wherever. 

ubinam, where. 

ubique, everywhere. 

uUus, any : nee ullus, and no ; G. lus. 

ultra, beyond. 

ultro, of his own accord : ultro incusare, 
to volunteer an accusation against (a 
person;) to accuse a man deliberately. 

Ulysses, is, Ulysses. 

umbra, shade, shadow. 

umbraculuin, protection from the heat. 

una, in one place, together. 

unda, wave. 

unde, whence. 

undique, from all sides. 

imiversus, whole. 

unquam, ever. 

unus, G. Tus, one. 

urbs, urbis, city : ab urbe condita, from 
the building of the city. 

urere, (uss, ust,) to burn. 

ursus, a bear. 

usque ad, quite up to ; up to. 

usus, need, want. 

ut. See list of conjunctions, p. 292 : ut 
— sic. Sometimes so that; — on condi- 
tion that. 

uter, p. 169, utrius, which {of two.) 

uterque, p. 169, each. 

uti, that, as. 

utilis, useful, good (for any purpose.) 

utilitas, utility, use. 

utinam, would that. 

utrum, whether. See p. 269, (51.) In 
sentences that are not dependent, it is 
to be untranslated. 

VLVdi, grape. 

uxor, oris, wife. 

Vacare, to be free from, to have leisure, 

(abl.) 
vagari, to wander. 
valde, very. 
vale, farewell. 
valens, tis, strong. 
"^aXSte, to be strong ; to be well; to be able. 



Valerius Maximus, a Roman historian. 

validus, strong. 

vallis, is, a valley. 

vanitas, emptiness. 

vanus, empty, vain. 

vapor, vapor. 

Varianus, (adj.) of Varius. 

varietas, variety : also diversity of color. 

varius, various. 

vas, vadis, m., surety : vadem fieri aiicu- 

jus, to become anybody'' s surety. 
vas, vasis, n., a vessel. 
vastare, 9, to destroy, lay waste. 
— ve, or. 

vehemens, ntis, violent, eager. 
vehementer, 25, vehemently. 
vehere, (vex, vect,) p. 162, (54,) to carry. 
Vejentes, the Veientes, or people of Veii. 
vel, either, or ; — even. 
velox, ocis, swift. 
venenum, puison. 
venaticus, belonging to hunting: canis 

venaticus, a sporting dog, a hound. 
venatum, (sup,) a hunting. 
venari, to hunt : venatum {supine) ire, to 

go a hunting. 
vendere, (did,' dit,) to sell. 
venire, (ven, vent,) to come. 
Venus, eris, Venus, the goddess of beauty. 
ver, veris, spring. 
verbum, a word. 
vere, truly. 
verecundus, modest. 
verisimilis, probable. 
vero, but. 

versari, to be employed : to reside at. 
versus, us, a verse. 

vertere, (vert, vers,) p. 161, (53,) to turn. 
veru, n. a spit. 
verum, truth; verum dlcere, to speak 

the truth. 
verus, true. 
vere, truly. 

vereri, (veritus sum,) to fear. 
vespa, wasp. 
vesper, eris, the evening. 
vesci, to feed {on,) abl. 
vester, tra, trum, your, yours (of more 

than one.) 
vestire, to clothe. 
vestis, garment, dress. 
vetare, (vetu, vetit,) p. 159. 
vetus, eris, old. PI. neut., Vetera ; superl.^ 

veterrimus. 
vetustas, antiquity. 
vetustus, old. 
vexare, to vex ; to harass. 
via, way. 
vicinus, near. 
vicissitudo, inis, change. 
victima, victim. 
victoria, a victory. 
victus, us, food. 
victus, conquered. 
vIdSre, (vid, vis,) p. 160, vii., to set; 

vidSri, to be seen^ to seem. 



317 



vYgSre, p. 160, iv. 

vigilare, to he awake ; to watch. 

villa, farm-house, country-house. 

vincere, (vie, vict,) p. 162. 

vincire, (vinx, vinct,) p. 164, $ 14. 

vinculum, chain. 

vindicare, to avenge. 

vinea, vineyard. 

vinum, wine. 

violare, to violate ; to wrong. 

vipera, viper. 

vir, viri, man, (opposed to woman ;) hus- 
band. 

virere, p. 160, iv., to be green, to flourish. 

vires, ium, strength. (.See vis.) 

Virgo Vestalis, a Vestal virgin, whose 
duty it was to keep up the sacred fire in 
the temple of Vesta. 

virgultum, hush. 

virtus, utis, manly excellence; virtue; 
courage. 

vis, 2d sing, of volo. 

vis, vim, vi ; pi. vires ; strength, power, 
force, multitude : summis viribus, with 
all his might- 

visere, p. 163, (56,) to visit 
27^ 



vTsus, (See vidSre, p. 160, vii.,) seen. 

vitare, to avoid. 

vitis, is, vine. 

vit'ium, fault, vice. 

vituperare, to reprove; to blame; to 
chide. 

vTvere, (vix, vict,) p. 163, (57,) to live. 

vTvus, alive. 

vix, scarcely ; with difficulty. 

vocare, to call ; to invite- 

volo, (velle, volui,) to be willing, to 
wish. 

volare, to fly. 

voluntas, atis, inclination, will. 

voluptas, atis, pleasure. 

vox, vocis, voice; also speech, exclama- 
tion. 

vulnerare, to wound. 

vulnus, eris, wound. 

vulpes, is, (f.,) fox. 

vultus, us, countenance, look. 



Xenophon, ontis, a Grecian general, an 

elegant writer and historian. 
Xerxes, is, Xerxes, a king of Persia. 



ENGLISH-LATIN INDEX. 



a) p. refers to the page: numerals without p. to the Vocabularies on the Ex- 

ercises, Pt. II., (if they are above 6.) Numerals enclosed in a parenthesis 
refer to the Exercises, Pt. II. 

b) A verb in ere, when the penult is not marked long, belongs to the third conjuga- 

tion. Verbs of the 2d conj. have the penult marked long, as ere. 

c) When a verb is separated by a hyphen from its preposition, the perfect of the 

simple verb is to be looked for in the lists. Thus ob-tegere : look for teff-o in 
the list of the verbs of the third ending in a A; sound. 



Able, (to be,) posse, quire, (queo.) 

abound, abundare, abl. 

about, (= concerning,) de, abl. 

above, super, supra, (prep.) 

absent, (to be,) abesse. 

accomplish, couficere, fee, feet. 

accident, casus, us. 

according to, secundum, (prep.) 

account of, (on,) ob, propter. 

accuse, accusare. 

accused-person, reus. 

accustomed (to be.) solere, solitus. 

accustom themselves, consuescere. 

accustom yourself, te assuefacere (^fec, 

feet.) 
acquire the power, facultatem excolere, 

(colu, cult.) 
acquit, absolvere, (solv, solut,) gen. of 

charge, 
across, trans, (prep.) 
act, agere^ {eg, act :) act rightly, recte 

facere. 
action, actio, vnis. 
act-proudly, superbire, 9. 
add, addere, {did, dit.) 
adorn, decorare, 7 ; ornare. 
advantage, utilitas ; to offer advantages, 

utilitatem or utilitates habere ; prcebere, 

or afferre. 
advice, consilium ; by the advice of my 

uncle, avunculo auctore. 
affair, res, ei. 



affection, amor. Oris. 

afflict, affllgere, {Jiix, flict.) 

afford, prcB-stare, {stlt, stdt.) 

after, prep, post, (with ace.) 

after- that, posthac. 

afterwards, postea. 

again, rursus ; (= once more,) Iterum. 

against, contra, adversus, ace. : in with 

ace. (of feelings, actions, &.C., against 

a person.) 
Agamemnon, .,^gamemnon, G. onis. 
age, (= time of life,) cBtas^ atis ; (= length 

of time,) vetustas. 
age of Augustus, cevum AiLgusteum. 
agreeable, jucundus ; suavis, (43.) 
aim at, studere, (dat.) 
air, atr, aeris, m. 
Alexander, G. dri. 
all, omnis. 
ally, socius. 
almost, prope, pcene. 
along, secundum. 
Alps, Alpes, G. ium. 
already, jam. 
altar, ara. 
although, etsi, etiamsi, tametsi ; quam- 

quam, quamvis, licet, quum.l 
always, semper. 
ambassador, legatus. 
ambition, ambitio, Onis. 
amongst, among, inter, ace. 
amongst (a people,) apud, with ace. 



I See p, 286, (252—255.) 



319 



ancient, antlquus. 

ancients, the, veteres, 

and, et, ac, atque, que. 

anger, ira. 

angry (to be,) irasci, dat. : succensere, dat. 

announce, nuntiare. 

answer, respondere, (spond., spons.) 

ant, formica, (B. 

any. See page 281, (191.) 

any-one, (after negative words,) quis- 
quam. See note 3. Ex. 13. 

apiece, never to be translated, but the 
distributive numeral to be used.i See 
p. 173. 

Apollo, Apollo^ G. xnis. 

appear, (= seem,) videri, vis. 

appearance, p. 148, 24, species^ ei. 

appease, pldcare. 

approve of, probare. 

arise, oriri (ortus,) ex-oriri, (45.) 

arm, brachium, 

arms, arma, pi. 

army, exercitus, us. 

arrive, venire ; advenire. 

arrive at, pervenire ad. 

arrow, sagitta. 

art, ars, artis. 

as, ut. 

as, after tam^ talis, tantus, tot, is quam, 
qualisi quantus-, quot, respectively. 

as, after iderriy is qui, (or ac, atque.) 

as it were, quasi. 

as long as, quamdiu. 

as many as possible, quam plurimi. 

as possible, quam before the superlat. 

as soon as, simul ac ; ut primum ; quum 
primum; ubi ; ut. 

ascertain, explorare. 

asleep, to be, dormire. 

ashamed, (am — of,) pudet. 

ask, rogare.^ 

ass, asinus. 

assault, (a town,) oppugnare, invadere. 

assist, adjuvare. 

assistance, auxilium. 

at, (of a place, near which a battle is 
fought, &c.,) apud, (or ad.) 

at-a-distance, procul. 

at a great price, magni. 

at-home, domi. 

at last, devique. 

at nothing, nihili. 

at once, simul. 

at-the-right-time, in tempore. 

Athens, Athence, drum. 

Athenian, Atheniensis. 

atrocious, atrox,ucis. 

attack, adgredii gress ; adoriri, art : at- 
tack, ( = charge an enemy,) impetum 
facere : to be attacked, impugnari. 



attentive, studiusus, (gen.) 

Augustus. See age. 

Autumn, Auctumnus. 

avarice, avaritia. 

avenge, vindicare. 

avoid, vltare. 

awake, to be, vigilare. 

awaken, excitare. 

aware, to be, intelllgere, (leXj led.) 



Bad, pravus, malus, inutilis. 

bake, coquere. 

band, manus, us. 

banish, pellere, (pepUl, puis.) 

banishment, exsilium. 

bank, ripa. 

bark, cortex, icis, m. 

base, turpi s. 

battle, prmlium. 

battle of Cannae, — of Marathon, pugna 

Cannensis, — Marathonia. 
be with me, mecum una esse 
beam, radius. 
bear, ursus. 
hea^r, ferre, (tul, lat.) 
beard, barba. 
beasts, ferce, bellua. 
beat, ferire, (percussi^ percussum.) 
beautiful, pulcher, (root pulchr.) 
beauty, pulchritudo : ( = elegance,) ele- 

gantia. 
because, quia, 
becomes, fit, (seefio.) 
become, evddere, {vas, vas.) 
become acquainted with, innotescere,'^ 

19. 
becoming, (to be,) decere, ace. 
befall, accidere, (accidie) dat. 
before, adv., antea. 
before, prep, ante, ace. 
before, (standing before a sentence,) an- 

teqiiam. 
beg, rogare-, orare. 
begin, ccppisse, (began, before pass, infin. 

cceptus est ;) incipere, 8. 
begin to l^oiuish, Jlorescere. 
beguile, f alter e, (fefelli.) 
behind, pune, (prep.) 
behold, adspicere, conspicere. 
behave-proudly, superbire, (followed by 

in with ace.) 
believe, credere, dat., (credid, credit.) 
believed, I am, mihi creditur. 
bend down, in-fiectere. 
benefit, beneficium. 
besiege, obsidere, (sed, sess.) 
besieger, obsldens. 
best, optimus. 
bestow, tribuere, p. 163, 57 : impertire. 



1 For instance, to translate * one apiece,^ ' two apiece,^ use the distributive numeral 
for 07ie, two, &c., (singuli, bini :) 'Two oboli apiece,' (ace.,) ' binos obolos.^ 

2 In Exercise 21, Pt. II., translate 'we will ask ourselves,' by quceremus. 
8 Followed by the dat. of the person. 



320 



J):5" ' Upon'' is to be untranslated, 
and the person put in the dative, 
betray, prodere, prodidi, prodltum. 
betray confidences fidem fallere. 
better, melior ; adv. melius. 
beyond, prcBter, ultra. 
bigger, major. 
bite, p. 160, vii., mordere. 
bird, avis. 
bitter, amdrus. 
Biack Sea, Pontus Euxhius : on the 

Black Sea, ad Pontum Euxinum. 
blame, culpa. 
blame, culpare. 
blind, ccBcus. 
blood, sayiguis, inis, m., (after it is shed, 

cruor.) 
blossom, fiorere. 

blow-off, jactare, (properly, to toss.) 
boast, gloriari. 
body, corp-us, oris. 
book, p. 147, liber^ ri. 
booty, prcBda. 
born, natus ; born to, natus ad. before 

the birth of Christ, ante Christum na- 

tum. 
both, uterque, p. 169. both — and, et — et. 
bough, ramus. 
boy, puer ; G. pueri. 
brave , fortis ; bravely, fortiter. 
bray, rudere, rudi and rudivi, ruditum. 
break, frangere, (fregi, fractum.) 
break one's word, fdem violare. 
break a law, legem violare. 
break-off, defringere, {freg, fract.) 
bribery, ambitus, us. 
hridge, pons, tis. 
Briseis, Briseis ; G. Idis. 
brother, p. 147, frater, ris. 
build, (Bdijicare : a nest, construere. 
building, oedificium : from the building 

of the city, ab urbe conditd. j 

burst, rumpere. j 

bury, sepelire. \ 

business, negutia, pi.: much business, j 

varia negotia. \ 

but, sed ; — autem, (which must not stand ' 

as the first word.) 
but if, sin ; sin autem. 
buy, emere. 
buyer, 8, emptor. 
by, (close by,) juzta, (prep.) 
by chance, cdsu. 



Caesar, Ccesar, aris. 

calamity, calamitas, atis. 

call, vocare, appellare, nOminare. dicere : 

( = invite,) vocare. 
call upon, convenire, {ven, vent,) ace. 
calm, tranquillus. 
camp, castra, pi. 



can, posse, quire, {queo.) 

cannot, nequeo, p. 166; nan possum, 

card, carper e. 

care, cura. 

carefully, diligenter. 

carry, portare ; (in ships, carriages, &c.,) 

vehere. 
carry, (a law,) perferre, {tUl, Idt.) 
carry-off, rapere^ (ui, turn ;) (of a disease,) 

per-lmere, {em, empt.) 
carry on, (war.) gerere. 
Carthage, Carthag-o, inis. 
cat, felis. 

Catilinarian, 1.5, ii., Catilinarius. 
cavalry, 10, equitatus, us. 
cave, antrum. 
cease, desinere, (desi, desit :) ceased, be 

fore inf. pass, desitus est. 
celebrated, p. 171, 77, celeber. 
certain, certus. 
certain, a, quidam, p. 169. 
chance, (by,) fortuito cdsu. 

change, j ^^^J^^^- 
^ ' I mutatio. 

character, mores, pi. ; G. um 

chariot, currus, us. 

chaste, castus. 

chastise, castigare. 

cherish, fovere. 

check, (restrain,) coercere, (47.) 

childish, puerllis. 

children, liberi, pi. 

choose, eligere, {leg, led :) deligere, (42.) 

Christian, Christidnus. 

Chryses, Chryses ; G- <b. 

Cicero, Cicer-o, Onis. 

circumstance, res, ei. 

citadel, arx, arcis. 

citizen, civis, is. 

city, urbs, urbis. 

climb-over, super are. 

cloak, pallium. 

close-to, juxta, (prep.) 

clothe, vestire. 

clothe oneself, induere, ace. 

clouds, nubes, is. 

coarse, crassus. 

coast, ora. 

cold, frig-us, oris. 

collect, colligere ; conquirere. 

color, color, oris. 

combatants, the, pugnantes, (pi. parti- 
ciple.) 

come, venire, {ven, vent.) 

come-in, inire. 

come into flower or blossom, flores- 
cere. 

come-out, exire. 

command, imperare, dat. 

commander-in-chief, imperdtor. 

commit, com-mittere. 

common, to make, cequare.^ 



1 In Ex. 33, {end.) transl 
equalized,' (Bquantur. 



'all the rights of patricians and plebeians were 



321 



compel, cuffere, (coeg, coact.) 

complete a work, opus, conficerCy {fee, 
feet,) or absolvere, (solv, solut.) 

comply with, ohedire, dat. 

conceal, celare, (2 ace.) 

condemn, damnare. 

concerning, de. 

concerns, (it,) interest. 

conduct, (in a particular instance,) fac- 
tum. 

confidence. See betray. 

congratulate, gratulari. 

conquer, vincere, (vie, vict ;) superare : 
(= win by conquest.) expugnare, or 
cdpere, (cep, cept.) 

conquered, victus. 

conqueror, victor. Oris. 

conscience, conscientia : a pure or 
clea7i conscience, integra conscientia. 

consider, (= think,) existimare ; ha- 
bere. 

considerably, aliquanto, (before com- 
paratives.) 

consolation, consolatio, unis. 

conspiracy, 15, ii., conjuratio. 

Constantinople, Constantinopolis, G. is. 
Ace. im. 

consul, consul, ulis. 

consular power, consularis potestas. 

consulate, consulatus, us. 

consult, consulere^ (sulu, suit,) acc. 

contend, certare. 

contented, contentus, abl. 

contest, 17, certamen. 

continue, permanere, (mans;) perse- 
verare. 

conversation, sermo, Dnis. 

cool, defervescere. j 

cool-down, de-fervescere, 18. ! 

cook, coguere. | 

Corinth, Corinthus. \ 

Corinthian, Corinthius. i 

correct, cor rig ere. 

corrupt, corrumpere, (rup, rupt.) 

cost, stare, (abl. of price.) 

cough, tussis. 

counsel, consilium. 

count, numerare. 

country, (= land.) terra; (= district,) i 
regio, unis ; (= native country,) pa- j 
tria; (as opposed to town,) rus, 
rUris. 

country, in the, ruri. 

country, into, rus. 

country, from, rure. 

courageously, fortiter. 

court the favour, amb-ire gratiam. 

cover, ob-tegere, {lex, tect.) 

crane, grus, is. 

crackle, crepare, p. 159, ii. 

create, creare. 



create, (an office,) instituerej (stitu, 

stitut.) 
crop, seges, etis. 
crime, malejicium; scelus, eris ; flagi- 

tium. 
cross, transjicere or trajicere<t (jec) ject,) 

acc. 
to cross the Alps, Mpes superare. 
crown, corona. 
" cingere. 
cruel, crudelis. 

crush, opprimere, {press, press.) 
cry, clamor. Oris. 
cry out, clamare. 
cry, (weep,) /ere, p. 159, 51. 
cultivate, colere, {coin, cult :) to cultivate 

our minds, mentes excolere. 
cure, sdnare. 
Cures, G. itim. 
custom, consuetud-o, inis. 
customary, usitatus. 
custody, custodia. 
cut-down, cadere, (cecldt ctes.) 



Daily, guotidie. 

dance, s altar e. 

danger, perlculum. 

dangerous, periculosus. 

daughter, j?/:m, 

day, p. 148, 24, dies, ei. 

day and night, dies noctesgue. 

dead, mortuus. 

death, mors, tis. 

debt, debts, obs alienum ; ces^ <Bris : as 
alienum, properly 'another man's 
brass,' (i. e. money.) 

deceive, decipere, cep, cept ; (if without 
intending it,) fallere, fifelli.^ 

decree, decernere, {crev, cret.) 

deep, alius. 

defend, defendere, {fend, fens :) 

defend (a town) by a garrison, prtesi- 
dio firmare. 

deftaud, fraudare, (abl.) 

de\'\ghX,juvare. 

de\ight[u\,j ucundus. 

deliver, llberare, abl. 

demand, postulare. 

deny, negare. 

depart, discedere, abl. 

deprive, privdre, (abl.) 

derive, haurire.^ 

descend, 7; descent, 7, descendere, de- 
scensus. 

desert, deserere, {seru, sert.) 

deserter, 16, ii., transfuga. 

deserve, mereri, {merit;) well of, bene 
de. 

deserving of, dignus, abl. 

desire, (= eager pursuit,) studium. 



1 Ex. 20. ' How you deceived yourself !' ut animus tuus te fefeUit I 

2 ' From' after ' haurire' is to be translated by e or ex. 



322 



desire, velle ; cupere, (cupiv, cupit :) 

= express a wish, optare- 
desire, libido, hiis ; cupiditas. 
despise See Synonyraes, p. 2S9 
destroy, delere, {delev, delet :) perdere, 

(perdid. perdlt.) 
destruction, pernicies, G. ei ; exltium 

(48.) 
detain, detinere ; retardare. 
deter, deterrlre. 

devote oneself to, studere, (dat.) 
dictator, dictator, oris. 
die, mori, ior, {mortuus smn.) 
difference, it-makes-no — , nihil refert. 
ditiicult, difficilis. 
diffictilty, difficultaS', dtis. 
dignity of Curule ^dile, CuruUs ^di- 

Litas. 
diligent, diligens, entis. 
dinner, cava. 

discharge, fuvgi, {fund,) abl. 
discover, invenire. reperire. Syn. p. 239. 
discover, (= reveal.) de-tegere. 
disease, morbus. 
disgraceful, tuiyis. 
dismiss, dimittere. 
disperse, dissipare. 
displease, displicere, dat. 
dispute, (= discuss.) disputare. 
disregard, negligcre. 
distinguish oneself, himself, &c., ex- 

cellere, ui, (acc. of pron. not to be 

translated.) 
distinguished, insignis, nohilis, illustris. 
distinguished, to be, excellere-, {ui.) 
disturb, turbare. 
distress, turbare. 

divide, p. 161, 53, dividere, {d'lvlsi.) 
do any wrong to a man, aliquem injurid 

afflcere. 
do good, prod-esse. 
do-wrong, peccare. 
do, facere. 
" dgere. 
dog. cdnis. 
don't know, nescio. 
doubt, dubitare. 
doubt, there is no, 7ion est dubium 

{quin.) 
without doubt, haud dubie. 
doubtful, dubius. 
dove, columba. 
dragon, draco, unis. 
draw, (a sword,) stringere, p. 162. 
draw out an army, aciem instruere 

{strux, struct.) 
draw up an army in order of battle, 29. 
dress, vestltus. 
drink, bibere, {bib, bibit.) 

to drink poison, venenum haurire, 
{haus.) 



drive, pell ere, (pepul,ptUs :) — drive away, 

fugare. 
drive-back, rejicere, io. 
dust, pulvis, iris. 
duty, officium : to do your duty, officium 

facere, or prcBStare, {stit.) 
dutiful affection, pietas, atis. 
dwell, hdbitare. 
draw,i p. 162, 54, trahere. 



Each, quisque : (of two,) uterque, utraque, 
utrumque ; G. utriusque. 

eagle, p. 145. aquila. 

early, mature. 

early, prcematurus. 

earth, terra. 

easy, facilis : easily, facile. 

eRi' edcre, {ed, es ;) vesci, (as food.) 

economy, parsimonia. 

educate, educare. 

effectual, efficax. 

Egyptian. >X.gyptius. 

either — or. aut — aut, vel — vel^ sive — sive, 

elder, the. priscus. 

elect, eligere. {leg, led.) 

elephant, elephas. antis. 

embrace, amplecii, complecti. 

employ, adhibere : to employ a trick, dolo 

uti, '{usus sum,) abl. 
■ employment, negotium. 
, empty, vanns. 

encounter death, mortem oppetere. 

end, fiyiis. m. 
, end, finire. 

I never to make an end of reading, 
j legendi finem nunquam invenire. 

endure, sustinere, {tinu, tent :) tolerare, 

: (41.) 

endued with, prceditus, (abl.) 
: enemy, (private.) inimiciis. 
\ enemy, (public.) hostis.'i 
i enjoy, /rut, (abl.) 

j enquire of qucerere ex, {quceslv, qumsit.) 
I entice, pelllcere, ?o, {lex, led.) 
; entreat, rogare. 

envy, invldere, {vid, vis.) dat. 

equal, par, dat. 

erect, (a monument, &c..) statuere, po- 
; nere, or collocare : dat. of person to 
whom. 

escape, vitare. 

estHle. fundus, i. 

eternal, sempiternus. 

even, etiam. (before its word.) 

evening, vesper, eris. 

even mind, cequus animus. 

even, not — ne — quidem. 

every, omnis. 

everybody, quisque. 

ever}- day, quotldie. 



1 In Ex. 15, ' after iV need not be translated after ' drew.' 

^ ' Tkt enemy,'' meaning a body of enemies, must be translated by the plural, 
hotUs. 



323 



evil, malum, neut. adj., or pliir. mala. 

examine a question, disquirere. 

exanjple, exemplum. 

exceedingly, vehementer. 

excel, prcBstare, prcBstiti, dat. or ace of 

person ; abl. of thing in which, 
excellent, prcestans, tis. 
excite, excitare : excite to anger, ad iram 

concltare. 
exclude, arcere, (abl. of thing from 

which.) 
exempted, to be, llberari, abl. 
exercise, exei-cere. 
exercise, exercitatio. 
exhort, hortari, adhortari. 
expect, exspectare. 
expectation, spes, ei. 
expense, sumptus, us. 
expire, exspirare. 



Fable, fabula. 

fa.ce, fades t ei. 

fact, (it is an allowed,) constat. 

f-dXth, fides, ei. 

faithful, fidelis. 

fall, cddere, p. 161. 

fall-on, (= seize on,) incessere. 

fall into, incurrere, (incurri.) 

fall-to-the-lot-of, 19, (dat.) 

fall upon, adoriri, {adortus,) acc. 

fall down, decidere. 

fasten, fig ere. ^ 

fasten, (a vessel,) retinere, retimii, reten- 

tum. 
fate, fortuna. 
father, pat-er, ris. 
fault, culpa. 

favor, f aver e, dat. (fav,faut.) 
fear, (of body,) timor ; (of mind,) metuSy 

us ; to be in fear, in timbre esse. 
fear, tlmere, metuere. 
feed, (trans, as a shepherd,) pascere, p. 

163, 58. 
feed on, vesci, abl. 

feel, p. 164, ^ 14, sentire, {sens, sens.) 
feeling, animus, 
fellow -citizen, clvis ; G. is. 
fertility, uhertas. 
fetch water, aquatum, (sup.) 
fever, febris, abl. i. 
few, pauci, cb, a. 
fickleness, levitas, dtis. 
fidelity, fides, ei. 
field, dger ; G. gri ; (if under tillage,) 

arvum. 
fight, pugnare ; decertare, (Ex. 37.) 
fill, impltre, (plev, plet,) complere. 
find, in-venire ; reperire, {reperi, reper- 

tum.) See Syn. I. 
find-out, de-tegere. 
finish, covficere,finire ; finish, (life,) Ex. 

19, vitam degere, (degi.) 



■ fire, ignis ; (= conflagration,) tncendmrn. 
firm, firmus. 

first, primus ; at first, prima. 
fish, piscis, m. is. 
fit, aptus. 
; fit for, iduneus, (dat.) 
flame, ^amma. 
flatter, adulari, (dat. or acc) 
flay, deglUbere. 
fleet, classis, is. 
flesh, caro, carnis, p. 147. 
flight, fuga. 

flopk, p. 147, grex, gregis. 
flourish, /orere. 
flower, ^05, oris. 
flow together, 15, 11. 
fly, volare. 
^y- f rom, fugere. 
fly out, evolare. 
foe, hostis. 

follow, p. 167, sequory (secutus.) 
folly, stultitia. 
fond, cupidus, (gen.) 
food, cibus, i. 
for, nam, jiamque, enim. 
for, (= in behalf of,) pro. 
for-a-long-time, diu. 

forbid, p. 159, ii., vetare, (vetui, vetitum.) 
force, vis, vim, vi ; a strong force, vali- 

dum prcBsidium. To be In force, (of a 

law,) vdlere. 
forces, copicB. 

forefathers, mdjOres, or patres. 
foretell, prcedicere. 
furget, oblivisci, (oblitus,) gen. 
forgetful, immemor, gen. 
forgetfulness, oblivio, bnis. 
forgive, ignoscere, ignbvi, dat. 
formed, compardtus. 
former, prior. 
for-some-time, aliquamdiu. 
fortify, munire. 
fortune, fortuna. 
forty-nine, quadraginta novem ; or novem 

et quadraginta ; or undequinquaginta. 
forty-ninth, undequinquagesimus ; or qua- 

dragesimus nanus. 
foss, fossa. 

found, (a city,) condere. 
fountain, p. 147, fans, tis. 
fox, vulpes., f. (7.) 
fraud, fraus, fraudis. 
free, liber, (abl.) 
free from, liberare, abl. 
friend, amicus. 
frighten, deterrere. 
friendship, amicltia. 
from, after prevent, deter, &,c., quominus 

with subj. 
frugality, parsimonia. 
fruit, (of the earth,) fruges : (of a tree,) 

fructus ; G. us. 
I fulfil, explere. 



1 For ^fastened to the wall,' say, 'fastened In the wall.'' 



324 



Gain, lucrum. 

gain, (by begging,) impetrare. 

gain, (by exertions,) adlpisciy (adeptus ;) 

(without exertions,) nancisci, (nactus.) 
gain, (=earn,) acgulrere, 9. 
gain a victory, victoriam reportare.^ 
game, ludus. 
garden, hortus, i. 
garland, corona. 

gate, porta ; opened gates, porta patentes. 
Gaul, Gallus. 
general, dux, duels ; imperator, (the title 

of a victorious Roman general.) 
genius, ingenium. 
gentle, lenis, mitis. 
German, Germanus. 
Germany, Germania. 
get well, convalescere. 
get acquainted with, wo5ccrc; cognoscere. 
gift, donum. 
girl, puella. 

give, p. 159, 50, i., dare. 
give pleasure. See pleasure, 
give up, dedere, {dedidi, deditum.) 
glitter, fulgere. 
glory, gloria. 
glorious, gloriosus. 

S«!^];f^^' Icubitumire. 

— to roost, S 

— a hunting, vendtnm, ire. 

go away, dbire, discedere, (cess.) 
go-on-board, conscendere, scend, scens, 

(navem, or in navem.) 
go-to-battle, in pralinm ire. 
God, Deus, p. 168. 
gold, aurum. 
good, bonus. ^ 

good for, utilis, (dat.) 
good fortune, felicitas, dtis. 
good time, in, in tempore. 
good conduct, honestas, dtis. 
goodness, benignitas, dtis. 
govern, regere, gubernare. 
government, imperium. 
grain, granum. 
grape, uva. 
grass, gramen, inis. 
grateful, grains. 
gratitude, gratia. 
great, magnus : the great, nobiles, ium ; 

illustres viri. 
greatest, (when degree is meant rather 

than size,) summus. 
greatest possible, (the,) quam maxi- 

mus. 
greatness, magnitudOy Inis. 
greatly, magnopere. 
greedy, avldus, (gen.) 
Greece, Grcecia. 
Greek, Grcecus. 
grief, dolor, oris. 
grieve, dolere, masrere. 



ground, humus ; on the groutid, humi. 
grow-old, senescere. 
grow-green, virescere. 
grow- warm, incalescere. 
grow-accustomed, consuescere. 
guard, custodire. 

luafdn^yself^ (---.--' ('*'-''-'•) 
guards, stationes, (i. e. parties of 

soldiers posted in particular places ;) 

excubicB. 
guilty, nocens, nocentis. 



Habit, mos, moris. 
hang, pendere, (neut. 
hang over, imminere. 
had rather, malle, (from m&lo.) 
hand, mdnus, us, f. 
Hannibal, Hannibal, Hannih&lis. 
happen, (of evils,) accidere ; (of fortu- 
nate events,) contingere, {tig ;) (= turn 

out,) evenire. Syn. 
happy, bedtus, felix. 
happy, (= joyful,) Icetus. 
harass, exdgitare. 
harbor, partus, us. 
hardly, (= scarcely,) vix. 
hardship, labor, oris. 
harm to do, (to,) obesse. 
harmony, concordia. 
hate, odisse, (with tenses derived from 

perf.) 
hatred, odium.^ 
have, habere. 

have rather, malle, p. 165. 
head, caput, capitis^ n. 
heal, mederi, dat. 
hear, audire. 
heart, (as the seat of the affections,) 

animus. 
heart, cor, cordis, n. 
hearth, focus. 
heat, calor, oris. 
heavy, gravis. 
hen, gallina. 
hence, inde, hinc. 
help, auxilium. 
her, ace. sing, se, if relating to nom. of 

sent. ; if not, earn. 
her, adj. suus, a, vm, if relating to nom. 

of sent. ; if not, ejus. 
herb, herba. 

herd, armentum ; grex, gregis. 
here, (= hither,) hue. 
hesitate, dubitare. 
hill, collis, is, m. : mons, mantis. 
him, se, if relating to nom. of sent. ; if 

not, eum. 
himself, ipse; in ace. se: seipsum^ or 

ipsum se. 
hinder, impedire, obsiare. 



1 ' When he had gained the victory.' yartd victorid. 

2 In Ex. 24 use it in the plural. 



325 



his, ejus ; or smm5, a, urn. 

hit, (a mark,) attingere, {tig, tact.) 

hither, hue. 

hold, tenere, p. 160, ii. 

home, to, domum ; at, domi ; from, 

domo. 
Homer, Homerus. 
honey, mel, mellis, n. 
honor, honor, Oris. 
honor, (=: the honorable,) honestas ; 

(= probity,) fides, ei. 
honor, colere, p. 162, 55. 
hope, spcs, ei. 
hope, sperare. 
hornet, crabro, Dnis. 
horse-soldier, egues, equitis. 
horse, equus. 
hour, hora. 

house, p. 145, domus, us et i. 
house, at my, domi mecB. 
how, (with adj.,) quam. 
how greatly, quantopere. 
how many, quot. 
how much, quantum. 
how often, quoties. 
huge, ingens, tis. 
human, humanus. 
humor, indulgere, (dat.) 
hunger, /ames, is. 
hungry, to be, esurire. 
hunt, venari. 

hurry-away, abripere, io, (ripu, rept.) 
hurt, nocere, dat. 
husband, vir, viri. 
husbandman, 7, agricola. 
hypocritically pretend, (= lie,) mentiri, 

ior, (mentitus.) 



Idle, otiusus. 

if— not, nisi. 

ignorant, to be, ignorare-^ ace. 

ill-humored, mOrusus, 8. 

illuminate, illuminare, illustrare. 

immense, ingens, tis, abl. i. 

immortal, immortalis. 

immortality, immortalitas. 

impede, impedire. 

impel, impellere, (pHlj puis.) 

importance, it is of, interest, gen. it is of 
no importance, nihil interest; it is of 
very great importance, permultum in- 
terest ; of how great importance it is, 
quanti interest; it is of great impor- 
tance, magni interest. 

in, in, (abl.) 

inactive, otiosus. 

inclined, propensus. 

increase, augere, {aux, auct,) trans, cres- 
cere, (crev,) neut. 

incredible, incredlbilis. 

indulge in, indulgere, {duls, dult,) dat. 

inflict punishment on, aliquem pcend 
afficcre. 

inglorious, inglOrius. 

inhabitant-of-a-town, oppiddjius. 

28 



inhabitant, incdla. \ 

injure, nocere, (dat.) \ 

injury, injuria. \ 

innocence, innocentia. 

innocent, innocens, tis. 

inquire, quarere, (followed by e, ex.) 

instead of, loco, (abl.) 

institute, instituo, (i, turn.) 

instruct, erudire. 

instrument, presidium. 

intellectual cultivation, ingenii cultus. 

intention, consilium. 

into, in, (ace.) 

invade, bellum inferre^ (intHl, illdt,) with 

dat. of the country, 
invading, invadens. 
invective, convicium. 
invite, vocare, invitare. 
irrigate, irrigare, (= inrigare.) 
island, insula. 
Italy, Italia. 
itself, ipse, a, nm ; G. lus. 



Jewel, gemma. 

join battle with, committere prcdium^ 

{cum.) 
joint-king, to be named, 37. 
journey, Iter, itineris. 
joy, Icetitia. 
joyful, Icetus. 

judge, 12. See p. 141, judex, ids. 
judge, vindicare. 
just, modo, (adv.) 
justly, jwre, meritoque. 
Jupiter, Jupiter ; G. Jovis. 



Keep, servare. 

keep in custody, iii custodid tenere. 

keep in their camp, in castris continlre, 

{ui.) 
keep-off, arcere. 
kill, interficere, occtdere, necare. 
kill, ccedere, p. 161. 
kindness, henevolentia ; a kindness, bene- 

ficium. 
kind-of-corn, frumentum. 
king, rex, regis. 
knife, culter, ri. 
k-now, scire, novisse, callere : not know, 

nescire. 
knowledge, scientia. 
known, (it is,) constat. 



Labor, labor, oris. 

lake, Idcus, us. 

land, terra. 

language, lingua. 

large, grandls. 

lately, nuper. 

laugh, rider e, p. 160, vi. 

laugh at, ridere, deridere. 

law, lex, Itgis. 

lay waste, 9, vastare. 



326 



lay-siege-to, obsidere, (obsed, obsess.) 

lead, p, 162, 54, ducere. 

lead a life, agere vitum, (eg, act :) degere 

vitam. 
lead away, abducere. 
leader, dux, ducts. 
leaf, p. 14G, folium. 
learn, discere, (didlc :) (of facts, events, 

&c.,) compcrire, (comperi ;) cognoscere, 

(nOv, nit.) 
learn by heart, ediscere. 
learned, doctus. 
leave, relinquere, (liqu, lict.) 
leave, (= to go out of,) excedere, abl. 

(cess.) 
leave a province, discedere ex provincid. 
left-hand, sinistra. 
legion, legio, unis. 
less, minus. 

lessen, (= soften,) lenire. 
lest, ne. 

letter, litterm,'^ pi. : epistdla. 
liberty, llbertas, dtis. 
lie, mentiri. 
lie, mendacium. 
lie down, cubare., p. 159, ii. 
lieutenant-general, legdtus. 
life, vita; {= lifetime,) atas., dtis. 
light, Levis. 
light, (= kindle,) accendere ; succendere, 

(cend, cens.) Syn. ii, p. 289. 
like, similis, dat. simillimus, (superl.) 
likeness, a, effigies, ei. 
lion, leo, onis. 

listen to, obedire, (dat.,) obtemperare, (dat.) 
]itt\e, parvus. 
little-garden, 8, hnrtulus. 
live, p. 163, vi., vivere, (vix, vict.) 
load, cumulare. 
long, longus. 
long, diu. 
look at, spectare. 
lose, dmittere. 
lose an opportunity, occasionem prceter- 

mittere. 
lot, sors, sortis. 
love, amare, diligere, 7. 
lowest, injimus, imus. 
lust, libido, inis. 
luxuriant-growth, luxuria. 
luxury, luxuria. 
lyre, lyra. 



Macedonians, JYIacedones, um. 
machine, mdchina. 
magistracy, magistratus, us. 
magnanimous, magnanimus. 
make myself master of, potiri, (potltus 
sum,) abl. 



make, /dcerg, (fee, fact:) am made,j(Io.2 

man, homo, vir. 

manifest, manifestus. 

Manlius, Manlius. 

manners, (= morals, character,) mores^ 

um., pi. 
many, multi. 
march-up, adventare. 
mark, scopus. 
marriage, connubium. 
marry, (of a female,) nubere, dat. 
Marseilles, Massilia. 
master, (who teaches,) magister, ri. 
master, (who owns,) dominus. 
mean, significare ; (= to convey an 

opinion.) censere. 
means, modus, ratio. 
means, (= remedial ox preventive means,) 

remedia, pi. 
means-of-escape, exitus, us. 
meaning, sententia. 
meadowy prdtum. 
measure, metiri, ior, mensus. 
meet, occurrere, (occurr, occurs,) dat. 
melt, liquescere. 
mention, nuncupare. See 10. 
Milo, Milo, Milonis. 
military-oath, sacramentum. 
milk, lac, lactis. 
mind, animus. 
mine, 7neus ; voc. mi. 
mindful, 7Jiemor, gen. 
miserable, miser, era, &c. 
misfortune, calamitas ; casus, us. 
miss, dmittere, prcetermittere. 
mistress, magistra. 
mix, p. 160, ii., miscere. 
mixed, promiscuus. 
modest, pudicus. 
money, pecunia. 
moneyed, pecuniostis, 7. 
month, mensis, m. 
monument, monumentum. 
moon, luna. 
morals, mores, um. 
more, plus, with gen. :3 even more, etiam 

plura. 
more, (adv.,) mdgis. 
morose, morOsus, 8. 
mortal, mortdlis. 
most men, plerique. 
motion, mutus, us. 
mother, mdt-er, ris. 
mount, ad-scendere, (scend, scens.) (See 

12.) 
mountain, mons, ntis, m. 
move, mdvere, (mOv, mot :) move, neut. 

mdveri. 
move with compassion, commovere, (mOv, 

mot.) 



1 JJttercB may also be used for letters. 

2 Ex. 26, Part II. : ' to make friends of enemies,' ex inimicis amicos facere. 

3 That is, if quantity is meant : if number, plures, a, &,c., in agreement. ' More 
gold,' plus auri : ' more roses,' plures rosoe. 



327 



much, (= mavy things,; Ti^ulta. 

much, multum, (followed by subst. in 

gen.) 
much, (before comparative,) multo^ abl. 
multitude, multitudo, inis. 
my, mens, (V. m. mi.) 
myself, (nom.,) ipse, a, um. 



to appoint .") 



Nail, clavus. 
naked, nudus. 
name, nominare, (also 
(subst.,) nomen, inis. 
Naples, JsTeapolis, ace. im. 
nations, populi. 
nature, natura. 
near, prope, ace. 
nearest, proximus. 
nearly, prope-, pane. 
need, egere, indigere. 
need, there is, opus est. 
neglect, negligere, {neglex, neglect.) 
neigh, hinnire. 

neighbor, your, proximus tuus.^ 
neighboring, vicinus. 

neither-nor, \ ZT'Z^'^'"'' 
' ( nee — nee. 

nest, nidus. 

never, nunquam. 

nevertheless, tamen. 

new, novus. 

next, proximus. 

night, p. 147, wox, noctis. 

ninety-first, nonagesimus primus. 

no, nullus ; after ne, quis. 

nobody, nemo, inis. 

no one, nemo, inis. 

no time, nihil temporis. 

no wiser, nihilo sapientior. 

not, 71071. 

not, (in questions,) nonne 7 

not yet, nondum. 

not even, ne — quidem. 

not only — but | 7io7i solum — verum etiam. 

also. \ non mode — sed etiam. 

not at all, nihil. 
nothing, nihil. 
now, nunc. 
number, numerus ; (= multitude,) mul- 

titudOf inis. 



Oak, quercus, its. 

obedience, obsequium. 

obey, pdrere, obedire, ohtemperare, dat. 

oblige, satis-fdcere, dat. 

oblige, fdvere, p. 160, viii. 

obolus, obolus. 

observe, observare. 

observe moderation, modestiam retinere. 



obtain, p&rare, 

ocean, oceanus. 

of, after ' become,' * deserve well,' &c., 
' am persuaded,' and when = concern- 
ing, de. 

of, after, ' inquire,' ex. 

of others, alienus, a, um. 

offend against, violare. 

offend, offendere, (fend, fens,) ace. 

offer, offerre, (obtHl, obldt.) See ad- 
vantage. 

offering-of-atonement, ;7mcMZw7«. 

often, scepe. 

oil, oleum. 

old, vetus, veteris, n. pi. Vetera. 

old man, senex, G. senis, G. pi. um. 

old age, senectus, utis. 

on, super ; after ' live,' sign of abl. 

on the Black Sea, ad Pontum Euxinum. 

on high, 16, ii., sublime. 

on all sides, undique. 

one, unus. 

one, (of two,) alter, G. ius. 

one's, suus. 

only, adj. sDlus, G. ius. 

open, 13, (Voc. on perf. si,) detegerCy 
aperire. 

opportunity, occasio, vnis. 

opponent, adversarius. 

oppose, repugnare, dat. ; obstare, (dat.) 

oppress, opprimere, (press, press.) 

oppressor, oppressor, Oris. 

or, aut, ve.l, ve, (in questions an.) 

oracle, oraculum. 

orator, orator, Oris. 

order, ordo, inis, m. 

order, jubere, (juss,) ace. with Inf. 

ornament, ornare. 

others, alii ; the other, (of two,) alter. 

ought, oportet. See p. 270. 

our, nost-er, ra, rum. 

out of, e, ex, extra. 

overthrow, (a plan, &c.,) labefactare. 

over, super, (prep.) 

owe, debere. 

own, (emphatic,) ipsius or ipsOrum, B,fter 
meus, tuus, &c. 



Pain, dolor, oris. 

paint, p. 162, pingere. 

palace, domus, p. 145. 

palm, palma. 

pardon, ignoscere, (nOv,) dat. ; (of a 

superior,) veniam dare. 
parent, parens, tis. 
part, pars, partis. 
passion, animus ; (= anger,) ira. 
path, via. 

patrician, patricius. 
pavement, pavimentum. 
peace, pax, pads. 



1 This word, though given by Grotefend, is not a classical word in this sense. 
Translate ' love thy neighbor,' by ' love other men,' ' alios.' 



328 



peevish, mordsus-, 8. 

Peleus, Peleits, G. ei. 

people, populus. 

perceive, intelllgere^ {lex, led.) 

perform (a service, promise, «Scc.,; pr<BS- 

tarc, {stit, Stat.) 
perform, fungi, perfungi, (fund.) 
permitted, it is. licet. 
permitted, I am, licet mihi.^ 
persevere, perseverare. 
Persian, Persa. 
persist, perseverare. 

person, (= man,) to be generally un- 
translated, 
persuade, (= advise effectually,) per- 

suadere, suas. dat. ; followed by ut. 
Phasdon, Phcedon, dnis, one of Plato's 

dialogues. 
Philip, Philippus. 
philosopher, phihsaphus. 
philosophy, philosophia. 
physician, medicus. 
picture, tabula. 
piety, pietas, Citis. 
pilot, gubernator. 
pity, jjiisereri, gen. 
place, pOyiere, (posu, posit. 
place, (guards, &c.,) dispunere, (posu, 

posit.) 
place in a higher rank, altiuri loco con- 

stituere, (stitu, stitut.) 
plague, pestis. 
plain, manifestus. 
plan, consiiium. 
plant, serere. 
Plato, Plato, G. unis. 
play, ludere, (lus.) 
pleasant, jucundus. 
please, pldclre, dat. 
pleasing, to be, placere. 

to be pleased, oblectari. 
pleasure, voluptas, dtis. 

to give pleasure, voluptate afficere, 
(fee, feet,) with ace. of person, 
plebeian, plebeius. 
plot, insldiari. 
plough, drare. 

pluck, de-cerpere, 13 ; carpere, p. 161. 
Poeciie, G. es, Ace. en. 
poet, poeta. 
point out, monstrare. 
poison, venemcvi. 
Pompey, Pompejus. 
poor, pauper, eris. 
"portico, porticvs, vs. 
portion, pars, partis. 
possess, possidere, (possed, possess.) 
posterity, posteritas ; or the pi. posteri. 
power, (= ability,) facultas, (41.) 
power, potentia, of actual ; potestas, of 

legal, conceded, &c., power, 
powerful, potens ; (of words,) gravis. 



powers of the mind, animi tires. 
j practise, exercere, (ui, itum.) 
I practise, (= exercise,) exercere. 
I Praetor, Prcetor, Oris, a Roman magis- 
I trate. 
[ preetorship, pratiira. 

praise, laus, laudis. 

praise, to, laudare. 

pray, (= beg earnestly,) orare. 

pray the gods, a diis precari. 

prayers, prices, um. 

precept, 7, prceceptum. 

preceptor, 7, prcBceptor, oris. 

prefer, antepuiiere, (posu, posit.) 

prepare, parare. 

present an appearance, speciem prcBbere. 

present (with,) donare, S. 109, 110. 

preserve, conservare ; (= retain,) re- 
tin ere. 

press, (= urge,) instare, instlti. 

pretend, simulare. 

pretence, simulatio, onis. 

prevail-upon, exorare. 

prevent, prohibere, (ui, itum;) (= pre- 
vent, as an obstacle interposed,) ob- 
stare, obstiti, with dat. ; to be prevented 
by business, negotiis distineri. 

pJilstess, \ ^^^e^dos, Otis. 

prince, princeps, principis. 

prison, career, eris. 

privilege, fus, juris. 

prize, pramium. 

proclaim, pradicare. 

proclaim, edicere ; (a war,) indicere, (dix, 
diet.) 

procure, parare. 

profitable, utilis. 

promise, promissum, 

promise, polliceri, (licit;) promittere, 
(the former of free, gracious promises.) 

property, bona, (good.) 

proposal, (of a law^) rogatio. 

prop-up, fulcire, (fuls, fait.) 

protect, (= guard a house, &c.,) cus- 
todire. 

protect, (= foster, encourage,) fovere, 
ifov,fdt.) 

proud, superbus. 

proudly, superbe. 

prove, probare. 

prove myself, prcestare me. 

provided, modo or duminodo.^ 

prudence, 17, prudeyitia. 

Punic, Punicus, (i. e. Carthaginian.) 
j punish, punire, or pcBnd afficere. 
j punishment, poena. 
j pull down, evertere. 
j pupil, discipulus. 

purchase. 8, emptio, unis. 

pure, castus. 

purpose, for the, causa. 



i S-^ PJ''^"oun is generally omittrd, if it is plain who are meant. 
2 With subj.— 'wot' after 'provided' is ne. 



329 



put-after, posthdbere, {aliquid alicui.) 
put-an-end-to, 12, ii., conficere. 
put-on, p. 163, 57, induere. 
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus. 



Queen, reglna. 

quench, resting'uere, {stinr, stinct ;) 

pellere. 
question, interrogation 
Uuirites, G. ium. 



"R'Ace, geniis, eris. 

rage, scevire, scevii- 

raise, (= excite,) excitare. 

rank, locus. 

rape, raptus, us. 

reach, (= arrive at,) pervenire, (the 

place to be governed by ad.) 
read, legere, {leg, led ;) (= read through,) 

perlegere. 
readily, facile. 
reason, ratio, Dnis. 
recall, revocare. 
receive, accipere, (cep, cept.) 
reckon, numerare, ducere. 
recognise, agnoscere, (agnovi, agnttum.) 
recollect, reminisci. 

reconciled, to be, in gratiam redire (cum.) 
refuse, recusare. 
reign, regnare. 

rejoice, gaudere, (gavisus siim.) 
relate, narrare. 
relations, cognati. 
relying on, /re<M5, (abl.) 
remain, vidnere, (mans, mans;) to re- 
main in the same mind, in eodem ani- 

mo per 8 tare. 
remember, meminisse, (Imper. memento ;) 

recordari, reminisci. 
remains, it, restat, (ut.) 
remains, the, reliquice. 
remedy, remedium. 
remind, admonere, Gen. of the thing ; 

or de with abl. 
remove, (intrans,) migrare. 
render, redder e, (did, dit.) 
renew, renovare. 
repent, I, me pasnitet, gen. 
reply, re-spondere, (spond, spons.) 
lepresertt, fingere, (Jinx.) 
reproach, reprehendere, vituperare. 
reproof, reprehensio, dnis. 
request, rogare. 

require, egere, indigere, (gen., abl.) 
reside, habitare. 
resignation, cequus animus. 
resignation, the greatest, cequissimus 

animus. 
resolve, (=: decree) decernere, (crev, cret.) 
resound, resonare, ui, itum. 



rest, quiescere. 

rest, the, ceteri, <b, a. 

rest of, adj. reliquus. 

rest, to be at, quiescere, p. 163, 58. 

restore, restituere, ui, utum.^ 

restrain, coercere ; (= tame, subdue,) 

domare, ui, itum. 
retain, retinere, (ui, itum.) 
return, redire, reverti, (45.) 
return, to give a prosperous, reditum 

secuiMare ; dat. of person. 
revenge, ulcisci, (ultus.) 
revile, maledicere, dat. 
revive, reviviscere. 
rewarded, to be, ornari. 
Rhine, Rhenus. 
Rhone, Rhoddnus. 
rich, dives-, His. 
riches, divitiae. 

right, rectus, (= rightly,) recte. 
right, jus, juris. 
right-hand, dextra. 

rise, oriri, lor, (ort.) 

river, amnis,Jlumen, Inis. 

road, via ; on the road, in vid. 

rob, spoliare, (abl.) 

rock, saxum. 

roof, 9, tectum. 

Rome, Roma. 

Roman, Romdnus. 

roost, (go to,) cuhitum^ (ire.) 

rope, funis, m. 

rose, rosa. 

round, circum., circa. 

rouse up, excitare. 

rub, p. 159, i\.,fricare, (fricui') 

Rubicon, Rubicon, dnis. 

ruin, perdere, (did, dit.) 

rule, regida. 

rule, regere, (rexi, rectum.) 

run, p. 163, currere, (cucurri, cursum.) 



Sabines, Sabini. 

sacrifice, immolare. 

safe, tutus. 

safety, sdlus, utis. 

sail, navigare. 

sailor, nauta. 

saK-water, aqua marina. 

sake, for the — of, causa. 

Salamis, Saldm'inis, Ace. Salamina. 

same, idem, p. 169. 

Sardis, Sardes, ium, pi. 

Saturn, Saturnus. 

satisfy, satisfacere. dat., (satisfacio ;) 

(with food,) satiare. 
save, servare. 
say, dicere. 
says he, in quit. 



1 ' To' after ' restore' is to be translated by ' in' with the ace, in such ex- 
pressions as» ' to be restored to a rank,' &c. 

28* 



330 



scarcely, vix. 

scatter, spargere. 

sceptre, sceptrum. 

sciences, artes ; disciplirKB ; litercB. 

Scipio, Scipio, onis. 

scold, increpare^ (dat.,) p. 159. 

sculptor, statuarius. 

Scythian, Scytha, (S. 

sea, 7nare ; by sea and land, terrd mar- 

ique ; Black Sea, Pontus Euxinus. 
search-for, conquirere, (9.) 
season, tempestas, dtis. 
seasoning, condimentum. 
second, alter. 
second, secundus. 
secret, secretum, arcainnn. 
see, videre ; (= distinguish ; have the 

sense of sight.) cernere ; to be seen 

(of objects becoming visible,) conspici, 

(conspect.) 
see that you don't, vide ne, with subj. 
seed, semen, inisA 

seek, ) , - ._,. 

seek-out, \ y"'^^^^^' {qucesiv, qucesit.) 

seem, videri, (vis.) 

seize, capere, [cep, capt,) arripere. 

sell, vendere, (vendidi, venditum.) 

send, p. 161, 53, mittere. 

sensible, prudens, tis. 

sensible people, sani. 

senate, senatus, us. 

senseless, imprudens. 

service, officiuvi. 

service, on, milition,. 

set, 11. [Voc. on perf. ?*, p. 243.] 

set out, prqficisci, (feet.) 

several, plures. 

shake, quattre. 

share, (in trans.,) communiter habere. 

share, communicare, (33, cum.) 

sharpen, p. 163, vi., acuere. 

shear, t ndere, (totondi, tonsum.) 

shed, profundere, (fud, fus.) 

sheep, oris. 

shepherd, pastor, oris. 

shield, clipeus. 

shine, p. 160, fulgere. 

ship, ndvis, abl. e or i. 

shoot, Jiagellum. 

shoot, (= hurl,) conjicere, (jec,ject.) 

shoot-up, (of plants,) emergere super or 

extra terravi : efflorescere. 
shore, lit-us, oris. 
short, brevis. 
shoulder, humerus. 
should, (= ought,) debere, oportet. 
show myself (brave,) prcebere- 
shut, claudere. 
side, latus, eris. 
sighi, aspectus. us. 
silent, to be, sllere, tacere. 
silver, argentum. 



\ simple, simplex, Ids. 

j sin, peccare. 

I since, quum, quoniam. 

j sincere, sincerus. 

j sing, canere, (cecin, cant) — cantare. 

sister, soror, Oris. 
j sit, p. 160, vii.. sedere. 

site, locus, (pi. loci et loca.) 
■ sixty, sexaginta. 
\ skilled in,^eriZu5, (gen.) 
; skm^pellis, is. 

slave, servus. 

slave, to be the, servire, dat. 

slay, occidere, (cid, cis.) See 11. 

sleep, somnus. 

sleep, dormire. 
! slow, tardus. 

slip away, eldii. 

slothful, ignavus. 

small, parvus. 

snatch, erlpere, (ripu, rept,) with dat. 

snake, anguis, is, 

snow, nix, nivis. 

so, (= to such a degree,) ddeo ; (= iu 
such a manner.) ita. 

so-great, tantus. 

so-many, tot. 

so often, toties. 

Socrates, Socrates, is. 

soft, mollis. 

soldier, inilesi itis. 

some, aliquis, quispiam, 

some — others, alii — alii. 

some, (when the persons are known, but 
it is not 'necessary to name them,) 
quidam. 

sometimes, nonnunquam. 

something, all quid. 

somewhat ; omit, and put adj. in com- 
parative. 

son. Jilius. 

song, cantilena. 

soon, cito. 

sorely, (= violently,) vehementer. 

sorrow, dolor, oris. 

soul, animus^ anima. 

sound, sonus. 

sow, serere, (sev, sat.) 

spare, parcere, (peperc,) dat. 

speak, loqui, (locut.) 

speak the truth, verum dicere. 

spear, hasta. 

speech, oratio. 

spend, (life, time, &c.,) agere, (eg, act;) 
impendere, (dat.) 

spend, ( wasteful ly.) con-sumere. 

spin, p. 159, 51, nere. 

spirit, anijnus. 

spring, ver, veris. 

sprinkle, ad-spergere, (spers, spers.) 

stake, to be at, agi, pass. 

stand, p. 159, 50, stare. 



1 In Ex. 28 translate seed by seges, the seed sown, the young crop, or crop. 



331 



stand by promises, stare promissis. 

standard, signum. 

star, Stella. 

state, civitas ; urbs, urbis, (if a city ;) 

(= condition,) status, us 
steer, dirlgere, (rex, rect.) 
steersman, gubernator. 
stern, puppis ; at the stern, in puppi. 
still, (before comparatives,) etiam. 
Stolo, Stolo, onis. 
stone, lapis, lapidis. 
storm, tempestast dtis ; procella. 
storms of war, the, belli tumultus. 
strange, (= surprising,) mlrus. 
strength, vires, ium ; robiir, oris. 
strengthen , firmare. 
strengthen, corroborare. 
strive, niti, enlti, (nlsus, nixus.) 
stupid, hebes, etis. 
subdue, sub-igere, (eg, act ;) domare, ui, 

itum-i (50.) 
succeed, (= follow,) exclpere, (cep, cept^) 

ace; succedere, (successi,) dat. 
successive — omit this word and govern 

' years' by ' j?er.' 
such, talis ; (= so great,) tantus, 
suddenly, sublto. 

suffer, sinere, (siv ;) pati, (passus.) 
suitable, idOneus. 
sum of money, pecunia. 
summer, mstas, dtis. 
sun, sol, solis. 

superstition, superstitio, onis. 
support, (= nourish,) alere, (dlu, alit or 

alt.) 
support, (= assist, allies, &c.,) auxilium 

ferre, (dat.) 
surprised, to be, mirari, (dep.) 
surround, (p. 162, 54;) circumddre, (ded, 

dat ;)^ cingere. 
surrouad, (of enemies, &c.,) circumve- 

nire. 
swallow, hirundo, dtnis. 
swallow-up, devorare. 
sway, regnare. 
swe-dr,jurare. 
sweet, dulcis. 
swift, velox, ucis. 
swim, nare, natare. 
sword, ensis, m. ; glddius. 
Syracuse, Syracuse, drum. 



Table, mensa. 

take, cdpere, (cep, capt ;) sumere, {sums, 

siimpt.) 
take, expugnare. 
take away, eximere, (em, empt ;) eripere, 

(by violence.) 
take away my life, vitam mihi eripere. 
take pride, gloriari, (abl.) 



take care, cdvBre, (cav, caut.) 

take care of, curare. 

take care that, vide, (ne.) 

taking, (of a city,) expugnatio, 8. 

tale, fabula. 

tame, p. 159, ii., domare, (domui.) 

task, (= work, labor, ) opus, operis : (= 
task set to pupils,) pensum. 

Tarentine, Tarentlnus, 9. 

teach, docere, 2 ace. 

teacher, magister , prceceptor. 

teaching, prcecepta, pi. 

tear, lacrima. 

tear-to-pieces, dildniare. 

tell, dicere; (of tales, &c., related,) nar- 
rare. 

temper, animus. 

temple, templum. 

terrify, terrere. 

that, (after doubt, deny, &c., with neg.,) 
guin. 

that, (after fear,) ne ; that — not, ut. 

that, ille, a, ud. 

that, ut. 

that — not, ne. 

that-of-yours, iste, a, ud. 

the more — the more, quo—eo. 

Thebes, Thebce, drum. 

theft, fur turn. 

then, (= at that time,) tum. 

then, (= after,) deinde, inde. 

their, suus. 

there, ibi.^ 

thereof, (= of it, of them, &c.,) ejus^ eo- 
rum, (§'C. 

Thetis, Thetis, Idas. 

think, putare. 

think, (= think of doing, purpose, &c.,) 
cugitare. 

thing, res, ei. 

thirst, sltis, is. 

thirsty, to be, sitire 

this, hie, (h(BC, hoc.) 

thorn, 13, aculeus. 

those who, qui.^ 

thoughtlessly, temere. 

thoughtlessness, temeritas, dtis. 

thoughts, sententicB. 

threa.d, Jilum. 

threaten, mlnari ; (of dangers,) imminere, 
(dat.) 

three, tres. 

three daj*s ago, nUdius-tertius, (= nunc 
dies tertius.) 

three hundred and seventy-eighth, (an- 
nus) trecentesimus septuagesimus ac- 
ta v us. 

three hundred and tenth, trecentesimus 
decimus. 

through, per, expressing the cause, sign 
of abl. 



1 Urbem muro, or murum urbi. 

2 ' There,' before is, are, were, &c., is to be left untranslated. 
■ Properly ii qui, but the ii is generally omitted. 



332 



thunder, to, tonare, p. 159. 

thnnderhoit, fulmen, inis. 

Tiber, Tiberis, is, ace. im. 

tiger, tigris, idis, f. 

till, colere, (colu, cult.) 

till, donee, (subj.) 

time, tempus, temporis ; in a short time, 

brevi tempore. 
time, at the right, in tempore. 
timid, timldus, pavidus. 
tired, am — of, tcedet me, gen. 
to-bed, cuhitum, (sup. of cubare.) 
to-day, hodie. 

to death, (after condemn,) capitis. 
to the city, (after return.) in urbem. 
together, (after to compare,) inter se. 
too much, nimius, {nimius somnus, or 

nimium somni. 
too late, sero. 
top of, siimmus. 
torch, tceda. 
torment, cruciare. 
totter, Idbare. 
touch, p. 162, tangere. 
towards, erga, ace. ; in, ace. ; adversus. 
town, oppidum. 

Trasimene lake, Idcus Trasimenus. 
treasure, thesaurus ; opes, (pi. ;) G. opum. 
treachery, proditio, unis. 
treat, tractare. 
treaty, /(Bdus-, eris. 
tree, p. 147, arbor, oris. 
tribunal, tribunal. 
tribune, tribunus. 

tribune of the people, tribunus plebis. 
trick, dolus. 
triumph, triumphus. 
Trojan ;— in the Trojan war, bello Troja- 

no. 
troops, copicB, milites. 
troublesome, molestus. 
Troy, TrOja. 
true, virus. 
truly, vere. 
trust, (= believe, have confidence in,) 

credere, (dat.) 
truth, the, vei-um. 
turn out, evadere, (vas.) 
tussilago, G. inis. 
twice, bis. 

two apiece, p. 172, blni. 
tyrant, tyrannus. 



Umpire, arbiter, tri. 
unbecoming, it is, dedecet, ace 
uncertain, incertus. 
uncover, aperire, detegere. 
understand, intelUgere, {lex, lect.) 
undertake, suscipere, (cep, cept.) 
undertaking, inceptum, 8. 
undertaking, an, 8, inceptum. 
unfeeling, durus. 
unfortunate, miser, (era, erum.) 
unheard, inauditus. 
unjustly, injuste. 



unlearned, indoctus. 
unless, nisi. 
unlike, disslmilis, dat. 
unmindful, immemor, gen. 
unnecessary, supervdcuus. 
unprofitable, inutilis. 
unskilled in, imperitus, gen. 
unwilling, invitus. 
unwilling, to be, nolle. 
unworthy, indignus, abl. 
upper, summus. 
upright, honestus. 
use, uti, (usus,) abl. 
useful, utilis. 
useless, inutilis. 
usual, suetus. 



Valley, vallis 

valuable, pretiosus. 

value, (= value highly,) magni testima- 

re, (not cBstimare only ;) of persons, di- 

ligere. 
y unity, vanitas, dtis. 
vapor, vapor, Oris. 
various, varius. 
vary, vdriare. 
vast, ingens, ntis. 
verse, versus, us. 
very-confined, per-angustus. 
vessel, navis, is. 
vice, vitium. 
victim, victima. 
victory, victoria. 
vie, certare. 
vile, turpis. 

violence, vis, ( — vim, vi ;) pi. vires. 
violent, vehemens, ntis. 
violently-carry-ofT, eripere, (eripui, erep^ 

tus.) 
virtue, virtus, virtHtis. 
virtuous, honestus. 
voice, vox, vocis. 



Wage, gerere, (gess, gest.) 

wait, mansre, exspectare. 

wait for, opperiri. 

walk, ambulare. 

wall, murus ; (of a walled city,) mmnia^ 
pi.; (of a house,) paries, etis ; (of a 
garden, &c.,) maceria: on the walls, 
per muros. 

want, carere, (abl.) 

want, inopia. 

war, bellam. 

ward off, arcere. 

warm, tepere. 

warm, calidus. 

warn, monere. 

warrior, mil-es, itis. 

wasp, vespa. 

watch-over, custodire, 

water, aqua. 

wave, Jluctus. 

way, via. 



333 



waylay, to, insidias struere, {strux, 
struct,) with dat. of person. 

weak, imbecillus. 

wealth, opes, opum. 

weary, am, tmdet wie, gen. 

weather, tempestas. 

weight, onus, eris. 

well, bene ; (= rightly,) recte. 

well-known, it is, constat. 

what 1 (interrog.,) quis, qucB, quid, (but 
if it agrees with a subst., quod.) 

what, (meaning how great,) quantus. 

whatever, quicquid, neut. as subst. ; qui- 
cunque, adj. 

when, quum, quando, (quum not in de- 
pendent sentences.) 

whence, unde. 

where, uM. 

which, (of two,) uter. 

white, albus. 

whither, quo. 

who 1 quis ? 

whole, totus. 

wholesome, saluber. 

why, cur. 

wickedness, nequitia : wicked, malus, 
improhus. 

wife, mulier, eris. 

Wild, (of cries, &c.,) atrox. Deis. 

wild-beast, /era, (bestia understood.) 

will, voluntas, dtis. 

willing, to be, velle. 

willingly, libenter. 

win -by-arms, ex-pugnare, 8. 

win, (a country by arms,) expugnare. 

wine, vinum. 

winter, hiems, hiemis. 

wisdom, sapieniia. 



wise, sapiens, tis. 

wish, (= choose, have a mind,) velle- 

wish, cupere, p. 162, 52. 

with, cum, (abl.) 

with me, apud me. 

without, sine, (abl.,) extra. 

withhold, arcere. 

withstand, sustinere, (sustinui, susten- 

tum.) 
wolf, lupus. 
wonder, mirari. 
wonderful, viirus. 
wont, to be, solere, (solitus sum.) 
wood, silva; the Teutoburgian wood, 

saltus Teutoburgensis, {saltus ; G. us.) 
wool, lana. 
word, verbum. 
work, opus, eris, p. 147. 
world, mundus ; orbis terrarum.l 
worship, colere, p. 162, 55. 
worse, pejor. 
worst, pessimus. 
worthy, digmis, abl. 
would that, utinam. 
wound, vulnus, eris. 
wrath, ira. 

write, p. 161, 52, scribere. 
writing, a, scriptum. 
wrong, violare. 



Year, annus. 
yesterday, heri. 
young man, adolescens, tis. 
young, (bird,) pullus. 



Zama, Zama; G. a. 



1 Orbis terrarum, when it is considered as made up of various lands or nations : 
hence it should be used when we speak of subduing the 20orld. 



THE END. 



D. APPLETON & COMPANY'S 
VALUABLE PUBLICATIONS. 



A COMPLETE MINIATURE LIBRARY. 

Comprising the best Works of the most approved Authors in Prose and Poetry 
published in an eles^ant form, with a beautiful Frontispiece to each. The following 
are comprised in the series : 



LALLA ROOKH. By Thomas 

Moore 37J4 

NIGHT THOUGHTS. By Edward 
You N G 37X 

HISTORY OF RASSELAS. By 
Dr. Johnson 37)^ 

PRIVATE DEVOTIONS. By 
Hannah More 31j^ 

PRACTICAL PIETY. By Han- 
nah More. 2 vols 62/^ 

SACRA PRIVATA. By Bp. Wil- 
son 31¥ 

THE SEASONS. By Jas. Thomson. 37 >< 

GEMS FROM AMERICAN POETS.37X 

VICAR OF WAKEFIELD. By 
Oli\ er Goldsmith , 37 >^ 

TOKEN 

TOKEN OF REMEMBRANCE. 

TOKEN OF FRIENDSHIP. 



IRISH MELODIES. By Thomas 
Moo BE 37^ 

ESSAYS ON VARIOUS SUB- 
JECTS. By Oliver Goldsmith. 37]^ 

EXILES OF SIBERIA. By Mad. 
Cotton 31it 

PURE GOLD. By Eminent Writ- 
ers 3Iif 

PAUL AND VIRGINIA. By St. 
Pierre 31J1^ 

SCRIPTURE PROMISES. By 
Samuel Clarke, D. D 37^ 

COURSE OF TIME. By Robert 

POLLOK 37 >^ 

POETICAL WORKS OF OLIVER 
GOLDSMITH. 

OF LOVE. 

TOKEN OF AFFECTION. 
TOKEN OF THE HEART. 



Each volume consists of appropriate Poetical extracts from the principal writers of 
the day. 31^ each. 

The Library may be had in an elegan^ morocco case, with glass door, forming a 
beautiful and useful ornament for the Parlor Table. 

ILLUSTRATED STANDARD POETS, 

Elegantly printed and uniform in size and style. The following editions of Standard 
British Poets are illustrated with numerous steel engravings, and may be had in all 
varieties of binding. 



SCOTrs POETICAL WORKS. 

The Poetical Works of Sir Walter 
Siott, Bart. — Containing Lay of the Last 
Minstrel, Marmion, Lady of the Lake, 
Don Roderick, Rokeby, Ballads, Lyrics, 
and Songs, with a Life of the Author. 
1 vol. 16mo. cloth, $1 25, morocco extra, 
$2 50. 

COWPER'S COMPLETE POET- 
ICAL WORKS. 

The complete Poetical Works of Wm. 
Cowper, Esq., including the Hymns and 
Translations from Mad. Guion, Milton, 
&c., and Adam, a Sacred Drama, from 
the Italian of Batista Andreini ; with a 
Memoir of the Author, by the Rev. Henry 
Stebbing, A. M. Two elegantly printed 
volumes, 800 pages, 16mo. cloth, $1 75, or 
1 vol. $1 50. Do. morocco extra, 1 vol. $3. 

THE POEMS 



MILTON^S COMPLETE POETI- 
CAL WORKS. 

The complete Poetical Works of John 
Milton, with Explanatory Notes and a 
Life of the Author, by Rev. Henry Steb- 
bing, A. M. Beautifully Illustrated. \ 
vol. 16mo. cloth, $1 25, morocco extra 
$2 50. 

The Latin and Italian Poems are inclu- 
ded in this edition. 

BURNS' COMPLETE POETI- 
CAL WORKS. 

The complete Poetical Works of Robert 
Burns, with Explanatory and Glossarial 
Notes, and a Life of the Author, by James 
Currie, M.D. 1vol. 16mo. cloth, $1 25, 
morocco extra, $2 50. 

OF DANTE. 



COMPRISING THE VISION OF HELL, PURGATORY, AND PARADISE. 

TRANSLATED BY THE REV. HENRY CARY, A M., 
With a Life of Dante, Chronological View of his Age, Additional Notes and Index, 
Illustrated with TWELVE STEEL ENGRAVINGS, from designs by JOHN FLAX 
MAN, R. A., and a finely engraved Portrait. One elegant volume, 16mo., $1 50. 

This standard classic is now for the first time presented to the American public, m 
a style worthy of its intrinsic merits. 



D. Appleton Sf Co. have recently published 

HISTORY OF GERMANY, 

FROM THE EARLIEST PERIOD TO THE PRESENT TIME. 

BY 

FREDERICK KOHLRAUSCH, 

Chief of the Board of Education for the Kingdom of Hanover, and 
late Professor of History in the Polytechnic School. 

Translated from the last German edition, 

By JAMES D. HAAS. 

One elegant 8vo. volume, of 500 pages, with complete Index, $1 50. 

translator's preface. 

The hig-h merits aud distinguished character of the original German Work, by Pro- 
fessor Kohlrausch, of which this is a translation, have long been acknowledged. A 
work which, during a period of thirty years, has enjoyed so much popularity as to have 
gone through several editions, embracing a circulation of many thousand copies ; a 
production which has extended and established its good repute, even in its original form 
far beyond its native clime, to England, France, Belgium, Italy, America, &c. (in some 
of which countries it has been rt^printed in German,) and has thus become a standard 
bonk of reference in almost all tht Universities and principal public as well as private 
educational Institutions. Such a p iblication possesses ample testimony proving it able to 
create a lasting interest, and confirm ng its claims to consideration and esteem. 

The aim of the distinguished author, in this valuable history, is thus simply but dis- 
tinctly expressed by himself: " My sole objebt," he says, " has been to produce a suc- 
cinct and connected development of the vivid and eventful course of our country's his- 
tory, written in a style calculated to excite the interest and sympathy of my readers, 
and of such especially who, not seeking to enter upon a very profound study of the sources 
and more elaborate works connected with the annals of our empire, are nevertheless 
anxious to have presented to them the means of acquiring an accurate knowledge of 
the records of our Fatherland, in such a form as to leave upon the mind and heart an 
enduring, indelible impression." 

That our industrious historian has attained his object, the intelHgent reader will find 
m the interest excited, the clear views irixparted, and the deep impression effected by 
his animated portrayals of both events and individuals. This has been the original and 
acknowledged characteristic of Herr Kohlrausch's work throughout its entire existence 
but in the new edition, from which this translation has been rendered, he has endeavour- 
ed to make it as perfect as possible, both in matter and style, and besides this has en 
riched it with many valuable notes not contained in the former editions : thus making it 
hi reality a concise, yet, in every respect, a complete history of Germany. 

It is important to remark, that Professor Kohlrausch is a Protestant, and one distin 
guished not less for his freedom from prejudice and impartiality, than for the comprehen- 
siveness of his views and the high tone of his philosophy. The general adoption of the work 
—alike by Protestant and Romanist — is proof sufficiently convincing of the impartiality ot 
his statements, and of the justice of his reflections and sentiments. 



" After England, no country has stronger claims upon the attention of Americans than 
Germany Its institutions, language, literature and national character combine to ren- 
der its history highly interesting. The place it has occupied among nations for 1000 
years— that is, ever since the era of Charlemagne— has been, on the whole, second to 
none in importance Some of the greatest inventions — among them gunpowder and the 
art of printing — owe their origin to the Germans. The literature of Germany is r.3W 
exciting a marked influence over our own, and we can never forget that Germany is the 
cradle of the Reformation. 

" Notwithstanding all these claim.s upon our attejition, it is not to be denied that the 
history of Germany has been very little known among us. Few persons except the highly 
eiucateil have more than a very meagre knowledge of the outlines of German history. 

*' The publication of Kohlrausch's History, which is a standard work at home, comes m 
very opportunely to supply the dearth of information on this interesting topic. It fur 
nishes a most valuable compend ; and will tend to spread in our country a knowledge 
of one of the most refined as well as most learned of modem nations. Few of the h»» 
torcal works of our day are more worthy of the public patronage. — Evening Mirror, 



*^7i2 n 




o ., O ^ <^^ 









N^ijl 











jr>.^' :^c?^^^||/;^ 






.V '/>^ 






.x^- '^-^ 



'^^. 



I the Bookkeeper proce 
It: Maanesium Oxide 






^^ o 



'^ ^ ^$ Deacidlfied using the Bookkeepi 

'>< Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

v!"^^^'i!/7^ ^ ''^ PreservationTechnologic 

y < ^Y//<^^rr.^^ >- A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATl 

'^ ^ 1 11 Thomson Park Drive 

Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 






-/' 



^•'A^.^ x' 



,^~^ 










•v 







.0- 



C> 







xA' 







^- ^^O 



^l?^"^ ~''^- 



'> V ^ . # 















■^.. 



o 






.-^ 



'^■4 

s 



ir. 



/ % '^^^fc 






0^ 






oo 



\ 



^ 



